- 18919 K

■■■■'. ShBI '-.

I ...'.;'.-. jg§ fig J.

-'■■•" ' "' " >'>"'"

■Hi

■H

11111 ¥MmM

'..■•':■■-'-.•-

■

H

1

ffiElK

w

«B3«|

■■■■■■'.'■■" :j •■- -l ■•■•

IHBBBi

■'-*—-:-'•■-'-■-..•.''■

■'■'■■■:*■-■■

3SKI

■HHHHn^H

< ' ■ ■ '- ■ -+'■.'■ :■' 9)

Armstrong State College

1990-91 Catalog

A senior residential college in Savannah, Georgio

Accreditation: Armstrong State College is accredited by the Commission on Colleges of the Southern Association of Colleges and Schools to award associate, baccalaureate, masters, and educational specialists degrees.

Academic Calendar ±1

Fall, 1990 (11 weeks)

Winter, 1991 (11 weeks)

Spring, 1991 (11 weeks)

Summer, Session I (4 & 8 weeks)

Freshman Applications Due	August 29	December 13	March 5	May 29	June 26
Registration	Sept. 17-18	January 2	March 25	June 17	July 15
First Day of Classes	Sept. 19	January 3	March 26	June 18	July 16
Mid-Term	Oct. 23	Feb. 7	April 29	June 28* July 15"	July 26
Last Day to Withdraw	Oct. 23	Feb. 7	April 29	June 28* July 15**	July 26
Advisement & Advanced Registration	Oct.29-Nov.9	Feb. 11-22	May 6-17	July 15-26	July 15-16
Last Day of Classes	Nov. 29	March 14	June 3	July 12* Aug. 9**	Aug. 9
Reading Day	Nov. 30	March 15	June 4
Final Examinations Begin	Dec. 3	March 18	June 5	July 15' Aug. 12*	Aug. 12
Final Examinations End	Dec. 5	March 20	June 7	July 15* Aug. 13**	Aug. 12
Graduation	Dec. 7		June 7
Holiday	Nov. 22-23	January 21		July 4
.Institutional Scholastic Aptitude Test (SAT)	Aug. 25	Nov. 17	March 9	May 25
Coliegiate Placement Exam (CPE)	Aug. 6 Sept. 1 1 Oct. 23	Dec. 1 1 Feb. 5 March 14	April 30 June 4	JulyS July 24 July 29 Aug. 5
College Level Examination Program (CLEP)	Oct. 1 1	Jan. 24	April 18	June 20
Regents' Test Application Deadline	Oct. 2	Jan. 15	April 9	July 2
Regents' Test Administrations	Oct. 22-23	Feb. 4-5 .	April 29-30	July 22-23
CHAOS Orientation Sessions	July 12, 19, 26 Aug. 2, 9

±AII dates subject to change *Session I (4-week term) "Session I (8-week term)

1990
SEPTEMBER S M T W T	F S	S	M	OCTOBER T W T	F	S	S M	NOVEMBER	F S	S M	DECEMBER	F S
2 3 4 5 6 7 9 10 11 12 13 14 16 17 18 19 20 21 23 24 25 26 27 28 3">8 3; baseline 0.000632 1" id="line_000004_000143"> 3">15 3; baseline 0.004969 0" id="line_000004_000144"> 3">22 3; baseline 0.004613 0" id="line_000004_000145"> 3">29 3; baseline 0.000000 0" id="line_000004_000146"> 3">30	21 28	8 15 22 29	9 10 11 16 17 18 23 24 25 30 31	12 19 26	13 20 27	4 5 11 12 18 19 25 26	6 7 8 13 14 15 20 21 22 27 28 2S	16 17 23 24 30	2 3 9 10 16 17 23 24 30 31	4 5 6 11 12 13 18 19 20 25 26 27	7 8 14 15 21 22 28 29

1991
	JANUARY					FEBRUARY					MARCH				APRIL
S M	T W T	F	S	S	M	T W T	F	S	S	M	T W T	F	S	S M	T W T	F S 5 6
6 7	8 9 10	,,	12	3	4	5 6 7	8	9	3	4	5 6 7	8	s	7 8	9 10 11
13 14	15 16 17	18	19	10	11	12 13 14	15	16	10	11	12 13 14	15	16	14 15	16 17 16	19 20
20 21	22 23 24	25	26	17	18	19 20 21	22	23	17	'8	19 20 21	22	23	21 22	23 24 25	26 27
27 28	29 30 31			24	25	26 27 28			24	25	26 27 28	29	30	28 29	30
	MAY					JUNE					JULY				AUGUST
S M	T W T 1 2	F 3	S	S	M	T W T	F	S	S	M	T W T 2 3 4	F 5	S	S M	T W I	F S 2 3
5 6	7 8 9	10	11	2	3	4 5 6	7	8	7	8	9 10 11	12	13	4 5	6 7 8	9 10
12 13	14 15 16	17	18	9	10	11 12 13	14	15	14	15	16 17 18	19	20	11 12	13 14 15	16 17
19 20	21 22 23	24	25	16	17	18 19 20	21	22	21	22	23 24 25	26	27	18 19	20 21 22	23 24
26 27	28 29 30	31		23 30	24	25 26 27	28	29	28	29	30 31			■	2" 28 29	30 31

Armstrong State College

1990-1991 Catalog

Contents

About Armstrong	3
The College/City	9
Student Life	15
Admissions	21
Financial Information	35
Academic Policies & Information	45
Graduate Programs	63
School of Arts, Sciences and Education	75
School of Health Professions	191
Special Programs	227
Faculty/Administration	237

Index

249

J

Ask Me About Armstrong

Or ask any of our 3,700 students, "What is college life at Armstrong State College really like?" You'll get answers that run the gamut, because different people are looking for - and find - different things in any similar situation.

As you read this catalog you're already a part of a special group. Your future roommates, classmates, and teammates are also reading these words as they decide where and how they will spend their college years. They, like you, are looking for the real Armstrong, the college beyond a beautiful campus, a friendly smile, and modern facilities.

Perhaps it will help, at least a little, if you can see what lies behind the words which describe Armstrong.

. .a belief that quality education today shapes all your tomorrows.

Armstrong has spent its 50-plus year history striving to provide quality education beyond all else. Never one to be self-satisfied, Armstrong retained its strong liberal arts base as it added career programs in education and the health professions. The conviction that a truly educated person is one who has knowledge of and appreciation for a wide range of subjects still prevails.

You will spend most of your adult life in the 21st century. You'll be called upon to answer questions which haven't yet been asked, to work in jobs that don't yet exist, to adapt to a way of life that stretches the imagination. Preparation for that life is happening at Armstrong. And it's happening today.

ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE

. .Armstrong graduates excel - in the job marketplace and in graduate school. .

One reason ASC graduates are in demand in the workplace is because their education has stressed "real world" skills. Qualities like critical thinking, adaptability, writing and speaking and ethical judgments are of increasing importance in conjunction with learning what you need to know to succeed in your chosen field. Your Armstrong degree is a career investment which pays handsome dividends.

If a profession is your goal, you'll want to investigate one of the highly successful pre-professional programs in medicine, dentistry, veterinary science, forestry, and law. Armstrong graduates often elect to further their career goals through graduate study. In fact, a full 40 percent of all Armstrong graduates in chemistry have entered graduate school (20 percent in the medical field).

. .our faculty stacks up with the best .

Whatever their field, Armstrong professors are serious about helping their students learn. Perhaps that's why you'll frequently find faculty and students head-to-head over coffee, a special project or the latest headlines.

Your classes will be small, usually no more than 30 students, so you and your instructor get to know each other well. Maintaining a 17:1 student/faculty ratio is important at Armstrong.

Armstrong faculty stay equally involved in their academic disciplines. Research and publishing flourish in the teaching staff, where doctorates predominate. That's another "plus" at Armstrong - you won't be lectured by a teaching assistant, even in the most basic courses.

. .more than 75 majors/ programs in the arts and sciences, teacher education and the health professions.

Armstrong State College is a multi-purpose institution of higher education. That means you have a wide choice of majors that will lead to a successful career and a bright future.

While a liberal arts core curriculum forms the basis for all Armstrong degrees on the associate and baccalaureate levels, you will find ample opportunity to realize your career goals and to broaden your educational horizons through academic concentrations, minors, internships, and co-op programs.

The quality teacher education program relies heavily on this arts and sciences base and adds professional courses to prepare dedicated teachers for future generations.

Engineering studies is a rapidly expanding program at Armstrong. Today's technological advancements keep job demand high. Students can complete two years of study, including basic engineering courses, at Armstrong through the Regents Engineering

ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE

Transfer Program before completing degree requirements at Georgia Tech, or they can elect to earn dual-degrees from Armstrong State College and one of five regional schools of engineering.

Graduates in the School of Health Professions, a regional health education center, find ready employment in the rapidly expanding health career fields. Pass rates of graduates who take national and/ or state licensing exams approach 100 percent. . .students span a broad range in age, a mix which brings richness to the classroom.

A substantial number of Armstrong students are over 22 years of age. You'll be as likely to share classes with a typical 18-year old freshman or a young mother as a business person or a senior citizen. Education is a common bond and mature experiences and viewpoints often add another dimension to discussions. .

. .the best of both worlds - friendly, personal campus life in an urban Savannah setting.

College life at Armstrong is many things. Boring isn't one of them. Whether you love sailing with the ocean breeze and salt spray in your face or paddling silently as you canoe the beautiful Ogeechee river, water sports abound. In fact, sunny skies and year-round shirt sleeve weather mean students spend a lot of time outdoors. Even many of historic Savannah's special festivals, symphony concerts, and jazz outings are held under the sun or stars. And, if you've never spent St. Patrick's Day on River Street, you've missed a never-to-be-forgotten experience.

^

i

•>*-.

\

ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE

■4 , • ^7

You'll gain personal and professional insights as you "find yourself." You'll approach your future with the confidence of the well- prepared. And you'll make lifelong friendships strengthened by shared memories.

Come on! Experience life at Armstrong

i

/

The City/College

10

ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE

History of the College

Armstrong State College, a senior unit of the University System of Georgia, was founded in 1 935, as Armstrong Junior College, to help meet the needs for college level educational oppor- tunities in the community. The college, as es- tablished by the City's Mayor and Aldermen, was housed in the beautiful Armstrong home, a gift to the city from the family of George F. Arm- strong. Over the years the college occupied five additional buildings in the Forsyth Park and Monterey Square areas. In 1959, as Armstrong College of Savannah, it became a two-year unit of the University System. The Board of Regents conferred four-year status on Armstrong in 1964 and the college moved to its present 250 acre site, a gift from the Mills B. Lane Foundation, in December of 1965. Additional buildings joined the eight original structures as Armstrong added professional and graduate programs and tripled in size.

The Fine Arts Center, including a 1 ,000 seat theatre/auditorium, the Health Professions Build- ing, a new apartment style residence complex, a library wing, and an academic computing cen- ter are among more recent additions.

Armstrong State College, offers over 75 ac- ademic programs and majors in the School of Arts and Sciences, and Education and the School of Health Professions.

The academic community includes approxi- mately 3700 students and 165 full-time faculty members. Armstrong State College was fully ac- credited as a senior institution by the Southern Association of Colleges and Schools in Decem- ber, 1968, with accreditation retroactive to Jan- uary 1, 1968, and was last reaccredited in December 1982.

Purpose

Armstrong State College, a senior college in the University System of Georgia, provides a range of strong academic programs and an en- vironment for intellectual and cultural growth in the arts and sciences, education, and health disciplines. The College pursues its purpose by promoting the free exchange of ideas in a variety of undergraduate and graduate programs lead- ing to degrees at the Associate, Baccalaureate, Master's, and specialist levels. The College pro- vides non-degree programs and activities through the Coastal Georgia Center for Contin- uing Education.

Instruction

Through instruction, the College ensures that students read and write effectively, and, through a strong liberal arts core curriculum, promotes, the acquisition of knowledge in humanities, mathematics, the natural sciences, and the so- cial sciences. The College prepares students at the graduate and undergraduate levels in the methods of scholarly inquiry, scientific research, and problem solving, and, in the process, en- courages student commitment to learning and to physical, emotional, and social development. Furthermore, the College helps students to iden- tify goals and the means of achieving them, as well as to understand and to respect people from diverse backgrounds and cultures. Addi- tionally, it broadens the base of educational op- portunities for students through formal and informal arrangements with other colleges and universities. Faculty, Students, and Staff

The College recruits and retains faculty who are able teachers, supportive of its academic purpose, and who are professional sources of knowledge and expertise. It seeks, recruits, and retains students whose records indicate a like- lihood of success, and creates a community of learners in which a sense of mutual trust and respect is evident. It encourages and supports an active intellectual, cultural, and social life on campus. In addition, the College recruits and retains a well-trained staff, sensitive to the needs of those it serves and committed to supporting its academic purpose. Administration

The administration ensures equal opportunity and access to employment, admissions, and programs and services of the College without regard to age, sex, race, national origin, color, religion, or physical handicap. It encourages faculty research and development, and pro- vides an environment which enables faculty members to participate in the search for knowl- edge. It secures and manages funds necessary to maintain the College's academic programs, library, and support services. Furthermore, the. administration provides systems of campus governance which are responsive to the con- cerns of students, faculty, staff, and the Board of Regents. And finally, it acquires and maintains facilities and equipment necessary to support the College.

PROGRAMS

11

Community Service

A regional resource for information and ex- pertise, the college is responsive to the unique educational and community service needs of its constituency. By combining efforts with the com- munity, the college designs and conducts con- tinuing education programs and offers a variety of cultural and athletic events. Moreover, it lib- erally shares its physical facilities and grounds for the betterment of the academic and cultural life of the community.

Location

Armstrong students find much to enjoy about living in the cosmopolitan city of Savannah, the major urban area (pop. 200,000) in coastal Georgia. The college's 250 acre campus is lo- cated in a residential area of the city which pro- motes a feeling of freedom and security on campus.

Savannah, Georgia's founding city, has all the historic and cultural variety of a metropolitan city with the added advantage of the ocean at its jack door. A temperate climate encourages out- door activities and recreation year round. Beach and river outings include sailing, boating, water ikiing sunning and beachcombing. Golf, ten- iis, fishing and hunting are also popular.

A resident symphony orchestra, dance and heatre groups, and visiting entertainment groups regularly perform at the Civic Center, special celebrations and other festivals are scheduled throughout the year.

The nistoric past lives in harmony with today's progress in Savannah. As a living laboratory for listory, Savannah is unsurpassed yet the Sa- vannah port is one of the busiest on the Atlantic coast.

Community oriented leisure activities comple- nent on-campus happenings. A growing NCAA "itercollegiate athletic program, active intra- orals, concerts, plays and special entertain- ment mean lots to do without leaving campus.

Xccreditation

Armstrong State College has earned the fol- ding regional and special purpose accredi- ations:

vrmstrong State College is accredited by the Commission on Colleges of the Southern As- sociation of Colleges and Schools to award associate, baccalaureate, masters, and ed- ucational specialists degrees.

Associate Degree Nursing - by the National League for Nursing for the period 1985-1993.

Baccalaureate Degree Nursing - by the National League for Nursing for the period 1 985-1 993.

Criminal Justice - by the Criminal Justice Ac- creditation Council for the period 1981-1991

Dental Hygiene - by the Commission on Accred- itation of Dental and Dental Auxiliary Edu- cational Programs for the period 1985-1990

Medical Technology - by the Committee on Al- lied Health Education and Accreditation for the period 1985-1990.

Music - by the National Association of Schools of Music for the period 1984-1990.

Radiologic Technologies - by the Committee on Allied Health Education and Accreditation for the period 1987-1992.

Respiratory Therapy Department - by the Com- mittee on Allied Health Education and Ac- creditation for the period 1987-1992.

Teacher Education Programs - by the National Council for the Accreditation of Teacher Ed- ucation for the period 1982-1989.

Development Activities

The Office of Development promotes funding for college programs from sources supplemen- tal to state appropriations and student fees. The college participates in federal and other grant- supported activities, and seeks assistance from alumni and friends. Gifts from private sources are accepted for various purposes such as ath- letics, instructional equipment, library books, matching funds for grants, scholarships and other restricted purchases. Unrestricted contri- butions are disbursed at the president's discre- tion. Gifts of any size can be used to add to the library collection in the name of an individual or agency. The Vice President for Student Affairs and Development can provide further informa- tion to any prospective donor.

Alumni Association

The Armstrong State College Alumni Associ- ation was organized in 1937 and is comprised of approximately 7,000 ASC graduates and for- mer students. Membership in the Association is open to all graduates and former students. The Association promotes fellowship among alumni, students, faculty, staff, and friends of the Col- lege in order to strengthen the ties between the alumni, the College, and the community.

An increasing percentage of the Association's budget provides scholarships for outstanding

12

ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE

Armstrong students. Each academic year.the Association awards The Aruther Gignilliat En- tering Freshman Scholarship, the Class of 1937 Scholarship and several Alumni Association scholarships.

Annual activities include: Armstrong Fest, the annual meeting, homecoming, class reunions, state and local legislative meeting, and gradu- ation receptions.

The Association recognizes persons who have made outstanding contributions to the col- lege by presenting The Distinguished Alumni Award, The Outstanding Alumni Service Award, The Distinguished Citizen's Award, and The Out- standing Faculty Award.

FOCUS, the campus/alumni newspaper, is published twice a year. Alumni are encouraged to submit information for inclusion in FOCUS.

The Director of Alumni Affairs can provide ad- ditional information about alumni membership and activities.

Two- Year Degree Programs

The following two-year degrees are offered as preparation for higher degrees in the liberal arts and professions or as terminal professional de- grees:

Associate of Arts

Associate of Applied Science in Criminal Jus- tice

Associate of Science in Dental Hygiene

Associate of Science in Nursing

Associate of Science in Radiologic Technolo- gies

Associate of Science in Respiratory Therapy

Four- Year Degree Programs

Bachelor of Arts in the fields of art, drama- speech, English, history, music, political sci- ence, and psychology.

Bachelor of General Studies.

Bachelor of Health Science.

Bachelor of Music Education.

Bachelor of Science in the fields of biology, chemistry, computer science, criminal justice, and mathematical sciences.

Bachelor of Science in Education with majors in Early Elementary Education; Middle School Education; and Secondary Education in teach- ing fields of Art Education, Biology Education, Broad Field Social Studies, Business Education; (cooperative arrangement with Savannah State College), Chemistry Education, English Educa-

tion, General Science Education, Industrial Arts Education (cooperative arrangement with Sa- vannah State College), Mathematics Education, Music Education, Physics Education, Social Sci- ence Education (with concentrations in history, and political science), Trade and Industrial Ed- ucation (cooperative arrangement with Savan- nah State College), and Speech Correction.

Bachelor of Science in Dental Hygiene Edu- cation.

Bachelor of Science in Medical Technology.

Bachelor of Science in Nursing.

The College is authorized to offer Teacher Ed- ucation programs, preparing students for cer- tification by the Georgia State Department ol Education in the following areas: art, biology, business education, chemistry, early elementary education, English, general science, history, in- dustrial arts, library media, mathematics, middle school education, music, physics, political sci- ence, social studies, trade and industrial edu- cation.

Graduate Programs

The college offers a variety of Master's degree programs. Effective July 1, 1990, all graduate programs offered on the Armstrong State Col- lege campus will be administered in affiliatior with Georgia Southern University. See specific program sections for further information.

Pre-Professional Programs

Armstrong State College offers courses ap propriate for the first two years of baccalaureate programs such as business, engineering, for estry, industrial management, pharmacy, physi cal therapy, physics, etc., not offered among it: degree programs, and it offers the pre-profes sional study appropriate for dentistry, law, medi cine, veterinary medicine, and other profes sional fields.

Regents Engineering Transfer Program

Qualified students seeking a bachelor of en gineering degree may begin their college stud ies at Armstrong State College through thi Regents Engineering Transfer Program. Upoi successful completion of the pre-engineerim curriculum, students may transfer to the Georgi;

PROGRAMS

13

Institute of Technology to complete the degree requirements. It is expected that students in this program, like other Georgia Tech graduates, will normally require four to five and one-half years to complete the degree requirements, depend- ing on their pre-college preparation, involve- ment in extra-curricular activities, and engineering major.

Dual-Degree Programs

Armstrong State College has dual-degree programs in engineering with the Georgia Insti- tute of Technology, Auburn University, Clemson University, Mississippi State University, and the University of Florida. Upon completion of the first three years of academic work at Armstrong, the student may enroll for two subsequent years at one of the participating schools. Upon com- pleting the requirements of the two cooperating schools, the student will receive a baccalau- reate degree from Armstrong State College and a baccalaureate degree in the chosen field of engineering from the second school.

Dual-degree programs in other fields are also available. At the Georgia Institute of Technology, candidates from Armstrong State College are eligible to seek any degree offered in the sci- ences, mathematics, and management, as well as engineering. The Head of the Department of Chemistry and Physics is the Armstrong Coor- dinator of these dual-degree programs and should be contacted for additional information.

A dual-degree program in forestry and envi- ronmental management with Duke University is available. Students complete three years of ac- ademic work at Armstrong State College, then onroll for two subsequent years at Duke Uni- versity. Students who successfully complete the orogram receive a B.S. in biology from Arm- strong State College and a M.S. in either forestry Dr environmental management from Duke Uni- versity. The Head of the Department of Biology should be contacted for additional information.

Cooperative Education Program

In the cooperative education program stu- dents typically alternate quarters between col- ege and work. This program offers students /aluable practical experience as well as finan- :ial assistance in the form of compensation from he firms that employ them.

Cooperative opportunities are available to stu- dents in computer science and engineering, but are not limited to these majors.

Cooperative students must register for the ap- propriate Cooperative Education Program course for quarters in which they work. These courses carry no credit and there is no charge for registration.

Students interested in applying for admission to the Cooperative Education program should contact the Co-op coordinator or Head of their major department.

Evening Courses

A wide selection of evening undergraduate and graduate level courses accommodate stu- dents who are employed during the day. Eve- ning courses are scheduled to enable evening students to complete degree requirements in a variety of fields.

Off Campus Courses and Programs

Armstrong State College offers selected courses at off-campus sites to meet specific re- gional needs. Examples of possible locations include The Coastal Georgia Center, Memorial Medical Center, and the Savannah Vocational Technical Institute.

In addition, Armstrong State College partici- pates in a consortium in Brunswick, Georgia of colleges approved by the Board of Regents and known as the Brunswick Center. Baccalaureate degrees may be earned in their entirety in Gen- eral Studies, Nursing, and Elementary/Middle School Education.

General Studies

Associate and baccalaureate programs in general studies emphasize a liberal arts edu- cation and allow students to acquire a broad- based background in the arts and sciences. These degrees are particularly attractive to stu- dents who desire the general intellectual growth which comes with a multi-disciplinary degree.

Coastal Georgia Center for Continuing Education

The Coastal Georgia Center for Continuing Education was established in 1979 to combine

14

ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE

the resources of Armstrong State College's Community Services Division and Savannah State College's Extended Services Division. The Center operates a unified continuing education program dedicated to serving the people of Sa- vannah, Chatham County, the State of Georgia and, for some programs, persons beyond those boundaries.

A wide variety of programs is offered at Arm- strong State College, Savannah State College, the Downtown Center and, when it is appropri- ate, at job sites, schools, community centers, and other locations in Savannah. Instructors are drawn from the faculties of both institutions, from qualified experts in the Savannah community, and from consultants throughout the region.

On the Armstrong campus, the major com- munity services/continuing education compo- nent of the college is the short-course/ conference program. This unit administers non- degree courses, conferences, and seminars de- signed for area residents who do not wish to participate in the regular credit classes offered by the college. These activities vary widely — some are related to professional development, others reflect personal interests, while others are recreational in nature. The Registrar maintains permanent records of persons participating in activities that meet certain criteria.

Regional Criminal Justice Training Center

The Armstrong State College Regional Crinrv inal Justice Training Center is a regional training site for criminal justice employees. The region consists of nine counties; however, training is made available to all criminal justice employees throughout the State of Georgia. The basic mis- sion of the Center is to provide certification classes for law enforcement and jail officers. In addition, there are numerous advanced and specialized courses for higher certification cred- its. The training center has four full-time staff members and a large part-time instructor cadre.

Armstrong State/

Savannah State

Cross Enrollment Program

A student enrolled at Savannah State College or at Armstrong State College as a full-time stu- dent has the privilege of taking one course with his Dean's approval at the other college without paying an additional fee. A student may obtain in the Office of the Registrar the proper form "for permission to register for courses at Savannah State College.

~*

Student Life

16

ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE

Student Life

One of the primary aims of the educational mission at Armstrong State College is the total development of students. This growth process is enhanced by integrating opportunities for so- cial, emotional, cultural, physical and spiritual development in addition to intellectual growth. The Office of Student Affairs is committed to providing programs and services which foster an educational environment which will assist stu- dents in achieving theirfull potential. The college encourages learning through involvement in the residence center, student government, campus organizations, intramurals, and more.

Residence Life and Food Service

The residence center, completed in Septem- ber of 1985, consists of three buildings which house 64 students each. The apartment-style design encourages student interaction without a loss of privacy. Each two-bedroom suite, ac- commodating four students, has a bath and liv- ing room. All units are fully furnished, carpeted, and have unit-controlled heat and air condition- ing. Phone jacks and an on-site coin laundry are added conveniences. Several units are equipped to accommodate handicapped stu- dents, the residence complex is staffed by a head resident and resident assistants. These students are chosen on the basis of leadership and willingness to serve their fellow students.

Students who live in college housing are re- quired to participate in the 15-meal plan pro- vided in the Memorial College Center. The plan includes three meals per day, Monday through Friday. Limited meals are available on the week- end. The meal plan is also available for students who do not choose to live in college housing.

Housing applications and/or specific infor- mation should be requested from the Office of Admissions or the Director of Housing.

Student Involvement

The Orientation Program is designed to pro- mote social and academic adjustment of new students and transfer students. CHAOS (Com- munication, Help, Advisement, Orientation and Service) provides freshmen with the information, services and support essential to a successful transition into the Armstrong community. Partici-

pants in these one day summer CHAOS ses sions receive individual attention from studen leaders and staff as they acquire first hand ex perience with academic advising, registration campus facilities, student activities, college poli cies and procedures. The CHAOS program is i cooperative effort of Student Leaders and col lege staff. Competitive selection of student lead ers occurs annually during Spring Quarter Inquiries concerning CHAOS should be ad dressed to the Office of Student Affairs. An ab breviated orientation program is scheduled fo students new to the college prior to registrator Winter, Spring, and Summer Quarters.

The Student Government Association is th<

official governing body of the students at Arm strong State College. It assists in formulating < program of student services and activities, anc it strives to express the will. of the majority o students and to provide experience in demo cratic living. All students are automatically mem cratic living. All students are automatically members of the SGA and are entitled to vote ii SGA elections. Qualified students may seek po sitions of leadership in the Student Governmer Association by running for office during th« Spring or Fall elections.

Student Clubs and Organizations provid Armstrong State College students with oppo tunities to develop leadership skills, broade their social and professional backgrounds, an make a significant contribution to the col leg and the community. They reflect the natural va riety of interests found in a diverse student bod\ Religious: Baptist Student Union. Greek: Alpha Gamma Delta Sorority, and PI

Mu Sorority. Professional: Armstrong Biological Society American Chemical Society, American Ir stitute of Aeronautics and Astronautics ASC Engineering Society, Association fc Computing Machinery, Data Processin Management Association, Georgia Assc ciation of Nursing Students, James Moor Wayne Law Club, Jr. American Dental Hy gienists Association, Medical Technolog Student Association, Music Educators Nc tional Conference, Radiologic Technolog Association, National Society of Profej sional Engineers, Respiratory Therapy As sociation, Student Georgia Association c Educators, and The E. B. Twitmeyer Societ (Psychology).

STUDENT LIFE

17

Special Interest: Band, Cheerleaders, Cho- rus, International Students Association, Masquers, Vocal Ensemble, and Women of Worth (WOW) and Marauders (Military Sci- ence).

Academic Honor Societies recognize and encourage superior scholarship in many fields of study. Campus chapters include: Beta Beta Beta (Biology), Joel H. Hildebrand Honor Soci- ety (Chemistry), Kappa Delta Pi (Education), Phi Alpha Theta (History), Phi Eta Sigma (Scholastic for freshmen), Pi Mu Epsilon (Mathematics), and ASC/GSC Nursing Honor Society.

Student Publications provide opportunities for students to develop skills in creative writing, -eporting, photography and design. The Gee- :hee (yearbook), Inkwell (newspaper) and Cal- iope (literary magazine) are all produced by students under the supervision of approved col- ege advisors. They are financed primarily by he Student Activity Fund.

Intramural and Recreation Offerings. The

:ollege places a high priority on its intramural and recreational offerings and provides a wide /ariety of activities including organized com- petitive sports. The physical education complex ncludes an indoor olympic-size pool, gymna- I >ium and weight room. Outdoor facilities for ten- nis and field sports are adjacent.

The Intercollegiate Athletics Program at

\rmstrong is affiliated with the National Colle- giate Athietic Association (NCAA) Division II. \thletic scholarships are available to support student-athletes who participate in the intercol- egiate program. The men's athletic teams con- sist of basketball, baseball, tennis, and cross country. Women's teams include tennis, cross- country, volleyball, and basketball. Cheerlead- ers are also sponsored by the Athletic Depart- ment. Armstrong State College is unaffiliated vith an athletic conference.

Cultural Opportunities on campus and off ire an important aspect in the total educational )rocess. Nationally known speakers, contem- )orary concerts, dances, popular films, exhibits ind performances by outstanding classical and nodern artists from around the world comple- ment the student's general education. These )rograms are selected and coordinated by the College Union Board. Student dramatic, choral, ind instrumental groups, under professional di- ection, have established distinguished tradi- ions. On-campus offerings, such as the Faculty

Lecture Series, broaden knowledge and interest in a non-classroom setting. The 1,000 seat fine arts auditorium often hosts performances by the Savannah Symphony, area arts groups, and out- of-town troupes, such as the National Shake- speare Company and the Vienna Choir Boys.

Student Services

The Counseling Center serves all students who are concerned about achieving educational and occupational goals and resolving personal problems. Counselors offer individual confer- ences to students who seek help in choosing a major, setting career goals, studying, and deal- ing with academic demands or conflict with fam- ily or friends. Counselors give tests to measure interest and ability, provide information to ex- plore education and work opportunities, and in- struct students on the use of computerized career and study skills development programs. In addition, counselors often are able to provide information about college policies, curriculum, and campus resources.

Tests of interests, values, and abilities are available to students through counseling serv- ices. In addition, the following testing programs are administered by the counseling staff: ACT: Proficiency Examination Program (PEP), Col- lege-Level Examination Program (CLEP), DANTES Subject Standardized Tests (DSST), Graduate Record Examination (GRE), Medical College Admission Test (MCAT), Miller Analo- gies Test (MAT), National Teacher Examinations (NTE), and Regents' Testing Program. Other testing programs about which information is available include the Dental Admission Test (DAT), Graduate Management Admission Test (GMAT), Law School Admission Test (LSAT), Optometry Admission Testing Program, Phar- macy College Admission Test, and Veterinary Aptitude Test.

Career Planning and Placement Services

provides assistance with all aspects of career development. Students can get help with the early stages of career development such as se- lecting an academic major, gathering occupa- tional information and investigating career paths through individualized career counseling and computerized career guidance techniques. Ex- periential opportunities such as part-time and temporary employment are coordinated by the office staff Students closer to graduation may take advantage of one-on-one instruction and

18

ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE

workshops for resume writing, interviewing skills and job search strategies. Job listings, referrals and on-campus interview services are also available to students and alumni registered with the office. All seniors are strongly urged to reg- ister with the office at least three quarters prior to graduation to establish a placement file and become eligible for placement services.

Veterans will find the Office of Financial Aid and Veterans Affairs helpful in advising about admissions procedures and services available to them.

Handicapped Students are provided with needed services on an individual basis. After students are accepted to the college, if they have special needs as a result of a physical disability, they should plan to set up an appoint- ment in the office of student affairs to discuss their disability as it relates to their educational program. The college counselors and the vice president for student affairs will then attempt to provide services so that each handicapped stu- dent has a positive educational experience at Armstrong State College.

The Minority Advisement Program helps minority students develop interest in all facets of college life. A peer advisor offers one-on-one assistance to students in adjusting to personal and academic life on campus. In addition, so- cial, cultural and educational activities designed to broaden all students' knowledge of Black people and their contributions to society are pre- sented.

The Adults Back to College Program meets the special needs and concerns of the non-tra- ditional student. Mature students who are be- ginning college or are returning after several years away will find that the A. B.C. program will ease their transition to student life and address their career and academic questions.

The Academic Computing Center houses separate minicomputer and microcomputer fa- cilities for student use. The minicomputer lab has a Digital Equipment Corporation VAX 1 1/750 and 6 SUN Microsystems 3/60 workstations, all running the UNIX operating system. The micro area features AT&T, Zenith PCs, Apple Macin- tosh computers and an Apple LaserWriter printer. All machines in the Academic Comput- ing Center are connected to the campus wide network and allow access to file servers and other network services. There is also a separate

Engineering micro computer lab with high per- fomance Zenith color workstations and a Hewlitt- Packard high speed pen plotter.

The Writing Center is a place where students in all disciplines may come for help with their writing. Tutors in the Writing Center offer indi- vidual instruction in basic writing skills and pro- vide guidance in the preparation of essays, reports, and research papers. The aim of the Writing Center is not only to assist students in core composition courses, but also to work with faculty to improve writing across the curriculum. The center is administered by the Departmen! of Languages, Literature, and Dramatic Arts.

Lane Library, built in 1966 and substantially enlarged in 1975, supports the academic pro- grams of Armstrong State College. To that end, library faculty provide individual assistance I using library resources as well as course-inte- grated instruction in the classroom. The tradi- tional repository role of academic libraries is enchanced through computer-assisted data- base searching, compact disc information sys- tems, and a sizeable collection of non-prin- materials. The library is open over 80 hours weekly during academic sessions.

The library collections consist of more thar 650,000 total items, including 148,000 book vol umes, 488,000 microforms, and 35,000 records slides, motion picture kits, and videotapes. Ir addition, subscriptions are maintained to ap proximately 900 periodicals and newspapers The 'Florence Powell Minis Collection contain: college archives, materials of local color, an< first editions by Conrad Aiken and other Savan nah authors.

Lane Library employs state-of-the-art tech* nology to improve its services and operations Cataloging and inter-library loan service are ac complished through membership in a nations bibliographic utility, the Online Computer Li brary Center (OCLC), which makes the re sources of other libraries available to th< Armstrong community. Reference services an enhanced through computerized bibliographi< searching utilizing DIALOG Information Serv; ices, Inc., which offers over 300 databases I augment the library's resources. Audio-visu£j production facilities further enhance library servj ices.

Library programs at Armstrong seek to mee the needs of each student in the course of stud

STUDENT LIFE

19

ih\\e also preparing graduates for life-long jarning.

The Book Store is the source of all required jxtbooks and course-related supplies. It also ffers general supplies and a selection of im- rinted apparel and gift items.

'arking Regulations

All vehicles driven on campus should display college parking decal on the left rear bumper. ree decals are available at the Security Office n Science Drive.

All students, faculty, and staff are encouraged ) become aware of the parking regulations. A at of regulations may be picked up in the Se- jnty Office or Office of Student Affairs, and they -e published in Students Illustrated.

20 ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE

P!»

My/

Admissions

22

ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE

General Admission Policies

Armstrong State College welcomes students who wish to pursue a college-level program of study. Applicants must provide evidence of a reasonable possibility of academic success in college in order to be admitted as a regular stu- dent. Applicants who do not meet the minimum requirements for admission may be admitted un- der conditional or provisional status, or under other special categories described below (see PP 25).

Armstrong State College reserves the right to employ appropriate assessment mechansims to ascertain the suitability of applicants to enroll in the college and to deny enrollment or admisson to individuals based upon the results of the as- sessment.

Admission Requirements

The following items are required off all appli- cants:

1 . A completed Application for Admission - Forms are available from the Admis- sions Office.

2. Official high school and/or college tran- scripts - Transcripts must be submitted directly to Armstrong State College by the high school or college. See Special Admissions section for exceptions.

3. Official scores on the Scholastic Apti- tude Test (SAT) of the College Entrance Examination Board or the American Col- lege Testing Program (ACT). Applica- tions and information may be obtained from the College Entrance Examination Board (Box 592, Princeton, New Jersey, 08540), or the American College Testing Program (3355 Lenox Road, N.E., Suite 320, Atlanta, Georgia, 33026-1332). An Institutional Scholastic Aptitude Test (ISAT) is offered quarterly through the Counseling and Placement Office. ISAT scores can be used only for admission to Armstrong State College. Exceptions to the SAT requirement are discussed in the Special Admissions section.

4. Other requirements - The College may require any applicant to appear for a personal interview and to take any achievement, aptitude and psychologi- cal tests it deems appropriate in order

to make a decision regarding the a plicant's general qualification for admi sion to the College.

Final acceptance or rejection of each app cant is determined by the Director of Admissioi and is subject to the applicant's right of appe to the Academic Standing Committee prior the beginning of the desired quarter of enti The committee will review the appeal and mal a recommendation to the President of the C< lege, who will render a decision. The Collet reserves the right to withdraw admission pri to or following enrollment if the student beconrx ineligible as determined by the standards of tl College or Board of Regents.

Armstrong State College reserves the right refuse to accept any or all of the credits frc any high school or other institution, notwit standing its accredited status, when the Colle< determines through investigation or otherwi that the quality of instruction at such high schc or institution is, for any reason, deficient or I satisfactory. The judgment of the College on tr question shall be final.

The College reserves the right to reject | applicant who is not a resident of the State Georgia. All students enrolled at Armstroi State College are required to affirm that they v abide by the provisions of the Honor Code.

Admission of Recent High School Graduates

An applicant must be a graduate of an i credited high school. Students graduating frc high school in the Spring of 1988, or later, mi meet the requirements of the College Prepa tory Curriculum (CPC) of the Board of Reger Students who lack required courses in any the five areas must make up the deficienc according to established guidelines. The folic ing high school courses are minimum requi ments for regular admission:

Units

English (4)

Instructional

Emphasis/

Courses

'Grammar and usac! 'Literature (Americ and World) "Advanced compel tion skills

ADMISSIONS

23

;ience (3)

athematics (3)

'Physical Science 'At least two laboratory courses from Biology, Chemistry or Physics 'Two courses in Alge- bra and one in Ge- ometry Dcial Science (3) 'American History

'World History 'Economics and Government )reign Language (2) 'Two courses in one language emphasiz- ing speaking, (must be listening, reading and writing)

The minimum regular admission requirements Armstrong State College are a combined SAT ore of at least 750 (with a score of not less an 350 on the verbal section and 350 on the ath section individually, or an ACT composite ore of not less than 19 (with a score of not is than 18 on the English section and 16 on 3 math section individually). Also a minimum 0 grade point average on all academic urses is required. All of the academic courses mputed in the high school grade point aver- e will have been taken in grades 9-12.

©visional Admission

' applicants to the College who do not meet the ^ liege Preparatory Curriculum (CPC) will be ( isidered for provisional admission to the Col- lie. The following represents the College's cri- B a for provisional admission:

ijglish - Students graduating with less than the ij r required units of English will be required to le the Collegiate Placement Examination .'^E) in English and Reading. Based on the :|dent's score, the student would (1) exempt '. velopmental Studies English and/or Reading, 1 2) be placed in Developmental Studies Eng- i and/or Reading.

vthematics - Students graduating with less ;:hn the three required units of mathematics will J required to take the Collegiate Placement iimination (CPE) in mathematics. Based on J student's score, the student would (1) ex- Jot Developmental Studies mathematics, or '<■ be placed in Developmental Studies math- * atics at the appropriate level.

Science - Students graduating with less than the three required units of science will be required to take an additional five quarter hour (for credit) course in a laboratory science.

Social Science - Students graduating with less than the three required units of social science will be required to complete one additional five quarter hour (for credit) course chosen from ap- proved social science courses.

Foreign Language - Students graduating with less than the two units of the same foreign lan- guage will be required to complete one addi- tional five quarter hour (for credit) introduction foreign language course.

All course work required as a result of a de- ficiency must be taken immediately. In the areas of social science, science, and foreign lan- guage, the student will be required to complete the appropriate course with a "C" grade or bet- ter. Students will receive credit for courses used to satisfy College Preparatory Curriculum defi- ciencies, but such credit may not be used to satisfy core curriculum or degree requirements.

Exceptions to the CPC Requirement

1 . Any applicant who graduated from high school prior to Spring of 1 988 is exempt from CPC requirements.

2. An applicant applying for any associate of applied science or associate of sci- ence degree program offered by Arm- strong State College is exempt from the CPC requirements.

Conditional Admission

An applicant who qualifies for admission to the College but who does not qualify for regular admission will be granted conditional admis- sion. A student is conditionally admitted to the College if the SAT score is less than 750 or any part of the SAT score (verbal or math) is less than 350. A student is conditionally admitted to the College if the ACT Composite score is less than 19 or ACT English is less than 18, or ACT Math is less than 16. An applicant who scores less than 250 verbal or 280 mathematics on the SAT (less than 13 on the ACT English or less than 14 on the ACT math) and has less than a 1.8 high school grade point average on all ac-

24

ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE

ademic courses will be denied admission to the College.

All conditionally admitted students must take the Collegiate Placement Examination (CPE) in order to qualify for regular admission. This ex- amination should be taken before the student's first registration at the College. If a conditionally admitted student fails to take the CPE before registering, the choice of courses (until the test is taken) will be limited by the student's SAT or ACT scores.

Any student placed in a course numbered be- low 100, either by their SAT (or ACT) scores, or by their CPE scores, will be considered a con- ditionally admitted Developmental Studies stu- dent.

Any other courses taken prior to completing and passing appropriate parts of the CPE must be approved by the Developmental Studies Counselor or by an advisor within that depart- ment.

A student in the Developmental Studies Pro- gram must have a schedule of classes approved by the Counselor in Developmental Studies, or an advisor within that department each time the student registers.

A conditionally admitted student will exit De- velopmental Studies in the following ways

1. . Passing all required parts of the Colle- giate Placement Examination. 2. If any required part of the CPE is not

passed, the student will be required to enroll in the appropriate Developmental Studies course. Upon successful com- pletion of all required Developmental Studies courses and passing the CPE, the student will exit Developmental Studies. A student in Developmental Studies will be given four quarters per area to successfully exit that area. A student failing to exit an area after four attempts will be subject to Developmental Studies suspension. Copies of the policies of the Developmental Studies Program may be ob- tained from the Developmental Studies Office.

Credit by Examination

Armstrong State College will grant up to one- fourth of the credit required in a college degree for satisfactory scores on the following exami- nations:

ACT: Proficiency Examination Statistics

Advanced Placement

English Literature & Composition

Calculus AB

Calculus BC

Chemistry

American History

European History ATP Achievement Tests

American History

European History College-Level Examination Program

College Composition

Analysis and Interpretation of Literature

Humanities

College Algebra

College Algebra-Trigonometry

Calculus with Elementary Functions

Western Civilization I

Western Civilization II

American Government

American History I

American History II

Introductory Sociology

College French

College German

College Spanish

Natural Sciences DANTES Subject Tests

Astronomy

Criminal Justice

General Anthropology Academic departments select the examinatic and determine passing scores. The colle credit awarded is the same as that earned students who complete the equivale course(s). The letter-grade "K" is used to iden j credit by examination and has no effect on i| academic grade point average. The Office the Registrar adds courses and credit earr to the academic records of enrolled student

For additional information, please make quiry to the Office of the Registrar/Director Admissions, the Office of Counseling and Pla ment, or the head of the appropriate acader : department.

College Credit for Military Experience and Training

Students who wish to have their military <- perience and training evaluated for colk6 credit should submit a copy of appropriate foi s

ADMISSIONS

25

) the Registrar's office. Veterans should submit )D Form 214 and active duty military personnel hould submit DD Form 295. Active duty Army ersonnel and soldiers discharged since Oc- )ber 1, 1986, should also provide the Registrar rith a copy of their Army/American Council on ducation Registry Transcript.

tegents Engineering Transfer 'rogram

To be admitted to the Regents Engineering ransfer Program at Armstrong State College, tudents must have achieved at least: I 550 on the mathematics portion of the Scholastic Aptitude Test (SAT); and

2. 450 on the verbal portion of the SAT; and

3. 3.0 high school grade point average. This institution's faculty members have

orked closely with Georgia Tech's faculty to ssure a curriculum which is well-coordinated ith that of Georgia Tech. Specific times each jarter have been established for students to sit the Georgia Tech campus and meet with •presentatives of their anticipated major. Regents Engineering Transfer Program stu- snts who satisfactorily complete the pre-en- neering curriculum and apply for transfer will 3 accepted to Georgia Tech. However, admis- Dn to the most popular majors, as for other sorgia Tech students, will be based upon over- grade point average, performance in the re- ared prerequisite courses and availability of jdent spaces.

equirements of Transfers

. Transfer students completing high school in the Spring of 1988, or later, from non- University System institutions will be re- quired to submit their high school tran- scripts as part of their application process unless they have completed their freshman and sophomore years, completed an as- sociate degree, or have more than 90 hours of transfer credit approved. This require- ment also applies to students enrolled in University System programs that do not re- quire the College Preparatory Curriculum for admission.

Transfer students completing high school in the Spring of 1988, or later, transferring from University System institutions will maintain their CPC status as determined by

the first University System institution mak- ing the original CPC evaluation.

3. Transfer applicants completing high school prior to Spring of 1988 will follow the same procedure as freshman applicants except these applicants will not be required to meet the College Preparatory Curriculum requirements. In addition, these applicants who have achieved sophomore standing at the time of entrance, will not be required to submit their high school records. Such rec- ords may be required by the Office of Ad- missions, but normally the transcripts of previous college records will suffice in place of the high school record. Transfer applicants must ask the Registrar, of each college they have previously attended, to mail an official transcript of their records to the Office of Admissions at Armstrong State College, regardless of the transferability of the credits.

4. Transfer applicants will not be considered for admission unless he/she is academi- cally eligible to return to the college or uni- versity last attended, or unless the officials of the institution last attended recommend the applicant's admission.

5. Transfer applicants will be considered for admission to Armstrong State College, if, on all work attempted at other institutions, their academic performance as shown by their grade-point-average is equivalent to the minimum standard required by Arm- strong State College students by compa- rable standing. Students not meeting the required GPA may be admitted on Good Standing, with Warning. (See chart under Academic Probation and Dismissal Policy in the "Academic Regulations" section of this Catalog.)

6. Credit will be given for transfer work in which students received a grade of "C" or above. Credit will also be given for transfer work in which the students received grades of "D", with the limitation that such credit will not exceed twenty-five percent of the total amount of credit accepted with grades of "C" or above. College credit will not be allowed for such courses as remedial Eng- lish or remedial mathematics or courses basically of secondary school level

7. Credits earned at an institution which is not a member of the appropriate regional ac- crediting agency can be accepted on a

26

ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE

provisional basis only. Students transfer- ring from an institution which is not a mem- ber of a regional accrediting agency must achieve a "C" average on their first fifteen quarter hours of work at Armstrong in order to be eligible to continue. In certain areas they may be required to validate credits by examination. In computing cumulative grade averages, only the work attempted at Armstrong will be considered.

8. The amount of credit that Armstrong will allow for work done in another institution within a given period of time may not ex- ceed the normal amount of credit that could have been earned at Armstrong during that time. A maximum of 100 quarter hours may be transferred from a junior college. At least half of the courses in the major must be taken at Armstrong.

9. Not more than one-fourth of the work counted toward a degree may be taken through correspondence extension courses or examination. No correspon- dence courses may be used to meet re- quirements in the major field or the related field for the bachelor's degree. No corre- spondence course may be taken while en- rolled at Armstrong State College without prior approval of the Vice President and the head of the department in which the student is majoring. Correspondence credit will not be accepted for courses in English com- position of foreign language.

1 0. If the Core Curriculum requirements in Area I (Humanities), Area II (Sciences), and/or Area III (Social Sciences) have been com- pleted in a University System of Georgia institution, each completed area will be ac- cepted as having met the respective area requirement at Armstrong State College.

11. An official evaluation of all previous college credit earned will be done during the first quarter of the applicant's attendance. Transfer credit will be awarded from insti- tutions listed in the American Association of College Admission Officers and Regis- trars as being fully accredited.

Developmental Studies Transfer Student Policy

Conditionally admitted transfer students must meet the same admission requirements as in- dividuals admitted to the College for the first

time. A complete record of the student's pa remedial coursework and CPE scores must I on file in the Armstrong State College Registra Office before the student can be admitted. Ft ther, conditionally admitted transfer studer must be eligible to return to their previous ins tutions before they will be considered for a mission to Armstrong State College.

Readmission

Students who have not been enrolled at An strong during the current academic year (t academic year begins with the Fall Quarti must apply for readmission on a form provid by the Office of The Registrar. Former studer who have not attended another college sin leaving Armstrong may be readmitted, provid they are not on suspension at the time they wi to reenter. Former students who have attend another college since leaving Armstrong mi meet requirements as listed in the catalog effect at the time of return. A student who readmitted after an absence from the college more than two years must meet degree requi ments as listed in the bulletin in effect at the tit of his or her return.

Transient Students

Students enrolled in another college or i versity may apply for temporary admissior Armstrong State College. They must have v ten approval from their Dean or Registrar t they are in good standing and have permiss to take specific courses at Armstrong State ( lege to be transferred to their own institu" when satisfactorily completed. Transient : dents are admitted for a specific period of tii normally one quarter. If they wish to remain Armstrong State College longer than one qua i they must submit additional statements n their Dean or Registrar, or must meet all reqi J ments for regular admission as a transfer * dent.

Armstrong Students Transient Elsewhere

Armstrong students who wish to take coifl work at another college with the intent of apy ing the courses to their academic record at /ft strong may do so in accordance with regulat I for transient status to another college. Stucrt must meet the requirements stipulated bytf

ADMISSIONS

27

ther college, and, in order to apply the credits >ward their academic records at Armstrong, lust meet the academic regulations of Arm- :rong. Consult with the Registrar's Office for etails.

Accelerated Program for ligh School Students

Through this program for superior high school sniors, students may complete more than two- lirds of the freshman year of college before eginning a regular college career. Students ac- epted into the program may choose any fresh- lan course provided they meet course rerequisites and receive permission from their igh school principal or counselor and their ed- ge advisor.

Students in this program may enroil for college 'edit in a maximum of two courses each quarter hile completing their senior year of high school, pon graduation from high school, the student ill be admitted as a regular college enrollee. Students forfeit the privilege of this program they receive a college course grade below C their high school average in academic jurses falls below B in any quarter. The College will consider students for this pro- am only upon written recommendation of their gh school principals or counselors. To be admitted to the program, students must tisfy all of the following criteria: . Written recommendation by the principal or

counselor of the high school; '. Written consent of parent or guardian (if the

student is a minor); . Completion of the eleventh grade in an ac- credited high school; . A combined verbal and mathematics SAT score of no less than 1,000, or ACT Com- posite no less than 25. I. A minimum high school grade-point-aver- age on all academic courses of 3.0; Completion of the University System of Georgia's College Preparatory Curriculum (CPC) requirements with the following ex- ceptions:

(a) Students with an SAT verbal score of at least 450 (or ACT English of at least 23) who have not completed the final unit of high school English and/or so- cial studies will be permitted to fulfill these high school requirements with the appropriate college courses.

i\

(b) Students who have not completed the College Preparatory Curriculum re- quirements may be admitted through the joint enrollment program (see be- low) if they are enrolled in the neces- sary high school courses and scheduled to complete the require- ments by the end of their senior year. With the exception of English and social studies courses taken by students with the required SAT or ACT score, a college course may not be used to fulfill both high school College Preparatory Curriculum re- quirements and college degree require- ments.

Early Admission and Joint Enrollment Programs

Armstrong State College offers an early ad- mission program for those students who have completed the eleventh grade in high school and who have demonstrated outstanding aca- demic potential. The criteria for admission to this program are the same as those listed for the Accelerated Program.

Additionally, the college offers a joint enroll- ment program which is an early admissions pro- gram allowing students to enroll full time at the College while remaining on the rolls of a local high school. After successfully meeting all es- tablished criteria for the Accelerated Program, students will be awarded high school diplomas at the end of their freshman year in college. For further information on this program, prospective applicants should consult with their high school counselors and request information from the Of- fice of Admissions.

Special Admission Categories

GED

An applicant who is not a high school grad- uate may be considered for admission based upon completion of the General Education De- velopment Examination (GED) with a score that satisfies the minimum requirement of the State of Georgia (standard score-45). A score report must be submitted directly to the College from the GED testing center where the student took the test, or by DANTES (2318 South Park Street, Madison, Wisconsin, 53713) if the student took the test through the United States Armed Forces

28

ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE

Institute while in military service. If the appli- cant's high school class graduated in the Spring of 1988 , or later, then all College Preparatory Curriculum (CPC) requirements must be met. The only exception to this requirement will be those applicants pursuing associate of science or associate of applied science degrees. These individuals are exempt from the CPC require- ments.

Delayed Admission

Applicants who have not attended high school or college within the previous five years, and have earned fewer than 20 transferable quarter hours of college credit, are not required to take the SAT or ACT admissions test. However, these applicants will be required to take the Collegiate Placement Examination and complete any De- velopmental Studies requirements. Student ad- mitted under this category must complete 30 hours of college credit with a minimum 2.0 grade point average in order to be granted regular admission status.

Persons 62 Years of Age or Older

Persons who are 62 years of age, or older, may enroll as regular students in credit courses on a "space available" basis without payment of fees, except for supplies, laboratory or special course fees. They must be residents of the State of Georgia and must present a birth certificate or comparable written documentation of age to enable the Admissions Office to determine eli- gibility. They must meet all admission and de- gree requirements.

International Students

(All students who are citizens of countries other than the U.S.)

It is recommended that international students begin their attendance at the college in the Fall Quarter. The college also recommends that in- ternational students attend an ELS language center prior to enrollment.

Students from a country other than the United States who are interested in attending Arm- strong must meet the following requirements be- fore application is made: 1 . Meet the requirements of freshman appli- cants. International students must have completed the equivalency of a U.S. high school. However, College Preparatory Cur-

riculum (CPC) requirements do not ap| to these students.

2. Have an official transcript of academic rc ords mailed to the Office of Admissions Armstrong with an official translation.

3. If SAT or ACT scores are available, ask tl the results be sent to Armstrong. If the scores are not available, the student will required to take the Collegiate Placemi Examination and take any such requir coursework in accordance with the De\ opmental Studies Guidelines.

4. A student whose native language is i English must take the Test of English a: Foreign Language (TOEFL) and score minimum of 500 for consideration for < mission to the College.

5. Submit a statement of financial resourc prior to attendance.

6. Show proof of adequate health and life surance.

After completion of application form and si mission of all required records, the College make a decision on the application. If an ap cation is approved, the College will send at 20 form (which the international student will i to obtain a student visa). Upon arrival these s dents may be tested in English composition class placement purposes.

Admission of Veterans

After having been accepted at Armstrc State College and upon receipt of Certifica of eligibility and entitlement from the Veter Administration, veterans may attend under P lie Law 358 (Veterans Readjustment Benefit of 1966), Public Law 815 (disabled), Public I 894 (disabled), Public Law 634 (war orpha or Public Law 631 (children of permanently abled veterans). Students under Public L 358, 361 , 634 should be prepared to pay tu'J and fees at the time of registration.

Vocational Rehabilitation Applicants

Those applicants sponsored by Vocatii* Rehabilitation or other community agen 3 must apply at least six weeks before the bef ning of any quarter to insure proper process of applications.

ADMISSIONS

29

equirements for Admission ) Fine Arts Programs

The college-level study of art and music re- jires considerable background as well as a isic proficiency level. Those students who sh to major in art are expected to show the culty a portfolio of previous work in at least le medium. In music, placement examinations e required of all entering students in music eory and applied music.

Insurance

Because of contractual requirements, Health Insurance is required of students in Associate Degree Nursing, Baccalaureate Degree Nurs- ing, Medical Technology, Radiologic Technol- ogies and Respiratory Therapy. Malpractice/ Liability insurance is required of students in Associate Degree Nursing, Baccalaureate De- gree Nursing, Dental Hygiene, Medical Tech- nology, Radiologic Technologies and Respiratory Therapy.

equirements and rocedures for Admission > Health Programs

:hool of Health Professions atement of Professional Standards slated to Applicants and Students

All applicants to and students enrolled in the hool of Health Professions must meet and ntinue to meet the approved professional mdards of the School and respective pro- ims. In order to meet the intellectual, physical and social competencies necessary to meet professional requirements, all appli- cants and students must be able to exhibit qualities of good judgment, mental strength 1 and emotional stability.

No applicant who may jeopardize the , health and/or the well being of a patient, . client, co-worker, or self, may be accepted into the School of Health Professions pro- j gram or continue as a student within a pro- gram, i The individual programs will inform each applicant in writing of the standards which are related to the professional duties of the discipline.

The faculty of each program or department shall be responsible for applying the stan- dards for their students and prospective 1 students.

: In all cases, final appeal may be brought to the attention of the Dean of Health Profes- sions who would appoint an Appeals com- mittee.

Associate Degree Nursing

Admission to Armstrong State College does not in any way guarantee formal admission to the Associate Degree Nursing Program. It is im- portant that the applicant for admission to this program file all papers required at least two quarters prior to the quarter in which the appli- cant wishes to begin nursing courses.

The Admissions Committee of the Department of Associate Degree Nursing will act only on completed applications. Admission decisions will normally be made in October for winter quarter, January for spring quarter, and April for fall quarter. After admission to the program, the student must pay a $50.00 non-refundable Health Professions Deposit to reserve a seat in the program. This deposit is applied to the stu- dent's first quarter matriculation fee. Students who qualify for admission but who are not ad- mitted because of lack of space may reapply for the following quarter's class. Students ad- mitted for a given quarter must enter the pro- gram during that quarter or reapply for admission for any subsequent quarter. Deter- mination of admission to the program is a func- tion of the faculty.

Transfer students must meet the criteria for admission to the Department of Associate De- gree Nursing as stated. Credit for nursing and science courses taken prior to application to the program must be approved by the Department of Associate Degree Nursing. It is recom- mended that nursing courses not be over one year old and science courses not be over five years old. Students wishing to be given credit for nursing courses which are over one year old and science courses which are over five years old may be required to validate current knowl- edge by examination or be required to repeat these courses.

30

ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE

The Associate Degree Nursing Program is ap- proved by the Georgia Board of Nursing and is fully accredited by the National League for Nurs- ing (NLN).

Criteria for Admission

Admission to the Associate Degree Nursing Program is made on a space available basis and is limited to the best qualified students as determined by the Associate Degree Nursing faculty. Admission criteria include:

1 . Completion of ZOO 208 with a grade of "C" or better.

2. Completion of CHE 201.

3. Completion of MAT 101.

4. Eligibility for ENG 101.

5. A minimum adjusted college GPA of 2.0.

Time Limit for Program Completion

Students must complete the Associate De- gree Nursing Program within three consecutive academic years from the date of their initial entry into the program. Students who do not complete the program within this time limit must reapply for admission, meet current criteria for admis- sion, and have their previous credits evaluated at the time of their subsequent admission. Stu- dents who are readmitted must meet course re- quirements in effect at the time of their readmission.

Readmission Procedures

1. The student must complete the readmis- sion application for Armstrong State Col- lege and the Department of Associate Degree Nursing.

2. The student will be required to meet ad- mission and curriculum requirements in ef- fect at the time of readmission.

3. The student's readmission will be based upon space availability and recommenda- tion by the Department of Associate Degree Nursing.

Baccalaureate Nursing Department

Applicants to the program must be regularly admitted to Armstrong State College prior to making application to the nursing major. Stu- dents must meet the admission requirements of the Department of Baccalaureate Nursing to be

eligible for admission to the nursing major. A mission to the nursing major is the function the Faculty. Only completed applications will I considered.

Students will be admitted to the nursing ma during Winter Quarter, Sophomore year. Si dents who are not admitted may reapply wh they meet admission criteria.

Applicants may address the Head of the C partment of Baccalaureate Nursing if they i quire additional information concernir admission procedures.

The Bachelor of Science degree program approved by the Georgia Board of Nursing ai is fully accredited by the National League I Nursing (NLN).

Criteria for Admission

Admission criteria include:

1 . Regular admission to Armstrong State C lege.

2. A minimum SAT verbal score of 350.

3. A minimum SAT mathematics score of 3'

4. A verbal/mathematics combined SAT of r less than 750. (SAT scores will not -be quired for those applicants with Associa Bachelor's or Master's Degrees).

5. A grade of "C" or better in each scier course.

6. An adjusted GPA of 2.5 in all prerequi: course work attempted.

Transfer Applicants and those with degn in other fields must meet the criteria establish for admission to the nursing major. Tran: credit will be awarded depending upon eq alency of courses. These decisions will be termined by the Nursing Faculty who will actual course outlines, descriptions, etc., s plied by the student.

Registered Nurse applicants must meet criteria established for admission to the nurs major and must also submit proof of licensi

Program Completion Requirement;

Students must complete the Baccalaurcs Nursing Program within four consecutive yd from the date of their initial admission to nursing major. Students who do not compt the program within this time limit must appK readmission, meet current criteria for admissf and have their previous credits evaluated, u dents who are granted readmission must r!

ADMISSIONS

31

course requirements in effect at the time of read- mission.

Senior nursing students are required to take a written comprehensive exam prior to gradu- ation.

After admission to the Dental Hygiene Pro- gram, the student must pay a $50.00 non-re- fundable Health Programs Deposit to reserve a seat in the program. This deposit is applied to the student's first quarter matriculation fee.

Readmission Procedures

1. The student must complete the readmis- sion application for Armstrong State Col- lege and the nursing major.

2. The student will be required to meet ad- mission and curriculum requirements in ef- fect at the time of readmission.

3. The student's admission will be based upon space available and recommendation by the Recruitment and Retention Committee of the Department of Baccalaureate Nurs- ing.

Associate Degree Dental Hygiene

Admission to Armstrong State College does hot in any way guarantee admission to the As- sociate Degree Program in Dental Hygiene. Ap- plicants must first be accepted for admission to he College with regular admission status before he Dental Hygiene Admissions Committee eval- uates the applicant's application to the Asso- :iate Degree Program in Dental Hygiene. ; Admission to the program is limited in each ;lass. Students matriculate in the Fall Quarter of 1 3ach year. Applications for admission should be completed as soon as possible for the Fall • quarter and must include a transcript of all ac- ademic work.

» Because of the heavy emphasis on science n the dental hygiene curriculum, it is important hat the applicant have a strong foundation in Diology and chemistry.

1 Applicants who are on academic probation or suspension from another college will not be con- sidered for admission to the program. Unless : specifically approved by the Head of the de- partment, credit will not be accepted for courses aken in another school of dental hygiene.

Applications for admission should be clearly narked "For Dental Hygiene Only." Applicants may contact the head of the De- . oartment of Dental Hygiene if they require ad- ditional information concerning admission procedures.

Criteria for Admission

Admission to the Associate Degree Dental Hy- giene major is on a space available basis and is limited to the best qualified students as de- termined by the Dental Hygiene Admissions Committee. Admission criteria include: Regular Admission Criteria:

1 . Admission to Armstrong State College.

2. Eligibility for ENG 101 and MAT 101.

3. A minimum adjusted college GPA of 2.0. Conditional Admissions status may be

granted to an applicant when the applicant does not meet the regular admissions criteria. Con- ditional admission is granted on a space avail- able basis. Conditional Admission Criteria:

1. Admission to Armstrong State College.

2. Eligibility for ENG 101 and MAT 101.

3. A minimum adjusted college GPA of 1 .8. The Dental Hygiene Admissions Committee

will give special consideration to applicants who have completed one year of college work and who have completed CHE 201 or ZOO 208 (or their equivalents) with a grade of "C" or bet- ter. The applicant should request a personal interview with the Dental Hygiene Admissions Committee to discuss the application after all credentials have been received.

All students must have a minimum of 2.0 GPA overall to graduate.

Readmission Procedures

1. The student must submit a written request for readmission to the Department Head one quarter prior to readmission.

2. The student must have a minimum adjusted college GPA of 1.8.

3. The student's readmission will be based on space availability and the recommendation of the dental hygiene admissions commit- tee.

Challenge Examinations

Challenge examinations for specific dental hygiene subject areas are available in the de- partment. Contact the department head for in- formation.

32

ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE

Baccalaureate Degree Dental Hygiene Education

Candidates for the program must be gradu- ates of accredited associate degree dental hy- giene programs and licensed as registered dental hygienists.

Students begin their course of sequenced dental hygiene courses in the Fall Quarter. Ap- plication for admission should be completed as soon as possible.

Transfer credits are accepted for courses other than the professional sequence. A mini- mum of 45 quarter hours must be earned at Armstrong State College for the Bachelor of Sci- ence Degree in Dental Hygiene Education to be a awarded from this institution. The Office of the Registrar will evaluate all transfer credits.

Applications for admission should be clearly marked "For Dental Hygiene Only".

Applicants may contact the Head of the De- partment of Dental Hygiene at Armstrong State College if they require additional information concerning admission to the program.

Criteria for Admission

Admission requirements include:

1 . One year of professional experience pre- ferred. This may include any dental-related work experience.

2. A minimum 2.0 GPA on all previous college work. Students transferring from another college must have this average to be con- sidered for admission. The 2.0 average must be maintained to date of actual ma- triculation in the program.

How to Apply

1 . Complete all application forms required for admission to Armstrong State College. Mark the application For Dental Hygiene Only. These forms are to be returned to the Office of Admissions.

2. Complete the Dental Hygiene Bachelor of Science Application Form and return to the Department with a recent photograph.

3. Submit National Board Scores to the De- partment of Dental Hygiene. Applicants should contact the head of the Department of Dental Hygiene if they require additional information.

Associate Degree Respiratory Therapy

Admission to Armstrong State College does not guarantee admission to the Respiratory Therapy Department. The department has a separate formal admissions process in additior to the admission process to Armstrong State College.

Students are admitted to the program durinc the Fall quarter. The application process begins during the Winter break preceding the desirec admission date. Deadline for complete appli- cations is June 1. Applications received aftei that date will be considered on a first come-firs serve, space-available basis.

To meet contractual obligations with the clin- ical affiliates, the program requires students tc submit a complete health history form and evi- dence of liability (malpractice) and health in- surance prior to participation in clinica practicums.

Applications for admission should be clearly marked "For Respiratory Therapy Only." Appli- cants may address the Head of the Respiratory Therapy Department if they require additiona information concerning admissions procedures

Criteria for Admission

Admission requirements include:

1 . Regular admission to Armstrong State Col lege.

2. Good standing with college at the time c student selection.

Readmission to the Program

Students who have been admitted to and hav< enrolled in the Associate Program in Respirator therapy but who have either withdrawn or hav< been suspended from the program may appl' for readmission provided they are in good ac ademic standing at the time they wish to reenter

A student who has been dismissed from th program for any reason will not be eligible fo readmission.

Associate Degree Radiologic Technologies Program

Admission to Armstrong State College doe: not guarantee admission to the Radiologic Tech

ADMISSIONS

33

nologies Program. The Program has a separate formal admissions process in addition to the ad- mission process to Armstrong State College.

Students are normally only admitted to the professional component of the program at the start of the Fall Quarter each year except for transfer students. Students may begin taking core courses at any time and need not have completed the core courses prior to entry into the professional component. The application process begins in the Winter quarter of the year previous to desired admission. Qualified appli- cants will be considered on a first come-first admitted, space available basis.

To meet contractual obligations with the clin- cal affiliates, the program requires students to submit a complete health history form, evidence Df health insurance, and evidence of liability malpractice) insurance prior to participation in clinical education courses.

Applications for admission should be clearly narked "For Radiologic Technologies Only." applicants may address the Director of the Radiologic Technologies program if they require additional information concerning admissions procedures.

Criteria for Admission

The actual determination of admission of ap- plicants to the program is a function of the Radiologic Technologies Program Admissions Committee. Admissions are based on scholastic history, work experience, personal references, -and a personal interview.

The following are specific criteria for admis- sion:

j 1. A minimum GPA of 2.5 in a high school curriculum.

2. A minimum GPA of 2.5 in all science and mathematics courses in the high school curriculum.

3. A minimum overall adjusted college GPA of 2.0, if applicable.

4. A minimum GPA of 2.0 in all mathematics and science courses at the college levels.

Applicants who do not meet the criteria for Amissions outlined above may still apply for idmission. Please contact the Program for in- ormation.

After admission to the Radiologic Technology 3rogram, the student must pay a $50.00 non- efundable Health Programs Deposit to reserve i seat in the program. This deposit is applied o the student's first quarter matriculation fee.

Readmission to the Program

Students who have been admitted to and have enrolled in the Associate Degree Program in en- rolled in the Associate Degree Program in Radiologic Technologies, but who have either withdrawn or been dismissed without prejudice from the program, may apply for readmission to the program only if they have a cumulative col- lege GPA of 2.0 at the time they wish to reenter. The student's readmission will be based upon space availability and recommendation by the Radiologic Technologies Admissions Commit- tee.

Baccalaureate Degree Health Science

Criteria for Admission to Program

1 . Regular admission to Armstrong State Col- lege.

2. Eligible for MAT 101 and ENG 101.

3. Adjusted college GPA of 2.0.

4. Formal interview conducted by health sci- ence faculty members.

5. Completed health science program appli- cation.

Baccalaureate Degree Medical Technology Program

The professional phase of the Medical Tech- nology curriculum begins in the Fall quarter of each year with the MT courses. Students desir- ing acceptance to the Medical Technology Pro- gram should make application to the program during the early spring of the preceding aca- demic year.

Minimum Admission Requirements

1 . SAT of at least 800 with 350 or more in Math and 350 or more in Verbal.

2. Cumulative Grade Point Average of 2.2 or more.

3. Completion of required chemistry and bi- ology courses prior to the senior year.

34

ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE

4. Science course (Chemistry and Biology) average of 2.25 or better with no more than one required science course with a grade of "D".

5. Satisfactory completion of Regents' Testing Program.

Other Requirements

Per NAACLS requirement, all applicants must have taken the organic or biochemistry course and the microbiology course within the past seven years. Updating coursework can be done by completion (a grade of "C" or better) of the appropriate course or by a challenge exami- nation.

Currently enrolled Armstrong State College students must also meet the requirements for admission to the MT program and apply to the program.

Transfer students must be accepted to the college with "Regular Status" admission.

Certified associate degree medical laboratory technicians may receive transfer credit for junior level MT courses upon presentation of accept- able certification scores and/or transfer credit and satisfactory completion of written and/or practical examinations in the professional con- tent areas.

An applicant with B.S. degree not desiring the B.S. in Medical Technology degree must meet the National Accrediting Agency for Clinical Laboratory Sciences academic prerequisites for Medical Technology. These students will be awarded a certificate upon completion of the professional coursework.

Foreign applicants must meet the require- ments for admission to Armstrong State College as outlined in the college catalog.

Application Process

1. Complete all requirements for Application for Admission to Armstrong State College if not currently enrolled at ASC.

2. Complete an Application to Medical Tech- nology Program form.

3. Have official transcripts sent to Program Di- rector.

4. If certified, have scores sent to Program Director. (Ask Program Director for form let- ter.)

5. Applicants meeting the minimum admis- sion requirements will be invited for an in- terview with at least two of the Admission Committee members, one of whom is the Program Director.

6. Request two references to complete Con- fidential Appraisal Form to be forwarded tc Program Director.

7. All applicants will be informed by letter o their application status.

I

<

r

Armstrong

College

ATHLE™

Financial Information

36

ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE

Expenses

The following schedules list the principal ex- penses and regulations concerning the pay- ment of fees. Fees and charges are subject to change at the end of any quarter. When such changes are made, notice will be given as far in advance as possible

Tuition

Georgia Residents

The matriculation fee for students registering for at least 1 2 quarter hours is $382.00. Students carrying fewer than 12 credit hours on campus in a quarter will pay $32.00 per quarter hour. This fee is waived for residents of Georgia upon presentation of written documentation that they are 62 years of age or older.

Out-of-State Residents

Full time students who are non-residents of Georgia pay a fee of $1 ,145.00. Those carrying fewer than 12 credit hours in a quarter pay $96.00 per quarter hour tuition. Out-of state tu- ition fees are waived for active duty military per- sonnel and their dependents stationed in Georgia (except military personnel assigned to this institution for educational purposes).

Regents' Policies Governing Residency Requirements

To be considered a legal resident of Georgia, the applicant must establish the following facts to the satisfaction of the Registrar.

1. (a) If a person is 18 years of age or older, (s)he may register as a resident student only upon a showing that (s)he has been a legal resident of Georgia for a period of at least twelve months immediately preceding the date of registration.

(b) No emancipated minor or person 18 years of age or older shall be deemed to have gained or acquired in-state residence status for fee purposes while attending any educational institution in this State, in the absence of a clear demonstration that (s)he has in fact established legal residence in this State.

2. If a person is under 18 years of age, (s)he may register as a resident student only upon a showing that a supporting parent or

guardian has been a legal resident of Geoi gia for a period of at least twelve month immediately preceding the date of registrs tion.

3. A person stationed in Georgia who is o full-time, active military duty with the armei forces and a spouse and dependent chi dren-may register upon payment of resider fees even though they have not been lege residents of Georgia for the preceding twelve months.

4. A full-time employee of the University Sys tern and spouse and dependent childre may register on the payment of resider fees even though (s)he has not been a lege resident of Georgia for the twelve months

5. Non-resident graduate students who hot teaching or research assistantships requii ing at least on-third time service may rec ister as students in the institution in whic they are employed on payment of resider fees.

6. Full-time teachers in the public schools ( Georgia and their dependent children ms enroll as students in the University Systerr institutions on the payment of resident fee:

7. All aliens shall be classified as non-res dents, provided, however, that an alien wh is living in this country under a visa pe mitting permanent residence shall have tr same privilege of qualifying for resident st tus for fee purposes as a citizen of tr United States.

8.. International students selected by the i stitution's president or his authorized rej resentative may be enrolled upon payme of in-state fees provided the number waivers does not exceed the quota -a| proved by the Board of Regents for th institution.

9. if the parents or legal guardian of a mini change the legal residence to another sta following a period of legal residence Georgia, the minor may continue to taT courses for a period of twelve months c the payment of resident fees. After the e piration of the twelve month period the st dent may continue his registration or upon the payment of fees at the non-res dent rate.

10. In the event that a legal resident of Georg is appointed as guardian of a non-reside minor, such minor will not be permitted register as a resident student until the e

FINANCIAL INFORMATION

37

piration of one year from the date of court appointment, and then only upon proper showing that such appointment was not made to avoid payment of the non-resident fees.

Residency Reclassification

A student is responsible for registering under the proper residency classification. A student classified as a nonresident who believes that he/ she is entitled to be reclassified as a legal res- ident may petition the Registrar for a change in status. The petition must be filed no later than sixty (60) days after the quarter begins in order for the student to be considered for reclassifi- ation for the quarter. If the petition is granted, reclassification will not be retroactive to prior quarters. The necessary forms for this purpose are available in the Registrar's office.

Student Housing

To secure housing, students must send a $100.00 deposit with their housing application. Refer to the housing contract for specific terms and conditions.

The fee for double occupancy is $520.00 and $665.00 for single occupancy per quarter.

Food Service

All students who reside in the dormitory must purchase a 5-day, 15-meal plan at the current fee of $410.00 per quarter.

Other Special Costs

APPLICATION FEE $1 0.00

.Must accompany initial application. Acceptance .of application fee does not constitute accept- ance of the student. Non-refundable. ATHLETIC FEE $38.50/qtr.

.All students pay each quarter. EXIT EXAM FEE

Fee for Graduate Record Examinations or Na- tional Teacher Examinations are announced in 'test bulletins.

GRADUATION FEE $25.00

Payable by each candidate for graduation when

'graduation application submitted two quarters 'prior to graduation. If candidate is receiving a 'second degree at the same graduation cere- monies an addition $5 00 is due The full $25.00

is charged for a second degree awarded at a , subsequent graduation ceremony. A fee of $15.00 is charged for each replacement di- ploma.

HEALTH PROFESSIONS DEPOSIT $50.00 Reserves a seat in appropriate health program, payable upon application to program. I.D. CARD FEE $1.00

LATE REGISTRATION FEE $20.00

Non-refundable fee charged to students who register after the registration period. STUDENT ACTIVITY FEE $1 8.50/qtr.

All students pay each quarter. TRANSCRIPT FEE, OFFICIAL 1 free, $2.00

each additional Unofficial transcripts for academic advisement and schedule planning will be issued at no charge.

Music Fees

Applied music courses consist of one twenty- five minute private lesson per week (Music 130) or a fifty minute private lesson per week (Music 140, 240, 340, 440). A special fee of $42.00 is charged for students enrolled in Music 130. A special fee of $84.00 is assessed for Music 140- 440 to music majors enrolled for less than 12 hours and to students who are not music majors. Music majors may enroll, at no charge for one applied music course from Music 140-440. Ad- ditional applied music courses will be assessed a special fee at the non-music major rate.

The applied music fee is refundable only if the student does not meet the first scheduled les- son.

Summary of Fees*

Matriculation, per quarter $ 397.00

Student Activity, per quarter $ 18.50

Athletic, per quarter $ 38.50

Total for Georgia Residents ... $ 454.00 Out-of-State Tuition, per quarter ... $ 794.00

Total for Non-Residents $ 1,248.00

Matriculation Part-Time Students,

per quarter hours $ 33.00

Non-Resident Tuition, Part-Time

Students,

per quarter hour (in addition to

Matriculation Fee) $ 66.00

"The fees shown are for the 1989-90 academic year and are subject to change.

38

ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE

Short Courses

Fees are announced for each quarter when the course is scheduled by the College.

Students who formally withdraw from a short course or conference before its first meeting will receive a full refund of fees paid provided the withdrawal is in writing and is received by the Coastal Georgia Center for Continuing Educa- tion prior to the first class meeting of the course or conference. Withdrawals made in writing after the first class meeting will be given a refund minus a ten dollar handling fee. No refunds will be made for withdrawals received after the sec- ond class meeting. Fees paid for courses or conferences cancelled by the Coastal Georgia Center for Continuing Education will be re- funded 100%.

Refunds

Refunds of fees, including housing and food service, will be made only upon written appli- cation for withdrawal from school. No refunds will be made to students dropping a course. Students who formally withdraw during the reg- istration period and the first week of classes are entitled to a refund of 80% of the fees paid for that quarter. Students who formally withdraw during the period between the first and second week of classes are entitled to a refund of 60% of the fees paid for that quarter. Students who formally withdraw between the second and third week of classes are entitled to a refund of 40% of the fees paid for that quarter. Students who formally withdraw during the third and fourth week of classes are entitled to a refund of 20% of the fees paid for that quarter. Students who withdraw after the fourth week of classes will be entitled to no refund of any part of the fees paid that quarter. The refund schedule for the Sum- mer Quarter is printed in the Summer Quarter Schedule of Classes.

Financial Obligations

Any student delinquent in the payment of any financial obligation to the College will have grade reports and transcripts of records encum- bered. Grade reports and transcripts will not be released, nor will the student be allowed to re- register at the college until all financial obliga- tions are met.

Fees for each quarter are to be paid in full at the time of registration.

If a check is not paid on presentation to the bank on which it is drawn, the student's regis- tration will be cancelled and the student may re- register only on payment of a service charge 0 $20.00 or five percent of the check, whichevei is greater, and the late registration fee.

Financial Aid

Governing Principles

Armstrong State College subscribes to the principle that the primary purpose of a studen financial aid program is to provide financial as sistance to students who without such assis tance would be unable to attend college. The primary responsibility for financing a college ed ucation is the inherent obligation of the studen and/or family. Financial assistance from Arm strong State College should be viewed as sup plementary to the efforts of the student and/o family. An assessment of parental ability to con tribute toward the student's educational ex penses is made by the College Scholarshif Service so that neither the parent, the stucfen^ nor Armstrong State College will be required | bear an undue share of the financial respons bility.

General Information

Student financial aid is awarded to eligibl students on the basis of need in nearly all case except scholarships which have been provide by donors for the purpose of recognizing ace demic promise or achievement. The determ nation of need is provided for Armstrong Stat College students through the use of the Finar cial Aid Form (FAF) and the College Scholarshi Service which processes this form. The proces involves an analysis of the data provided by th student's family or, if independent, by the sti dent. This analysis is sent to the Office of Studer Financial Aid where it is compared with the cos of education for the appropriate classification ( student. If the analysis shows that the family cor tribution or self contribution is less than the co; of education, financial need has been estat lished. The Office of Student Financial Aid ha the legal right to challenge information provide on the Financial Aid Form if, in the opinion of th financial aid officer, that information appears t be inaccurate, incorrect, or misleading.

FINANCIAL INFORMATION

39

In general, students who enter the College at the beginning of the Fall Quarter have a greater opportunity to receive financial assistance then :hose who enter later in the academic year. The awards processing time usually runs from May 1 to August 31. It is during this period that the Office of Student Financial Aid distributes its /early allocation of funds to students who have :ompleted the process cycle. In the event that here is a shortage of funds, students who are eligible for financial aid but whose applications vere late will be placed on a waiting list until ;uch time as funds become available.

Students are eligible to apply for financial as- ;istance provided that: (1 ) the student meets the equirements pertinent to the program(s) from vhich assistance is sought; and (2) the student lias been admitted to the college or is enrolled I good standing and is making satisfactory ac- idemic progress. Students who are classified s Transient, continuing Education, or Ex- hange are not eligible for financial aid. Stu- lents are required to adhere to all regulations md requirements of the program from which ley receive assistance and to notify the Office f Financial Aid of any change in status which lay affect their eligibility for aid.

application Information

An applicant for student financial aid must:

1. Be enrolled or accepted for enrollment at College;

2. Obtain, complete, and submit a Financial Aid Form (FAF) to the College Scholarship Service by May 31 preceding the next ac- ademic year.

3. Submit a PELL GRANT Student Aid Report to the Office of Student Financial Aid by May 31 preceding the next academic year.

4. Complete an Armstrong Application for Fi- nancial Aid.

5. Submit a copy of the student's and parent's (if dependent) Income Tax returns from the previous year, if requested.

It may be necessary to complete additional

)rms depending on a student's year in school,

lajor course of study, and/or eligibility for a par-

cular program. Applications for financial assis-

. ince must be repeated annually. Most student

\ nancial aid awards are for the entire academic

[ aar, with payments made to the student in

, qual quarterly installments.

The minimum number of quarter hours for

hich a student financial aid recipient may enroll

per quarter varies from program to program. Some require at least 12 hours per quarter (full- time status). Most programs require that the stu- dent be enrolled at least half-time, taking 6 or more quarter hours.

Students applying for financial aid, whether eligible or not, who do not meet or adhere to the above requirements will not be considered for financial aid. It is the responsibility of the parents and/or student to determine that all pertinent in- formation and data have been obtained and are located in the Office of Student Financial Aid to assure a complete and accurate awarding of financial assistance.

When the student has received acknowl- edgement from the College Scholarship Service that the Financial Aid Form (FAF) has been sent to the College and the student has delivered the PELL Grant Aid Report (SAR) and the Request for Student Financial Aid, the Office of Student Financial Aid will send the student a tentative award notice. The student should schedule an appointment with a financial aid officer. The of- ficer will discuss the student's financial aid pack- age, and a final award letter indicating the type of award(s) and amount(s) will be processed.

Students who submit the PELL Grant Student Aid Report only will not be considered for any other type of financial assistance awarded for the College.

Transfer Students

In addition to the above requirements for all financial aid students, transfer students are re- quired to submit a complete Financial Aid Tran- script from the financial aid office of each institution of higher education previously at- tended whether or not aid was received. No awards will be made until these documents have been received by the Office of Student Financial Aid.

Types of Aid

Grants — Awards that students are not required to repay.

Pell Grants are federal grants based on need. Pell Grants are awarded to eligible undergrad- uate students.

Supplemental Educational Opportunity Grants (SEOG) are federal grants awarded to undergraduates who exhibit exceptional finan- cial need

40

ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE

Georgia Student Incentive Grants are state grants awarded to full-time undergraduate stu- dents who are legal residents of Georgia.

Loans — Money that students borrow and repay with either cash or service.

Stafford Loans are available through local lending institutions and state agencies. Repay- ment begins after the student leaves school.

Georgia Service-Cancellable Guaranteed Student Loans are offered for certain "critical" health and teaching fields. These loans are re- paid by service in Georgia after graduation.

PLUS/SLS Loans are available to independ- ent students and the parent of dependent stu- dents regardless of need. The maximum loan amount is $4,000 per year.

Institutional Short-term Loans are available to students for a maximum of 60 days. These loans are used primarily to assist students with the payment of tuition and fees. These loans are available to eligible students for a maximum of $300. Other requirements concerning short- term loans are available in the Office of Student Financial Aid.

Employment

The College Work Study Program provides on-campus employment for eligible undergrau- date students. These awards are based on need.

Institutional Work Study positions are of- fered on a limited basis to students with specific skills. These awards are not based on need.

Scholarships

The following list includes many of the schol- arships available to Armstrong students. This listing is intended for reference only and is not an exhuastive source of all funds available. ASC Alumni Association Scholar- ship: Open to all full-time students. Partici- pation in civic and campus organizations, financial need, and academic standing are con- sidered. For additional information, contact the Alumni Office.

ASC Alumni Association Entering Freshmen Scholarship: Full scholarship for full-time freshmen with combined SAT of 1000 or 3.0 GPA. For additional information, contact the Al- umni Office.

Savannah Jaycees: Full scholarship for full- time Chatham County residents. Civic and com-

munity involvement, financial need and aca demic standing are considered. For additions information, contact the Financial Aid Office. American Assn. of University Women: Opei to older women in non-traditional fields with \ 3.0 GPA, who are Chatham County residents For additional information, contact the Financic Aid Office,.

Auxiliary to Georgia Medical Society: Full time Chatham County nursing student with hig! academic standing (3.0 GPA or above). For ad ditional information, contact the Financial Aid 01 fice.

Billy Bond Memorial Scholarship: Open $ all students with 3.0 GPA. Civic and communit involvement are considered. For additional ir formation, contact the Financial Aid Office. Elizabeth Wilmot Bull Scholarship: Offerei by the Council on Auxiliaries of the Georgia Hos pital Association. Students in the two and fou year nursing programs who are Georgia res dents are eligible to apply. For additional infoi mation, contact the Financial Aid Office. Chemistry & Physics Faculty Scholar ship: Open to all students. Academic stanc ing is considered. For additional informatior contact the Chemistry & Physics Department. Civitan: Open to Armstrong students of all dis ciplines with at least a 3.0 GPA or 1000 SAT, freshman. For additional information, contact th Financial Aid Office.

Ross E. Clark Scholarship: Full-time Politic; Science student with 3.0 GPA, Freshman 120 SAT. For additional information, contact the De partment of Government. Cooper Scholarship: Open to all undergrac uate females and majors (except law, theology and medicine) based on financial need. Re quires B average and good standing. Applies tion deadline April 15,1988. For addition. information, contact First Union Bank. ASC Engineering Society Scolarship: Ful time sophomore and junior engineering sti dents, 2.75 GPA and active member of Eng neering Society. For additional informatior contact the Chemistry & Physics Department. ASC Freshmen Engineering Scholai ship: Entering freshmen with engineering nru jor. For additional information, contact th Chemistry & Physics Department. Mary Howden Gibson Memorial Schola ship: Sponsored by the Candler Hospital Au; iliary. Students in the allied medical field wh have at least a 3.0 GPA are eligible to appl'

FINANCIAL INFORMATION

41

For additional information, contact the Financial Aid Office.

Curtis G. Hames Nursing Scholarship: BSN Nursing scholarship for full-time junior, senior, and graduate students with C or higher average Residents of Southeast Georgia. Financial need is considered. For additional information, con- tact Georgia Southern College Foundation, Inc. Sarah Mills Hodge Memorial Scholar- ship: Awarded to full-time Chatham County students for scholastic merit. Requires 3.0 GPA. For additional information, contact the Financial Aid Office.

Memorial Medical Center Auxiliary Nursing School: ADN or BSN. Georgia resident with K high school GPA and +750 SAT scores. If already a nursing student, must have at least |>.5 GPA. For additional information, contact Memorial Medical Center. <iwanis Memorial Educational Fund: Full- Hie entering freshmen. High achievers. For ad- ditional information, contact Office of Admis- sions.

denzel-Magnus Award for Scholarship in Criminal Justice: Awarded to Criminal Jus- lice senior with highest academic average. For idditional information, contact the Department ' nf Government.

>aderewski Scholarship/Loan Pro- gram: Dental Hygiene. Must be Georgia res- ident. Financial need is considered. For jtdditionai information, contact the Dental Hy- Ijiene Department.

Savannah Foods and Industries Engineering Scholarship: Awarded to engineering stu- dents with demonstrated academic potential. Contact the Director of Engineering Studies. Savannah Pathology Laboratory Scholar- ship: Full-time Med Tech senior demonstrat- hg financial need and commitment to degree ;rogram. For additional information, contact the \SC Medical Technology Department knthony Porter Scholarship: Full scholar- 'hip. Academic standing, civic and community ivolvement are considered. For additional m- urmation, contact the Financial Aid Office. Savannah Scholarship for Radiologic Tech- lologists: Full-time freshman or sophomore Radiologic Technology major with 2.0 GPA. For .dditional information, contact the Radiologic technology Department.

Solomon's Lodge: Full-time students in top

' Wo of class and 900 SAT. Civic and community

ivolvement, and financial need are considered.

For additional information, contact Solomon's Lodge No 1

Regents Scholarship: Georgia residents in the top 25% of their class. For additional infor- mation, contact the Financial Aid Office. Regents Opportunity Grants Pro- gram: Minority graduate students. Georgia residents. Financial need is considered. For ad- ditional information, contact the Financial Aid Of- fice.

Rotary Club of Savannah Scholarship: Full- time students with 3.0 GPA. For additional in- formation, contact the Secondary Education De- partment.

Savannah Volunteer Guards Scholar- ship: Full-time freshmen with high school GPA of 3.0 and 1000 SAT. Recipient must take three quarters of military science for duration of schol- arship. For additional information, contact the Financial Aid Office.

Ty Cobb Scholarship: Students must have completed 45 hours with B average and be Georgia residents. For additional information, contact the Financial Aid Office. Wine & Spirits Wholesalers of Georgia Schol- arship Foundation: Full-time students, aca- demic standing (3.0 GPA), civi and community involvement and financial need are considered. For additional information, contact the Financial Aid Office.

WOW - Women of Worth: Full-time student who is an active WOW member. For additional information, contact the Psychology Depart- ment.

Government Benefits

Social Security provides monthly benefits to children when a parent dies, starts receiving So- cial Security retirement, or starts receiving dis- ability benefits. Because of changes in the law, students should contact the Social Security Of- fice concerning eligibility.

The Georgia Vocational Rehabilitation Pro- gram provides financial assistance for the ap- plicant who possesses an impairment which would prove to be a vocational handicap. Stu- dents who think that they may qualify under this program should contact the Vocational Reha- bilitation Center. Applicants sponsored by Vo- cational Rehabilitation or other community agencies must apply at least six weeks before the beginning of any quarter to insure proper processing of applications.

42

ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE

Veterans Benefits

V.A. Educational Benefits may be used for study at Armstrong. Contact the Office of Finan- cial Aid and Veterans Affairs for specific instruc- tions on application procedures.

Satisfactory Academic Progress

The Higher Education Act of 1965, as amended by Congress in 1980, mandates that institutions of higher education establish mini- mum standards of "satisfactory progress" for students receiving financial aid. To receive fi- nancial aid at Armstrong, a student must both maintain a satisfactory grade point average and be making satisfactory academic progress as outlined below. These requirements apply to the following programs: Pell Grant, Supplemental Educational Opportunity Grant, College Work Study, Guaranteed Student Loans, PLUS Loans, Georgia Incentive Grant, and other State Stu- dent Incentive Grants.

It is the student's responsibility to read and understand Armstrong's policy regarding Stan- dards of Academic Progress. Failure to under- stand and adhere to these policies will result in a student's ineligibility for aid.

(1 ) Students must earn the following mimimum number of hours each academic year (fall through spring quarters) depending upon their enrollment status:

(a) Full-time students - 36 hrs. per aca- demic year (12 hrs per quarter)

(b) 3A time students - 27 hrs. per aca- demic year (9 hrs. per quarter)

(c) V2 time students - 18 hrs. per aca- demic year (6 hrs. per quarter)

Students whose enrollment status varies during the year should follow the quart- erly requirements listed above. For ex- ample, a student who enrolls full-time the first two quarters but only 3A the third quarter would be required to complete 33 hours (12 + 12 + 9 = 33).

Student records will be checked each year for compliance at the end of spring quarter. Students who are not meeting the above requirements will be consid- ered ineligible for further aid until the appropriate number of hours are earned.

Grade of A.E^C.D, and P will be consic ered as credits earned. F.I.W.WF, arii U will not be considered as credit earned.

(2) Students who are enrolled full-time will b expected to complete their degree withi five years. No students will be eligible fc aid if they have attempted 225 hours c more. Students are therefore cautioner against repeating too many courses.

(3) In addition to earning an appropriate nurr ber of hours per year, students must mair tain the following grade point average.

3S ATTEMPTED	REQUIRED GPA
0-15	1.3
16-30	1.4
31 -45	1.5
46-60	1.6
61 -75	1.7
76-90	1.8
91 - 120	1.9
121 - over	2.0

Graduate students must maintain a 3.0 GPA t remain eligible for aid.

(4) Students who are enrolled in the Develop mental Studies program will follow the re ulations of that program. Students will t required to meet all Satisfactory Prog re regulations upon completing the requir ments of the Developmental Studies Pr

' gram. Suspension from Development Studies makes a student ineligible for ft ther aid.

(5) Transfer students must be in good standir to receive the initial disbursement of ai< Credit hours attempted at other institutior will be considered in the 225 hoi maximum. Other Satisfactory Progres calculations will consider only the student academic record at Armstrong Sta- College.

Reinstatement of Aid

The reinstatment of aid is dependent on tr availability of funds.

(1 ) Students whose aid is terminated becaui they failed to earn the required number hours may request their aid be reinstate once they earn the required number hours. These hours may be earned durir

FINANCIAL INFORMATION

43

(2)

the summer or during the following year. The student is not eligible for aid during these "catch up" quarters. Students whose aid is terminated due to insufficient GPA or standing may request their aid be reinstated once they have at- tended at least one quarter at full-time sta- tus and receive at least a 2.0 GPA. The student must also meet the GPA require- ments listed above.

Appeal of Aid Suspension

Students who feel that they can demonstrate mitigating circumstances which affected their academic progress may make an appeal to the Dean of Academic and Enrollment Services.

44 ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE

.

, A

Academic Policies and Information

v

46

ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE

Academic Advisement

All students are required to participate in the advisement system at Armstrong State College. The Vice President and Dean of Faculty gives overall direction to the advisement program, with the appropriate department heads coordi- nating advisement activities within the various departments. Students who have selected a ma- jor or general field of study are advised by ad- visors within the appropriate department. Developmental Studies students are advised by advisors within the Developmental Studies De- partment. All other students are advised by Core Curriculum Advisors. Freshmen and transfers who have selected a major will be advised in the academic department of their major. Fresh- men and transfers who have not selected a ma- jor and have not completed the core requirements will be advised by Core Curricu- lum Advisors.

The student's course selections must be ap- proved by an advisor as an integral part of the registration process. Students are responsible for fulfilling the requirements of their degree pro- gram and must observe all regulations for ad- mission to courses, including meeting prerequisite requirements.

English Composition and Mathematics Requirements

See English Composition and Mathematics Requirements in the Degree Requirements Sec- tion of this catalog, where important require- ments are outlined for entering students.

State Requirement in History and Government

See State Requirement in History and Gov- ernment in the Degree Requirements Section of this catalog.

Course and Study Load

The normal course load for full-time students is 15-18 quarter hours including a course in physical education during the freshman and sophomore years.

A full-time student is defined as one who is registered for 12 or more hours. A part-time stu- dent is one registered for fewer than 12 quarter hours. A student should plan about ten hours

preparation per week for each 5 quarter hou course.

Classification of Students

A student who has earned fewer than 4! quarter hours will be classified as a freshmar between 45 and 89 a sophomore; between 9< and 1 34 as a junior; and 1 35 or more as a senioi

Overloads and Courses At Other Colleges

Permission to enroll for more than 18 quarte hours will be granted by the Registrar to a stu dent:

1. with an average grade of "B" for full-timi enrollment in the preceding quarter, or

2. with an overall grade-point average of 3.1 or

3. requiring an extra course in one of the tw quarters prior to graduation.

No student will be allowed to register for mor than 21 quarter hours. A student who is on ac ademic probation will not be permitted to rec ister for more than 18 quarter hours. Exceptior to these limitations may be made only by th appropriate Dean.

A student enrolled at Armstrong who at tt same time takes courses for credit at anoth* college may not transfer such credit to Arr strong, unless written permission from the ai propriate Dean has been obtained.

Grade Reports

Grade reports are issued directly to studen at the end of each quarter. The following grad< ; are used in the determination of grade-poir averages:

Grade Honor Poir

A (excellent) 4.0

B (good) 3.0

C (satisfactory) 2.0

D (passing) 1.0

F (failure) 0.0

WF (withdrew, failing) 0.0

The cumulative GPA is determined by dividir the total honor points earned by the total hou; attempted at Armstrong State College. The a justed GPA is determined by dividing the tot honor points earned by the total hours £ tempted, with hours and honor points for r peated courses not duplicated in tl calculation.

ACADEMIC POLICIES AND INFORMATION

47

Armstrong State College also uses the follow- lg symbols for grade reports. These symbols arry no honor points and are not included in ne determination of either the cumulative GPA r the adjusted GPA.

'ymbol Explanation

W withdrew, no penalty

I in progress or incomplete

S satisfactory

U unsatisfactory

V audit

K credit by examination

P passing

NR not reported

An "I" which has not been removed by the liddle of the succeeding quarter is changed to i "F" unless the instructor recommends an ex- nsion in writing addressed to the appropriate ean. The "S" and "U" symbols may be utilized ir completion of degree requirements other an academic course work (such as student aching, clinical practice, etc.). A "WF" (With- ew, Failing) is recorded for any student with- awmg after the mid-term date. Exceptions to is policy must be approved by the Dean of the Dhool in which the course is taught and will be Dproved only on the basis of hardship. Appeals r a change of grade may be initiated through e head of the appropriate academic depart- ent in accordance with the Regulations of Arm- rong State College.

lonors

Dean's List: Students enrolled for at least ten jailer hours of course work who earn an honor Dint average of at least 3.6 will be placed on e Dean's List. Only course work taken at Arm- rong will be used in the computation of Dean's st honors.

Cum Laude: Those students graduating with i honor point average of 3.2 through 3.499 will 3 graduated cum laude. Magna Cum Laude: Those students gradu- ing with an honor point average of 3.5 through 799 will be graduated magna cum laude. Summa Cum Laude: Those students gradu- ed with an honor point average of 3.8 through 0 will be graduated summa cum laude. All work attempted at Armstrong and other xredited institutions will be considered in imputing honors for graduation.

Attendance

The control of student attendance at class meetings and the effect of attendance on the grades in a course are left to the discretion of the instructor.

A student is responsible for knowing every- thing that is announced, discussed, or lectured upon in class as well as for mastering all as- signed reading. A student is also responsible for submitting on time all assignments and tests, recitations and unannounced quizzes.

The instructor will be responsible for informing each class at its first meeting what constitutes excessive absence in that particular class. Each student is responsible for knowing the attend- ance regulation and for complying with it. An instructor may drop a student from any class with a grade of "W" or "WF," as appropriate, if in the instructor's judgment the student's ab- sences have been excessive.

Academic Standing

The college recognizes four academic cate- gories: Good Standing, Good Standing with Warning, Academic Probation, and Academic Suspension. Students are expected to maintain or exceed the grade point average (GPA) as indicated in the chart below.

Quarter Hours Attempted Required Adjusted at Armstrong and GPA

Elsewhere

0-15 1.3

16-30 1.4

31-45 1.5

46-60 1.6

61-75 1.7

76-90 1 .8

91-120 1.9

121 and over 2.0

A student who falls below the required GPA for the first time is placed on Good Standing with Warning. Failure to raise the adjusted GPA to the required level during the next quarter will result in Academic Probation. Students on Ac- ademic Probation are not in Good Standing. If the student's adjusted GPA is raised to the re- quired level, the student is returned to Good Standing. The second or any subsequent failure to meet the required GPA will result in Academic Probation. In order to participate in extracurri- cular activities endorsed by the college, stu- dents must be in Good Standing or Good

48

ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE

Standing with Warning. Students under warning should plan both curricular and extracurricula activities under the guidance of their advisors.

Students on Academic Probation who fail to achieve the required adjusted GPA, but who do earn an average of at least 2.0 during the pro- bationary quarter, will be continued on Aca- demic Probation for the next quarter of attendance. Students on Academic Probation who neither achieve the required adjusted GPA nor earn at least a 2.0 average during the pro- bationary quarter will be placed on Academic Suspension from the college for one quarter. A student on Academic Suspension for the first time has the option of attending summer school without having to appeal the suspension. How- ever, a student who fails to make satisfactory progress as a result of summer school will have to appeal for readmission in the fall quarter.

A student suspended for academic reasons for the first or second time may appeal by letter to the Committee on Admissions and Academic Standing. This letter should state the nature of any extenuating circumstances relating to the academic deficiency, and must be delivered to the office of the Vice President and Dean of Fac- ulty no later than 9 AM of registration day. The Committee on Admissions and Academic Standing will make a recommendation to the President and the decision of the President is final.

A student re-entering the college after an Ac- ademic Suspension is placed on Academic Pro- bation and must meet the requirements listed above. A third Academic Suspension is final.

Repeating Courses

Any course may be repeated with the last grade to be counted in the adjusted GPA. A student who repeats any course should com- plete a "Notice of Course Repetition" form avail- able in the Office of Registrar.

Dropping Courses

A student desiring to drop a course after the quarter has begun must obtain a Drop-Add No- tice in the Office of the Registrar. The notice must be signed by the instructor of the course being dropped and returned by the student to the Office of the Registrar.

A student who drops a course not more than seven class days after the course begins will receive no grade for the course. A student who

drops a course after the first seven class day and on or before the quarterly dates listed fc mid-terms will receive a "W" or a "WF" depenc ing on the status in the course. A student ma not drop a course without penalty following th quarterly dates listed for mid-term. A student i not allowed to drop ENG 025, 101, 102, or 20 at any time unless extenuating circumstance prevail. In order to drop one of these course! the drop form must be authorized by the Dea of the School of Arts and Sciences and Edi cation or a designated representative.

A Developmental Studies student (other tha those auditing Developmental Studies course; may not drop a Developmental Studies cours without withdrawing from the College.

Withdrawing from College

Any student who finds it necessary to witl draw from college must begin the process in th Office of Student Affairs. A formal withdrawal required to ensure that the student is eligible 1 return to Armstrong State College at a futui date. Any refund to which a student is entitle will be considered on the basis of the date whic appears on the withdrawal form.

Medical Withdrawals

A student may be administratively withdraw from the college when in the judgment of Vic President of Student Affairs and the college ph sician, if any, and after consultation with the st dent's parents and personal physician, if any, is determined that the student suffers from physical, mental, emotional or psychologic health condition which: (a) poses a significa danger or threat of physical harm to the stude or to the person or property of others or (I causes the student to interfere with the rights other members of the college community or wi the exercise of any proper activities or functior of the college or its personnel or (c) causes tr student to be unable to meet institutional I quirements for admission and continued enro ment, as defined in the student conduct coc and other publications of the college.

Except in emergency situations, a stude shall, upon request, be accorded an approp; ate hearing prior to final decision concerning h or her continued enrollment at the college.

ACADEMIC POLICIES AND INFORMATION

49

Auditing Courses

A regular student wishing to audit a course 'ithout receiving credit must obtain permission f the instructor before registering for the purse. During the registration process the stu- ent should request to audit. A student may not nange from audit to credit status or from credit > audit status after completing the process of jgistration for a course. A student who audits course will have a "V" recorded for that course. le regular schedule of fees applies to auditors, nauthorized auditing is prohibited.

lonor Code

| The Honor Code at Armstrong State College dedicated to the proposition that the protec- >n of the grading system is in the interest of e student community. The Student Court is an stitutional means to assure that the student )mmunity shall have primary disposition of in- actions of the Honor Code and that students xused of such infractions shall enjoy those ocedural guarantees traditionally considered jsential to fair and impartial hearing, the fore- ost of which is the presumption of innocence itil guilt be established beyond a reasonable )ubt

Responsibilities of students:

Ail students must agree to abide by the rules of the Honor Code. A student shall not be accepted at Armstrong State College unless he or she signs a statement affirming his understanding of this agreement. The Honor Code shall be printed in the official bulletin and the Student Handbook.

It will be the responsibility of the Stu- dent Court or its designated representative to conduct an orientation program at the beginning of each quarter for all newly en- tering students to explain fully the Honor Code and to allow full discussion of its re- quirements.

Any student desiring assistance with any matter related to the Honor Code is invited to seek assistance in the Office of Student Affairs. Violations of the Honor Code:

Violations of the Honor Code may be of two kinds: (a) general and (b) those related to the peculiarities of specific course-re- lated problems and to the understanding of individual instructors. Any instructor whose conception of cheating would tend

to enlarge or contract the general regula- tions defining cheating must explicity notify the affected students of the qualifications to the general regulations which he or she wishes to stipulate. The following will be considered general violations of the Honor Code. 1. Giving or receiving any unauthorized help on any assignment, test or paper The meaning of unauthorized help shall be made clear by the instructor of each class. 2 Stealing when related to cheating.

3. Plagiarizing Plagiarism is the unack- nowledged use of another's words or ideas. Students must be familiar with the explanation of plagiarism given in the writing handbook used in freshman composition classes (pp. 457-459 in the current text, Writing: A College Handbook, Heffernan and Lincoln, 1982). Ignorance of what constitutes plagiarism will not be accepted as an excuse for plagiarism.

4. Giving perjured testimony before the Student Court.

5. Suborning, attemption to suborn, or in intimidating witnesses.

6. Failing to report a suspected violation of the Honor Code.

III. Reporting Violations of the Honor Code:

Anyone wishing to report a violation may come to the Office of Student Affairs for assistance in contacting members of the Student Court.

A. Self-reporting: A student who has bro- ken the Honor Code should report him- self, to a member of the Student Court. B Anyone (faculty member or student) who is aware of a violation of the Honor Code must report the matter.

1 . Tell the person thought to be guilty to report himself to a member of the Student Court no later than the end of the next school day After this designated time the person who is aware of the violation must inform a member of the Student Court so that the Student Court may contact the accused person if he has not already reported himself.

2. Report the suspected violation di- rectly to a member of the Student

50

ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE

Court without informing the ac- cused. IV. The procedural rights of the students ac- cused of violations of the Honor Code:

The essence of the procedural rights of an accused is the right to be presumed innocent until proven guilty. Specific rights are as follows: -

1. The accused will be notified in writing by the Student Court or its designated representative of the nature and de- tails of the offense with which he is charged along with the names of his accusers and the principal witnesses to be brought against him. This notifi- cation shall occur no less than three V. days prior to the date of the hearing.

2. The accused has the right to counsel of his own choosing. Such counsel will not participate directly in the proceed- ings except to advise his client. It is expected that such counsel will be drawn from the college community.

3. The accused and the person bringing the charges shall be afforded an op- portunity to present witnesses and documentary or other evidence. The accused and any individual bringing the charges shall have the right to cross examine all witnesses and may, where the witnesses cannot appear because of illness or other cause ac- ceptable to the Court, present the sworn statement of the witnesses. The Court shall not be bound by formal rules governing the presentation of evidence, and it may consider any evi- dence presented which is of probative value in the case.

4. The accused may not be made to bear witness against himself. The Court may not take the refusal of the ac- cused to testify as evidence of guilt, but this proviso does not give the ac- cused immunity from a hearing or from recommendations reached in a hear- ing simply because the accused does not testify.

5. The accused shall have access to a complete audiotape of the hearing and to record prepared by the secretary.

6. The substantive facts of a case may be re-opened for consideration upon initiation of the accused acting through

normal appeal channels. The accuse shall not be put in double jeopardy.

7. All witnesses will be sequestered froi the hearing room during the course* a hearing. Witnesses may not discus a pending case.

8. By prior agreement, the accused w - be allowed such observers of the hea

ing as may be commensurate with th space available. Otherwise, in the it terests of the right of privacy of th accused, hearings will be private, e: cept that the College may also hav observers additional to the advisors 1 the Student Court. The Student Conduct Committee, the Sti dent Court and Advisors to the Studei Court: A. Student Conduct Committee

1. The Student Conduct Committe shall be responsible to the facul for recommending policies relatir to the Academic Honor Code ar the Code of Conduct, for formula ing or approving rules, enforo ment procedures, and sanctior within the framework of existing pc icies, and for recommendir changes in the administration any aspects of the Honor Code ar the Student Code of Conduct. Tl Conduct Committee will also ini view and select members for tl Student Court.

2. The Committee shall consist of fr teaching faculty members, the Vi< President of Student Affairs ar four students. The four students v be the President and Vice Pre: dent of the Student Court, the Pre ident of the Student Govemme Association, and one student-c large. The faculty members shall t appointed by the faculty in accor ance with the faculty statutes.

3. The Vice President of Student / fairs shall assist the Conduct Cor mittee in the development of poli and in the discharge of its respo sibilities. He shall coordinate tf activities of all officials, comm tees, student groups, and tribuna for student conduct.

ACADEMIC POLICIES AND INFORMATION

51

4. All regulations or rules relating to student conduct that are proposed by any College official, committee or student group, and for which sanctions may be imposed in the name of the College, must be sub- mitted to the Committee for consid- eration and review prior to submission to the faculty and the student body. The Committee shall have 10 days in which to review the same. B. Student Court

1. The Student Court will be selected by the Student Conduct Committee and will be composed of twelve stu- dents. Due consideration will be given to equitable apportionment of court members on the basis of ac- ademic class, race, and sex. Stu- dents on academic probation may not serve. All appointments will be issued and accepted in writing. Ap- pointments will be made during Spring Quarter in time for newly elected members of the Court to assume their duties by May 1 . Ap- pointments will be made as needed to keep the Student Court staffed to do business on a reasonably prompt basis. These appointments may constitute permanent or tem- porary replacements as the Stu- dent Conduct Committee deems necessary.

2. The Student Court will elect a Pres- ident, Vice President, and a Sec- retary from its membership. The President will preside at all meet- ings. The Vice President will as- sume the duties of the President if the President is absent. The Sec- retary will maintain written notes of all proceedings and audiotape rec- ords of all testimony, and will main- tain exhibits of evidence which by their nature may reasonably be maintained in the Court files. A quo- rum of the Court shall consist of seven members. A two-thirds ma- jority secret ballot vote is required to reach a finding of guilty. All other questions may be decided by a simple majority vote.

3. Constituency of the Student Court during the Summer Quarter shall in- clude all appointed members in at-

tendance, and others shall be appointed to membership by the Student Conduct Committee. 4. Student Court members shall ex- amine their consciences carefully to determine whether they can in good conscience serve on a panel hearing a particular case, and in the event that there is any doubt. whatsoever, such member shall ex- cuse themselves from duty on the specific panel in question. C. Advisors to the Court

1. An advisor and an associate ad- visor to the Student Court shall be appointed by the President of the College.

2. Ordinarily the advisor will serve in that office for one year only and usually will be succeeded in that position by the associate advisor. Therefore, after the initial appoint- ments, only an associate advisor will ordinarily be appointed each year. The succession of an asso- ciate to the advisor position is deemed to occur on the last day of Spring Quarter. If, for any reason, the advisor is unable to complete his term, the associate advisor shall succeed to the office of advisor and another associate advisor shall be appointed by the above proce- dures. If, during the Summer Quarter, neither advisor is on cam- pus, a temporary advisor will be ap- pointed.

3. Duties of the advisor and the as- sociate advisor: It shall be the duty of the advisor to consult with the Court and to offer advice to the President and members of the Court on substantive and proce- dural questions. The advisor, or the associate advisor in the event the advisor is unable to attend, shall be present at all meetings and hear- ings of the Court. The advisor may not vote nor may he participate di- rectly in the conduct at hearings before the Court except through the chairman, or acting chairman, of the Court. The advisor should be governed at all times by the prin- ciple that a hearing before the Stu- dent Court is primarily a matter of student responsibility.

52

ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE

VI. Procedures and Penalities adopted by the Student Court.

The Student Court shall formulate its own bylaws governing internal organization and procedure. Such bylaws must be consist- ent with the Honor Code.

A. Hearings shall be called by the Court President to be held on a date not less than three nor more than ten class days after notice to the accused as provided in Section IV-2. Exceptions to these time requirements may be granted.

B. Upon reaching a finding of guilty, the Court shall make a recommendation to the Vice-President of the College as to the administrative action it deems ap- propriate within the following limita- tions:

1 . A minimum penalty shall be loss of assignment or test credit for the as- signment or test for violations in- volving cheating as specified in Section II, subsections 1, 2, and 3. Additional penalities such as repri- mands, suspension, or others may be recommended for any aspects of Section II.

2. Maximum penalty for a first offense of any type shall be suspension for a full calendar year.

3. Maximum penalty for a second of- fense may be suspension for three years.

C. Immediately following a hearing, the accused will be informed of the Court's finding, and its recommendation to the Vice President of the College. If the finding is guilty, the accused will be informed that the Court may reopen the case with the consent of the ac- cused for good cause, within a three week period.

D. The Vice President of the College will inform all involved persons in writing of the action he has taken in view of Court recommendation. The Court Secretary will post public notice of the Vice President's action by case num- ber without identifying the accused.

VII. Appeals of Findings and Penalities:

Should a student have cause to question the findings of the Court or the action of the Vice President of the College or both, he

has the right to appeal. The channels

appeal are as follows: A. Court findings and/or the administr tive action of the Vice President of tl College may be appealed within fp days by writing the President of tl College. Further appeal procedun -will conform to the appeal procedun of the College and of the Policies the Board of Regents, University Sy tern of Georgia.

VIII. Supervision of the Student Court:

As an institutional means of respondir to reported infractions of the Honor Cod the Student Court is ultimately responsit to the President of the College.

Supervision of the Student Court will \ accomplished ordinarily through the De; of Student Affairs and the Advisors.

In accordance with Article VI, Section of the College Statutes, the Dean of Stude Affairs will provide general supervision the Student Court and will provide oth guidance or services as directed by tl President of the College.

IX. Revision of the Honor Code will require co firmation by the majority vote of those fa ulty and student body members voting.

DEGREE REQUIREMENT"

General

Degree Requirements

1 . Each student is responsible for fulfilling t requirements of the degree program cf sen in accordance with the regulations the college catalog.

2. Exceptions to course requirements for a ( gree are permitted only with the written c proval of the appropriate Dean, upon 1 recommendation of the department hea

3. A student will normally graduate under'1 catalog in effect at the time of admissior the College. In the School of Health Prof' sions, a student will graduate under the c alog in effect at the time of admission readmission (whichever is more current' I a particular Health Professions progrc. Armstrong State College, however, serves the right to change any provisJ listed in this catalog, including but not 1 ited to academic requirements for gra<-

ACADEMIC POLICIES AND INFORMATION

53

ation, without actual notice to individual students. If students have been absent from the College for two or more consec- utive years, they should expect to meet all requirements in effect at the time of return.

4. Not more than one-fourth of the work counted toward a degree may consist of courses taken by correspondence, exten- sion, or examination. No correspondence courses may be used to meet the require- ments in the major field or related fields for the Bachelor's degree or in English com- position or foreign language. No corres- pondence courses may be taken while a student is enrolled, without prior approval of the appropriate Dean and the head of the department in which the student is ma- joring.

5. By State law, each student who receives a -diploma or certificate from a school sup- ported by the State of Georgia must dem- onstrate proficiency in United States History and Government and in Georgia History and Government. A student at Arm- strong State College may demonstrate such proficiency by:

A. Examinations. Students may take either the relevant CLEP, College Board Admissions Testing Program Achievement Test, or Advanced Placement Test.

B. Credit in certain courses. For U.S. and Georgia government - Political Sci- ence 113; for U.S. and Georgia History - History 251 or 252 or any upper di- vision course in U.S. History.

To qualify for the baccalaureate degree, a student must earn at Armstrong at least 45 quarter hours of credit applicable toward the degree. Additionally, the student must complete successfully at Armstrong at least half of the upper division credits required in the major field of study. For students in teacher education programs, the major field of study is the teaching field. For the Associate Degree, the student must com- plete at least 45 quarter hours of course work at Armstrong State College. Arm- strong students enrolled in the cooperative degree programs with Savannah State Col- lege in Business Education, Industrial Arts Education, and Trade and Industrial Edu- cation may be exempted from these re-

quirements by a recommendation of the Dean of the School of Arts, Sciences and Education, concurrence by the Education Curriculum Committee and approval of the Committee on Academic Standing.

7. For graduation the student must earn an overall average of 2.0 or better considering work taken at all colleges, computed in such manner that a course will be counted only once, regardless of the number of times that it has been repeated. The grade earned in the last attempt will determine the number of honor points assigned for grad- uation. Additionally, the student must earn a GPA of 2.0 or better in each of the follow- ing:

A. ali work at Armstrong

B. All courses in the major field.

8. To qualify for a second Armstrong bacca- laureate degree, a candidate must earn at Armstrong at least 45 additional hours of credit and meet all qualitative requirements for the degree.

9. Before a degree will be conferred students must pay all fees and must submit to the Registrar a completed Application for Graduation two quarters before gradua- tion. A candidate for a degree, unless ex- cused in writing by the President, Vice President and Dean of Faculty, Vice Pres- ident of Student Affairs, or Dean of Aca- demic and Enrollment Services, must attend the graduation exercises at which a degree is to be conferred.

10. All students must successfully complete the Regents' Test and must take an Exit Examination in their major field as may be stipulated as requirements for graduation. Candidates for a second baccalaureate degree are exempted from the Regents' Test requirement.

Core Curriculum Requirements

Each unit in the University System of Georgia requires as a Core Curriculum for all baccalau- reate degree programs the following minimum number of quarter hours in the major areas of study.

Hours

Area I

Humanities, including, but not limited to, grammar & composition & literature 20

54

ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE

Area II

Mathematics & the natural sciences, including, but not limited to, mathematics and a 10-hour sequence of laboratory courses in the biological or physical sciences 20

Area III

Social Sciences, including, but not limited to, history & American government 20

Area IV

Courses appropriate to the major field of the individual student 30

TOTAL 90 In addition to the University System Core Cur- riculum requirements as outlined above, Arm- strong State College requires six quarter hours in physical education as part of all baccalau- reate degree programs.

Requirements

The student in any baccalaureate degree pro- gram at Armstrong State College must complete the following specific Core Curriculum require- ments. Consult the relevant departmental sec- tion for a complete statement of degree requirements for a specific program. Certain courses in the Core Curriculum may be ex- empted with credit awarded.

Hours

Area I

Humanities 20

ENG 101, 102 or 192, 201 or 292 15

One of the following courses:

ART 200, 271, 272, 273, MUS 200,

PHI 201, ENG 222 5

Area II

Mathematics & the Natural Sciences 20

One course from MAT 101, 103,

or 206, and an additional

course from MAT 103, 195,

206, 207, 220, or 290 10

One of the following course sequences:

BIO 101 or 111, 102 or 112

CHE 121, 122

CHE 128, 129

PHY 211, 212

PHY 217, 218

PHS 121, 122 10

Area III

Social Sciences 20

HIS 114 or 191, 115 or 192 10

POS113 5

One course selected from:

PSY 1 01 , SOC 201 , ANT 201 , ECO

201 or 202, GEO 212

Area IV

Courses Appropriate to the Major Field <

Art

ART 111, 112, 201, 202, 213 1

MUS 200

Art Education

ART 111, 112, 201, 213 'c

EDN200

PSY 101

Biology SCI and/or MAT electives (100-200

level) or any foreign language '

CHE 128, 129 ■

BOT 203 and ZOO 204 :

Biology Education

CHE128

EDN200

PSY 101

BOT 203 and ZOO 204

One course selected from: ART 200, 271, 272, 273, MUS 200, DRS

228

Business Education

ACC211, 212 -.,

EDN200 .

BAD 201 '.".

PSY 101

One course selected from: ART 200, 271, 272, 273, MUS 200, DRS 228 Chemistry*

CHE 128, 129, 211

MAT 206

PHY 213 or 219

One course selected from: Computer Science, Mathematics

or Natural Science

Chemistry Education

BIO 101, 102

CHE 211

EDN200

PSY 101

One course selected from: ART 200, 271, 272, 273, MUS 200, DRS 228 Computer Science

CS 142, 231, 242 ,

MAT 206, 207, 260

Criminal Justice

CJ 100, 103, 210, 280, 290

One course selected from: ANT 201, ECO 201, 202, DRS 228, PSY 101, SOC 201

ACADEMIC POLICIES AND INFORMATION

55

HIS251 or252 5

jntal Hygiene Education

BIO 101, 102 10

CHE 121, 122 10

DRS228 5

PSY 101 5

ama/Speech Any foreign language 101, 102, 103.

and 201 20

DRS227and 228 10

irly Elementary Education

EDN 200, 202 10

DRS228 5

GEO 211 or212 5

HIS251 or252 5

PSY 101 5

iglish

Any foreign language 101. 102

103, 201 20

CS 115, and one of the following: ART 200, 271, 272. 273. MUS 200, PHI 201, ENG 222 10

glish Education

Any foreign language sequence 15

DRS228 5

EDN200 5

PSY 101 5

nera! Studies Two courses selected from: ART

200, 271, 272, 273, ENG 222, MUS 200, PHI 201, any two foreign language courses through

200 level 10

HIS251 or252 5

One or two course selected from:

ANT 201, CS 115, 120, 142 ECO

201, 202. PSY 101. SOC 201 5-10

One or two courses selected from:

BIO 101, 102, 111, 112, BOT203, CHE 121, 122, 128, 129, 201, 202, 211, PHY 211. 212, 213, 217, 218, 219, PHS 121, 122. ZOO 204, 208.

209 5-10

S Ith and Physical Education

EDN 200, DRS 228, PSY 101 15

: PE 117. PEM 250, 252: H.S. 261. 262 15 I' ith Science

HS 100. 230 10

' DRS 228. HIS 251 or 252 10

PSY 101 5

PEM252 10

i Dry

Any foreign language 102, 103 10

HIS 251. 252 10

Two courses selected from: ANT 201, ECO 201, GEO 211, 212, MAT 220, PSY 101, SOC 201 10

Industrial Arts Education

DRS228 5

EDN200 5

IAE201, 202, 203 15

PSY 101 5

Mathematical Sciences

CS 142 5

MAT 206, 207 10

Two of the following 10

MAT 208; CS 242. 260

HIS 251 or 252 5

Mathematics Education

EDN200 5

*A foreign language sequence is recom- mended.

MAT 206, 207, 208 15

PSY 101 5

One course selected from: ART 200, 271 , 272, 273, MUS 200, DRS 228 .... 5

Medical Technology

BIO 101 or 111 5

ZOO208 5

Electives in Biology. Chemistry and/or

Computer Science 20

(Must contain at least 1 Biology or Zo- ology course which completes a 10 hour sequence, and 1 Chemistry course.)

Middle School Education

DRS228 5

EDN200 5

GEO 211 or 212 5

HIS 251 or 252 5

PSY 101 5

EDN240 2

CS296 3

Music*

MUS (Theory) 1 1 1, 1 12, 1 13. 21 1, 212,

213 18

MUS (Applied) 140. 240 12

Music Education

EDN200 5

MUS 111. 112, 113, 140. 236. 281 20

PSY 101 5

Nursing

BIO210 5

PSY295 5

SOC 201 5

ZOO 208. 209. 215 15

Physics Education

BIO 101, 102 10

56

ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE

EDN200 5

PHY 213 or 219 5

PSY101 5

One course selected from: ART 200, 271 , 272, 273, MUS 200, DRS 228 .... 5

Physical Science

PHY 211, 212, 213 or

PHY 217, 218, 219 15

MAT 206, 207, 208 15

Political Science

Any foreign language sequence 101, 102, 103, orCS 115, 142, and

231 15

HIS 251 or 252 5

ECO 201, GEO 111, HIS 251 or 252, PSY 101, SOC 201 10

Psychology*

ANT201 5

BIO 101, 102 10

HIS 251 or 252 5

MAT220 5

PSY 101 5

Social Science Education

EDN200 5

PSY 101 5

Any foreign language or computer sci- ence sequence 15

One course selected from: ART 200, 271 , 272, 273, MUS 200, DRS 228 .... 5

SociaJ Science Education - History

EDN200, PSY 101 10

One course from: ART 200, 271, 272,

273, DRS 228, MUS 200 5

Approved language sequence through 103 15

Social Sciences Education - Political Science

EDN200, PSY 101 10

One course from: ART 200, 271, 272,

273; DRS 228; MUS 200 5

Approved electives 15

Social Studies Education - Broad Fields (History)

EDN200 5

One course from: ANT 201 , ECO 201 ,

GEO 211, SOC 201 5

One course from: ART 200, 271, 272,

273; DRS 228; MUS 200 5

Approved language sequence through 103 15

Social Studies Education - Broad Fields (Politic Science)

EDN200

One course from: ANT 201 ; ECO 201 ,

202; any GEO course; SOC 201

One course from: ART 200, 271, 272,

273; DRS 228; MUS 200

Approved language sequence

through 103

Social Work (major is under de-activation)

HIS 252

SOC 201

SW250

Any foreign language sequence 101,

102, 103 or PHI 201 , ANT 201 , and one

five hour social science elective (100-

200 level)

Speech Correction

PSY 101, 202

EDN200, EXC220

HIS 251 or 252

One course from: ART 200, 271 , 272,

273, MUS 200, DRS 228

Trade and Industrial Education

DRS 228

EDN200

PSY 101

TIE 100, 200, 210

Area V

Physical Education Requirements

PE 103 or 108, and 117 or 166

(Student should check his program of study.)

Three courses selected from: PE 100, 101, 102, 104, 105, 106, 107, 109, 200, 201, 203, 204, 205, 206, 207, 208, 209.

MIL 203, 206

(If MIL 203 is elected, total hours total foi Total Core Curriculum Hours 96

Students should complete all core curriculu requirements during their freshmen/ sophomore years. *A foreign language sequence is recor mended.

ACADEMIC POLICIES AND INFORMATION

57

iegents' Testing Program

Each institution of the University System of eorgia shall assure the other institutions, and e System as a whole, that students obtaining degree from that institution possess certain inimum skills of reading and writing. The Re- nts' Testing Program has been developed to Hp in the attainment of this goal. The objectives the Testing Program are: (1) to provide Sys- mwide information on the status of student >mpetence in the areas of reading and writing; id (2) to provide a uniform means of identifying Dse students who fail to attain the minimum /els of competence in the areas of reading d writing.

Students enrolled in undergraduate degree ograms leading to the baccalaureate degree all pass the Regents' Test as a requirement

graduation. Students must take the Test in ? quarter after they have completed 60 quarter stiit hours if they have not taken it previously, ch institution shall provide an appropriate )gram of remediation and shall require stu- nts who have earned 75 quarter credit hours j have not passed the Test to enroll in the oropriate remedial course or courses until •y pass the Test. Students with 60 or more : lege-ievel credit hours transferring from Sys- : i programs that do not require the Regents' I ;t or from institutions outside the System shall : e the Test no later than the second quarter : Bnrollment in a program leading to the bac- : aureate degree and in subsequent quarters 5 iil be subject to all provisions of this policy.

he Regents' Test is not a requirement for an a ;ociate of Applied Science Degree or an As- >) iate of Science degree in an allied health ij, although institutions may choose to require I Test for these degrees (Armstrong State I lege has chosen to require the Test of all liergraduates who have not earned a bac- : aureate or higher degree regardless of de- 3 e objective.)

student holding a baccalaureate or higher 1 ree from a regionally accredited institution )1 igher education will not be required to com- 31 e the Regents' Test in order to receive a i« ree from a University System institution.

ne'Chancellor will issue administrative pro- it ures for the operation of the Regents' Testing 5f]ram (A copy of Regents' Testing Program Xmnistrative Procedures is available from the

Office of Student Affairs, Room 1 1, Administra- tion Building.)

According to "Regents' Testing Program Administration Procedures" institutions may in- crease requirements related to the Regents' Testing Program "provided that such increased requirements are authorized by the Chancellor and ... published in the official catalog of the institution prior to implementation."

Regents' Test:

Administration and Remediation

Requirements

Students attending Armstrong State College are urged to take the Regents' Test during their first quarter of enrollment after the quarter in which the 45th credit hour is earned. For the purpose of enforcing Regents' Testing Program Policy, enrolled students are identified by com- puter-printed notices on end-of-quarter grade reports and transfers through the processes of admission and transcript evaluation. Students register for the Test at the Office of Student Af- fairs within the publicized test registration pe- riod.

Students who are scheduled to take the writing portion of the Regents' Test must first attend a one-hour Regents' Test Prep Ses- sion sponsored by the Armstrong Writing Center. This requirement applies only to stu- dents who are taking the test for the first time. Students who seek exemption from the Prep Session requirement must consult with the Head of the Department of Languages. Literature, and Dramatic Arts. Only those students who have completed composition courses with an aver- age grade of B or better may be exempted.

Students who neglect to take the Regents' Test until their first quarter of enrollment after the quarter in which the 60th credit hour is earned may be barred from all phases of registration until after Test scores are posted

Regardless of credit hours earned, students who do not pass the Regents Test may be re- quired by Armstrong State College to take re- medial courses before they retake the Regents' Test In accordance with Regents' Testing Pro- gram Policy, students who have not passed the Test and who have earned 75 quarter hours must take remedial courses, whether or not they have attempted the test

Students who fail the reading portion of the Regents' Test and who have less than 75 hours

58

ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE

earned with an adjusted GPA of 2.5 or better may appeal the requirement for Developmental Studies Reading 025 (Developing Reading Ma- turity) to the Dean of Academic and Enrollment Services.

Students who fail the essay portion of the Test and have less than, 75 hours earned with an adjusted GPA of 3.0 or better and a 3.0 or better in required core courses in English may appeal the requirement for English 025 (Composition Review) to the Head of the Department of Lan- guages, Literature, and Dramatic Arts.

Regents' Test:

Special Categories of Students

Students whose native language is not Eng- lish must take the reading component of the Re- gents' Test, but may take a college examination to certify competence in writing. The college equivalent of the essay component of the Re- gents' Test is administered on the same date as the reading component of the Test. International students are allowed two hours for each test.

Students who are handicapped may request additional time for the Regents' Test.

Regents' Test: Essay Review

Students may request a formal review of fail- ure on the essay component of the Regents' Test if the essay received at least one passing score and the review is initiated by the third week of the first quarter of enrollment following testing and no more than one year from the quarter in which the failure occurred. Students may initiate an essay review at the Office of Student Affairs.

Regents' Test:

Health Professions Program

Requirement

Before a student in a Health Professions pro- gram may enter his/her last quarter, he/she must have passed the Regents' examination.

Physical Education Requirements

All students who are enrolled in baccalaureate degree programs for ten or more quarter hours on the daytime schedule must adhere to Arm- strong Core Curriculum Area V requirements.

Any student who holds a valid life saving certi icate and/or a valid water safety instructor ce tificate and/or passes the Armstrong swimmin test may be exempted from PE 103 or PE 10J Physical education is not required of anyor who is beyond the age of 25 at the time of initi. matriculation at Armstrong or of anyone enrolle primarily in evening classes.

Students should check their program of stuc for P.E. 117 and/or 166 requirements.

English and Mathematics Placement Tests

During the initial quarters of enrollment at Am strong State College, students must enroll in tl appropriate sequence of English compositic courses until the sequence has been complete and/or the Regents' Test has' been passed. Sti dents must not delay this sequence beyond the second quarter of attendance. For assistance identifying the appropriate English compositic courses, students should consult advisors in tr departments of their declared majors or the C fice of Admissions, or the Department of La guages, Literature, and Dramatic Arts'.' S* Languages, Literature, and Dramatic Arts D partment for further information.

The College reserves the right to place si dents in appropriate English and mathemati courses in the core curriculum. Diagnostic te$ are administered for this purpose.

State Requirement In History and Government

By State law, each student who receives diploma or certificate from a school support by the State of Georgia must demonstrate p ficiency in United States History and Gove ment and in Georgia History and Governme A student at Armstrong State College may de onstrate such proficiency by:

A. Examinations. Students may take either relevant CLEP, College Board Admissic Testing Program Achievement Test, or > vanced Placement Test.

B. Credit in certain courses. For U.S. si Georgia government - Political Scierl 113; for U.S. and Georgia History - Hist/ 251 or 252 or any upper division coursn U.S. History.

ACADEMIC POLICIES AND INFORMATION

59

Requirements for the bachelor of Arts and the lachelor of Science )egrees

Requirements for each major program lead- g to the degree of Bachelor of Arts with a major Art, English, History, Music, Political Science, sychology, or to the degree of Bachelor of Sci- ice with a major in Biology, Chemistry, Com- jter Science, or Mathematical Sciences are ascribed in the appropriate departmental list- g. For the BA and the BS degrees, a minimum 185 quarter hours, exclusive of the required lysical education courses, is required for aduation.

Each student in one of these major programs jst complete the 90-hour core curriculum re- lirement as listed above, along with the 6-hour lysical Education requirement. The student will not be allowed to take senior /ision courses in the major field unless he has minimum grade of "C" in all prerequisite urses in that field. No major program in a de- rtment will require more than 60 quarter hours all levels in the major field, however, the de- rtment may recommend up to 70 quarter urs.

ror its major program, a department will re- ire from 15 to 30 quarter hours of specific urses or approved elective courses in related ds and may require language courses reach- I the degree of proficiency specified by the partment. Total requirements in the major and ated fields, may not exceed 85 quarter hours. Each BA or BS degree program, except those J signed for Dental Hygiene, Medical Technol- /.. Nursing and teacher certification, will in- ide a minimum of 15 hours of electives proved for credit within the Armstrong State liege curriculum.

Associate Degree bquirements

vach associate degree program includes as ¥\ of its curriculum the following:

ENG 101, 102 10

1HIS251 or 252 5

:POS 113 5

iOne five hour course selected from Areas I, II, or III of the Baccalaureate Core 5

Three PE credit hours 3

TOTAL 28 Students in associate degree programs are required to complete successfully the Regents' Examination and may be required to take an Exit Examination in the appropriate area of concen- tration.

Numbering System for Courses

In the course listing to follow, there appear three numbers in parentheses after each course title. The first number listed indicates the number of hours of lecture; the second number listed indicates the number of hours of laboratory; the third number listed indicates the number of quarter hours of credit carried by the course. The letter "V" represents variable hours.

Courses numbered 0-99 carry institutional credit only and may not be applied to a degree program. Courses numbered 100-199 are gen- erally planned for the freshman year; courses numbered 200-299 for the sophomore year; courses numbered 300-399 for the junior year and course numbered 400-499 for the senior year.

Courses taken to fulfill core curriculum re- quirements may not be used to meet other re- quirements of a degree program.

Lettering System for Course

In the course listings given in the Armstrong Core Curriculum requirements and in the de- partmental curricula which follow, there appear two or three letters preceding a three digit num- ber. Following is an exhaustive list of all abbre- viations used for course designation purposes.

ACC = Accounting (SSC)

ANT = Anthropology

ART = Art

AST = Astronomy

BE = Business Education (SSC)

BAD = Business Administration (SSC)

BIO = Biology

BOT = Botany

BSN = Baccalaureate Nursing

CJ = Criminal Justice

CL = Comparative Literature

CS = Computer Science

60

ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE

CHE = Chemistry

LIN = Linguistics

DH = Dental Hygiene

DRS = Drama and Speech

DSE = Development Studies English

DSM = Dev. Studies Math

DSR = Dev. Studies Reading

DSS = Dev. Studies Study Techniques

ECE = Early Childhood Education

ECO = Economics

EDN = Education

EEE = Early Elementary Education

EGR = Engineering

ENG = English

ENT = Entomotogy

ETc = Engineering Technology (SSC)

EXC = Exceptional Children

FLM = Film

FRE = French

GEL = Geology

GEO = Geography

GER = German

HE = Health Education

HS = Health Science

HIM = Health Information Management

HIS = History

IAE = Industrial Arts Education (SSC)

JRN = Journalism

LM	= Library Media
LS	= Library Science
LAT	= Latin

MH = Mental Health

MT = Medical Technology

MAT = Mathematics

MET = Meterology

METc= Mechanical Engineering Technolog

(SSC) MIL = Military Science MSN = Nursing (Master's) MPS = Museum/Preservation Studies MUS = Music

NSc = Naval Science NUR = Nursing (Associate)

OAD = Office Administration (SSC) OCE = Oceanography

PA = Public Administration

PE = Physical Education

PEM = Physical Education Major

PHI = Philosophy

PHS = Physical Science

PHY = Physics

POS = Political Science

PSY = Psychology

RT = Respiratory Therapy RAD = Radiologic Technologies

SOC = Sociology SPA = Spanish

TIE = Trade and Industrial Education (Si

ZOO = Zoology

ACADEMIC POLICIES AND INFORMATION 61

)EGREE PROGRAMS

ie degree programs of Armstrong State College are presented in this catalog by school, by spartment. The College is organized into two schools, each administered by a dean, and two )n-school affiliated departments. The degrees offered in each school and the departments in hich they are offered are listed below:

School of Arts, Sciences, and Education

egree Department

ssociate of Arts Fine Arts

ssociate of Applied Science

CriminalJustice Government

Early Childhood Education Education

achelor of Arts

Art Fine Arts

Drama/Speech Languages, Literature, and Dramatic Arts

English Languages, Literature, and Dramatic Arts

History History

Music Fine Arts

Political Science Government

Psychology Psychology

ichelor of General Studies Interdepartmental

ichelor of Music Education Fine Arts

chelor of Science

3iolcgy Biology

I Chemistry Chemistry and Physics

j Computer Science Mathematics and Computer Science

Criminal Justice Government

Mathematical Sciences Mathematics and Computer Science

Physical Science Chemistry and Physics

chelor of Science in Education

Early Elementary Education Education

Middle School Education Education

[Secondary Education

{ Art Education Education

Biology Education Education

'Business Education Education

Chemistry Education Education

English Education Education

Mathematics Education Education

Music Education Education

Social Science Education (History) Education

Social Science Education (Political Science) Education

Speech Correction Education

\ ster of Arts

history History

^ster of Education

arly Elementary Education Education

liddle School Education Education

econdary Education

Business Education Education

English Education

Mathematics Education

62 ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE

Science Education Educ

Social Studies .» Educ

Special Education Educ

Behavior Disorders Educ

Learning Disabilities Educ

Speech/Language Pathology Educ

Master of Science

Criminal Justice : Govern

School of Health Professions

Degree Depart

Associate of Science

Dental Hygiene Dental Hyc

Nursing Associate Degree Nu

Radiologic Technologies Radiologic Technok

Respiratory Therapy Respiratory The

Bachelor of Health Science Health Science, Physical Educ;

and Recre

Bachelor of Science in Education Health Science, Physical Educ<

and Recre

Bachelor of Science in Dental Hygiene Education Dental Hyc

Dental Hyc

Bachelor of Science in Medical Technology Medical Technc

Bachelor of Science in Nursing Baccalaureate Nu

Master of Health Science Health Science, Physical Educ;

and Recre Master of Science in Nursing Baccalaureate Nu

"Offered in conjunction with Savannah State College

-*V**v

yV'

I

Graduate Programs

%

64

ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE

Academic Policies and Information History

The college offers a variety of master's degree programs. Effective July 1, 1990, all graduate programs offered on the Armstrong State Col- lege campus will be administered in affiliation with Georgia Southern University. See specific program department heads or directors for fur- ther information.

The development of graduate education at Armstrong State College is linked to a history of graduate course offerings in Savannah which has involved several institutions of the University System of Georgia. Prior to 1968, only off-cam- pus extension courses from the University of Georgia and other institutions were offered in Savannah. In the summer of 1968, Savannah State College began offering courses in resi- dence for their new master's degree in elemen- tary education. This program was accredited by the Southern Association of Colleges and Schools and was approved by the Georgia State Board of Education.

In the Fall of 1971, Armstrong State College and Savannah State College joined efforts to offer a joint program of graduate work. The com- bined faculties, library holdings, and facilities of the Colleges made possible the expansion of the graduate program to include a Master of Business Administration Degree Program; to add secondary options in the Master of Edu- cation degree program; and to supersede most of the off-campus courses offered in Savannah by other institutions. This Joint Graduate Studies Program of Savannah State College and Arm- strong State College was fully accredited by the Southern Association of Colleges and Schools, with its degree programs in education approved by the Georgia State Department of Education.

Effective Fall, 1979, the Joint Graduate Stud- ies Program was terminated by action of the Board of Regents, and Armstrong was author- ized to continue its graduate offerings with a significant modification. All business administra- tion programs, courses, and faculty were trans- ferred to Savannah State College, and simultaneously, all teacher education programs, courses, and faculty were transferred to Arm- strong State College.

In Winter, 1981 , the Master of Health Scienc program was established. In Fall, 1 981 , the Mas ter of Science degree with a major in Criminc Justice was approved by the Board of Regents The graduate course work for the MS in Criminc Justice Program was initiated in the Fall quarte 1982. Specialist in Education Degree program in Elementary, Special, and Secondary Educe tion were offered from Fall, 1984 through Fal 1988. The graduate program leading to an M./ in History was initiated in the Spring Quarte 1985.

Purpose

The Graduate Program of Armstrong Stat College is dedicated to service through edi cational programs, community involvement, an faculty and student research, scholarship an creativity. By offering advanced preparation t those who serve in the schools and in othe professional activities, the program contribute to the development of professional people, an through them, to the well being of those whor these professionals serve. The philosophy of th Graduate Program affirms the dignity and wort of individuals and the realization that profe* sional men and women must be productive, a ticulate, and pro-active.

Degrees and Degree Coordinators

Armstrong State College offers the degree of: Master of Arts, Master of Education, Mast< of Health Science and Master of Science, fields of study noted below. The specificatior for each of the degree programs are presente in the departmental sections where the prograi coordinator is located.

Criminal Justice - Master of Science Coordinator, Dr. Dennis Murphy

Education - Master of Education Majors and coordinators for M.Ed. Program: Business Education, Dr. Lloyd Newberry Early Elementary Education, Dr. Lloyd

Newberry English, Dr. Robert Strozier Mathematics, Dr. Dale Kilhefner Middle School Education, Dr. Lloyd

Newberry Science Education, Dr. Lloyd Newberry Social Studies, Dr. Lloyd Newberry

GRADUATE PROGRAMS

65

Special Education, Dr. Lloyd Newberry Behavior Disorders Learning Disabilities Speech/Language Pathology

Health Science - Master of Health Science Coordinator, Dr. Emma Simon

slursing - Master of Science Coordinator, Dr. Marilyn Buck

toordinators by Department: Dr. Dale Kilhefner, Mathematics/Computer

icience Dr. Dennis Murphy, Government Dr. Marilyn Buck, Baccalaureate Nursing Dr. Emma Simon, Health Science, Physical

'.ducation, Recreation Dr. Lloyd Newberry, Education Dr. Robert Strozier, Languages, Literature,

)ramatic Arts

ADMISSIONS

Requirements — Masters Level

Applicants desiring admission on a degree- eeking status must present satisfactory under- raduate academic records and satisfactory cores on appropriate admissions examina- ons. Some of the graduate degree programs ave specialized test requirements, specified ndergraduate course requirements, or other squirements for degree-seeking students. Re- ft to the departmental sections for specific in- )rmation on these requirements. Generai requirements for degree-seeking stu- i ents include the following: applicants for all |1aster of Education programs must provide sat- l ifactory scores on either the General Test of the iraduate Record Examination (GRE) or the liller Analogies Test (MAT). Satisfactory un- ergraduate grades must be presented by all egree-seeking students. Applicants for the laster of Health Science program must provide atisfactory scores on either the General Test of ie Graduate Record Examinations (GRE), the iraduate Management Admissions Test 3MAT), or the Miller Analogies Test (MAT). Ap- licants for the MS Degree in Criminal Justice lust provide a satisfactory score on the General est of the Graduate Record Examinations 3RE) or the Miller Analogies Test (MAT) Ap- licants for the M.A. Degree in History must pro- ide satisfactory scores on both the General and

the History Subject Tests of the Graduate Rec- ord Examinations (GRE). Applicants for the M.S. Degree in Nursing must provide a satisfactory score on the General Tests of the Graduate Rec- ords Examinations (GRE).

Admission to some programs may require sat- isfactory scores on either the appropriate Spe- cialty Area of the NTE or the appropriate Subject Test of the GRE. For details of such require- ments, consult the appropriate departmental en- try in the Catalog or the Department Head.

Applications for the above examinations are usually available at the College and will be given to students who come to the College to obtain them. Students who wish to write for an appli- cation form or to submit an application for the GRE or GMAT should contact: Educational Test- ing Service, Princeton, New Jersey, 08540. Stu- dents who wish to take the MAT should contact the appropriate Dean's office. Students should request that their test scores be sent to the Grad- uate Admissions Office, Armstrong State Col- lege, Savannah, Georgia 31419-1997.

Categories of Admission Regular Degree Status Definition

Regular Admission means that a student has met all admission requirements and is admitted to a degree program with full graduate status.

Requirements

A student who has earned a baccalaureate degree from an accredited college, who has completed all of the prerequisites for his planned graduate field of study, and who meets the other requirements of the Graduate Program may be admitted on Regular Admission status. These requirements include minimum under- graduate grade-point averages in combination with certain minimum test scores.

For M.Ed, programs, a minimum GPA of 2.5 and a minimum test score of 44 on the MAT or 800 (Verbal and Quantitative) on the GRE Gen- eral Test are required.

For the M.H.S. program, a minimum GPA of 2.5, and a minimum test score of 800 (Verbal and Quantitative) on the GRE, or 40 on the MAT are required. For further information, consult with the Coordinator of the Health Science Program.

For the Criminal Justice M.S. program, a min- imum GPA of 2.5 and a minimum test score of either 900 (Verbal and Quantitative) on the Gen- eral Test of the GRE or 51 on the MAT are re-

66

ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE

quired. For further information consult with the Head of the Department of Government.

For the M.A. in History program, a minimum GPA of 3.0 (both overall and in history courses) and GRE scores of 1000 (Verbal and Quanti- tative) in the General and 500 in the History Sub- ject Tests are required. For further information consult with the coordinator of the History Grad- uate Program.

For the M.S. in Nursing program, a minimum GPA of 2.5 and a minimum test score of 850 on the General Test of the GRE are required. For further information consult with the Coordinator of the MSN Program.

Degree programs providing teacher certifi- cation have other admission requirements, in- cluding: (1) a recommendation from the school in which a student has been employed as a teacher or has completed a student internship, and recommendations from two faculty of the college the student attended, and (2) eligibility for fourth level certification in the field of study. (For further information on admission to certifi- cation programs, consult the Office of the Dean of Arts, Sciences, and Education.)

Provisional Degree Status Definition

Provisional Admission means that a student has applied for admission to a degree program and has some condition affecting his status such as low grades or test scores. The student is admitted to a degree program but must meet certain conditions before achieving full graduate status (i.e., Regular Admission).

Requirements

For Provisional Admission, a student must hold a baccalaureate degree and meet the other admission requirements of the Graduate Pro- gram. These requirements include minimum un- dergraduate grade point averages in combination with certain minimum test scores.

For the Master of Education programs, stu- dents who fail to meet Regular Admission may be granted Provisional Admission if the combi- nations of their GPA and test scores conform to the following formulas:

(GPA x 100) + (MAT x 10) = 560 or more (GPA x 100) + (GRE General) (Verbal and Quantitative) = 1000 or more

In no case, however, may the GPA be less than 2.2, the MAT less'than 31 , or the GRE less than 700 (Verbal and Quantitative).

For the M.H.S., Criminal Justice, and M.S.N. Programs, students who fail to meet Regular Ad- mission score requirements may be granted Provisional Admission if the combinations of their GPA and test scores conform to estab- lished formulas.

For the M.A. in History program, the minimum GRE requirement for Provisional Admission is 800 (Verbal and Quantitative) for the General Test and 450 for the History Subject Test. The GPA requirement is 2.5 overall and 2.75 in his- tory. For further information, consult with the co- ordinator of the History Graduate Program.

For area test scores required by any depart- ment, see the appropriate departmental entry.

Additional Stipulations for Provisional Admission

As with Regular Admission, recommendation forms and other aspects of the Admissions Pro- cedures must be adhered to.

Provisionally admitted students may be re- quired to remove any specific deficiencies thai are ascertained by taking undergraduate sup- porting courses before these students are al- lowed to attempt graduate courses within the program to which they have been admitted. Stu- dents may remain admitted on a provisional ba- sis until they have attempted 15 hours ol approved graduate work in residence. If thev satisfactorily complete the initial, approved. 15 hours of graduate work with no grade less than a "B" — of which 10 hours must be in the profes- sional sequence — , these students may submil a written request to move into Regular status.

Upon completing 25 hours of approved course work in residence with a "B" average or better, of which 15 hours must be in the majoi field of study, any provisionally admitted studenl will be eligible for Regular status. If the studenl does not have a "B" average or better upon completing these 25 hours of course work, he or she will be dropped as a degree-seeking stu- dent and prohibited from enrolling in further graduate courses.

Post Baccalaureate and Post Graduate — Non-degree Status

Post Baccalaureate and Post Graduate ad- mission are provided for those students whc

GRADUATE PROGRAMS

67

nay not wish to pursue a graduate degree, in- cluding teachers whose main purpose is to ob- ;ain credits necessary for teacher certification and/or for students who may desire to enter a degree program but who have missing data. Requirements for Post Baccalaureate Admis- sion include documentary evidence of a bac- :alaureate degree and submission of necessary application papers. The student must also have !o meet specific prerequisites to enroll in courses in certain departments. Post Graduate Admission requirements are the same except Ihat a graduate degree is required. ! No more than fifteen graduate hours earned vhile enrolled as a Post Graduate or Post Bac- [alaureate student may be applied toward a master's degree.

A student admitted on non-degree status who

]/ishes to be advanced to a degree status cat-

jgory of admission bears the responsibility for:

1 Meeting all requirements for degree status

which are in effect at the time the student

submits the required data and documents

for degree status. \2. Notifying the appropriate Dean in writing of

the intent and desire to advance to degree

status. I Action by the Dean to advance a non-degree :udent to a degree status category is contin- ent on the student meeting the above respon- sibilities, and the student is cautioned to maintain a careful check on his or her status.

ransient Students Entering Armstrong

I Transient students must arrange to have writ- Mi authorization sent to the appropriate Dean om their dean, department head, or registrar : the graduate school in which they are enrolled order to be accepted as a transient student id to register in the Graduate Program. They lust also submit the application for admission i »rm and the $10 fee as described in the Ad- i sission Procedures. If they wish to become de- ree-seeking students, they must request Dpropriate admission in writing and must sub- it the necessary documents.

teadmission

i Any student in the Graduate Program who did

M matriculate (i.e., register) during the quarter

J lmediately preceding the quarter in which he

next intends to matriculate must process a read- mission form with the Registrar's Office. The only students exempted from this requirement are those students who are initially admitted for graduate study in the quarter immediately pre- ceding the quarter of their first matriculation. For further information, inquire at the Office of the Registrar.

Procedures

All admission documents should be sent to the Graduate Admissions Office. These include the application and the ten dollar fee. Tran- scripts should reach the Graduate Admissions Office twenty days prior to registration.

The following materials and procedures are part of the requirements for admission to the Graduate Program.

1. The application-for-admission form, avail- able in the offices of the Deans, must be completed and submitted. Required of all applicants twenty days prior to registration.

2. Two official transcripts showing all college credits earned for the undergraduate de- gree should be sent directly from the col- lege which awarded the degree to the appropriate Dean's office. Required of all applicants except transient students who may submit letter of authorization from their graduate school twenty days prior to reg- istration.

3. Test scores, as appropriate and as re- quired for the major, must be submitted. Required of degree-seeking students only.

4. Completed recommendation forms must be submitted; these forms are available in the appropriate Dean's office. For applicants entering teacher certification programs, at least one recommendation must be from supervisory personnel who observed the student in a teaching internship or as an employed teacher. These recommenda- tions are required of degree-seeking stu- dents only.

5. A ten dollar application fee is required. Graduates of Armstrong State College are exempt from the application fee.

6. A letter of confirmation will be sent upon receipt of a completed graduate applica- tion. This letter of confirmation, which lists academic program and advisor, will be necessary for advisement purposes.

Admission to graduate study does no imply automatic acceptance of the student as a can-

68

ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE

didate for any Master's degree. See section on candidacy for degree.

Requirements for Admission to Specific Programs

Criminal Justice (M.S.)

While an undergraduate degree in criminal justice is not a prerequisite to admission, it is essential that each student pursuing the M.S. in Criminal Justice have adequate preparation. Therefore, students who lack the necessary background may be required to complete ad- ditional undergraduate coursework.

Students entering the M.S. in Criminal Justice Program must meet the general requirements of the College and the following:

For Regular Admission — Students must have earned a minimum of 2.5 undergraduate grade point average on all work attempted dur- ing the last 90 quarter hours (or 60 semester hours), and must present a minimum score of either

(a) 900 (Verbal and Quantitative) on the General Test of the Graduate Record Examination (GRE), or

(b) 51 on the Miller Analogies Test (MAT).

For Provisional Admission — If students fail to meet either the minimum undergraduate grade point average or entrance test require- ments for Regular admission they may be con- sidered for Provisional admission if either

(a) the undergraduate grade point av- erage (last 90/60 hours) multiplied by 100 and added to the score on the General Test of the GRE equals 1 050 (Verbal and Quantitative) or

(b) the undergraduate grade point av- erage (last 90/60 hours) multiplied by 100 and added to the Miller Analo- gies Test (MAT) score multiplied by 10 equals 650.

In no event may the undergraduate grade point average (last 90/60 hours) be less than 2.2, the score on the General Test of the GRE be less than 750 (Verbal and Quantitative) or the score on the Miller Analogies Test be less than 37.

Education (MEd)

Students entering the early elementary, mic die school, secondary and the special educa tion programs must satisfy all general admissio requirements of the Graduate Program. Sti dents in MEd certification programs in early e ementary, middle school, secondary educatior and speech and language pathology must als be eligible for fourth level (NT4) certification i the intended master's level teaching field.

Business Education (MEd)

Students entering the MEd program in Bus ness Education must meet the general admis sion requirements of the Graduate Program.

Science Education (MEd)

Students entering the MEd program in Sc ence Education must meet the general admij sion requirements of the Graduate Program.

Health Science (MHS)

Students entering the MHS program mu; meet the general admission requirements of th Graduate Program and must score 800 (Verb; and Quantitative) on the Graduate Record Exar General Test or 450 on the Graduate Manage ment Admission Test or 40 on the Miller Ana ogies Test. Students who fail to meet the criter for regular admission may be admitted on a pn visional basis if thejr GPA and test scores co form to established formulas.

History (M.A.)

Students entering the M.A. program in H'rsto must satisfy all general admission requiremer of the Graduate Program and the following:

For Regular Admission:

(a) 35 hours of undergraduate history

(b) GPA of 3.0 (both overall and in hi tory)

(c) GRE General Test score of 10( (Verbal and Quantitative)

(d) GRE History Subject Test score 500

(e) Prerequisite courses For Provisional Admission:

(a) 25 hours of undergraduate history

(b) GPA of 2.5 overall (2.75 in history

(c) GRE General Test score of 800 (V< • bal and Quantitative)

(d) GRE History Subject Test score f 450

For specific prerequisite courses in history r historic preservation see the department c- scription of the program.

GRADUATE PROGRAMS

69

Mathematics (MEd)

All students entering the MEd program in mathematics must satisfy all general admission requirements of the Graduate Program, must take the GRE Subject Test in Mathematics, and must satisfy a prerequisite of 25 quarter hours of college mathematics at or beyond the level Df calculus, in order to obtain degree-seeking status.

To gain Regular Admission, a student must obtain a minimum score of 520 on the GRE Sub- ect Test. No minimum is required for Provisional Admission. Students whose scores on the GRE Subject Test are too low for Regular Admission :an also gain Regular Admission by passing a department entrance examination.

In order for a Provsionally Admitted student o gain Regular Status without passing the de- partmental entrance examination, the student nust satisfy the general requirements of the 3raduate School; including the stipulation that he first 25 graduate hours must be completed /vith at least a "B" average, and that at least 15 Df these hours must be in approved mathemat- cs courses.

Nursing (MSN)

Students entering the M.S.N, program must satisfy all general admission requirements of the graduate program and the following: ror regular admission: GPA of 2.5 and GRE 3eneral Test Score of 850 (Verbal and Quanti- ative).

:or Provisional Admission: GPA x 100 + GRE 3enerai Test Score = 1050 or more with mini- |num GPA of 2.0 and minimum GRE General ! Test Score of 800 (Verbal and Quantitative).

ACADEMIC REGULATIONS

Graduate Student Responsibility

The student is charged with the responsibility or taking the initiative in meeting all academic requirements and in maintaining a careful check :>n progress toward earning a degree. The stu- dent is responsible for discharging obligations ' o the business office and the library and for

adhering to the rules and regulations appertain- ing to graduate students in particular and to all students enrolled in a unit of the University Sys- tem of Georgia. It is the student's responsibility to abide by catalog requirements. A student's claim that he or she has been granted an ex- ception to these requirements must be docu- mented before the merits of the claim can be evaluated.

Academic Advisement

Upon admission to graduate study, each stu- dent will be referred to a departmental office for advisor assignment. Consultation with the as- signed advisor is required prior to registration. Each student must process appropriate advise- ment papers which are available from his or her assigned advisor and which provide the advisor clearance required for registration.

Transient student report to the Office of the appropriate dean for advisement and advisor clearance.

Post Baccalaureate and Post Graduate stu- dents obtain advisor clearance by processing the non-degree advisement form with their as- signed advisors. During the quarter in which a Post Baccalaureate student achieves degree- seeking status, he or she must process the Pro- gram of Study form.

Degree-seeking students, both Regular and Provisional Admission students, must process the Program of Study form with their assigned advisor no later than the end of their first quarter of enrollment. A temporary advisor clearance statement may be provided by the advisor which will be valid only for the student's initial regis- tration. This temporary clearance should be processed on non-degree advisement form, with appropriate notations made to indicate that it is temporary.

The Program of Study shows the essential courses the student will take, transfer courses that might apply to the degree, and prerequisite courses or other prerequisites. The Program of Study must be followed by the student in fulfilling degree requirements. However, the student can take courses additional to those on his Program of Study and may enroll in the courses on the Program of Study during quarters other than those which might be shown on his Program of Study form. Moreover, the student may officially modify his Program of Study with the concur- rence of his advisor and department head.

70

ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE

Students should note that any departure from the catalog requirements for a degree must be approved by the appropriate dean.

International Student Advisement

Specialized advisement is available for inter- national students from the Graduate Interna- tional Student Advisor, Dr. Steve Rhee, located in room 108-5, Solms Hall.

Registration

Before a student may register for graduate courses, the individual must be formally admit- ted as a graduate student (although some 500 and 600 level courses may be taken by qualified undergraduate seniors upon complying with re- quirements and procedures stipulated by and available in the Dean's Offices). If circumstan- ces require it, the student must be readmitted (see section on Admissions, paragraph on Readmissions). In order to register, a student will be required to show at registration a permit to register card, which must be signed by the advisor.

Transfer of Credits

Credit may be transferred from another insti- tuion, provided:

1 . that only up to 15 hours of graduate credit taken while in a non-degree status may be applied to a degree program.

2. that each course equates with a course in the curriculum of the Graduate Program or is an acceptable elective.

3. that the credit was earned in an accredited graduate program.

4. that a grade of B or better was earned in each course.

5. that the credit was earned no more than six years prior to completion of all degree re- quirements.

6. that no more than fifty percent of the re- quired credits shall be transferred for use towards a master's degree (i.e., no more than 50% of either the required professional education credits or other credits in the master's programs). M.Ed, programs limit total transfer credits to 15 hours.

Information about the amount of credit trans- ferable for a particular degree program, can be located in the appropriate departmental entry.

Procedures for Processing Transfer Credits

Requests by students to receive transfe graduate credit must be supported by two cop ies of the graduate transcript showing the cred its requested. The formal request for receiving transfer credit is part of the Application for Can didacy which the student must process upor the completion of 25 hours of graduate work This application is obtained in the Graduate Of fice. The two graduate transcripts should b< sent to the office of the appropriate dean.

Advisement on transfer of credit is routinei' provided on the Program of Study form whicl every degree-seeking student must completi with his advisor in the first quarter of enrollmenl Formal approval of transfer credit is granted vi; the student's Application for Candidacy whicl requires approval by the student's advisor, De partment Head, and appropriate dean.

Prospective students may write to the De partment Coordinator in their area of study I obtain advisement on transfer of credit.

Reports and Grades

In the Graduate Program grades assigned ar A, B, C, D, F, (failure), I (incomplete), W (witr drew with no penalty), and WF (withdrew failing The grade of W does not enter into computin a student's grade point average.

Stipulations applicable to symbols used in It- Graduate Program include:

I— incomplete. May be awarded (only in erne gency cases) by an instructor, who will also sti| ulate the conditions for its removal. A grade i I must be removed by completing the course t midterm of the following quarter or it become an automatic F.

W — withdrawal without penalty. May t awarded by an instructor up to the mid-quarti period in a course. Regents' policy stipulate that "Withdrawals without penalty will not be pe mitted after the mid-point of the total gradrr period (including final examinations) except cases of hardship as determined by the appr priate official of the respective institutions." Wit i drawals after midterm require approval of tr Graduate Dean.

WF — withdrew failing. May be awarded by i- instructor anytime that a student withdraws fro a course after the drop/add period; mandato after midquarter except for hardship cases J stipulated above for grades of W.

GRADUATE PROGRAMS

71

V — audit. Use of this symbol is subject to the discretion of the individual graduate depart- ments, and the departments may require that a student receive the permission of the instructor to audit a course prior to registering for the course. Moreover, an auditing student must pay the usual fees, must register for the course, and may not transfer from audit to credit status (vice versa).

S and U— satisfactory and unsatisfactory; see above. Specific courses receiving these grades are identified in departmental course listings. Comprehensive examinations are given these grades also.

K— credit by examination. Use of this symbol is subject to the discretion of the individual grad- jate departments.

Students expecting to receive grades of V or K must insure that they are enrolled in an ap- oropriate course or activity for which V or K grades are awarded by the appropriate de- oartment. If this catalog does not show in the departmental entries that the given departments nave authorized the use of V or K, then a student expecting to receive a V in a course should ob- ain written verification from the appropriate in- structor prior to registering for the course that V /vili be awarded.

Gradepoint averages are calculated on all graduate work attempted, and no credits with a ^rade beiow C may apply toward a degree.

Course Eligibility

Courses numbered 500 through 699 are open o qualified Undergraduate seniors, with ap- Droval of their respective department heads, and to graduate students. In such courses, the quantity and quality of the work required of the graduate students will be on the same level as hat required in those courses offered exclu- sively for graduate students. Courses numbered 700 and above are open only to graduate stu- dents. Candidates for degrees must take at least | ifty percent of their courses at the 700 level.

Academic Probation and Standing

Any student who falls below a 3.0 (b) average jhall be on Academic Probation.

Any student in a degree program on Regular Xdmission status who does not achieve a 3.0 graduate cumulative GPA after completing 25

or more graduate hours shall be placed on Ac- ademic Probation and must achieve a 3.0 grad- > uate GPA in order to return to Regular Admission status. Any student on Academic Probation who earns less than a B in any course or who ac- cumulates 75 hours while on Academic Proba- tion shall be dropped as a degree-seeking student and shall be placed on permanent non- degree status.

Any student on Provisional Admission status who does not achieve a 3.0 graduate cumulative GPA upon completing 25 graduate hours shall be dropped as a degree-seeking student and shall be placed on permanent non-degree sta- tus.

Any student on Post Baccalaureate status who does not achieve a 3.0 graduate cumulative GPA shall be placed on Academic Probation.

Any student whose graduate cumulative GPA falls below 2.5 after completing 25 or more hours shall be prohibited from taking further graduate work.

Course Load & Limitation

A full-time graduate student is defined as one who is registered for 10 or more graduate credit hours.

A graduate student may not carry more than 15 hours per quarter. Exceptions must be ap- proved in writing by the advisor. Students on Academic Probation or on Provisional Admis- sions status should carefully plan their course loads in consultation with their advisors.

Withdrawing; Dropping, Adding Courses

Withdrawal is, in the technical sense, drop- ping all courses and processing a formal with- drawal from the College. A student may withdraw from school (or drop a single course) at any time during the quarter. Only by formally withdrawing, however, can a student become eligible for the refund of fees as explained in the section of fees. The student bears the respon- sibility of contacting the graduate office to effect a withdrawal and of contacting his professor(s) to determine what grade(s) will be assigned (W or WF).

Dropping a course should be formalized through the Office of the Registrar which will process a drop/add slip. If a student is taking

72

ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE

only one course, the drop is, technically, a with- drawal and should be treated as such.

Adding a course may be accomplished through the Office of the Registrar which will process a drop/add slip. Courses may be added only during the late registration days at the be- ginning of the quarter and not at any other time during the quarter. The student must pay the appropriate fee for the additional course, unless a course equivalent in credit hours is being dropped simultaneously.

Administrative Withdrawals

The College reserves the right to effect the withdrawal of any student at any time during a course of studies if the student does not meet financial obligations or the required standards of scholarship, or if he fails in any way to meet the standards of the Graduate Program.

GATES Courses

Armstrong State College particpates in the Coastal Area Teacher Education Service, a con- sortium of area public school systems and in- stitutions of the University System of Georgia offering graduate and undergraduate courses in teacher education.

A student who wishes to apply CATES course credit to his degree program must obtain ap- proval from his advisor to take a course for de- gree credit prior to taking the course. Without this prior approval, the course is subject to being treated as a transfer course, in which case, the Transfer of Graduate Credits policies and pro- cedures described in the catalog will be fol- lowed.

Honor Code

The Honor Code, published in the undergrad- uate section of this catalog, applies to graduate students as well as undergraduate students. All students, graduate and undergraduate, must agree to abide by the rules of the code.

FINANCIAL INFORMATION

Application Fee

An application fee of $10.00 is paid by each graduate student at the time of initial application

for admission. This fee is not required of forme students from either Armstrong State College c Savannah State College. The acceptance of th< application fee does not constitute acceptance of the student into the graduate program. Thi fee, which is paid at Armstrong State College is not refundable.

Fee Information

Fees for the graduate programs are the sam as those for the undergraduate programs. Ir formation on matriculation and other fees is cor tained in the "Financial Information" section c this catalog.

Veterans Benefits

Information of interest to veterans can be ot tained by writing or calling the Office of Veteran Affairs at Armstrong State College.

Once accepted into the graduate program, veteran should contact the Veterans' Office fc processing instructions. Since processing tim varies, a first quarter student should expect four to six week delay in receiving the first benef check. First quarter student veterans shOul consider this delay when making financial a rangements to attend school.

For purposes of G.I. Bill benefits, ten quart* hours are considered to be a full load. A loa of five graduate quarter hours entitles the gra( uate student to half-time benefits.

DEGREE REQUIREMENTS

MASTERS LEVEL

Time Limitation

Students working toward a master's degre must complete all requirements for the degre within a period of not more than six years fro the date of first enrollment. Extension of tin may be granted upon recommendation of tr student's major department, but only in cast of unusual circumstances.

GRADUATE PROGRAMS

73

Course and Residency Requirements

Satisfactory completion of at least sixty quarter hours of graduate credit, thirty of which must be earned in residence, is necessary for all masters degrees. Courses to be counted for a degree may be accumulated on a full-time or part-time basis. No credits with grades below "C" may count toward a degree. At least fifty percent of the courses for a degree must be at the 700 level or above.

Students should note that the sixty-hour re- quirement is a minimum requirement. Degree students with academic weaknesses should recognize that they may have to complete more :han sixty hours to fulfill all curriculum require- ments and comply with all academic regula- ions.

Degree Candidacy

Upon successful completion of twenty-five quarter hours of graduate work taken in resi- dence and at least one quarter prior to making application for the degree, the student is re- quired to file an application for admission to can- jidacy. The student will submit the completed application to hs advisor. Application forms are available in the appropriate Dean's or depart- nental offices.

Approval of the application will be based upon /erification that the student:

1. has been admitted to full graduate status (i.e., Regular Admission).

2. has maintained a minimum of a "B" aver- age in all work attempted.

3. has met any other requirements stipulated for his degree program.

Application for the Degree

At the time specified on the academic cal- endar, the student must file an application for he master's degree with the appropriate major lepartment. Note that the application for the de- cree must be preceded by the application for

andidacy by at least one quarter. Application

; orms are available in the appropriate Dean's or

lepartment offices. Applications for the degree

. hould be submitted two quarters prior to the

xpected date of graduation.

General Requirements for the Master's Degree

General requirements for obtaining a master's degree follows:

1 . Admission to full graduate status, i.e., Reg- ular Admission.

2. Admission to candidacy for the degree.

3. Satisfactory completion of at least sixty hours of approved graduate level work.

4. Maintenance of a 3.00 GPA.

5. Satisfactory completion of a comprehen- sive examination or thesis or both.

6. Completion of an application for the degree at the time specified.

For the MEd degree, the following require- ment applies: 1. Satisfactory completion of certification re- quirements.

M.Ed. Certification Programs

These degrees are designed to comply with the requirements for teacher certification at the fifth year level in the various areas of speciali- zation. The degree ordinarily is granted only to students who qualify for T-5 certification (or equivalent certification for other states), which in turn entails meeting T-4 certification require- ments (Georgia). Students who use graduate credits to meet T-4 certification requirements may be required to take graduate courses be- yond the 60 hours required for the M.Ed, degree in order to meet T-5 certification requirements. Since the M.Ed, program requires 60 hours, which is 15 more than the 45 minimum required for the T-5 by the State Education Department, 15 of the 60 graduate hours may be used to fulfill T-4 certification requirements. However, none of the 15 hours so used can then be ap- plied toward meet the 45 hours specified for the T-5.

Detailed information concerning programs and procedures relating to graduate teacher certification may be obtained from Education Of- fices.

Thirty Hour Plan for a Second M.Ed. Degree

Students who have already earned a master's degree can, under certain circumstances, earn a second master's degree in the Graduate Pro- gram by completing as few as 30 quarter hours

74

ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE

of graduate work in residence. Essential ele- ments of the second master's degree plan are:

1 . All general requirements (e.g., Regular Ad- mission status, adherence to general aca- demic regulations, "B" average, comprehensive examination, etc.) and all specific curricular requirements (i.e., de- partmental prerequisites for coures, spe- cific courses, etc.) currently applicable to a master's degree will apply to the second degree sought, except as explicity noted as follows:

2. For the Second master's degree:

A. The student must take at least 30 quarter hours in residence additional to course work that was used in ful- filling requirements for a previous master's degree. Additional hours may be necessary in order to fulfill curricular requirements or for such purposes as teacher certification in program designed as Approved Pro- grams for Georgia State Certification.

B. The 30 (or more) hours in residence

must meet existing requirements c recency of credit. For the other hou (hours applied to both the first d< gree and to the second degree), f teen hours will have no age limit, b the remaining hours must be no moi than twelve years old when requin ments for the second master's di gree are completed. A curriculum plan for a second d< gree that is consistent with existir catalog plans must be prepared t a department head or by a gradua advisor with his or her departme head's endorsement. A copy of th plan will be sent to the Office of tr Dean of the School of Education ar will be given to the student. For th purpose, current advisement form with appropriate modifications m< be used. The plan must show the C (or more) hours to be taken in res dence and the previous gradua hours that are to apply to the secor degree.

^ V

#*

r'

f £5

School of Arts, Sciences, and Education

76

ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE

SCHOOL OF ARTS, SCIENCES, AND EDUCATION

Adams, Joseph V., Dean

Goals and Objectives

Through its academic programs, professional staff, scholarly resources, and physical facilities, the School of Arts, Sciences, and Education pro- vides opportunity for qualified students to obtain the best possible education attainable within the structure of its liberal arts and specialized de- gree programs.

By means of a core curriculum in the arts and sciences, students are: acquainted with the di- versity of the intellectual and cultural achieve- ments of mankind; assisted in developing the skills necessary to think and express themselves clearly and creatively; and taught to understand and accept the responsibilties of free men and women in a democratic society. The liberal arts programs also provide scholarly and sound in- struction accompanied by a commitment to free inquiry.

The major function of the teacher education programs is the preparation of competent teach- ers who are committed to excellence in edu- cation. These programs are designed to meet the needs of present and future education professionals by providing them with special- ized skills, knowledge of theory and methods of teaching, practical laboratory experiences, and the opportunity to create innovative ways of meeting the needs of every student, meeting the needs of every student.

The School of Arts, Sciences, and Education endeavors to maintain high standards of profes- sional excellence among its faculty by encour- aging and providing opportunities for enrichment such as participation in educational seminars, conferences, workshops, and post- graduate study.

Organization and Degrees

The School of Arts, Sciences, and Education includes the departments of biology; chemistry and physics; education; fine arts; government; history; languages, literature, and dramatic arts; mathematics and computer science; and psy- chology.

Undergraduate degree programs offered ii arts and sciences are/ Associate in Arts Associate of Applied Science in

Criminal Justice Bachelor of Arts with majors in: Drama/Speech English History Music

Political Science Psychology Bachelor of General Studies Bachelor of Science with majors in: Biology Chemistry Computer Science Criminal Justice

Mathematical Sciences (Mathematics) Mathematical Sciences (Applied

Mathematics) Mathematical Sciences (Computer

Science) Mathematical Sciences (Mathematics Ec

ucation) Physical Science Further particulars on the undergraduate lit eral arts programs are found in the arts an sciences departmental sections.

Undergraduate degree programs offered teacher education are:

Bachelor of Arts, (with teacher certificate with majors in: English ' History

Political Science Bachelor of Music Education Bachelor of Science in Education with map 'in:

Early Elementary Education

Middle School Education

Speech Correction

(Health, Physical Education and Recreatk

is offered through the School of Heal

Professions.)

Bachelor of Science in Education with majc

in Secondary Education in the teaching fiel<

of:

Art Education

Biology Education

Business Education

Chemistry Education

English Education

Health and Physical Education

SCHOOL OF ARTS, SCIENCES, AND EDUCATION

77

Mathematics Education Music Education

Social Science Education (Broad Fields- History) Social Science Education (Broad Fields- Political Science) Social Science Education (History) Social Science Education (Political Sci- ence) Bachelor of Science (with teacher certifica- tion) with majors in: Biology Chemistry

Mathematical Sciences Program of Study (with MS-4 teacher certifi- cation) in:

Library Media All teacher education programs are approved :>y the Georgia State Department of Education ind are accredited by the National Council for iccreditation of Teacher Education.

Further particulars on the undergraduate eacher education programs are found in the )epartment of Education section of this catalog.

Minor Concentrations of Study

The following minors are offered by depart- nents within the School of Arts, Sciences, and iducation. Students may include one or more »f 'these in their programs of study as circum- tances may permit.

American Civilization

Anthropology

Art

Biology

Botany

Chemistry

Communications

Computer Science

Criminal Justice

Drama/Speech 1 Economics 1 Engineering Science

English I Film 1 Foreign Language

History

Human Biology

International Studies

Legal Studies

Linguistics

Mathematics

Mental Health

Museum/Preservation Studies

Music

Organizational Psychology

Philosophy

Physical Education

Physical Sciences

Physics

Political Science

Psychology

Public Administration

Russian Studies

Sociology

Teacher Education

Zoology

General Studies

Director: Dr. Grace Martin

Department of Psychology

Associate and baccalaureate degree pro- grams in General Studies, emphasizing a liberal arts education, are operated under the general supervision of the Dean of the School of Arts, Sciences and Education and under the imme- diate direction of the head of the department of psychology. Curriculum guidance for these pro- grams is provided by the General Studies De- gree Committee. Interested students should contact the psychology department head for as- sistance.

The Bachelor of General Studies degree is also available at the Brunswick Center on the Brunswick College campus in Brunswick, Ga. Interested persons should contact the coordi- nator of the Brunswick Center or the head of psychology on the Armstrong campus.

For the two-year degree of Associate in Arts, a student must complete at least 30 hours of the required course work and 45 quarter hours of all coursework in this program at Armstrong State College. The program is designed to pro- vide a substantial liberal education as a base for upper division specialization.

Certain courses may be exempted by ex- amination.

78

ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE

PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF ASSOCIATE IN ARTS

Hours

A. General Requirements 63

Area 1 20

1. ENG 101, 102 or 192, 201 or

292 15

2. One course selected from: ART 200, 271, 272, 273;

ENG 222; MUS 200; PHI

200, 201 5

Area II 20

1 . Approved laboratory science sequence 10

2. MAT 1 01 and 1 03 or 1 95 or 220 or290 10

Area III 20

1. HIS 114 or 191 or 115 or 192; HIS 251 or 252 10

2. POS 113 and one course selected from: ANT 201 ; ECO 201, 202; PSY 101; SOC201 10

AreaV 3

1. PE 103 or 108 1

2. Two activity courses 2

B. Courses in the Concentration and/or

Electives 30

These courses may be specified by a department or may be electives. Stu- dents planning work toward a bacca- laureate degree should select courses that meet listed requirements of that degree program.

C. Regents' and Exit Examinations 0

TOTAL 93

PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF BACHELOR OF GENERAL STUDIES

At least four quarters prior to anticipated grad- uation, students must submit a degree proposal to the Program Director for approval.

Hours

A. Genera! Requirements 96

Area 1 20

1. ENG 101, 102 or 192, 201 or

292 15

2. One course selected from: ART 200, 271, 272, 273; ENG 222; MUS 200; PHI

200, 201 !

Area II 2(

1. MAT 101 and 103 or 195 or 220 or290 1(

2. Approved laboratory science sequence 11

Area III 2i

1. HIS 114or 191, 115or192;POS 113 1!

2. One course from: ANT 201; ECO 201, 202; PSY 101; SOC

201 |

Area IV 3i

1. HIS 251 or 252 I

2. Two courses selected from: ART 200, 271, 272, 273; ENG 222; MUS 200; PHI 200, 201; two courses in any foreign lan- guage through

the 200 level 1i

3. One or two courses selected from: ANT 201; CS 115, 120, 142; ECO 201, 202; PSY 101; SOC 201 5-1

4. One or two courses selected from:

BIO 101, 102; BIO 111, 112; BOT 203; CHE 121, 122; CHE 128, 129; CHE 201, 202; CHE 211; PHY 211, 212, 213; PHY 217, 218, 219; PHS 121, 122;

ZOO 204, 208, 209 5-1

AreaV :....

1. PE 103 or 108 and 117 or 166

2. Three activity courses

NOTE: Certain preceding courses may be e empted by examination with credit awarde* Also, if a physical science sequence is used satisfy Area II, then a biological science mu be chosen in Area IV. The converse is also tru

Other Requirements

1. A minimum of 35 hours at the 300 level.

2. A maximum of 40 hours in any one discipline excluding courses taken under section A.

General Studies

Courses at the 200 or above level 1. Humanities 5-

BIOLOGY

79

American civilization, art, com- parative literature, English or American literature, history, mu- sic, philosophy.

2. Social Sciences 5-10

Anthropology, criminal justice, economics, geography, mu- seum and preservation studies, political science, psychology, sociology.

3. Mathematics and Natural

Sciences 5-10

Astronomy, biology, botany, chemistry, entomology, geol- ogy, mathematics, meteorol- ogy, oceanography, physics, zoology.

4. Communication Arts 5-10

Computer science, drama/ speech, film, foreign languages, journalism, linguistics.

Area of Concentration (Any University

System approved minor) 20-29

Electives 36-45

*Credit for special experience may be granted, at the discre- tion of the appropriate depart- ment; such credit, however, shall not exceed one-fourth of the total hours for the degree, and credit for courses not spe- cifically listed in the College cat- alog under "Advanced Placement and Credit by Ex- amination" shall not exceed ten hours.

5. Regents' and Exit Examinations 0

Thome, Francis 'Graduate Faculty

TOTAL

191

iology

icuity

cant, Department Head 'umer, Ronald ower, Moonyean jillou, Laurent igel. Allen pamela

The major in biology consists of BIO 101 or 111, BIO 102 or 112, BOT 203 and ZOO 204, and at least 40 quarter hours credit in biology courses (BIO, BOT, ENT, ZOO) numbered 300 or above. The majority of the courses in the ma- jor numbered 300 or above must be taken in the Biology Department at Armstrong State College.

Each student acquiring a major in biology must include in his program the following courses: BIO 370; BIO 480; BOT 410 or ZOO 410; one course in botany numbered 300 or above, other than BOT 410; and one course in zoology numbered 300 or above, other than ZOO 410. If credit for any of the first three re- quired units is transferred to Armstrong from an- other college, the department may require that it be validated by examination.

In addition, biology majors must complete el- ementary statistics and the course sequence in organic chemistry (15 quarter hours). The course in general college physics (15 quarter hours) is strongly recommended and should be considered essential for those who expect to continue the study of biology beyond the B.S. degree.

To be eligible for a B.S. degree in biology the student must have a grade of at least "C" for all biology courses.

Beginning students who have successfully completed strong courses in biology in high school may take examinations for advanced placement or for credit for BIO 101 and/or 102. Arrangements to take these examinations may be made with the head of the department.

In order to receive Core Curriculum credits for the biology laboratory science sequence by tak- ing biology in the Savannah State-Armstrong ex- change program, a student must take the ENTIRE sequence of ten quarter hours either at Armstrong State College or at Savannah State College.

By careful use of electives a student majoring in biology may concurrently acquire a second major in chemistry (i.e., he may take a "double major"). This program is recommended for pre- professional students. It does require 10 to 20 quarter hours credit above the minimum re- quired for graduation. Ask the department head for additional information.

80

ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE

PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF BACHELOR OF SCIENCE WITH A MAJOR IN BIOLOGY

Hours

A. General Requirements 96

Area 1 20

1. ENG 101, 102 or 192, 201 or

292 15

2. One course from: ART 200, 271, 272, 273; ENG 222; MUS 200;

PHI 200, 201 5

Areall 20

1. BIO 101 or 111; 102 or 112 10

2. MAT 101 (or 103 or 206 if ex- amination allows) and MAT

220 10

Area III 20

1. HIS114or191,115or192;POS 113 15

2. One course from: ANT 201; ECO 201, 202; PSY 101, SOC

201 5

ArealV 30

1. CHE 128, 129; BOT 203 and ZOO 204 20

2. Two courses from: natural sci- ences, Mathematics, foreign language 10

AreaV 6

.1. PE 103 or 108 and 117 or 166 3 2. Three activity courses 3

State Requirement:

HIS 251 or 252 5

B. Courses in the Major Field 40

1 . BIO 370, 480; BOT 41 0 or ZOO 410 15

2. Electives at the 300-400 level selected from biology, botany, entomology, and zoology. Elec- tives must include one BOT course other than BOT 410 and one ZOO course other than ZOO 410 25

C. Courses in Related Fields 15

CHE 341, 342, 343, 344, 345,

346 15

D. Electives 35

E. Regents' and Exit Examinations 0

TOTAL 191

SPECIAL NOTES:

(1 ) Biology majors should take BIO 1 01 or 11 and BIO 102 or 112 during the freshm; year, and BOT 203 and ZOO 204 durir the sophomore year. CHE 128 and 11 should be completed by the end of sprir quarter of the sophomore year.

(2) The biology major should complete orgar chemistry (CHE 341 , 342, 343) no later th; the end of the junior year as it is prerequisi or corequisite to all physiology courses.

(3) Students who may wish to enter gradua school are advised that PHY 21 1 , 212, 21 and foreign language to third quarter pr ficiency should be considered essential

PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF BACHELOR OF SCIENCE WITH A MAJOR IN BIOLOGY (with teacher certification)

Hou

A. General Requirements '

Area I

1. ENG 101, 102 or 192, 201 or 292

2. One course from: ART 200, 271 ; 272, 273; ENG 222; MUS 200; PHI 200, 201

Area II

1. MAT 101, 103, or 206

2. MAT 220

3. BIO 101 or 111; 102 or 112

Area III

1. HIS114or191,115or192;POS 113

2. PSY 101

ArealV

1. CHE 128, 129; ZOO 204; MAT 103

2. One course from: ANT 201; ECO 200, 201; SOC 201

3. One course from: ART 200, 271, 272, 273; DRS 228; MUS 200..

AreaV

1. PE 103 or 108 and 117 or 166

2. Three activity courses

State Requirement:

HIS 251 or 252 j

B. Courses in the Major Field j

1. BIO 370, 480; BOT 203 |

2. BOT 410 or ZOO 410

BIOLOGY

81

3. Electives at the 300-400 level selected from botany and

zoology 25

3. Courses in Related Fields 30

1. CHE 341, 342, 343, 344, 345,

346 15

2. Three of AST 301, MET 301, GEO 301 , OCE 301 , or PHY 21 1 , 212, 213 15

3. Professional Sequence 40

1. EDN 200; EXC 310, EDN 335, 447, 481, 482, 483 35

2. PSY301 or EDN 302 5

1 Regents' and Exit Examinations 0

TOTAL 216

INOR CONCENTRATIONS

The following minor concentrations are avail- Die from the Department of Biology. For minors, e student must earn a grade of "C" or better each course offered for the minor. le minors and their requirements are:

Hours

Biology 25

1. BIO 101 or 111, 102 or 112 10

2. BIO electives of which at least 10 hours must be at 300-400 level 15

Botany 25

1 BIO 101 or 1 11, 102or112;BOT 203 15

2. Two courses from: BOT 305,

323, 410, 425 10

Zoology 25

1. BIO 101 or 111, 102 or 112;

ZOO 204 15

2 Two courses selected from: ENT 301; ZOO 325, 355, 356, 372, 410, 429, 435 10

Human Biology 25

1. ZOO 208 and 209 10

2 BIO/ZOO electives of which at least 10 hours must be at or above the 300-level. Choose from: BIO 210 or 351, BIO 310, 353, 380, ZOO 215, or 330 15

e-Professional Programs

Students majoring in biology may concur- i itly complete all pre-medical, pre-dental, and

or pre-vetennary requirements and all require- ments for secondary teaching certification in sci- ence (biology).

Other pre-professional programs include:

Internships. The Department offers a number of internship options in the areas of research, applied biology, and environmental education. It also offers programs in which students can work with physicians, veterinarians, and den- tists.

Pre-forestry program with the University of Georgia. A student may complete two years of a pre-forestry curriculum at Armstrong, then transfer to the University of Georgia. After two additional years of coursework, the student may receive a B.S. in Forest Resources

Pre-forestry/Environmental Management Affiliation with Duke University. In this pro gram, a student may complete three years of study at Armstrong and then may apply for ad- mission to the Duke program. If accepted, the student may complete two additional years at Duke. Upon successfully completing the first year at Duke, the student will receive a B.S. in Biology from Armstrong; after successful com- pletion of the second year, the student will re- ceive a Master of Science degree in either forestry or environmental management from Duke University.

Scholarships in Biology

The department offers a limited number of scholarships to Biology majors. Interested stu- dents are invited to inquire in the department office for details.

Biology Honors

Students who perform independent biological research and submit acceptable oral and written reports to a departmental committee may be eligible to have "graduated with departmental honors" noted on their official academic rec- ords.

To qualify for this honor, students must have at the time of application: 1 20-1 50 quarter hours of course work; a minimum college GPA of 3.3; a minimum biology GPA of 3.5 with no grade lower than "C": and three or more 300-400 level course completed.

82

ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE

The committee will consist of three biology faculty, adding where applicable a biologist from outside the college. The committee will ex- amine students' proposals before projects are undertaken and evaluate the projects at their completion.

Biology Offerings

BIO 101— Principles of Biology I (4-3-5)

Offered each quarter. Prerequisite: none.

Structure and function of cells, biological chemistry; structure, function, and development of flowering plants.

BIO 102— Principles of Biology II (4-3-5)

Offered each quarter. Prerequisite: Biology 101.

Structure, function, and development of ver- tebrate animals; genetics; ecology; evolution.

BIO 111 — Advanced Introductory Biology I (4-3-5)

Fall. Prerequisites: Eligibility for ENG 101 and MAT 101.

Structure, function and development of plants, cells, tissues, organs, reproduction, ge- netics, phylogeny and ecology. This course, while similar in format to Biology 101, is pre- sented at a level involving greater topical detail and more student interaction than in the tradi- tional course. Some field work is required.

BIO 112— Advanced Introductory Biology II (4-3-5)

Winter. Prerequisites: BIO 101 or 111.

Structure, function and development of ani- mals: cells, tissues, organs, reproduction, ge- netics, ecological systems and organic evolution. This course is a continuation of BIO 101 or BIO 111 and will involve independent student activities in the lab. Some field work is required.

BIO 210— Microorganisms and Disease (4-3-5)

Fall and Winter. Prerequisites: CHE 201 or 1 22 and ZOO 209.

An introduction to the study of microorga- nisms with primary emphasis on bacteria. The morphology, life history, and importance to pub- lic health of representative bacteria, fungi, vi- ruses, and protozoa are considered. Credit for this course may not be applied toward a major in biology.

BIO 310— Man and the Environment (5-0-5)

Spring. Prerequisite: Completion of 75 quarl hours credit in college courses.

Consideration of the interactions between h mans and the support systems of the ea which are essential to their existence. Credit this course may not be applied toward a ma in biology.

BIO 351— Bacteriology (3-4-5)

Fall. Prerequisites: 10 hours of biological s ence, CHE 128-129.

A study of the morphology, ecology, class cation, and genetics of the bacteria and relat micro-organisms, including the viruses.

BIO 352— Medical Microbiology (3-6-6)

Winter. Prerequisite: BIO 351 and permissi of the instructor.

A comprehensive study of the disease-cai ing microbes in terms of their diagnosis, r. thology, and epidemiology.

BIO 353— Immunology and Serology (3-4-5)

Spring. Prerequisites: CHE 128 and 129 permission of instructor and department hea

A fundamental study of humoral and cellu immunity, the structure and biosynthesis of < tibodies, and the interactions between antige and antibodies. Consideration will be given allergic states and other immunological c eases.

BIO 358— Histological Technique (0-10-5)

Winter. Prerequisites: BIO 1 01 or 1 1 1 , and E 102 or 112.

Principles and methods of killing, fixi embedding, sectioning, staining, and mount plant and animal materials for study.

BIO 360— Cell Structure and Function (5-0-5)

Winter. Prerequisites: BIO 102 or 112, C 128, 129

An introduction to cell biology including study of cell ultrastructure, the major physiol ical processes, cell reproduction and cell ferentiation.

BIO 370— Genetics (3-4-5)

Winter. Prerequisites: BIO 1 01 or 1 1 1 , BIO J or 112, CHE 128, 129; BIO 351 and junior stcfc recommended.

An introduction to the principles of biologl inheritance.

BIOLOGY

83

10 380— Human Genetics (5-0-5)

Prerequisites: BIO 101-102 or ZOO 208-209 nd CHE 128-1 29 or CHE 201 -202, or CHE 121- 22

An introduction to human inheritance includ- ig gene transmission, gene effects upon me- ibolism, population and quantitative genetics, enetics of sex-determination, pedigree analy- s, eugenics, and genetic screening and coun- sling.

10 410— Cellular Physiology (3-4-5)

Offered on demand. Prerequisites: At least lird quarter junior status; two courses in biology jmbered 300 or above; and organic chemistry.

A consideration of the functional relationships etween microscopic anatomy and cell chem- try, emphasizing permeability, metabolism, id growth.

IO 440— Cytology (2-6-5)

Winter. Prerequisite: Two courses in biology jmbered 300 or above. The study of cells, their cytoplasm and nuclei, owth, differentiation, and reproduction.

O 450— Evolution (5-0-5)

Winter. Prerequisite: Major in biology (at least » qtr. hrs. credit in biology courses numbered >0 or above). Modern concepts in organic evolution.

0 470-471-472— Seminar (1-0-1)

Prerequisite: Open to junior and senior Biol- ly majors

Library research, class presentations, and icussions in selected areas of Biology.

0 480— General Ecology (3-4-5)

Spring. Prerequisites: Three courses in biol-

y numbered 300 or above, j A survey of the principles of ecology and their ; plication to the welfare of humans, coordi-

ted with a study of populations and commu- tes in the field.

b 490— Research (V-V-(1-5))

Offered on demand. Prerequisites: At least 20 I jrs credit in biology courses numbered 300 r above; a B average in biology courses and i overall work; consent of department head; J reement of a staff member to supervise work. •Problems to be assigned and work directed ■k a member of the department Supervised re- iarch including literature search, field and or •IB oratory investigation and presentation of an 5:eptable written report of results. Credit will iDend upon the work to be done. Both credit

and proposed work must be approved in ad- vance, in writing, by the faculty member to su- pervise the work and by the department head

BIO 495, 496— Internship (V-V-(1-5))

Offered each quarter. Prerequisites: Junior standing and permission of the Department Head.

The student will be engaged in a biological project sponsored by an outside agency. The project will be selected, supervised, evaluated, and credit hours determined by the student's faculty advisor in consultation with the outside agency. The student must make application dur- ing the quarter preceding the internship. No more than 5 (five) hours may be counted toward the major.

Botany Offerings

BOT 201— Principles of Horticulture (4-2-5)

Prerequisites: None.

Introduction to basic gardening principles with emphasis on plant growth and development as responses to varying environmental condi- tions. Topics to be covered include plant clas- sification, growth and development, environment, propagation, disease and pest control. This course may be applied as elective credit towards the B.S. degree in biology.

BOT 203— Survey of the Plant Kingdom (3-4-5)

Spring. Prerequisites: BIO 101 or 1 1 1 and 102 or 112.

Morphology and phylogeny of the divisions of the plant kingdom, with emphasis upon the ev- olution of the land flora.

BOT 305 — Identification of Flowering Plants (0-10-5)

Spring. Prerequisite: 15 quarter hours of bi- ology.

Studies in the identification of plants with em- phasis on local flora.

BOT 323— Plant Anatomy (3-4-5)

Fall. Prerequisite: 15 quarter hours of biology.

The origin and development of the organs and tissue systems of vascular plants, and a com- parative study of the structure of roots, stems, leaves, flowers, and fruits.

84

ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE

BOT 410— Plant Physiology (3-4-5)

Spring. Prerequisites: 15 quarter hours of bi- ology.

A survey of physiologic processes occuring in plants and the conditions which affect these processes.

BOT 425— Plant Morphology (3-4-5)

Offered on demand. Prerequisite: BOT 323.

Comparative studies of vascular plants with emphasis on form, structure, reproduction, and evolutionary relationships.

Entomology Offerings

ENT 301 — Introductory Entomology (3-4-5)

Spring. Prerequisite: BIO 101 or 111 and 102 or 112.

An introduction to the study of insects — their structure, identification, and biology.

Zoology Offerings

ZOO 204 — Survey of the Animal Kingdom (3-4-5)

Fall. Prerequisites: BIO 101, 102. An evolutionary survey of the major animal phyla.

ZOO 208— Human Anatomy and Physiology

I (4-2-5)

Offered each quarter.

A basic course considering the gross anat- omy, histology, and physiology of the human organ systems. Intended primarily for majors in health sciences, credit for this course may not be applied toward a major in biology.

ZOO 209— Human Anatomy and Physiology

II (4-2-5)

Offered each quarter. Prerequisites: ZOO 208 and CHE 201 or 122.

A continuation of the basic course consider- ing the anatomy and physiology of the human. Credit may not be applied toward a major in biology.

ZOO 211 — Cardiopulmonary Anatomy and Physiology (2-2-3)

Spring. Prerequisite: ZOO 209.

The cardiopulmonary system is studied with special emphasis on functional anatomy. The physiology of the heart, the control of circulation,

respiration, and blood pressure, and partic movement across membranes are also studie Intended primarily for majors in health science credit for this course may not be applied towa a major in biology.

ZOO 215 — Human Physiology and Disease (4-2-5)

Spring: Prerequisites: ZOO 208 and 209 other acceptable courses in human, general, vertebrate physiology.

An introductory consideration of disease disruption of physiological homeostasis. hit emphasis is placed on normal function, contr and environment of cells as a basis for undi standing cellular and systemic responses agents of injury and organismic effects of tho responses. Intended primarily for majors health sciences.

ZOO 325— Invertebrate Zoology (3-4-5)

Spring. Prerequisite: ZOO 204.

A study of the structure, body functions, terrelations, and natural history of the major vertebrate groups.

ZOO 330— Fundamentals of Nutrition (5-0-5)

Winter, alternate years. Prerequisites; E 101/111-102/112 or ZOO 208-209, and C 121-122 or CHE 201.

Biological bases of animal, including hum nutrition; sources and biological utilization c functions of nutrients.

ZOO 355— Embryology (4-3-5)

■Fall. Prerequisite: ZOO 204.

An elementary course in embryology in wi- the chick is used to illustrate the basic princip of developmental anatomy.

ZOO 356 — Comparative Anatomy of the Vertebrates (3-6-6)

Winter. Prerequisite: ZOO 204. A study of the anatomy and evolution of organ systems of the vertebrates.

ZOO 357— Animal Histology (3-4-5)

Winter. Prerequisite: ZOO 204. A study of the tissues and their organiza* into organs and organ systems in animals.

ZOO 372— Parasitology (3-4-5)

Winter. Prerequisite: ZOO 204. A comparative study of the internal and A ternal parasites of man and other animals. 1

GRADUATE BIOLOGY

85

00 410 — General Vertebrate Physiology I-4-5)

Fall. Prerequisites: Junior status, including 15 ?urs of biology; Organic Chemistry (may be ken concurrently).

An introduction to the general physiologic -ocesses of the vertebrates.

30 425 — Marine Invertebrate Zoology -6-5)

Spring. Even numbered years. Prerequisites: DO 325 or ZOO 204 with a grade of A or B. Studies in the identification and ecologic dis- bution of marine invertebrates as exemplified / collection from the southeastern coastal re- on.

)0 429— Endocrinology (3-4-5)

Offered on demand. Prerequisites: ZOO 410 other acceptable physiology course. Physiology of the endocrine glands, their con- >l of metabolism and reproductive cycles.

)0 435 — Comparative Physiology 4-5)

Winter, alternate years. Prerequisites: Junior itus, including 15 hours of biology; Organic emistry (may be taken concurrently). Studies in various groups of animals of the ictions of organ systems involved in the main- lance of homeostasis under varying condi- ns within normal habitats and of in vitro ictions of tissues and systems under labo- ory conditions.

raduate Courses

'he biology MEd program has been deacti- ed, but the department offers a limited num- of graduate courses. Students should check i the biology department for complete infor- tion on the course offerings.

: .logy Offerings

?> 610— Cellular Physiology (3-4-5)

rerequisite: Complete sequence in Organic Emistry and five hours of physiology. See BIO 410 for course description.)

BIO 640— Cytology (2-6-5)

Prerequisite: Two senior division courses in biology. (See BIO 420 for course description.)

BIO 650— Evolution (5-0-5)

Prerequisite: At least 15 quarter hours credit in upper division biology (botany or zoology) courses.

(See BIO 450 for course description.)

BIO 680— General Ecology (3-4-5)

Prerequisites: Three upper division courses in biology (botany or zoology). (See BIO 480 for course description.)

Botany Offerings

BOT 610— Plant Physiology (3-4-5)

Prerequisites: BOT 203 and Organic Chem- istry. (See BOT 410 for course description.)

BOT 625— Plant Morphology (3-4-5)

Prerequisite: BOT 203.

(See BOT 425 for course description.)

BOT 701— Plant Diversity I: Non-Vascular Plants (3-4-5)

Prerequisites: at least 15 quarter hours credit in botany.

Morphology, taxonomy, and ecology of the algae, fungi, mosses, and liverworts, including identification of common species, field and lab- oratory methods, local habitats and sources.

BOT 702— Plant Diversity II: Vascular Plants (3-4-5)

Prerequisites: at least 15 quarter hours credit in botany.

Morphology, taxonomy, and ecology of the primitive vascular plants, ferns, gymnosperms, and angiosperms, including field and laboratory methods, local habitats and sources.

BOT/EDN 793— Botany for Elementary Teachers (5-0-5)

This course is not suitable for the general sci- ence major.

Lecture-laboratory course dealing with prin- ciples involved in classifying and identifying plant life.

86

ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE

Zoology Offerings

ZOO 525— Invertebrate Zoology (3-4-5)

Prerequisite: ZOO 204.

(See ZOO 325 for course description.)

ZOO 556 — Comparative Anatomy of the Vertebrates (3-6-6)

Prerequisite: ZOO 204.

(See ZOO 356 for course description.)

ZOO 610— General Vertebrate Physiology (3-4-5)

Prerequisites: ZOO 204 and Organic Chem- istry. (See ZOO 410 for course description.)

ZOO 625 — Marine Invertebrate Zoology (2-6-5)

Prerequisite: ZOO 325 or permission of in- structor and department head. (See ZOO 425 for course description.)

ZOO 629— Endocrinology (3-4-5)

Prerequisites: ZOO 410 and one other senior division course in biology. (See ZOO 429 for course description.)

ZOO 635 — Comparative Physiology (3-4-5)

Prerequisites: ZOO 204 and Organic Chem- istry (See ZOO 435 for course description.)

ZOO 710 — Applied Human Physiology (3-4-5)

Prerequisites: graduate standing plus a course in human, general, or vertebrate physi- ology, and organic or biological chemistry.

A consideration of human physiological re- sponses to normal and abnormal stressors of the external and internal environment, including local and systemic adaptations to stressors. Specific malfunctions and adjustments will be treated where feasible and appropriate.

Laboratory sessions will feature the empirical demonstration of physiologic concepts and their applications to human function, largely through controlled experimentation.

ZOO 715— Pathophysiology (4-2-5)

Prerequisites: At least one course in human or vertebrate physiology and at least one course in organic or biological chemistry.

A conceptual, integrative consideration of disease processes. Emphasis is placed on disease as a maladaptive response or failure of adaptation to physiological stressors. Laboratory experiences will illustrate both

adaptive and maladaptive responses homeostatic disruption.

ZOO 721 — Animal Diversity I: Invertebrate (3-4-5)

Prerequisites: at least 15 quarter hours ere in zoology.

Structure, function, and ecologic relationshi of the major invertebrate phyla. (Not open students with credits in invertebrate zoology

ZOO 722— Animal Diversity II: Vertebrates (3-4-5)

Prerequisites: at least 15 quarter hours ere in zoology.

Structure, function, and ecologic relationshi of the vertebrates, with emphasis on amphibic and terrestrial forms.

ZOO 731— Ecological Associations (3-4-5)

Prerequisites: at least 25 quarter hours ere in junior-senior level courses in biology.

Environmental relationships among and t tween groups of organisms and their envirc ments.

ZOO/EDN 792— Zoology for Elementary Teachers (5-0-5)

This course is not suitable for general scier majors.

Modern approaches to teaching the biolc cal sciences. Emphasis on understanding of processes in the animal kingdom.

Chemistry and Physics

Faculty

Harris, Henry, Department Head

Baker, Julia

Brewer, John

Butler, Frank

Carpenter, Suzanne *Hizer, Todd

Jaynes, Leon *Jones, Gerald

Stratton, Cedric *Whiten, Morris

*Graduate Faculty

The department offers majors in chemi: and in the physical sciences. Minor concen tions are offered in chemistry, engineering st ies, physical science, and physics, department sponsors the Engineering Stuc

CHEMISTRY AND PHYSICS

87

ogram to facilitate the transfer of students into igineering programs.

The major in chemistry is designed to give >pth in the fields of chemistry, yet is flexible lough to accommodate a range of career >als. Students majoring in chemistry may con- irrently complete all pre-medical, pre-dental, id pre-vetennary requirements and all require- snts for secondary teaching certification in sci- ice. The major in the physical sciences allows jdents to pursue a study in engineering and lysics along with other areas of the physical iences.

The department participates in the Dual De- ee Program of Armstrong State College under "lich students may earn simultaneously the S. degree with a major in chemistry or physical iences from Armstrong and the baccalaureate a field of engineering from the Georgia Insti- e of Technology or one of several other par- ipating schools.

tOGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF CHELOR OF SCIENCE WITH A MAJOR CHEMISTRY

Hours

General Requirements 101

Area 1 20

ENG 101, 102 or 192, 201 or

292 15

One course selected from: ART

200, 271, 272, 273; ENG 222; MUS200; PHI 200, 201 5

Areall 20

MAT 101, 103 10

PHY 211, 212 or 217*. 218* 10

Area III 20

HIS 114 or 191, 115 or 192 10

POS 113 5

One course selected from: ANT

201, ECO 201, 202; PSY 101; SOC201 5

Area IV 30

CHE 128, 129, 211 15

MAT 206 5

PHY213or219* 5

Computer Science or Mathe- matics or Natural Science 5

Area V 6

PE 166 and 103 or 108 3

Three activity courses 3

(HIS 251 or252 5

B. Major Field Requirements 45

CHE 341, 342, 343, 344, 345,

346, 380, 491 25

Approved courses chosen from:

300-400 level chemistry 20

C Related Field Requirements 15

CS 115, 116, 120, or 142 5

Additional courses in Computer Science, Mathematics, or Nat- ural Sciences 10

D. Electives 30

E. Regents' and Exit Examinations 0

TOTAL 191 'Recommended sequence.

PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF BACHELOR OF SCIENCE WITH A MAJOR IN CHEMISTRY (with teacher certification)

Hours

A. General Requirements 101

Area 1 20

ENG 101, 102 or 192, 201 or

292 15

One course selected from: ART

200, 271, 272, 273; ENG 222: MUS200; PHI 200, 201 5

Area II 20

MAT 101, 103 10

CHE 128, 129 10

Area III 20

HIS 114 or 191, 115 or 192 10

POS 113 5

One course selected from: ANT

201, ECO 201, 202; SOC 201 .. 5 ArealV 30

CHE211 5

PHY 211, 212, or 217, 218 10

PSY 101 5

EDN200 5

One course selected from: ART 200, 271. 272, 273; MUS 200;

DRS228 5

Area V 6

PE 117 and 103 or 108 3

Three activity courses 3

HIS 251 or 252 5

B Major Field Requirements 45

CHE 341, 342, 343, 344, 345,

346, 380, 491 25

88

ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE

CHE 461 5

Approved 300-400 level Chem- istry courses 15

C. Related Field Requirements 25

MAT 206 5

BIO 101, 102 10

PHY 213 or 219 5

One course selected from: AST 301; GEL 301; MET 301; OCE

301, 430; PHY 312 5

D. Professional sequence 35

EXC 310, EDN 335, 447, 471,

472, 473 30

PSY201 or EDN 201 5

E. Regents' Examination and Exit Examinations 0

TOTAL 206

PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF BACHELOR OF SCIENCE WITH A MAJOR IN PHYSICAL SCIENCES

Hours

A. General Requirements 101

Area 1 20

ENG 101, 102 or 192, 201 or

292 15

One course selected from:

ART 200, 271, 272, 273;

ENG 222; MUS 200; PHI

200,201 5

Areall 20

MAT 101, 103 10

CHE 128, 129 10

Area III 20

HIS114or191,115or192;POS

113 15

One course selected from: ANT 201 , ECO 201 , 202; PSY

101; SOC201 5

ArealV 30

PHY 211, 212, 213 or PHY 217,

218,219 15

MAT 206, 207, 208 15

AreaV 11

PE 166 and 103 or 108 3

Three activity courses 3

HIS 251 or 252 5

B. Major Field Requirements 45

PHY 312 5

Ten hours chosen from:

AST, GEL, MET, OCE 10

Thirty hours selected from the following with a maximum of 15 hours from any one area: CHE 21 1 , 300-400 CHE courses EGR 220, 221, 300-400 EGR courses; 300-400 PHY courses

C. Related Field Requirements ;

CS246

CSor MAT ;

D. Electives :

E. Regents' and Exit Examinations

TOTAL 2'

Minor Concentrations

The minor in Chemistry requires twenty ere hours with grades of "C" or better in upper vision chemistry courses.

The minor in Engineering Studies requir EGR 1 00, 1 71 , 220, 221 , plus 1 0 hours chos from upper division engineering electives foi total of 26 quarter credit hours. A grade of least "C" in each course is required.

The minor in Physics requires twenty-thr credit hours from courses designated as ph\ ics numbered 211 or higher. A grade of "C" better in each course is required.

The minor in Physical Science requires 1 credit hours of a laboratory sequence in che istry, physical science, or physics plus fifte hours chosen from: AST 301, CHE 301, G 301 , MET 301 , OCE 301 . A grade of "C" or be is, required in each course.

The ASC Engineering Transfer Program

The ASC Engineering Transfer Program is signed as a general program that offers col work contained in the first two years of the sta ard engineering curriculum at most accred engineering schools. After following the s j gested course sequence at Armstrong Stat J student should be able to transfer to any AE J accredited engineering school and comp the requirements for a baccalaureate in a t sen field of engineering in a total of four to years, which is the time typical of all enginee students. The program of courses has been ( structed with advice from the Georgia Inst of Technology. Students are advised to cor the engineering school of choice on quest | of transfer.

CHEMISTRY AND PHYSICS

89

hemistry Offerings

HE 121-122 — Introduction to Chemistry i-3-5)

Prerequisite or co-requisite: MAT 101. (Credit

these courses may not be applied to a major

chemistry.)

These courses include a study of the funda- lental laws and theories of inorganic chemistry, survey of organic chemistry, and an introduc- )n to biochemistry.

HE 128-129— General Chemistry (4-3-5)

Prerequisite: College Algebra or concurrently, ffered each quarter.

These courses are the first two of the series ?8. 1 29, 21 1 required to complete an academic ■r of general chemistry. A study of the fun- jmental principles and laws of chemistry with quantitative approach to the subject. These lurses are designed for the science, pre-med- al and engineering student. The laboratory )rk includes an understanding of fundamental :hniques.

HE 201— Essentials of Chemistry (5-0-5)

Prerequisite: MAT 101 Eligibility. Offered each

arter.

<\n introduction to inorganic, organic, and bio-

emistry with emphasis on applications in hu-

an physiology and clinical chemistry.

oerimental principles will be illustrated with

ssroom demonstrations.

(IE 202— Physical Principles (3-0-3)

3rerequisite: CHE 201. ■This course provides a study of the physical nciples of gas behavior, acid-base calcula- ths, weak acid ionization, buffer solutions, pH lasurements, blood gas measurements, and ;3er subjects of special interest to persons in ;.*Bd health sciences.

CE 211— Chemical Principles (4-3-5)

/rerequisite: CHE 129. Fall and Spring. his course is the third in the sequence 128, jk 21 1 required to complete an academic year general chemistry. Stresses chemical ther- fpynamics, kinetics, and equilibria.

E 301— The Chemistry of Life (5-0-5)

prerequisite: Ten quarter hours of laboratory :-«nce completed. Offered on demand, -rnn introductory course covering selected :«s of applied biochemistry. This course is not ^lommended for chemistry, biology, or ■medical students.

CHE 307 — Principles of Chemical Processes (3-0-3)

Prerequisites: CHE 129 and MAT 206.

Methods of material balance in chemical process are studied. Topic subjects include processes and process variables, systems of units, gas behavior, single-phase and multi- phase systems. TEXT: Level of Felder and Rous- seau Elementary Principles of Chemical Proc- esses.

CHE 308— Principles of Chemical Processes II (3-0-3)

Prerequisite: CHE 307.

Methods of energy balance in chemical proc- esses are studied. Various forms of energy changes involved in both reactive and non-re- active processes are introduced. Emphasis is placed on the application of combined material and energy balances in processes. TEXT: Level of Felder and Rousseau Elementary Principles of Chemical Processes.

CHE 341-342— Organic Chemistry (4-0-4)

Prerequisite: Chemistry 129. Fall, Winter.

These courses include the study of aliphatics, aromatic hydrocarbons and their derivatives, polyfunctional compounds, and polynuclear hy- drocarbons. Organic reactions are emphasized in terms of modern theory.

CHE 343— Organic Chemistry (4-0-4)

Prerequisite: Chemistry 342. Spring.

A continuation of the organic chemistry se- quence 341, 342. This course completes the fundamental study of organic chemistry with a consideration of carbohydrates, amino acids, and heterocyclics with their related compounds.

CHE 344, 345, 346— Organic Chemistry Laboratory I, II, 111(0-3-1)

Corequisite or Prerequisite: CHE 341, 342. 343 respectively.

Studies of techniques and reactions used in organic chemistry

CHE 350— Chemical Literature (2-0-2)

Prerequisite: Chemistry 342 Offered on de- mand.

A study of the use of the chemical library and the important journals references, and infor- mation sources

90

ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE

CHE 380— Quantitative Instrumental Analysis (3-6-5)

Prerequisite: CHE 129. Winter and Summer.

A study of the principles of volumetric, spec- trophotometer, electrometric and chromato- graphic methods of analysis.

CHE 397— Scientific Glass-Blowing (0-4-2)

Prerequisite: Permission of the Instructor. Of- fered on demand.

Properties of glass for scientific apparatus; introduction of glass working equipment; plan- ning of sequential joining operations; demon- stration of major techniques for joining and working glass; supervision of individual students in preparing testpieces.

CHE 410— Chemical Safety (3-0-3)

Prerequisite: CHE 341. Offered on demand.

Topic subjects will include standard labora- tory safety practices, hazardous properties of chemicals, safety practices in the storage, use and disposal of chemicals, and government reg- ulations.

CHE 421 — Advanced Inorganic Chemistry (3-3-4)

Prerequisite: CHE 380. Offered on demand.

Selected topics in inorganic chemistry tend- ing to increase students' understanding of mechanisms of chemical reactions. Emphasizes the periodicity of elements.

CHE 431-432— Seminar (3-0-3)

Prerequisite: CHE 343. Offered on demand. Selected topics for group discussion.

CHE 441— Advanced Organic Chemistry (3-0-3)

Prerequisite: CHE 343. Spring.

A further study of important organic reactions emphasizing theories of reaction mechanism of organic chemistry.

CHE 448— Organic Qualitative Analysis (2-9-5)

Prerequisite: CHE 343. Offered on demand. Systematic approach to the identification of organic compounds.

CHE 451— History of Chemistry (5-0-5)

Prerequisites: Junior standing and CHE 129.

The development of science surveyed from antiquity to the present. Emphasis is placed on the development of ideas, men who made sig- nificant contributions, evolution of chemical the- ories, and the modern social implications of science.

CHE 461— Biochemistry (5-0-5)

Prerequisite: CHE 343. Offered on demanc A study of the chemical nature of cellular co stituents and cellular metabolism. Subject topi* include carbohydrates, proteins, lipids, e zymes, vitamins and coenzymes, anaerobic Cc bohydrate metabolism, lipid metabolism, tl tricarboxylic acid cycle, oxidative phosphor ation, and photosynthesis.

CHE 462— Biochemistry (5-0-5)

Prerequisite: CHE 461. Offered on demanc

A study of the metabolism of ammonia ai

nitrogen-containing compounds, the biosy

thesis of nucleic acids and proteins, metabo

regulation, and selected topics.

CHE 463— Clinical Chemistry (4-3-5)

Prerequisite: CHE 343. Offered on demanc A study of the principles of chemistry appli< in the clinical laboratory. Topic subjects to elude instrumentation and microtechniques.

CHE 466— Biochemistry Laboratory (0-6-2)

Prerequisite or corequisite: CHE 461 . Often on demand.

A study of techniques used in biochemis research. Topic subjects include separatic purification and characterization procedures

CHE 481 — Advanced Instrumental Analysi (1-3-2)

Prerequisite: CHE 380.

A study of electrometric methods of analyj Topic subjects will include potentiometric, c< lometric, and polarographic measurements.

CHE 482 — Advanced Instrumental Analys (1-3-2)

Prerequisites: CHE 380 and PHY 312.

A study of spectrophotometric and chronr ographic methods of analysis. Topic subje will include visible and ultra-violet spectrosco gas-liquid chromatography, high performaij liquid chromatography, atomic emission ;l absorption spectroscopy.

CHE 483 — Advanced Instrumental Analyse (1-3-2)

Prerequisites: CHE 342 and 482.

A continuation of the study of spectrosccy Topic subjects will include infrared specta copy, nuclear magnetic resonance, elect ^ spin resonance and mass spectrometry.

CHEMISTRY AND PHYSICS

91

HE 491-492-493— Physical Chemistry -3-5)

Prerequisites: CHE 380. PHY 213, MAT 206. ill, Winter, Spring.

Fundamental principles of physical chemistry eluding the study of solids, liquids, gases, ermochemistry, thermodynamics and solu- )ns. These courses will also cover a study of lemical equilibria, chemical kinetics, electro- lemistry, colloids, quantum mechanics and jelear chemistry.

HE 496— Internship (V-V(1-12))

Offered by special arrangement. Prerequi- tes: CHE 343, 380, 491 and permission of the hemistry Intern Program Director. The student will pursue a meaningful project industry, government or other institutional set- ig. The project will be determined, supervised, id evaluated by the sponsor of the activity and 9 student's faculty adviser. Application and rangement must be made through the de- irtment by mid-quarter preceding the quarter internship Open to transient students only th permission of the Dean of the Faculty at mstrong and the appropriate official of the hool from which the student comes.

IE 497-498-499— Independent Study V-(1-5))

Drerequisite: Consent of the Head of the De- rtment. Offered each quarter Designed to permit qualified students to pur- 3 supervised individual research or study, iphasis will be placed on the literature search, oratory experimentation, and presentation of acceptable written report. Both the credit and

! 'posed work must be approved in writing by faculty member who will supervise the work i by the department head. Open to transient I dents only with the permission of the Dean I he Faculty at Armstrong and of the college I n which the student comes.

i

Ijineering Offerings

[R 100 — Introduction to Engineering

" -3).

irerequisite: Eligibility to enter MAT 101 and a 101

A comprehensive orientation to the engmeer- torocess from problem formulation to the ev- of creative design: fundamental ':epts from various fields of engineering.

EGR 171— Engineering Graphics (2-3-3)

Prerequisite: MAT 103, CS 116.

Computer-aided graphics and engineering design fundamentals. Spatial analysis axioms, projection theory, sketching, creating design, geometric dimensioning, and tolerancing.

EGR 220— Statics (5-0-5)

Prerequisites: PHY 217 and MAT 207.

Concepts of forces, moments, and other vec- tor quantities; analysis of two-and-three-dimen- sional force systems; conditions of equilibrium; friction; centroids and moments of inertia.

EGR 221— Dynamics (5-0-5)

Prerequisites: EGR 220 and MAT 208.

Kinematics of particles and rigid bodies; ki- netics of particles and rigid bodies using force- mass-acceleration, work-energy, and momen- tum methods in two-and-three-dimensional mo- tion.

EGR 322— Mechanics of Deformable Bodies (5-0-5)

Prerequisite: EGR 220.

Internal effects and dimension changes of sol- ids resulting from externally applied loads/ear and bending moment diagrams; analysis of stress and strain; beam deflection; column sta- bility.

EGR 310 — Electrical Circuit Analysis (5-0-5)

Prerequisite: PHY 218. Prerequisite or Core- quisite: MAT 341.

Basic laws of electrical circuits: RCL circuits, nodal and mesh analysis. Thevenin's and Nor- ton's theorems; phasors, magnetically coupled circuits, and two-port parameters.

EGR 311— Electronics I (5-3-6)

Prerequisite: EGR 310.

Introduction to P-N junction theory and the concepts of solid-state devices; development of the electrical characteristics of diodes and tran- sistors; bipolar and field-effect amplifying cir- cuits; operational amplifiers and analog systems.

EGR 312— Electronics II (2-6-4)

Prerequisite: EGR 311.

Operation and application of integrated cir- cuits used in digital systems; gates, flip-flops, counters, registers and memory devices.

EGR 323— Fluid Mechanics (5-0-5)

Prerequisites: EGR 221. EGR 330. and MAT 341

92

ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE

Fluid Statics; analysis of fluid motion using the continuity, momentum, and energy conservation relationships; introduction to viscous flows.

EGR 330— Thermodynamics I (5-0-5)

Prerequisites: PHY 217 and MAT 208.

Basic concepts of thermodynamics; proper- ties of substances; conservation principles; the first and second laws of thermodynamics; en- tropy; analysis of thermodynamic systems.

EGR 331— Thermodynamics II (5-0-5)

Prerequisite: EGR 330.

Gas cycles; vapor cycles; thermodynamic re- lationships; thermodynamic behavior of real gases; non-reacting gas mixtures; thermody- namics of chemical reactions.

EGR 332— Heat Transfer (5-0-5)

Prerequisite: EGR 323.

The fundamental principle of heat transfer; steady and transient conduction in solids; intro- duction to convective heat transfer; thermal ra- diation.

EGR 350 — Computer Applications in Engineering (2-3-3)

Prerequisites: CS 246, EGR 221, EGR 310, EGR 323.

The application of digital computers to the so- lution of selected engineering problems using FORTRAN; emphasis on problem analysis and solution techniques.

EGR 370 — Engineering Economic Analysis (3-0-3)

Prerequisites: MAT 206 and ECO 202.

Fundamental principles and basic techniques of economic analysis of engineering projects in- cluding economic measure of effectiveness; time value of money, cost estimation, breakeven and replacement analysis.

EGR 396 — Engineering Internship (V-V-(1-12))

Prerequisites: EGR 171, EGR 322, and per- mission of the Engineering Intern Program Di- rector.

The student will pursue a meaningful project in industry or government. The project will be determined, supervised, and evaluated by the sponsor of the activity and the Engineering In- tern Program Director. Application and arrange- ment must be made through the department by mid-quarter preceding the quarter of internship.

Physical Science Offerings

PHS 121— Physical Environment (4-2-5)

Prerequisite: MAT 101 Eligibility. Offered e quarter.

An elementary study of the fundamental I and concepts of physics and astronomy, course is designed for non-science majors terested in a descriptive survey. The labora study is designed to supplement the stud theory.

PHS 122— Physical Environment (4-2-5)

Prerequisite: MAT 101 Eligibility. Offered e quarter.

An elementary study of the fundamental I and theories of chemistry and geology. Th a descriptive course which includes the c sification of elements, basic chemical reactii and atomic structure designed for the non- ence major. The laboratory study includes periences which augment class discussion

AST 301 — Introduction to Astronomy (5-0-5)

Prerequisite: Ten quarter hours of labors science completed. Winter.

A study of the planetary system, stars, st structure, and cosmology.

GEL 301— Introduction to Geology (5-0-5

Prerequisite: Ten quarter hours of a labors science completed. Fall.

An introduction of physical and historical ology. A study of the origin, evolution, and st ture of the earth's crust, and geologic histc

MET 301— Introduction to Meteorology (5-0-5)

Prerequisites: Ten quarter hours of iabors science completed. Spring.

An introduction to the description of the s of the atmosphere and to the physical laws describe atmospheric phenomena.

OCE 301 — Introduction to Oceanography (5-0-5)

Prerequisite: Ten quarter hours of a labors science completed. Offered on demand.

A study of the basic principles of ocear raphy. Topic subjects to include the distribi of water over the earth, nature and relief ol ocean floors, tides and currents, chemical p erties of sea water and constituents, and a| cations of oceanographic research.

CHEMISTRY AND PHYSICS

93

lysics Offerings

IY 211— Mechanics (4-2-5)

Prerequisite: MAT 103. Fall. The first part of the sequence PHY 211-212- 3 in general physics. Basic classical physics, eluding mechanics, sound, and heat. De- jned for students with aptitude in mathematics low the level of calculus. Selected expen- jnts to demonstrate applications.

1Y 212 — Electricity, Magnetism, Basic jht (4-2-5)

Prerequisites: MAT 103 and PHY 211.

nter.

The second part of the sequence PHY 211-

2-213. Basic electricity, magnetism, and geo-

tfrical optics.

W 213 — Light Phenomena, Modern lysics (4-2-5)

Prerequisites: MAT 103 and PHY 212. Spring. The last part of the sequence PHY 211-212- 3. Continues the study of light from the view- int of physical optics, and concludes with the idy of atomic and nuclear physics. Laboratory rk includes two selected experiments of ad- iced scope.

Y 217— Mechanics (5-3-6)

3rerequisite: MAT 206. Fall and Spring, he first part of the sequence PHY 217-218- ) in general physics. Basic classical physics, luding mechanics, sound and heat. De- fied especially for engineering students and ommended for science majors. Selected ex- ; iments to demonstrate applications.

^218 — Electricity, Magnetism, Basic . ht (5-3-6)

,rerequisites: MAT 207 or concurrently and

T.'217.

1 ter and Fall.

ie second part of the sequence PHY 217- 1 -219. Basic electricity, magnetism, and geo- ! 'ical optics.

1 ' 219 — Light Phenomena, Modern Asics (5-3-6)

Jjerequisite: PHY 218. Spring and Winter. ;|ie last part of the sequence PHY 217-218- ;l Continues the study of light from the view- sit of physical optics, and concludes with the y y of atomic and nuclear physics. Laboratory c includes two selected experiments of ad- i ed scope.

PHY 310— Electrical Circuit Analysis (5-0-5)

Prerequisite: PHY 218. Prerequisite or Core- quisite: MAT 341.

Basic laws of electrical circuits: RCL circuits, nodal and mesh analysis. Thevenin's and Nor- ton's theorems; phasors, magnetically coupled circuits, and two-port parameters.

PHY 312— Digital Electronics (3-6-5)

Prerequisites: Math 103 and ten quarter hours of laboratory science completed.

An introduction to discrete component and integrated circuits used in modern digital elec- tronics. The primary objective of this course is to give students hands-on experience in con- structing and investigating an array of digital circuits that are directly applicable in instru- mentation.

PHY 322— Mechanics of Deformable Bodies (5-0-5)

Prerequisite: EGR 220.

Internal effects and dimension changes of solids resulting from externally applied loads; shear and bending moment diagrams; analysis of stress and strain; beam deflection; column stability.

PHY 323— Fluid Mechanics (5-0-5)

Prerequisites: EGR 221, EGR/PHY 330, and MAT 341.

Fluid Statics; analysis of fluid motion using the continuity, momentum, and energy conservation relationships; introduction to viscous flows.

PHY 330— Thermodynamics I (5-0-5)

Prerequisites: PHY 217 and MAT 208 Basic concepts of thermodynamics: proper- ties of substances; conservation principles; the first and second laws of thermodynamics, en- tropy; analysis of thermodynamic systems.

PHY 38fJ — Introductory Quantum Mechanics (5-0-5)

Prerequisites: PHY 213 or PHY 219 and MAT 207. Offered on demand.

An introduction to quantum mechanical prin- ciples with applications in atomic and molecular structure.

PHY 417— Mechanics II (5-0-5)

Prerequisites: PHY 217 or 21 1 and MAT 207. PHY 218 or 212 and MAT 341 are recom- mended. Offered on demand.

Statics, kinematics, and dynamics of particles and of systems of particles are developed using Newtonian principles.

94

ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE

GRADUATE COURSES

The Chemistry MEd program has been deac- tivated, but the department continues to offer limited graduate course offerings. Students should check with the chemistry department for complete information on course offerings.

Chemistry Offerings

CHE 501— Chemistry of Life (5-0-5)

(See CHE 301 for course description.)

CHE 507— Principles of Chemical Processes I (3-0-3)

(See CHE 307 for course description.)

CHE 508 — Principles of Chemical Processes II (3-0-3)

(See CHE 308 for course description.)

CHE 541-542— Organic Chemistry (4-0-4)

j (See CHE 341-342 for course description.)

CHE 543— Organic Chemistry (4-0-4)

(See CHE 343 for course description.)

CHE 544, 545, 546— Organic Chemistry Laboratory I, II, III (0-3-1)

(See CHE 344, 345, 346 for course description.)

CHE 580— Quantitative Instrumental (3-6-5)

(See CHE 380 for course description.)

CHE 600— Introduction to Chemical Research (2-0-2)

This course outlines systematic methods of literature research and preparation research outlines from reference ot original articles.

CHE 622— Inorganic Chemistry (3-0-3)

Modern theory of structures and bonding acid-base theories, and properties of some rare elements and unusual compounds will be de- tailed. The latter includes nonstoichiometric compounds, rare gas compounds, and coor- dination complexes.

CHE 641— Advanced Organic Chemistry (3-0-3)

(See CHE 441 for course description.)

CHE 651— History of Chemistry (5-0-5)

(See CHE 451 for course description.)

CHE 661— Biochemistry I (5-0-5)

(See CHE 461 for course description.)

CHE 662— Biochemistry II (5-0-5)

(See CHE 462 for course description.)

CHE 663— Clinical Chemistry (4-3-5)

(See CHE 463 for course description.)

CHE 666— Biochemistry Laboratory (0-6-:

(See CHE 466 for course description.)

CHE 681— Advanced Instrumental I (1-3-2

(See CHE 481 for course description.)

CHE 682— Advanced Instrumental II (1-3-

(See CHE 482 for course description.)

CHE 683 — Advanced Instrumental III (1-3

(See CHE 483 for course description.)

CHE 691-692-693— Physical Chemistry (4-3-5)

(See CHE 491-492-493 for course desc tion.)

CHE 721— Chemistry for High School Teachers (4-3-5)

This course covers CHEM study material also Chemical Bonding. Approach material high school teachers.

CHE 731 — Development of Chemical Theories (3-0-3)

A study of the basic principles upon wl well known chemical theories are founded. 1 ics such as the kinetic molecular theory, ch ical equilibria, and spectroscopy will discussed.

CHE 794 — Chemistry for Elementary Teachers (5-0-5)

A study of the more important metallic non-metallic elements with emphasis on p tical application at the elementary school II

CHE 798— Seminar (2-0-2)

Discussion of selected topics.

Physical Science Offerings

AST 601— Astronomy for Teachers (5-0-

Topic subjects will include the solar sysfi stellar evolution, stars and star systems, fl methods in astronomy.

GEL 601— Geology for Teachers (5-0-5)

A survey of physical and historical geoj Topic subjects will include a geologic his*!

I

FINE ARTS

95

Dlate tectonics, and identification of minerals ind rocks.

tfET 601 — Meterology for Teachers (5-0-5)

A study of the atmosphere, weather, and cli- nate.

)CE 601— Oceanography for Teachers 5-0-5)

Topic subjects will include origin and struc- jre of ocean floors, tides and currents, chem- ical and physical properties of sea water, and ipplications of oceanographic research.

»HS 795 — Earth Science of Elementary eachers (5-0-5)

Study of the compositions of earth, classifi- ation and identification of rocks and minerals i a format appropriate for teachers of elemen- iry age children.

'HS 701— Principles of Astronomy, ieology and Meterology (5-0-5)

A study of unifying principles associated with le disciplines of astronomy, geology and met- rology. Emphasis will be placed on materials, emonstrations and testing associated with the hysical sciences.

hysics Offerings

HY 510— Electrical Circuit Analysis (5-0-5)

' (See PHY 310 for course description)

i HY 512— Digital Electronics (3-6-5)

(See PHY 312 for course description)

HY 522— Deformable Bodies (5-0-5)

(See PHY 322 for course description)

' HY 523— Fluid Mechanics (5-0-5)

i (See PHY 323 for course description)

HY 530 — Thermodynamics (5-0-5)

(See PHY 330 for course description)

HY 580 — Introduction to Quantum lechanics (5-0-5)

' (See PHY 330 for course description)

HY 602— Physics for Secondary School eachers (5-0-5)

! A study of the principles of physics appro- bate for teachers of physics and physical sci- "ice. National curricula such as the Harvard roject Physics and PSSC will be studied.

PHY 603 — Physics Laboratory for Science Teachers (3-4-5)

A study of the theory and practice of selected laboratory exercises and demonstrations.

PHY 617— Mechanics II (5-0-5)

(See PHY 417 for course description)

Fine Arts

Faculty

'Anderson, James, Department Head Campbell, Michael Harris, Robert Jensen, John 'Jensen, Linda Schmidt, John 'Schultz, Lucinda Vogelsang, Kevin

'Graduate Faculty

The Department of Fine Arts offers the Bach- elor of Arts degree with majors in art and music, the Bachelor of Music Education degree, and in cooperation with the Department of Secondary Education, the Bachelor of Science in Art Edu- cation.

Placement Examinations

Transfer and new students in music must take placement examinations as appropriate in ap- plied music, music theory, and music history. Acceptance of transfer credit towards gradua- tion requirements in each area is contingent upon the results of the examination.

Transfer students in art will be required to take a placement examination in art history. Addi- tionally, coursework at other institutions in studio art may not be counted towards graduation until a portfolio of artwork is submitted demonstrating competency in those areas in which classes have been completed.

96

ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE

Additional Requirements for Music Majors

There are a variety of departmental policies and regulations which affect music majors. In- cluded are requirements for recital attendance, ensemble participation, piano proficiency, re- cital participation, applied music levels, and the Rising Junior Applied Music Examination. A copy of A Handbook of Policies and Regulations for Music Majors will be given to each music student.

Please see the "Fees" section of this catalog for information on applied music fees.

Directed Individual Studies (DIS)

Directed Individual Studies (DIS) have a dis- tinctly useful place in the Fine Arts curriculum. The intent of the DIS is for an enrichment ex- perience that otherwise is unavailable in the classroom. Normally, regular curriculum course- work should not be completed by individual study.

However, if a regular course is to be taught by individual study, the following criteria must be met before approval may be granted by the department head: 1) the course must not have been offered during the preceding three quar- ters nor be scheduled during the succeeding three quarters; 2) the student must gain the ap- proval of the anticipated instructor; 3) transient students must gain the permission of not only the department head, but the dean of faculty, and of the college from which the student comes; and 4) the student must demonstrate, in writing, that a hardship will exist if permission is denied, for the student to take an individual study.

PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF BACHELOR OF ARTS WITH A MAJOR IN ART

Hours

A. General Requirements 101

Area 1 20

1. ENG 101, 102 or 192, 201 or

292 15

2. One course from: ART 200, 271, 272, 273; ENG 222; PHI 200, 201; MUS200 5*

Areall 20

1. MAT 101 and 103 or 222 or

290 10

2. Lab Science Sequence 10

Area III

1. HIS114©r191,115or192;POS 113

2. One course from: ANT 201, ECO 201, PSY 101, SOC201

Area IV

1., ART 111, 112, 201,

202, 213

2. MUS200or210

Area V

1. PE 103 or 108, 117

2. Three activity courses

State Requirement

HIS 251 or 252

B. Courses in the Major Field

1. ART 204, 313, 330, 340, 370, 413

2. One from: ART 271,

272, 273

C. Special Course Requirements

1. Foreign language sequence through 103

2. PHI 400

D. Electives

Recommend ART 271, 272, 273*

E. Regents' and Exit Examinations .,._

TOTAL 1 *(May not be duplicated with major field, Ai I, and elective requirements.)

PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF BACHELOR OF ARTS WITH A MAJOR IN MUSIC

Hoi

A. General Requirements :

Area I

1. ENG 101, 102 or 192, 201 or 292

2. One course from: ART 200, 271, 272, 273; ENG 222; MUS 200; PHI 200, 201

Area II I

1. MAT 101, 290 '.' !

2. Lab Science Sequence I

Area III

1. HIS114or191,115or192;POS 113 I

2. One course from: ANT 201, ECO 201, PSY 101 !

FINE ARTS

97

ArealV 30

1. MUS 111, 112, 113, 211, 212,

213 18

2. MUS 140 6

3. MUS 251 or 254 6

Area V 6

1. PE 103 or 108, 117 3

2. Three activity courses 3

State Requirement 5

HIS 251 or 252 5

. Courses in the Major Field 33

1. MUS 240, 281, 340, 371, 372,

373 24

2. Two Courses from MUS 312, 361, 412 6

3. One Course from MUS 41 6, 425, 427 3

. Track Options 38

1. General Track: Electives 38

One of the following perform- ance/composition tracks. Pre- requisite: Departmental Permission Only.

2. Keyboard Performance

MUS 258, 440, 420, 421 15

Electives 23

3. Vocal Performance

MUS 313, 314, 315, 440 15

Electives 23

4. Wind Instrument Performance

MUS 440, 481 9

One course from MUS 312, 361 ,

412 3*

One course from MUS 432 or

433 3

Electives 23

5. Composition

MUS422 12

One course from MUS 31 2, 361 ,

412 3*

Electives 23

i Special Course Requirements 25

1 . ART 271 , 272, 273 (may not be duplicated with Area I requirement) 10

2. Foreign language sequence through 103 15

3. RECITAL PERFORMANCES (determined by option) 0

Regents' and Exit Examinations 0

TOTAL 197

/lay not be duplicated with Major Field Requirements)

PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF BACHELOR OF MUSIC EDUCATION

Hours

A. General Requirements 101

Area 1 20

1. ENG 101, 102, or 192, 201 or

292 15

2. One course from: ART 200, 271, 272, 273: ENG 222; MUS 200;

PHI 200, 201 5

Areall 20

1. MAT 101, 290 10

2. Laboratory Science Sequence 10 Area III 20

1. HIS 1 14or 191, 115or192;POS 113 15

2. One course from: ANT 201, ECO 201, SOC201 5

ArealV 30

1. EDN 200; PSY 101 10

2. EDN 201 or PSY 201 5

3. MUS 111, 112, 113, 140 15

AreaV 6

1. PE 103 or 108, 117 3

2. Three activity courses 3

State Requirement 5

HIS 251 or 252 5

B. Courses in the Major Field 70-73

1. MUS 211, 212, 213, 236, 237, 238, 239, 281 20

2. MUS 240, 340 12

3. MUS 312, 330, 331,

361, 412 17

4. MUS 371, 372, 373 9

5. One of the following emphases:

A. Choral Emphasis

MUS 353, 313,423,480, and

314or315 12

B. Instrumental Emphasis MUS 227, 352, 416, 424,

481 12

C. Keyboard Emphasis

MUS 227, 425, 420 or 421. 423 or 424, 352 or 353, 480

or481 15

C. Professional Sequence 25

1. EXC 310; EDN 335. 471. 472.

473 25

D Special Course Requirements 0

One half of senior recital 0

E. Regents' and Exit Examinations 0

TOTAL 196-199

98

ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE

PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN ART EDUCATION

Hours

A. General Requirements 101

Area 1 20

1. ENG 101, 102 or 192, 201 or

292 15

2. One course from: ART 200, 271, 272, 273; ENG 222; MUS 200;

PHI 201 5

Areall 20

1. MAT 101, 290 10

2. Approved laboratory science sequence 10

Area III 20

1. HIS114or191,115or192;POS 113 15

2. One course from: ANT 201; ECO 201, 202; SOC 201 5

ArealV 30

1. EDN200, PSY 101 10

2. EDN 201 or PSY 201 5

3. ART 111, 112, 213 15

AreaV 6

1. PE 103 or 108, 117 3

2. Three activity courses 3

State Requirement 5

HIS 251 or 252 5

B. Teaching Concentration 63-68

1. ART 201, 202, 204 15

2. ART 271, 272, 273* 10-15

3. ART 313, 330, 340, 350, 351,

370 30

4. One course from: ART 314, 362, 363 '. 5

5. ART 400 3

C. Professional Sequence 25

1 . EXC 31 0; EDN 335, 471 , 472,

473 25

D. Electives 0-5

E. Regents' and Exit Examinations 0

TOTAL 194 **May not be duplicated in Area I.

Minor Concentrations

Minor concentrations in art and in music e available through the Department of Fine Ar The requirements of each are:

Hot

Art

1. ART 111, 112

2. One course selected from: ART 271. 272,273

3. Two courses selected from:

ART 201 , 202, 21 1 , 213, 214, 314, 330,

331, 340, 362, 363, 364, 370, 413

Music

1. MUS 111, 112, 113

2. Applied Music (six hours in one area)

3. Music Ensemble 251

or 254

4. Music History and

Literature

5. MUS 000 (recital

attendance)

Associate in Arts with Concentrations

HOU

Concentration in Art

1. ART 111, 112

2. One course selected from: ART 271, ' 272,273

3. Two courses selected from:

ART 114, 201 , 202, 21 1 , 213, 214, 215, 330, 331, 340, 362, 363, 364 370,

413 .......

Concentration in Music

1. MUS 111, 112, 113

2. Applied Music (six hours in one area)

3. Music Ensemble 251, 254

4. Music History and Literature

5. Piano Proficiency

6. MUS 000 (Recital Attendance)

FINE ARTS

99

rt Offerings

Unless stated otherwise, courses are open to Dn-art majors.

RT 111— Basic Design i (4-2-5)

Fall.

An introduction to two-dimensional design id graphic communication.

RT 112— Basic Design II (4-2-5)

Winter. Prerequisite: A grade of "C" or better Art III or permission of instructor. The fundamentals of three-dimensional de- gn introduced through sculptural projects in arious media.

RT 200— Introduction to the Visual Arts -0-5)

Offered on demand.

A study of artistic theories, styles, media and

chniques and their application in masterworks

art from all ages. Not recommended for art

ajors

RT 201— Painting I (4-2-5)

Winter. Prerequisite: A grade of "C" or higher ART 111 or ART 213 or permission of the structor.

A basic course in acrylic or oil painting from jserved and secondary sources.

RT 202— Painting II (4-2-5)

Spring. Prerequisite: A grade of "C" or higher ART 201 or permission of the instructor. A continuation of Painting I with an increasing nphasis on student selected painting prob- tis.

RT 204 — Introduction to Photography !-2-5)

> Offered on demand.

• Introduction to black and white photographic

Esthetics and processes. Including study of the

echanical-optical functions of cameras and nlargers as well as printing and processing of

n in a controlled environment.

RT 211— Graphic Design (4-2-5)

Offered on demand.

Prerequisite: ART 1 1 1 or permission of the in-

uotor.

The fundamentals of visual communication in-

Jding design, layout, typography and repro-

jction as related to modern advertising

chniques.

ART 213— Drawing I (4-2-5)

Winter.

A fundamental course emphasizing represen- tational drawing from still-life, landscape, and figural form.

ART 271— History of Art (5-0-5)

Fall.

A survey of the visual arts, painting, sculpture, and architecture, in Western Civilization from pre-history to the Late Middle Ages.

ART 272— History of Art II (5-0-5)

Winter.

Italian Renaissance through Rococo art.

ART 273— History of Art III (5-0-5)

Spring.

Modern Art, the late eighteenth through the twentieth centuries.

ART 313— Drawing II (4-2-5)

Spring.

Prerequisite: A grade of "C" or higher in ART 213 or permission of the instructor.

A continuation of Drawing I with emphasis on figuration, composition, and color.

ART 314 — Intermediate Photography (3-3-5)

Offered on demand.

Prerequisite: ART 204 or permission of the in- structor.

A continuation of the study of the aesthetics and processes in black and white photography.

ART 315 — Color Photography (3-3-5)

Offered on demand.

Prerequisite: ART 204. or permission of the instructor.

An introduction of the principles, aesthetics, and print processes of color photography.

ART 316— Hand Colored and Manipulated Silver Print (3-3-5)

Offered on demand.

Prerequisite: ART 204, or permission of the instructor.

Exploration of a variety of media and tech- niques to enhance and alter a silver print.

ART 320 — Art for the Elementary Teacher (4-2-5)

Fall, Spring.

Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Educa- tion.

A study, with studio experience, of materials and methods for teaching art at the elementary school level.

100

ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE

ART 330— Ceramics I (4-2-5)

Introduction to fundamentals of wheel thrown pottery, handbuilding techniques and ceramic sculpture. Emphasis is on decoration, form, craftsmanship and creativity. Traditional glazing and firing techniques as well as an exploration into non-traditional methods of coloring and con- struction.

ART 331— Pottery Techniques (4-2-5)

Emphasis in on techniques of pottery utilizing the potter's wheel.

ART 333— Ceramic Sculpture (4-2-5)

Prerequisite: Ceramics I or permission of in- structor.

Emphasis is on developing ideas into large- scale ceramic sculpture. Individual attention and direction is facilitated. Projects may include pottery, the figure, abstractions, wall relief and mixed media construction.

ART 340— Printmaking I (4-2-5)

An introduction to basic printmaking ideas and terminology. Projects will include one or more of the following: linoleum, woodblock, in- taglio, silkscreen and non-traditional methods of making prints.

ART 350— Art in the Lower School (4-2-5)

Fall.. Prerequisite: Permission of the instructor. Art education majors only.

The analysis and evaluation of techniques and materials for teaching art in the elementary school.

ART 351— Art in the Middle and Upper School (4-2-5)

Winter. Prerequisite: Permission of the instruc- tor. Art education majors only.

The analysis and evaluation of techniques and materials for teaching art in junior and senior high school.

ART 362— Enameling/Jewelry Making (4-2-5)

Offered on demand.

Introduction of process in the production of a variety of enameled art works, and of processes in the making of jewelry, both handmade and cast.

ART 363— Batik/Textile Design (4-2-5)

Offered on demand.

Exploration of a variety of processes used in applying original designs to fabric.

ART 364— Fibers Construction (4-2-5)

Offered on demand.

Development of processes used in on and c techniques in weaving and in contemporary'1 ber wall hangings.

ART 370— Sculpture I (4-2-5)

An introduction to basic sculpture ideas, te minology, and processes. Emphasis will t placed on working with the human figure utilizir clay and other media.

ART 400 — Seminar in Art Education (3-0-3)

Prerequisite: Permission of the instructor! I education majors only.

A survey of current trends in instructional ar research techniques.

ART 413— Drawing III (4-2-5)

Spring. Prerequisites: A grade of "C" or high* in ART 313 or permission of instructor.

A continuation of Drawing II with increasing complex problems in concept, design, ar technique.

ART 489— Selected Studies in Art (V-V(1-5]

Offered on demand

Prerequisite: Permission of the instructor.

Varied course offerings designed to me special institutional and community needs. M; be repeated for credit.

ART 490— Directed Individual Study (V-V-(1-5))

Prerequisite: See departmental statement.

ART 491— Internship (V-V-(1 -4-5))

Offered by special arrangement. Prerequisi Permission of instructor and department he, and an overall grade point average of 2.5.

The student will pursue an individually c signed course project involving off-camp study, work, and/or research. Projects usua encompass the entire academic quarter and a under the joint supervision of the sponsoring stitution and his/her faculty supervisor. . I

Applied Music Offerings

Unless stated otherwise, courses are open non-music majors.

MUS 130— Applied Music (one credit)

Prerequisite: Sufficient music backgrour determined by audition of MUS 110.

FINE ARTS

101

One twenty-five minute lesson per week in rass, organ, percussion, piano, strings, voice, - woodwinds. Applicable to a music degree ily for a secondary applied credit. May be re- sated for credit.

US 140 — Applied Music (two credits)

Prerequisite. Open to music majors and a lim- ?d number of non-majors by audition only.

Private and class instruction in brass, organ, brcussion, piano, strings, voice or woodwinds, jay be repeated for credit.

US 240— Applied Music (two credits)

j Prerequisite: Competency at the MUS 140 vel as determined by jury examination. Music ajors only.

1 Private and class instruction in brass, organ, brcussion, piano, strings, voice or woodwinds, jay be repeated for credit.

US 340 — Applied Music (two credits)

j Prerequisite: Successful completion of the sing Junior Applied Music Examination. Music

i ajors only.

; Private and class instruction in brass, organ,

prcussion, piano, strings, voice or woodwinds, ay be repeated for credit.

US 440 — Applied Music (two credits)

| Prerequisite: Competency at the MUS 340 yel as determined by jury examination. Music ajors only.

Private and class instruction in brass, organ, ^rcussion, piano, strings, voice or woodwinds. ay be repeated for credit.

usic Offerings

US 000— Recital Attendance (0-V-0)

A requirement for music majors and minors lich consists of attendance at a designated jmber of concerts/recitals each quarter.

US 110— Basic Music Theory (3-0-3)

Spring.

'An introduction to music theory for students ceding skills for MUS 111. May not be used for !edit toward a degree in music.

US 111— Elementary Theory I (3-2-3)

Fall. Prerequisite: MUS 110 or equivalent by

(animation.

An introduction to the basic theoretical prin-

ples of music including sightsinging, ear-train-

g and keyboard harmony.

MUS 112— Elementary Theory II (3-2-3)

Winter. Prerequisite: A grade of "C" or higher in MUS 1 1 1 or permission of instructor

A continuation of MUS 1 1 1 with emphasis on part-writing and diatonic material.

MUS 113— Elementary Theory III (3-2-3)

Spring. Prerequisite: A grade of "C" or higher in MUS 112 or permission of instructor.

A continuation of MUS 112 introducing sev- enth chords and diatonic modulation.

MUS 114 — Jazz Improvisation I (2-0-2)

Offered on demand. Prerequisite: MUS 1 13 or permission of instructor.

Emphasis on basic jazz literature, chord sym- bol, melodic patterns, ear training, melodic con- cepts and analysis of improvised solos.

MUS 200 — Introduction to Music Literature (5-0-5)

Fall, Winter, Spring.

A course designed to help the student un- derstand music by means of analysis of style, forms, and media of musical expression.

MUS 201— Understanding Jazz (3-0-3)

Offered on demand.

A non-technical survey of jazz performers and styles with emphasis on recorded literature. The course will examine elements of jazz such as improvisation, instrumentation and rhythm and trace their development from New Orleans to contemporary fusion music.

MUS 202— Survey of Rock Music (3-0-3)

Offered on demand.

A non-technical survey of rock music and its styles with emphasis on recorded literature.

MUS 203— Popular Music in 20th Century America (3-0-3)

Offered on demand.

A survey of popular music from ragtime to present. Examination of popular music and its relationship to American culture.

MUS 211— Intermediate Theory I (3-2-3)

Fall. Prerequisite: A grade of "C" or higher in MUS 1 13 or permission of instructor.

A continuation of MUS 1 13 with emphasis on chromatic harmony.

MUS 212— Intermediate Theory II (3-2-3)

Winter. Prerequisite: A grade of "C" or higher in MUS 211 or permission of instructor. A continuation of MUS 211.

102

ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE

MUS 213— Intermediate Theory III (3-2-3)

Spring. Prerequisite: A grade of "C" or higher in MUS 212 or permission of instructor.

A continuation of MUS 212 with emphasis on twentieth century techniques.

MUS 214— Jazz Improvisation II (2-0-2)

Prerequisite: MUS 114 or permission of the instructor.

Emphasis on the analysis and performance of intermediate jazz literature and composition in contemporary styles.

MUS 224— Class Guitar (0-2-1)

Offered on demand.

Designed for the development of basic skills in playing the guitar for accompanying. Focuses on chorded styles and their application to music such as folk songs and popular music.

MUS 226— Class Piano I, II, III (0-2-1)

Offered on demand. Prerequisite: Permission of the instructor. Students enrolling in II or III must have received a grade of "C" or higher in the preceding class.

A study of keyboard techniques with empha- sis on the skills needed to fulfill the piano pro- ficiency requirement.

MUS 227— Class Voice (0-2-1)

Offered on demand. Prerequisite: Music ma- jor status or permission of the instructor.

A study of voice production techniques with practical application to standard song literature. Not open to students whose principal instrument is voice.

MUS 228 — Class Piano for Non-Music Majors (0-2-1)

Offered on demand. Prerequisite: Permission of the instructor.

An applied study of keyboard literature and techniques at the beginning and.elementary lev- els. An elective course, open only to non-music majors, which meets in the electronic piano lab- oratory. May be repeated for credit.

MUS 236— Brass Methods (0-4-2)

Offered on demand. Music majors only. An introduction to the principles of brass in- strument performance and pedagogy.

MUS 237— Woodwind Methods (0-4-2)

Offered on demand. Music majors only. An introduction to the principles of woodwind instrument performance and pedagogy.

MUS 238— Percussion Methods (0-4-2)

Offered on demand. Music majors only.

An introduction to the principles of percussic instrument performance and pedagogy. MUS 239— String Methods (0-4-2)

Offered on demand. Music majors only.

An introduction to the principles of string i strument -performance and pedagogy. MUS 250— Pep Band (0-2-1)

Fall, Winter. Open to qualified students.

A group to provide spirit music at school at letic functions. May be taken for academ credit, at most, four times. MUS 251— Concert Band (0-2-1)

Open to qualified students.

Repertoire to be selected from the standa literature for symphonic band. Public perforr ances are a part of the course requirement. MUS 252— Jazz Ensemble (0-2-1)

Open to qualified students.

Repertoire to be selected from a variety of jJ styles and periods. Public performances are part of the course requirement. MUS 253 — Armstrong Singers (0-2-1)

Membership open to all students by auditio Jazz Choir. Public performances are a part the course requirement. MUS 254— Concert Choir (0-3-1)

Membership open to all students. Ability read music desired but not required. Repe'rto' to be selected each quarter from the standa choral concert literature. There will be pub performances each quarter. MUS 255— Chamber Ensemble (0-2-1)

Offered on demand.

Open to all qualified students in the perfon ance media of brass, woodwind, string, ke board, voice, and percussion instruments. MUS 256— Wind Ensemble (0-3-1)

Offered on demand. Permission of instrua only.

Repertoire to be selected from the standa wind ensemble literature. Public performanc are part of the course requirement. MUS 257— Opera Workshop (0-2-1)

Offered on demand.

Preparation and performance of work or e cerpts of works from the operatic repertoire. MUS 258 — Keyboard Accompanying (1-2-2)

Offered on demand. Music majors only.

A study of the basic principles of accompc iment.

FINE ARTS

103

US 259— Oratorio Chorus (0-2-1)

Membership open to all. Evening rehearsals. Literature to be selected Dm the larger choral works. Ability to read mu- c not required. Public performances are part the course requirement.

US 281— Conducting (3-0-3)

Fall. Prerequisite: MUS 113. Music majors

fy.

An introduction to the techniques of con-

jcting and interpretation.

US 312— Form and Analysis (3-0-3)

Offered on demand. Prerequisite: MUS 213. usic majors only.

The study of the principles of form in music id techniques of harmonic analysis.

US 313 — English and Italian Lyric Diction id Repertoire (2-0-2)

Prereqisite: Music Majors Only A study of the International Phonetic Alphabet, e phonetics of English and Italian for singing id a survey of representative English and Ital- n vocal repertoire.

US 314 — German Lyric Diction and I spertoire (2-0-2)

Prerequisite: MUS 217, music majors only Orientation to the phonetics of German for pgmg by means of the International Phonetic jphabet and a survey of representative Ger- ;an vocal repertoire.

US 315 — French Lyric Diction and spertoire (2-0-2)

Prerequisite: MUS 217, music majors only.

Orientation to the phonetics of French for sing- Ig by means of the International Phonetic Al- (iabet and a survey of representative French

•cal repertoire.

US 320— Music for the Elementary ;acher (5-0-5)

On demand. . Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Educa-

A study of the materials and methods for aching general music in the elementary class- iom. Not for music majors.

US 330— Music in the Lower School

-0-4)

Winter. Music majors only. A course for music majors emphasizing anal- vis and evaluation of techniques and materials r teaching music in the lower school.

MUS 331— Music in the Middle and Upper School (4-0-4)

Spring. Music majors only.

A course for music majors emphasizing anal- ysis and evaluation of techniques and materials for teaching music in the middle and senior high schools.

MUS 352— Band Methods (2-0-2)

Offered on demand. Prerequisite: Music ma- jors only.

A course dealing with the organization, main- tenance and development of school instrumen- tal ensembles.

MUS 353— Choral Methods (2-0-2)

Offered on demand. Prerequisite: MUS 227. Music majors only.

A course Oealing with the organization and development of school choral organizations, problems of choral singing, and fundamentals of choral conducting.

MUS 361 — Orchestration and Arranging (3-0-3)

Offered on demand. Prerequisite: MUS 213. Music majors only.

An introduction to the techniques of arranging and scoring for vocal and instrumental ensem- bles.

MUS 371— Music History I (3-0-3)

Offered on demand. Prerequisite: One year of music theory or permission of the instructor. Mu- sic majors only.

The history of music in Western Civilization from its origins through the Renaissance.

MUS 372— Music History II (3-0-3)

Offered on demand. Prerequisite: One year of music theory or permission of the instructor. Mu- sic majors only.

The history of music in Western Civilization in the Baroque and Classic Periods.

MUS 373— Music History III (3-0-3)

Offered on demand. Prerequisite: MUS 213 or permission of the instructor. Music majors only.

The history of music in Western Civilization in the Romantic Period and in the 20th century.

MUS 411— Composition (V-V-2)

Offered on demand. Prerequisite: MUS 213. Music majors only. May be repeated for credit

MUS 412— Counterpoint (3-0-3)

Offered on demand. Prerequisite: MUS 213. Music majors only.

A study of contrapuntal practices of 18th cen- tury music.

104

ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE

MUS 416 — Topics in Instrumental Repertoire and Pedagogical Techniques (3-0-3).

Offered on demand. Junior status or permis- sion of the instructor. May be repeated for credit as topics vary.

A survey of instrumental literature and teach- ing techniques for brass, guitar, percussion, or woodwind instruments.

MUS 420— Piano Literature I (3-0-3)

A survey of the historical, stylistic, formal, and aesthetic features of piano literature of the Ba- roque and Classic periods.

MUS 421— Piano Literature II (3-0-3)

A survey of the historical, stylistic, formal, and aesthetic features of piano literature of the Ro- mantic and Contemporary periods.

MUS 422— Opera Literature (3-0-3)

Offered on demand. Prerequisite: MUS 200.

A survey of the historical, stylistic, formal, and aesthetic features of the lyric theatre from Ba- roque to the present.

MUS 423— Choral Repertoire (3-0-3)

Offered on demand. Prerequisite: Junior sta- tus or permission of the instructor. Music majors only.

A survey of the literature of choral ensemble.

MUS 424— Band Repertoire (3-0-3)

Offered on demand. Prerequisite: Junior sta- tus or permission of the instructor. Music majors only.

A survey of the literature of band and wind ensemble.

MUS 425— Piano Pedagogy (3-0-3)

Offered on demand. Prerequisite: Music ma- jors only.

A study of pedagogical techniques of the piano and a survey of literature suited for teach- ing purposes.

MUS 427— Vocal Pedagogy (3-0-3)

Offered on demand.

A study of pedagogical techniques of the voice and a survey of literature suited for teach- ing purposes.

MUS 428 — Marching Band Techniques (2-0-2)

Offered on demand.

Prerequisite: Music majors only or permission of the instructor.

A study of techniques used in show design and instruction of the high school marching band.

MUS 429— Art Song (3-0-3)

Offered on demand. Prerequisite MUS 20C A survey of the historical, stylistic, formal, a

aesthetic features of the art song from its origi

to the present day.

MUS 432 — Symphonic Music Literature (3-0-3)

Offered on demand. Prerequisite MUS 20C A survey of the historical, stylistic, formal, a

aesthetic features of symphonic music from

origins to the present day.

MUS 433 — Instrumental Chamber Music Literature (3-0-3)

Offered on demand. Prerequisite MUS 20( A survey of the historical, stylistic, formal, a aesthetic features of instrumental chamber nr sic from its origins to the present day.

MUS 480 — Advanced Choral Conducting (3-0-3)

Offered on demand. Prerequisites: MUS 2\ 312, 361. Music majors only.

Advanced techniques for the choral condi tor.

MUS 481 — Advanced Instrumental Conducting (3-0-3)

Offered on demand. Prerequisites: MUS 2! 312, 261. Music majors only.

Advanced techniques for the instrumer conductor.

MUS 489— Selected Studies in Music (V-V-(1-5))

Offered on demand.

Prerequisite: Permission of the instructor.

Varied course offerings designed to nrv special institutional and community needs. Iv be repeated for credit.

MUS 490 — Directed Individual Study (V-V-(1-5))

Prerequisite: See departmental stateme Music majors only.

MUS 491— Internship (V-V-(1-5))

Offered by special arrangement. Prerequis Permission of instructor and department he and an overall grade point average of 2.5.

The student will pursue an individually ( signed course project involving off-camp study, work, and/or research. Projects usu< encompass the entire academic quarter and under the joint supervision of the sponsoring stitution and his/her faculty supervisor.

GOVERNMENT

105

Sovernment

acuity

urphy, Dennis: Department Head

rown, George

aly, Steven

earnes, John

lagnus, Robert

legathlin, William

loore, Richard

almiotto, Michael

hee, Steve

aadatmand, Yassaman

raduate Faculty

The Department of Government embraces the leal of liberal education and views education related professional areas as an extension, ither than the antithesis, of liberal education, onsequently, all departmental programs and Durses are conceptually-based, thereby ena- ling students to develop a theoretical sophis- :ation applicable to practical realities. So Dnceived, courses and programs achieve cur- :ular integrity.

The Department firmly believes that even cur- :uiar integrity is not enough, however. Instruc- onal effectiveness is its inseparable implement, and attainment of these twin goals irves as the primary purpose of the Depart- ed of Government. The ongoing program of culty development ensures that the staff of ghiy qualified educators — each selected for jrvice on the basis of solid professional cre- entials — continually achieves that primary pur- Dse.

In addition, the Department of Government ghly values both research and service. To the <tent of resources available, the Department icourages research by both faculty and stu- 'ents and service to the School, the College and e community.

It is within the foregoing context that the De- artment of Government offers criminal justice ;Pd political science minors through the Bruns- ick Center, requires the G.R.E. (or L.S.A.T.) as h exit examination for its majors and offers the : flowing on-campus undergraduate programs, oncentrations and courses.

PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE, ASSOCIATE OF APPLIED SCIENCE IN CRIMINAL JUSTICE WITH A CONCENTRATION IN LAW ENFORCEMENT

Hours

A. General Requirements 53

1. ENG 101. 102 or 192 10

2. ART 200, 271, 272 or 273; or MUS200; or PHI 201 5

3. MAT 101 5

4. Laboratory science sequence.. 10

5. HIS 251 or 252; POS 113 10

6. PSY 101; SOC 201 10

7. PE 103 or 108, 166 3

B. Areas of Concentration 40

CJ100, 103,210,280,290,301, 305, and two CJ electives

C. Regents' Examination 0

TOTAL 93

PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE, ASSOCIATE OF APPLIED SCIENCE IN CRIMINAL JUSTICE WITH A CONCENTRATION IN CORRECTIONS

Hours

A. General Requirements 53

1. ENG 101, 102 or 192 10

2. ART 200, 271, 272 or 273; or MUS 200; or PHI 201 5

3. MAT 101 5

4. Laboratory science sequence.. 10

5. HIS 251 or 252, POS 113 10

6. PSY 101, SOC 201 10

7. PE 103 or 108, 166 3

B. Area of Concentration 40

CJ100, 103, 210, 280, 290,301. 303, 360, and one CJ elective

C. Regents' Examination 0

TOTAL 93

At least 45 hours of each of these two pro- grams must be completed at Armstrong.

PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE, BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN CRIMINAL JUSTICE

Students who intend to major in Criminal Jus- tice should complete Criminal Justice 100 be- fore the end of the freshman year and should

106

ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE

complete all general education requirements as soon as possible.

Hours

A. General Requirements 96

Area 1 20

1. ENG 101, 102 or 192, 201 or

292 15

2. ART 200, 271, 272, 273; MUS 200; PHI 201; ENG 222 5

Areall 20

1. MAT 101 and 103, 195, 220, or 290 10

2. Laboratory science sequence.. 10 Area III 20

1. HIS 1 14 or 191,1 15 or 192; POS 113 15

2. SOC 201 ; PSY 1 01 ; ECO 201 or 202; ANT 201 5

ArealV 30

1. CJ 100, 103, 210, 280, 290 20

2. One course selected from: ANT 201, ECO 201, 202, DRS 228, SOC 201, PSY 101 5

3. HIS 251 or 252 5

AreaV 6

1. PE 103 or 108, 166 3

2. Three activity courses 3

B. Area of Concentration 30

1 . CJ 301 , 303, 305, 360, 390, and

440 or 490 30

C. Electives from Related Areas 65

1. Sixty-five hours chosen from a list of selected electives. Except for students pursuing a minor in another department, no more than fifteen hours may be taken from any one department ex- cept Government. Seven of these courses should be 300- 400 level courses 65

D. Regents' and Exit Examinations 0

TOTAL 191

Majors in Political Science

The major in Political Science may take three distinct forms: Political Science, perse, Political Science with Teacher Certification, or Public Administration.

To complete a Political Science major requires forty quarter hours of upper division courses in the field with grades of "C" or better in each

course. Further, the program must include least one course from each of the followin American Political Institutions, International R lations, Political Theory, and Comparative Gc ernment. The major allows the option of a foreb language (French or German preferred) throw the 1 03 level or a sequence of computer scien courses. Students who contemplate graduc work in Political Science are strongly advised take the foreign language option and to contin their linguistic study beyond the 103 level.

Programs in Public Administration and Pol cal Science with Teacher Certification are mc structured in order to prepare students ac quately to meet the demands of their professio and appropriate licensing agencies.

Scholarships in Political Science

Limited scholarship aid is available annual Interested students are invited to inquire in t Department of Government office for details.

PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF BACHELOR OF ARTS WITH A MAJOR IN POLITICAL SCIENCE

Hoi

A. General Requirements

Area I

1. ENG 101, 102 or 192, 201 or 292

2. One course from: ART 200, 271, 272, 273; ENG 222; MUS 200; PHI 201

Area II

1. MAT 101, 220

2. One of the sequences: BIO 101. 102; BIO 111, 112; CHE 121, 122; PHS 121, 122

Area III

1. HIS114or191,115or192;POS 113

2. One course from: ANT 201, ECO 201, PSY 101,

SOC 201

ArealV v

1. HIS 251 or 252

2. One of the sequences:

A. Foreign language 101, 102, 103 or

B. CS 115, 142, and 231

3. Related courses

AreaV

GOVERNMENT

107

1. PE 103 or 108 and 117 3

2. Three activity courses 3

B. Courses in the Major Field 40

At least one course from each of the following areas:

1. American Political Institutions — POS 303, 305, 317, 318, 360, 401, 403, 411, 412, 415, 418, 419; CJ390 5-25

2. International Affairs— POS 320, 321, 325, 326, 329, 426, 429... 5-25

3. Political Theory— POS 333,

334 5-10

4. Comparative Government — POS 345, 346, 348, 349,

445, 447 5-25

C. Courses in Related Fields 25

To be chosen in fields such as Computer Science, Economics, Geography, Mathematics. See Department for exhaustive list.. 25

D. Electives 30

E. Regents' and Exit Examinations 0

TOTAL 191

PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF |3ACHELOR OF ARTS WITH A MAJOR IN POLITICAL SCIENCE (with teacher certification)

Hours

A. General Requirements 96

Area 1 20

1. ENG 101, 102 or 192, 201 or

292 15

2 One course from: ART 200, 271, 272, 273; ENG 222; MUS 200;

PHI 201 5

Area II 20

1. MAT 101, 220 10

2. Laboratory science sequence.. 10 Area III 20

1. HIS 114or 191. 115or192;POS 113 15

2. PSY 101 5

ArealV 30

1. Foreign language 101, 102, 103 orCS 115, 142, 231 15

2. HIS 251 or 252 5

3. One course from: ANT 201, ECO 201, SOC 201 5

4. One course from: ART 200, 271, 272, 273; DRS 228; MUS 200 . 5

AreaV 6

1. PE 103 or 108 and 117 3

2. Three activity courses 3

B. Courses in the Major Field 60

At least one course from each of the following areas:

1. American Political Institutions — POS 303, 305, 317, 318, 360, 401, 403, 411, 412, 415, 418, 419; CJ390 5-25

2. International Relations — POS 320, 321, 325, 326, 329, 426,

429 5-25

3 Political Theory— POS 333,

334 5-10

4. Comparative Government — POS 345, 346, 348, 349,

445, 447 5-25

5. Supporting Work 20

Ten hours each from two of the following areas:

A. HIS 251 or 252 and ap- proved 300+ elective

B. ECO 201 and approved 300+ elective

C. Approved electives in be- havioral sciences (ANT, PSY, SOC)

D. GEO 211, 212

C. Professional Sequence 40

1. EDN 200; EXC 310, EDN 335, 449, 481, 482, 483 35

2. PSY 301 or EDU 302 5

D. Regents' and Exit Examinations 0

TOTAL 196

PROGRAM FOR THE BACHELOR OF ARTS WITH A MAJOR IN POLITICAL SCIENCE (PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION)

Hours

A. General Requirements 96

Area 1 20

1. ENG 101, 102 or 192, 201 or

292 15

2. One course from: ART 200, 271. 272, 273; ENG 222; MUS 200;

PHI 201 5

Areall 20

1. MAT 101, 103 10

2. Oneof the sequences: BIO 101. 201; BIO 111, 112; CHE 121, 122; PHS 121, 122 10

108

ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE

Area III 20

1. HIS 114 or 191, 115 or 192 10

2. POS 113; ECO 201 10

ArealV 30

1. CS 142, 231, 242 15

2. HIS 251 or 252; ECO 202; SOC 201 15

Area V 6

1. PE 103 or 108 and 117 3

2. Three activity courses 3

B. Courses in the Major Field 45

1 . One course from each of the following 20

A. American Political Institu- tions—POS 305, 317, 318, 360, 411, 412, 415, 419 5

B. International Affairs— POS 320,321,325,326,329,424, 426, 429 5

C. Political Theory— POS 333,

334 5

D. Comparative Government — POS 345, 346, 348, 349, 445, 447 5

2. Public Administration PA/POS 303, 401, 403, 418; CJ 390 25

C. Courses in Related Fields 15

1. CS301, 308 10

2. SOC 350 or MAT 220 5

D. Electives 35

E. Regents' and Exit Examinations 0

TOTAL 191

Minor Concentrations

The Department of Government offers a num- ber of minor concentrations.

A minor in Criminal Justice or in Political Sci- ence has great practical value. Its notation on the transcript indicates to an employer that the applicant has some solid liberal arts back- ground with its accompanying insight into the development and functioning of modern society, and that the applicant has made an extra effort to refine research and writing skills so essential to dealing with that society. Whatever the major one chooses, such a minor will strengthen the student's academic record.

Minor concentrations are available in Eco- nomics, International Studies, Russian Studies, Public Administration, Criminal Justice, Political Science, and Legal Studies.

Minors, in addition to grades of "C" or bettei in each course, require:

Hours

Legal Studies 2?

1 . CJ/POS 360, CJ 203, and POS 317or318 1*

2. . Two courses from: CJ 380, CJ

391, CJ/POS 447, POS 326,

POS 415, POS 418 1(

International Studies 21

(assumes competency in one modern foreign language through the 103 level).

1. POS 329 and 325 or 326

2. One course from: POS 320, 321, 345, 346, 348, 349

3. Two courses from: POS 426, 429; HIS 321, 330, 350, 355, 435 1(

Political Science 26

Twenty hours of 300+ level POS courses, with at least one course from each of the four concentration areas of POS I

Russian Studies :'- 9

1. RUS 201 (assumes completion of RUS 101-103)

2. POS 349

3. Two courses from: HIS 329, 330, 428, 43 T, 435, 481 ; POS 440 ... 1

(a multi-departmental minor)

Public Administration 21

CJ 390; PA 303, 401 , 403, 418 2 Economics 2

1. ECO 201, 202, 203 1

2. Two courses selected from: ECO 310, 320, 330, 340, 363, 421, 431, 441, 445 1

Criminal Justice 2

CJ 100, 210 or 301, 303, 305, 360 2

Criminal Justice Offerings

CJ 100 — Introduction to Criminal Justice (5-0-5)

Offered each quarter.

Prerequisite: Eligibility for ENG 101.

This survey course examines the emergenc of formal institutions established within th American experience to deal with criminal be

GOVERNMENT

109

iavior. The philosophical and cultural origins of lie criminal justice system and current trends in nminal justice are emphasized.

*J 103 — Developing Interpersonal Communication Skills (5-0-5)

Fall. ] The emphasis of this course will be placed Ipon the development of interpersonal com- nunication skills, i.e. skills that can be effectively itilized on the job to improve interaction among mployees and between employees and the public.

:j 203— Criminal Law (5-0-5)

: Offered on demand. I Prerequisite: Eligibility for ENG 101. 1 History and development of criminal law with efinitions and general penalties. Special em- jhasis will be placed upon the Criminal Code If Georgia.

J 204 — Criminal Investigation (5-0-5)

; Offered on demand.

Prerequisite: Eligibility for ENG 101. j Introduction to investigative methodology, pecial techniques employed in criminal inves- igation, such as crime scene searches, the use f informants, and the techniques of surveillance 'ill be emphasized as well as the presentation if police cases in court.

J 210— Criminology (5-0-5)

Winter. Prerequisite: Eligibility for ENG 101.

The nature and extent of crime in the United tates: assessment and evaluation of various lictors and influences that lead to criminal be- avior; various measures proposed for the con- ol of criminal behavior.

J 250 — Directed Readings in Criminal ustice (5-0-5)

Offered on demand. Prerequisite: CJ 100.

A course designed to permit each student to .jursue an approved topic through independent tudy and research under the guidance and di- . BCtion of the instructor.

:J 280 — Ethics in Criminal Justice Practice nd Research (2-0-2)

Spring.

Prerequisite: CJ 100 or POS 113 or consent ■: f the instructor.

Analysis of ethical concepts, principles, and kescriptive moral judgments in the practice and ^search of criminal justice.

CJ 290— Criminal Procedure (3-0-3)

Spring. Prerequisite: CJ 360 or consent of in- structor.

A survey of the distinctive features of, and the basis for, American Criminal Law buttressed by an analysis of leading court decisions relative to procedural rights emanating from the Bill of Rights.

CJ 301 — Juvenile Delinquency (5-0-5)

Fall. Prerequisite: CJ 100 or consent of in- structor.

A survey of theories of juvenile delinquency; the sociological, biological, and psychological factors involved in juvenile delinquency and the modern trends in prevention and treatment.

CJ 302— Criminalistics (5-0-5)

Offered on demand. Prerequisite: A natural science laboratory sequence or consent of in- structor.

An introduction to the problems and tech- niques of scientific criminal investigation. Em- phasis will be placed on familiarizing the student with the role of science and technology in mod- ern law enforcement.

CJ 303— Penology (5-0-5)

Winter. Prerequisite: CJ 100, or consent of in- structor.

This course deals with the analysis and eval- uation of both historical and contemporary cor- rectional systems. This course will also deal with the development, organization, operation and results of the different systems of corrections found in America.

CJ 304 — Probation and Parole (5-0-5)

Offered on demand. Prerequisite: CJ 303 or consent of instructor.

This course will deal with the development, organization, operation and results of systems of probation and parole as substitutes for in- carceration.

CJ 305 — Law Enforcement Systems (5-0-5)

Spring. Prerequisite: CJ 100 or consent of in- structor.

An introduction to the philosophical, cultural and historical background of the police idea. The course is conceptually oriented and will deal with concepts such as the role of the police in contemporary society, the quasi-military organ- ization of the police, and community relations.

110

ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE

CJ 307 — Community Based Treatment (5-0-5)

Offered on demand. Prerequisite: CJ 303 or consent of instructor.

This course will investigate the different com- munity based treatment programs. An emphasis will be placed on investigating the function of halfway houses and the use of volunteers in cor- rections.

CJ 360— Law and Legal Process (5-0-5)

Fall.

Prerequisite: CJ 100 or POS 113 or consent of the instructor.

Examination of law as a dynamic societal in- stitution. Sources and functions of both civil and criminal law, as well as operation of the legal process, are studied from the perspectives of jurisprudence, political science, and sociology. (Identical with POS 360.)

CJ 380— Law of Evidence (5-0-5)

Offered on demand. Prerequisite: CJ 360 or consent of instructor.

An intensive analysis of the ruies of evidence in criminal cases. Particular subjects will include burden of proof, hearsay evidence, and the prin- ciples of exclusion and selection.

CJ 390— Research Methods (5-0-5)

Fall. Prerequisites: ENG 101 and 102 and per- mission.of instructor.

This course deals with the methods and tech- niques of research in the behavioral sciences. Emphasis will be placed on learning how to eval- uate research.

CJ 391 — Legal Research/Law Mini-Thesis (5-0-5)

Offered on demand. Prerequisites: CJ 360, ENG 102.

Open to students of any major, this course comprises the major areas of legal research and writing; finding and using appropriate legal re- search tools and resources and applying these to develop and complete a scholarly legal re- search paper.

CJ 410 — Criminality and Abnormal Behavior (5-0-5)

Prerequisite: Eligibility for ENG 101 and either CJ 100 or permission of instructor.

The course examines the interface between abnormal behavior, including mental illness, and criminality by presenting recent develop- ments in the identification, classification, and treatment of criminals. Special emphasis is

given to understanding the sometimes bizarre behavioral patterns and motivations of repeat offenders, such as child molesters, sex crimi- nals, perpetrators of domestic violence, addicts, serial murderers and rapists.

CJ 425 — Drug Enforcement: Issues and Problems (5-0-5)

Prerequisite: CJ 100. Open to seniors only or by consent of instructor.

A survey of historical and contemporary drug law enforcement in American society. Such top- ics as drug distribution, gangs, and government drug-enforcement agencies, policies, and tech- niques will be examined.

CJ 426— International Terrorism (5-0-5)

Prerequisites: POS 1 13 or CJ 100, or consent of instructor.

Investigation of the political, legal, and soci- ological aspects of international terrorism. Top- ics to be examined include the relationships I international terrorism, international relations, and principles of international law, the nature oi the anti-terrorist response, and the implications of international terrorism for the future. (Identica with POS 426.)

CJ 440 — Seminar in Criminal Justice (5-0-5)

Prerequisite: CJ 390 or equivalent; open 1 Seniors only or by consent of instructor.

An intensive studyof selected criminal justice topics. Students will have the opportunity to con duct criminal justice research in approved area* of interest.

CJ 447 — Comparative Judicial Systems (5-0-5)

Offered alternate years.

Prerequisite: CJ 305 or CJ/POS 360 or POS 415 or consent of the instructor.

Focuses on the law enforcement and judicia procedure aspects of the Japanese, French West German, and Soviet political systems (Identical with POS 447).

CJ 450— Field Experience I (5-0-5)

Offered each quarter. Prerequisite: Open 1 junior and senior criminal justice majors only anc by invitation of the instructor.

The purpose of this course is to broaden the educational experience of students through ap- propriate observation and work assignments with criminal justice agencies. The course wil be organized around specific problem orienta- tions with operational research connotations

GOVERNMENT

111

tudents will be expected to spend a minimum f five hours per week in the participating gency. Open to transient students only with ermission of the school dean at Armstrong and the college from which the student comes.

J 451— Field Experience II (5-0-5)

Offered each quarter. Prerequisite: Open to nior and senior criminal justice majors only and / invitation of the instructor. This is a sequential course to CJ 450 which ill permit the student to broaden further his Brspectives. Open to transient students only ith permission of the school dean at Armstrong id of the college from which the student "tries.

J 452-453-454— Internship (V-V-5)

Prerequisite: Junior or senior standing and amission of the instructor. Thus course is designed to provide the student th an opportunity to apply academic training the practical governmental setting. Setting will olude law enforcement agencies (local, state, federal), community treatment facilities, )urts, congressional offices, and various gov- nmental agencies. This course will be jointly ipervised by departmental instructors and lency officials. Open to transient students only th permission of the school dean at Armstrong id of the college from which the student >mes. (Identical with PA/POS 452-453-454.)

J 490 — Directed Research in Criminal istice (5-0-5)

Offered each quarter. Prerequisite: CJ 390. A course designed to provide qualified stu- ?nts the opportunity to perform suitable and saningful research into some area of criminal stice under the direction of the instructor. Den to transient students only with permission the school dean at Armstrong and of the col- ;ge from which the student comes.

;onomics Offerings

20 201— Principles of Economics I -0-5)

Offered on demand. Prerequisite: Eligibility for nIG 101 and MAT 101.

A survey of macro-economics, including 'tsic economic concepts, national income, the onetary system, and the international econ-

ECO 202 — Principles of Economics II (5-0-5)

Offered on demand. Prerequisite: Eligibility for ENG 101 and MAT 101; ECO 201 not a prereq- uisite.

A survey of micro-economics, including the composition and pricing of national output, gov- ernment and the market economy, factor pricing and income distribution, and a comparison of market systems.

ECO 203— Principles of Accounting I (5-0-5)

Prerequisite: Eligibilty for MAT 101.

An introduction to the fundamental principles and practices of accounting; the construction and interpretation of balance sheet and profit and loss statements; the theory of debits and credits and their application to the accounting process.

ECO 204 — Principles of Accounting II (5-0-5)

Prerequisite: ECO 203.

The application of accounting principles to specialized problems found in proprietorships, partnerships, and corporations, with emphasis on cost accounting theory, modern methods of data processing, and the sources and appli- cations of funds.

ECO 310 — Multinational Economic Enterprises (5-0-5)

Prerequisite: ECO 201.

Examination of international cooperation through limited joint economic ventures such as the proposed English Channel tunnel. Investi- gation of the economic aspects of defense ar- rangements such as NATO and of the economics of multinational business entities.

ECO 320— International Trade (5-0-5)

Prerequisite: ECO 201.

Examines the economic importance and problems of international trade, exchange rates and monetary standards, tariffs and other trade barriers. Attention will be focused on fixed and floating exchange rates and their effects on trade balances of states. Current debt problems of developing nations will be examined. (Iden- tical with POS 320)

ECO 330 — Economics of Finance (5-0-5)

Prerequisite: ECO 201.

The study of governmental and corporate fi- nance, with emphasis on fiscal and monetary policy. Open-market operations, discount pol- icy, and the functions and problems associated

112

ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE

with central banking will be examined and ana- lyzed.

ECO 340— Economics of Labor (5-0-5)

Prerequisite: ECO 202.

An introductory general survey of labor eco- nomics and labor relations. Organization and operation of American trade unionism, collective bargaining, economics of the labor market, wage theory and income distribution also among topics studied.

ECO 363— Economic History of the United States (5-0-5)

Offered alternate years. Prerequisite:ECO 201.

This course surveys the growth and devel- opment of economic institutions in the United States from the colonial period to the present, with emphasis on the period since 1860. De- velopments in agriculture, industry, labor, trans- portation, and finance will be studied and analyzed. (Identical with HIS 363).

ECO 421— International Law of Expropriation and Compensation (5-0-5)

Prerequisite: POS 113. Corequisite: POS 326, "International Law," or permission of instructor.

The course will examine the traditional West- ern view of the right of governments to expro- priate foreign-owned property, and compare it to the views of many third-world and Marxist governments. Major takings of property owned by U.S. citizens and corporations will be high- lighted. Arbitration and adjudication processes, as well as the role of the executive and legis- lative branches, will be examined.

ECO 431 — International Financial Institutions (5-0-5)

Prerequisite: ECO 330 or permission of in- structor.

A survey of major international financial insti- tutions, including the International Monetary Fund, the International Bank for Reconstruction and Development, the Bank for International Set- tlements, and the Export-Import Bank. The course will focus on the role of these institutions in fostering international trade and develop- ment, and also on the role of central banks of the major countries in attempting to help stabi- lize the foreign exchange markets.

ECO 441 — Regional Economics (5-0-5)

Prerequisite: ECO 320 or permission of in- structor.

Study of transnational labor and transport tion economics and of international trade, pc ited in the regional context. Emphasis will I placed on such topics as the European Ec nomic Community and the Caribbean Basin I itiative. The social and political, as well economic consequences of migratory labor ai permanent immigrant labor will be addresse<

ECO 445 — Comparative Economic System (5-0-5)

Prerequisite: ECO 201.

The course will constitute a survey of the ba? tenets of the major economic systems dev oped in the 19th and 20th centuries. The role government and politics will be examined, alo with the contributions to economic and politic thought of such men as Adam Smith, Karl Ma John Maynard Keynes, and Milton Friedmg (Identical with POS 445.)

Political Science and Public Administratio Offerings

POS 113— American Government (5-0-5)

Offered each quarter. Prerequisite: Eligibil forENG 101.

A study of the structure, theory, and functio of the national government in the United Stat* and some of the major problems of the state a local government. ,

PA/POS 303— Foundations of Public Administration (5-0-5)

Prerequisite: POS 113 or permission of structor.

An introduction to the framework of put administration including such concepts and sues as bureaucracy, administrative power, formal groups, third party government, iss networks, budgeting, implementation, ins mental decision making, personnel motivatk and the relationship of ethics and public servk

POS 305— State and Local Government (5-0-5)

Prerequisite: POS 113 or permission instructor.

A comparative study of states, community and local governments, and their manager™ of political conflict. Included is a study of fe eralism, differences in governmental structur and functions, political culture, commun power, tax and budget systems, and public p icy issues facing states and communities.

GOVERNMENT

113

>OS 317 — Constitutional Law and the ederal System (5-0-5)

Prerequisite: POS 113 or permission of in- tructor.

A case-study approach to the judicial inter- relation of the Constitution, and the powers of ie federal government. Including: the nature Ind scope of judicial review, commerce power, eparation of powers, power to tax and spend, jtate power to regulate, and economic due rocess.

i OS 318 — Constitutional Civil Liberties ii-0-5)

Prerequisite: POS 113 or permission of in- ructor.

A case study approach to the judical inter- relation of individual rights and the Constitu- on. Including: nationalization of the Bill or ights, criminal due process, freedom of <pression, association, religion and privacy, id equal protection and due process.

'OS 320— International Trade (5-0-5)

: Prerequisite: ECO 201

: Examines the economic importance and j'oblems of international trade, exchange rates (id monetary standards, tariffs and other trade

amers. Attention will be focused on fixed and hating exchange rates and their effects on tade balances of states. Current debt problems 1 developing nations will be examined. (Iden-

:al with ECO 320.)

DS 321— International Relations: The Far ast (5-0-5)

Offered alternate years. Prerequisite: POS 1 3 or permission of instructor. Contemporary international politics in the Far ist are examined in terms of such broad his- nca! trends as the decline of imperialism, the 'jvelopment of nationalism, and the rise of the [S., U.S.S.R., People's Republic of China, and ipan as major powers in Asia. Some attention will be given to contemporary jy issues such as the Sino-Soviet conflict, the ture of Formosa, U.S. -Japan Mutual Security «eaty revision, and U.S. -Japan economic in- raction.

DS 325 — International Organization. -0-5)

Offered alternate years Prerequisite: POS 3 or permission of instructor. A survey of the development, principles, ructures and functions of international organ-

izations, with emphasis upon the role of these institutions in the maintenance of peace.

POS 326— International Law (5-0-5)

Offered alternate years Prerequisite: POS 1 13 or permission of instructor

An introduction to selected public interna- tional law topics including: recognition, state succession, jurisdiction, extradition, nationality, the law of treaties, the law of diplomacy, and the law of war.

POS 329 — International Relations (5-0-5)

Offered on demand. Prerequisite: POS 1 13 or permission of instructor.

An introduction to the theories, forces, and practices dominating contemporary interna- tional relations.

POS 333 — Contemporary Political Thought (5-0-5)

Offered on demand. Prerequisite: POS 1 13 or permission of instructor.

Analysis of the important ideological currents of our time with selected indepth readings from original sources.

POS 334— Political Philosophy (5-0-5)

Prerequisite: POS 113 or permission of in- structor.

Examination of the political ideas of leading political theorists, beginning with Socrates and extending to the end of the 19th Century. Se- lected primary source material will be read and analyzed.

POS 345 — Latin American Politics (5-0-5)

Prerequisite: POS 113 or permission of in- structor.

Examination of governments and political processes of selected nations in South America, Central America, and the Caribbean. Roles of state terrorism, revolutionary movements, and narcoterronsm are examined.

POS 346 — Governments of East Asia (5-0-5)

Offered alternate years. Prerequisite: POS 1 13 or permission of instructor.

A comparative examination of the contem- porary political institutions, processes, and ideas of the People's Republic of China, Japan, and Korea. Examines the development of these political systems with particular emphasis on historical, social, cultural, and contemporary-is- sue dimensions.

114

ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE

POS 348 — Governments of Western Europe (5-0-5)

Offered alternate years. Prerequisite: POS 113 or permission of instructor.

An analytical and comparative study of the major Western European governments, with principal emphasis upon the analysis of the con- ditions which led to effective and stable parlia- mentary government and those which lead to the inefficiency, instability and breakdown of such systems.

POS 349 — Government of the Soviet Union (5-0-5)

Offered alternate years. Prerequisite: POS 113 or permission of instructor.

The primary purpose of this course is to focus on the study of contemporary Soviet politics along developmental scheme. Comparison of the pre-modem Tsarist autocratic regime and the contemporary Soviet totalitarian regime will be attempted. Also the course will cover such topics as Soviet political culture, political so- cialization process of the mass, governmental processes, and the public policy making/imple- mentation aspects.

POS 360— Law and Legal Process (5-0-5)

Fall. Prerequisite: CJ 100 or POS 113 or per- mission of instructor.

Examination of law as a dynamic societal in- stitution. Sources and functions of both civil and criminal law, as well as operation of the legal process, are studied from the perspectives of jurisprudence, political science, and sociology. (Identical with CJ 360).

POS 400 — Seminar in Political Science (5-0-5)

Offered on demand. Admission will be subject to approval of the instructor. Offered on de- mand. Designed to permit superior students to pursue research and reading in some field of political science under the supervision of the staff.

PA/POS 401— Politics of the Budgetary Process (5-0-5)

Offered alternate years. Prerequisite: POS 113 or permission of instructor.

This course examines the procedures, strat- egies and rationales involved in making public budgets at the local, state, and national levels. It is also concerned with critiques of the several types of budgets now in use together with an explanation of fiscal and monetary policies as they affect budgeting. Finally, it is concerned

with the revenue systems in effect together wit auditing and other .controls exercised in th budgeting process.

PA/POS 403— Public Policy Development (5-0-5)

Offered alternate years. Prerequisite: PO 303 or permission of the instructor.

This course is primarily concerned with study of the theoretical aspects of decision-mal ing theories (i.e., rational/comprehensive mod' vs. incremental model), political aspects of pc icy-making process, mobilization of politic, support, and the cost/benefit aspects of th public policy-making.

Some attempt will be made to apply the gei eral theory of public policy-making to specif settings of welfare policy, urban problems, ar national defense/foreign policy.

POS 410 — Independent Study in American Government (V-V-(1-5))

Offered on demand. Prerequisite: A minimu of 120 credit hours, including at least 20 hou in Political Science at the 300-level or abov Admission is by approval of a department committee.

Designed to permit superior students to pi sue individual research and reading in son field of political science under the supervisu of a member of the staff. Emphasis will be wide reading, conferences with the advisor at written reports and essays. Normally open or to students with a B average (3.0) in Political ence and at least a 2.5 GPA overall. Applicatio must be filed with the Department by mi quarter preceding the quarter independe study is contemplated.

Open to transient students only with perm sion of the school dean at Armstrong and t college from which the student comes.

POS 411 — American Presidency (5-0-5)

Offered alternate years. Prerequisite: P( 113 or permission of instructor.

Offers an in-depth look at the office of t presidency, with the principal emphasis on t relations of the executive branch with the Cc gress and the court system. Some attention v be given to the evolution of the presidency its present dominant position in the Americ political process. (Completion of a surv course in American History is desirable).

GOVERNMENT

115

?OS 412 — American Political Parties 5-0-5)

Offered on demand. Prerequisite: POS 1 13 or permission of instructor.

Operation of political parties in the political ;ystem. Relationship between party organiza- ion, electoral system, and the recruitment and advancement of political leaders.

>OS 415 — American Supreme Court 1 5-0-5)

Offered on demand. Prerequisite: POS 1 13 or permission of instructor.

An analysis of the structure and functions of pe Court, including examination of the role of lie Court as policy maker.

>A/POS 418— Administrative Law (5-0-5)

j Offered alternate years. Prerequisite: POS

H3 or permission of instructor.

! This course explores the framework of law loverning administrative agencies including:

lidministrative power and its control by the

iourts, the determination and enforcement of idministrative programs, discretion of admin- strative officials and their powers of summary

lictions, hearings before administrative boards,

lind the respective spheres of administrative

jnd judicial responsibility.

• Some attention will be given to the problem i'f the maintenance of traditional procedural i afeguards in administrative law and the prob- 13m of civii rights and relation to administrative

>oards. Leading cases will be examined.

''OS 419— American Congress (5-0-5)

'> Offered on demand. Prerequisite: POS 1 13 or Permission of instructor.

An analysis of the structure and functions of Congress, including a discussion of the theo- etical framework for representative govern- ment, and Congress' role as policymaker.

>OS 420— Independent Study in uternational Relations (V-V-(1-5))

Offered on demand. Prerequisite: A minimum pi 120 credit hours, including at least 20 hours i Political Science at the 300-level or above. \dmission is by approval of a departmental committee.

* Designed to permit superior students to pur- sue individual research and reading in some •ield of international relations under the super-

ision of a member of the staff. Emphasis will 1)e on wide reading, conferences with the ad- nsor and written reports and essays. Normally

)pen only to students with a B average (3.0) in

Political Science and at least a 2.5 GPA overall. Applications must be filed with the Department by mid-quarter preceding the quarter inde- pendent study is contemplated.

Open to transient students only with permis- sion of the school dean at Armstrong and the college from which the student comes.

POS 426 — International Terrorism (5-0-5)

Prerequisites: POS 1 13 or CJ 100, or consent of instructor.

Investigation of the political, legal and soci- ological aspects of international terrorism. Top- ics to be examined include the relationships of international terrorism, international relations, and principles of international law, the nature of the anti-terrorist response, and the implications of international terrorism for the future. (Identical with CJ 426.)

POS 429 — American Foreign Policy (5-0-5)

Offered on demand. Prerequisite: POS 1 13 or permission of instructor.

An analysis of U.S. foreign policy and factors, both domestic and foreign, contributing to its formulation.

POS 430— Independent Study in Political Theory (V-V-(1 -5))

Offered on demand. Prerequisite: A minimum of 120 credit hours, including at least 20 hours in Political Science at the 300-level or above. Admission is by approval of a departmental committee.

Designed to permit superior students to pur- sue individual research and reading in some field of political theory under the supervision of a member of the staff. Emphasis will be on wide reading, conferences with the advisor and writ- ten reports and essays. Normally open only to students with a B average (3.0) in Political Sci- ence and at least a 2.5 GPA overall. Applications must be filed with the Department by mid- quarter preceding the quarter independent study is contemplated.

Open to transient students only with permis- sion of the school dean at Armstrong and the college from which the student comes.

POS 440— Independent Study in Comparative Government (V-V-(1-5))

Offered on demand. Prerequisite: A minimum of 120 credit hours, including at least 20 hours in Political Science at the 300-level or above. Admission is by approval of a departmental committee.

116

ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE

Designed to permit superior students to pur- sue individual research and reading in some field of comparative government under the su- pervision of a member of the staff. Emphasis will be on wide reading, conferences with the ad- visor and written reports and essays. Normally open only to students with a B average (3.0) in Political Science and at least a 2.5 GPA overall. Applications must be filed with the Department by mid-quarter preceding the quarter inde- pendent study is contemplated.

Open to transient students only with permis- sion of the school dean at Armstrong and the college from which the student comes.

POS 445 — Comparative Economic Systems (5-0-5)

Offered alternate years. Prerequisite: ECO 201.

The course will constitute a survey of the basic tenets of the major economic systems devel- oped in the 19th and 20th centuries. The role of government and politics will be examined, along with the contributions to economic and political thought of such men as Adam Smith, Karl Marx, John Maynard Keynes, and Milton Friedman. (Identical with ECO 445.)

POS 447— Comparative Judicial Systems (5-0-5)

Offered alternate years.

Prerequisite: CJ 305 or CJ/POS 360 or POS 415 or consent of instructor.

Designed to focus on the law enforcement and judicial procedure aspects of the Japanese, French, West German, and Soviet political sys- tems. (Identical with CJ 447.)

PA/POS 452-453-454— Internship (V-V-5)

Offered each quarter under each heading. Prerequisite: Junior or senior standing and per- mission of instructor.

This course is designed to provide the student with an opportunity to apply academic training in the practical governmental setting. Settings will include law enforcement agencies (local, state, or federal), community treatment facilities, courts, congressional offices, and various gov- ernmental agencies. This course will be jointly supervised by departmental instructors and agency officials. Open to transient students only with permission of the school dean at Armstrong and of the college from which the student comes. (Identical with CJ 452-453-454.)

Graduate Program and Courses

Coordinator: Dr. Dennis Murphy

The college offers a variety of master's degrei programs. Effective July 1, 1990, all gradual programs offered on the Armstrong State Col lege campus will be administered in affiliatioi with Georgia Southern University. See specifii program department head for further informa tion.

General Information

The Department of Government offers grad uate courses and an M.S. program in Crimina Justice and graduate courses in political sc ence and public administration studies appi cable to graduate programs in other disciplines

Objectives of Criminal Justice Program

The Department of Government offers a pre gram of study leading to the degree Master c Science in Criminal justice. The objectives of th program are:

1. To provide graduate-level education fc professional criminal justice policy-maker and policy-makers in related fields in orde to stimulate professionalization within th criminal justice system.

2. To produce scholars prepared to meet th challenges of the future in research an teaching.

Advisement

Shortly after admission each student will t assigned an advisor. The student should me* with the advisor as soon as possible after a< mission to establish an approved program study. The student is responsible for his or h< compliance with all program requirements.

Transfer of Courses

Students should note carefully the gener section on transfer of Graduate Credits af pearing in the Academic Regulations of this Ca alog. The Criminal Justice Program will normal accept two courses (10 quarter hours, 6 s< mester hours) for transfer credit.

Degree Requirements

The degree MS in Criminal Justice require the completion of 60 quarter hours of approve

GRADUATE GOVERNMENT

117

:oursework. The student will have the option of either writing a thesis or doing a field practicum is part of the program of study.

Comprehensive Examination

Each non-thesis candidate for the degree AS. m Criminal Justice must pass a written :omprehensive examination. An oral examina- on may also be scheduled. For specific infor- nation on the written and oral comprehensive •xaminations, students should contact their ad- isor.

•ROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF MASTER )F SCIENCE (IN CRIMINAL JUSTICE)

Hours

A. Required Courses 25

CJ 700, 701, 703, 705 and 716

B. Required Options 10

Either CJ 790 and 791, or CJ 795

. Electives from the following 25

(Not more than two courses out- side of CJ. Dual-listed courses, e.g., POS 415 and POS 615, American Supreme Court, can be used as credit towards the degree only if the same courses were not taken at the under- graduate level).

CJ 702, 704, 706, 709, 710, 712, 721, 722, 723, or 724. PA/POS 601, 603, 618 or 704 POS 615, 619. 626 or 705

TOTAL 60

riminal Justice Offerings

J 501 — Juvenile Delinquency (5-0-5)

(See CJ 301 for course description.)

J 560— Law and Legal Process (5-0-5)

(See CJ 360 for course description. Identical •ith POS 560.)

J 610 — Criminality and Abnormal Behavior i-0-5)

(See CJ 410 for course description.)

J 625 — Drug Enforcement: Issues and roblems (5-0-5)

(See CJ 425 for course description.)

CJ 626 — International Terrorism (5-0-5)

(See CJ 426 for course description. Identical with POS 626.)

CJ 647 — Comparative Judicial Systems (5-0-5)

(See CJ 447 for course description. Identical with POS 647.)

CJ 700 — Seminar in Justice Administration (5-0-5)

An analysis of the criminal justice process from prevention and arrest to release after in- carceration. The philosophies, practices, and procedures of agencies responsible for the ad- ministraiton of justice are viewed and analyzed.

CJ 701 — Advanced Research Methods in Criminal Justice (5-0-5)

Application of advanced research methods to problems in the criminal justice system.

CJ 702 — Criminal Justice Planning and Innovation (5-0-5)

Introduction to planning techniques and their impact on criminal justice program develop- ment. Policy and decision-making procedures pertaining to affiliated agencies and organiza- tions are analyzed. Planning involves identifi- cation of problem areas, diagnosing causation, formulating solutions, alternative strategies, and mobilizing resources needed to effect change.

CJ 703 — Seminar in Crime Causation (5-0-5)

Concentration with the individual offender is on the relationship of motives, attitudes, and abilities to participate in criminal activity. With groups, consideration is given to peer influ- ences in the shaping and reinforcement of crim- inal conduct.

CJ 704 — Law and Social Control (5-0-5)

Investigation of jurisprudential paradigms, so- cietal norms and sanctions, and the operational interaction among them. Topics to be examined include criminal and civil control mechanisms and purposes, historical and philosophical per- spectives on power, authority and law in society. and alternative means of social control.

CJ 705 — Administration and Management for Criminal Justice (5-0-5)

New management and administrative require- ments of the criminal justice complex in transi- tion. Problems and innovative concepts of criminal justice system development, decision theory, information needs, planning and new managerial perspectives.

118

ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE

CJ 706 — Juvenile Justice Administration (5-0-5)

Assessment of the policies and practices of agencies involved in processing young persons through the juvenile court system. Attention will be paid to the intake procedures of the juvenile court; the adjudicational and dispositional pro- cedures of the juvenile court.

CJ 709— Police Problems and Practices (5-0-5)

Major current issues of police administration including theory in policing, police productivity, and policy making. Special attention will be af- forded police-society relationships as they re- late to police misconduct, labor union issues, and minorities.

CJ 710 — Institutional Incarceration and Treatment (5-0-5)

Theory, purposes, and practices of correc- tional institutions. Problems in control and treat- ment will be explored.

CJ 712 — Seminar in Community Treatment and Services (5-0-5)

An analysis of probation and other alternatives to incarceration in the community setting, and of the feasibilty and effectiveness of treatment of individuals under sentence in the community.

CJ 716— Criminal Process (5-0-5)

Intensive examination of criminal adjudica- tion, from initial appearance through post-con- viction appeals and collateral attacks, as posited in the context of criminal justice policy.

CJ 721 — ADP Applications in Criminal Justice (5-0-5)

An examination of the use of automated data processing by criminal justice agencies for ad- ministrative and operational purposes. Special attention will be developed to microprocessor applications.

CJ 722 — Selected Topics in Law and Courts (5-0-5)

Contemporary problems and issues regard- ing court management and the criminal judicial process will provide the basis for topic selection.

CJ 723— Selected Topics in Policing (5-0-5)

Contemporary problems and issues regard- ing the law enforcement and policing function will provide the basis for topic selection.

CJ 724 — Selected Topics in Corrections (5-0-5)

Contemporary problems and issues regard- ing correctional strategies and management will provide the basis for topic selection.

CJ 790 & 791— Field Practicum (2-V-(1-5))

Planned program of research observation, study and work in selected criminal justice agen- cies.

CJ 795— Thesis (0-V-(1-10))

Planned research and writing directed by the student's Thesis Committee.

Political Science and Public Administration Offerings

POS 505 — State and Local Government (5-0-5)

(See POS 305 for course description.)

POS 520— International Trade (5-0-5)

(See POS 320 for course description. Identical with ECO 520.)

POS 521 — International Relations: The Far East (5-0-5)

(See POS 321 for course description.)

POS 533— Contemporary Political Thought (5-0-5)

Spring.

(See POS 333 for course description.)

POS 545 — Latin American Politics (5-0-5)

(See POS 345 for course descrip ion.)

POS 546 — Governments of East Asia

(See POS 346 for course description.)

POS 560— Law and Legal Process (5-0-5)

(See POS 360 for course description. Identical with CJ 560.)

POS 590— Research Methods (5-0-5)

This course deals with the methods and tech niques of research in the behavioral sciences Emphasis will be placed on how to evaluate re search.

PA/POS 601— The Politics of the Budgetary Process (5-0-5)

(See PA/POS 401 for course description.)

PA/POS 603— Public Policy Development (5-0-5)

(See PA/POS 403 for course description.)

POS 611— American Presidency (5-0-5)

(See POS 411 for course description.)

'

HISTORY

119

OS 612 — American Political Parties (5-0-5)

(See POS 412 for course description.)

OS 615 — American Supreme Court (5-0-5)

(See POS 415 for course description.)

A/POS 618— Administrative Law (5-0-5)

(See PA/POS 418 for course description )

OS 619 — American Congress (5-0-5)

(See POS 419 for course description.)

OS 626 — International Terrorism (5-0-5)

(See POS 426 for course description. Identical ith CJ 626.)

OS 629— American Foreign Policy (5-0-5)

(See POS 429 for course description.)

OS 645 — Comparative Economic Systems -0-5)

Prerequisite: Permission of instructor.

(See POS 445 for course description. Identical

th ECO 645.)

DS 647 — Comparative Judicial Systems -0-5)

(See POS 447 for course description. Identical th CJ 647.)

VPOS 704 — Topics in Public ^ministration (5-0-5)

Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. Designed to probe the chief concepts, theo- ■s, ideas, and models in Public Administration.

DS 705— Topics in State and Local jvernment (5-0-5)

Prerequisite: Permission of instructor.

)S 710 — Topics in American Government •0-5)

Prerequisite: Permission of instructor.

)S 720 — Topics in International Relations •0-5)

Prerequisite: Permission of the instructor. A seminar course with specific titles an- unced as offered. May be repeated for credit topics vary.

)S 721 — Topics in Modern East Asia 1 0-5)

Prerequisite: Permission of instructor.

Selected topics in nineteenth and twentieth •intury international, political, economic, social, iellectual, or contemporary developments in I st Asia May be repeated as topics and in- ductors vary. (Identical with HIS 721.)

DS 730— Reading in Political Theory (0-5)

Prerequisite: Permission of instructor.

POS 790-791— Independent Study (V-V-5)

Offered to qualified students subject to the following conditions. Prerequisites: A minimum of 25 graduate hours, including at least 1 5 hours in Political Science graduate courses. An ap- plication may be obtained in the departmental office and should be submitted to the depart- ment by the mid-term preceding the quarter in which the independent study will begin. Open to students with 3.5 GPA in Political Science graduate courses and at least 3.3 overall GPA. Admission is by approval of a departmental committee.

Economics Offerings

ECO 520— International Trade (5-0-5)

Prerequisite: permission of instructor. (See ECO 320 for course description. Identical with POS 520.)

ECO 530 — Economics of Finance (5-0-5)

Prerequisite: permission of instructor. (See ECO 330 for course description.)

ECO 540— Economics of Labor (5-0-5)

Prerequisite: permission of instructor. (See ECO 340 for course description.)

ECO 563— Economic History of the United States (5-0-5)

Prerequisite: permission of instructor. (See ECO 363 for course description.)

ECO 645 — Comparative Economic Systems (5-0-5)

Prerequisite: permission of instructor. (See ECO 445 for course description. Identi- cal with POS 645.)

History

Faculty

'Warlick, Roger, Department Head 'Arens, Olavi 'Babits, Lawrence 'Brown, Sarah

Burnett, Robert

Comaskey, Bernard 'Duncan, John 'Gross, Jimmie

Lanier, Osmos

Patterson, Robert 'Pruden, George

120

ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE

'Stone, Janet 'Graduate Faculty

The History Major

The major in history may take either of two forms: History per se or History with T-4 Certi- fication.

Students who major in history should expect to enroll in a foreign language sequence during their Sophomore year, certainly not later than their Junior year. Therefore, students should plan their programs of study with careful con- sultation with a Faculty Advisor. Students who change majors, or who transfer, may find it nec- essary to enroll beyond the traditional 12 quar- ters, if the degree requirements including the foreign language cannot be fulfilled within that time.

Students enrolled in the evening program should not expect to be exempted from the for- eign language requirement, unless for a three- year period prior to graduation no available for- eign language sequence is offered in the eve- ning.

In addition to meeting minimum requirements for either program, students contemplating graduate work in history are strongly advised to continue their linguistic study beyond the lan- guage sequence 1 03 level. Students with a dou- ble major, where Computer Science is a language choice, may substitute Computer Sci- ence for the foreign language requirement in history.

Advanced coursework in History for either form of the major requires HIS 300 and HIS 495 or 496. In selecting the remainder of their ad- vanced courses students may choose to con- centrate in one particular area of History (e.g. European or American), providing they diversify to the extent of completing at least ten hours outside that area.

A history concentration is also available to those pursuing the B.G.S. degree, both on cam- pus and at the Brunswick Center.

Honors in History

Honors in History will be awarded to those History majors with a 3.5 GPA in all History courses who submit an acceptable honors re- search paper to the department. The paper may, but does not have to be prepared in conjunction with a course that the student has taken. The

paper should be the student's own work, base on research in primary sources, and be corr plete with end notes, bibliography and other cri ical apparatus. It should be typewritten an follow Turabian's guide. The paper must be sut mitted during the last quarter the student is i attendance before graduation and must be sut mitted by mid-term of that quarter. The pape will be judged by a departmental jury of foi faculty members who will by a majority vote -de termine if honors should be awarded. Th awarding of honors will be noted on the sti dent's transcript.

Scholarships in History.

Limited scholarship aid is available annual!' Interested students are invited to inquire in tr department office for details..

PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF BACHELOR OF ARTS WITH A MAJOR IN HISTORY

Houi

A. General Requirements* £

Area 1 2

1. ENG 101, 102 or 192, 201 or 292

2. One course from: ART 200, 271, 272, 273; ENG 222; MUS 200; PHI 200, 201

Area II

1. MAT 101 and 103, 195, 220 or 290

2. One of the sequences: BIO 101, 102; BIO 121, 122; CHE 121, 122; PHY 121, 122; PHS 121, 122

Area III

1. HIS 114or 191, 115or192,POS 113

2. One course from: ANT 201; ECO 201; SOC201; PSY 101.... j

Area IV

1. Foreign language 101, 102, 103

2. History 251, 252, or 292

3. Related course

Area V

1. PE 103 or 108 and 117 or 166

2. Three activity courses j

B. Courses in the Major Field

1. HIS 300 and 495 or 496 I

HISTORY

121

2. History courses 300 level or above with at least 10 hours out- side the area of concentration.. 30 The concentration areas are:

A. U.S. History— HIS 351, 352, 354,355,357,361,363,365, 371,374,375,376,377,379, 400,403,416,417,421,422, 425,451,470,471,485,486, 496

B. European History— HIS 333, 336,340,341,342,343,344, 345,346,347,348,350,410, 411,445.447.483,484,495.

C. Russian-Asian-African-Latin American History— HIS 310, 311,312,320,321,322,323, 329,330,428,431,435,481, 482

I. Courses in Related Fields 20

To be chosen from such fields as anthropology, economics, lit- erature, sociology, statistics at least 10 hours of which must be at 300-level or above. See Department for exhaustive list 20

D. Electives 35

E. Regents' and Exit Examinations 0

TOTAL 191

ROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF ACHELOR OF ARTS WITH A MAJOR IN STORY (with teacher certification)

Hours

v. General Requirements 96

Area 1 20

1. ENG 101, 102 or 192. 201 or

292 15

2. One course from: ART 200, 271, 272, 273; ENG 222; MUS 200:

PHI 200, 201 5

Areall 20

1. MAT 101, 220 10

2. Laboratory science sequence.. 10

Area III 20

. 1. HIS 1 14or 191, 115or192:POS

113 15

2. PSY 101 5

Area IV 30

1. HIS 251, 252, or 292 5

2. Foreign language 101, 102, 103 15

3. One course from: ANT 201, ECO 201, SOC 201 5

4. One course from: ART 200, 271, 272, 273; DRS 228; MUS 200 . 5

AreaV 6

1. PE 103 or 108 and 117 or 166 3

2. Three activity courses 3

B. Courses in the Major and Supporting Fields 60

1. HIS 300 and 495 or 496 10

2. U.S. History

A. HIS 371 or 377 (dependent on HIS 251, 252 selection).. 5

B One or two courses from: HIS 351,352,354,355.361,363, 365,374,375,376,379,400. 403,416,417,421,422,425, 451, 471, 485, 486. 496 5-10

3. Russian-Asian-African-Latin American History

Two courses from: HIS 310, 311, 312, 320, 321, 322, 323, 329, 330, 428, 431, 435, 481, 482 10

4. European History

Two or three courses from: HIS 333, 336, 340, 341, 342, 343, 344, 345. 346, 347, 348, 350, 410, 411, 445, 447, 483. 484, 495 10-15

5. Supporting Work 20

Ten hours each from two of the following areas:

A. Approved 300-400 level POS electives

B. ECO 201 and approved 300+ elective

C. Approved electives in be- havioral sciences (SOC. ANT, PSY)

D GEO 21 1,212 and approved GEO elective

C. Professional sequence 40

1. EDN 200, EXC 310, EDN 335.

449, 481, 482, 483 35

2 PSY 301 or EDN 302 5

D Regents' and Exit Examinations 0

TOTAL 196

Minor Concentrations

The Department of History offers a number of minor concentrations.

122

ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE

A minor in History has great practical value. Its notation on the transcript indicates to an em- ployer that the applicant has some solid liberal arts background with its accompanying insight into the development and functioning of modern society, and that the applicant has made an ex- tra effort to refine research and writing skills so essential to dealing with that society. Whatever the major one chooses, such a minor will strengthen the student's academic record.

Students who hope to work in history-related fields upon graduation should consider adding a minor in Preservation Studies, or in Historical Archaeology. Through has program unique op- portunities are provided for qualified students to gain practical experience while making a real- istic assessment of the possibilities offered by their field of interest. Cooperative arrangements with Historic Savannah Foundation, Georgia Historical Society, Savannah Landmark Project, Oatland Island Center, and with a number of museums and historical sites, such as Telfair Academy, Ft. Pulaski, Juliette Low Center, Wormsloe Plantation, and Ft. King George, per- mit placement of students in positions relating to:

(a) archival and manuscript curation, (b) his- toric site administration and interpretation, (c) museum studies, (d) historic preservation, and (e) historical archaeology.

Additional minor concentrations are offered jointly with the Department of Government in In- ternational Studies and Russian Studies.

Minors, in addition to grades of "C" or better in each course, require the following:

Hours

History 20

1 . Twenty hours of 300 + level HIS

courses 20

Historical Archaeology 25

1 . MPS/ANT 401 , 402, and 422

2. Ten hours from the following: HIS300,341,361,371,and403

International Studies 25

(assumes competency in one modern foreign language through the 103 level*)

1. POS 329 and 325 or 326 10

2. One course from: POS 320, 346, 348, 349 5

3. Two courses from: POS 429; HIS 321, 330, 350, 355, 435 10

Preservation Studies 25

1. HIS300 5

2. MPS 420, 425, and 421 or 422 1:

3. MPS498

Russian Studies 2i

1. RUS 201 (assumes completion of RUS 101-103*)

2. POS349

3. Two courses from: HIS 329, 330, 428, 431, 435, 481; POS 440... 1

Geography Courses

GEO 211— Physical Geography (5-0-5)

Winter.

Course will include such topics as earth-su relationships, cartography, weather, climate an< climate classification, soils, bio-geography, vec etation and landforms. Emphasis will be o global patterns of distribution.

GEO 212— Cultural Geography (5-0-5)

Spring.

Course will include such topics as the concer. of culture, population settlement, patterns, tech nological origins and diffusions, types of ecc nomics and the relationship of man to hi environment. Emphasis will be given to the proc ess of cultural change through time in place.

GEO 302— Introduction to Geology (5-0-5)

Prerequisite: GEO 21 1 plus 10 hours of a la science.

An introduction to physical and historical gt ology. A study of the origin, evolution, and strut ture of the earth's crust, and geologic histor (Identical with GEL 301).

GEO 303 — Introduction to Meteorology (5-0-5)

Prerequisite: GEO 21 1 plus 10 hours of a la science.

An introduction to the description of the sta of the atmosphere and to the physical laws th describe atmospheric phenomena. (Identic with MET 301).

GEO 310 — Man and the Environment (5-0-5)

Prerequisite: GEO 21 1 or 21 2 plus 75 quart;] hours credit in college courses.

Considerations of the interactions betwee humans and the support systems of the ear which are essential to their existence (identic with BIO 310.)

HISTORY

123

istory Courses

Advanced courses in History are generally oen to all students who have completed the opropriate survey. Specifically, the Depart- lent considers background equivalent to HIS

14 and HIS 1 15, or permission of the instructor, i be the prerequisite for all advanced courses i European, Russian, Asian, African, and Latin merican topics. For advanced courses in merican history, the equivalent of HIS 251 or

15 252, or permission of the instructor, is con- dered prerequisite. Exceptions are noted on Decific courses.

eneral

IS 114— Civilization I (5-0-5)

Offered each quarter. Prerequisite: Eligibility >r college credit English, i.e. English 101 or Dove.

A survey of the main currents of political, so- al, religious, and intellectual activity from the ne of the ancient Middle-Eastern civilizations

1715. Throughout the course the major civi- ■ed traditions are considered and comparative ethods used to facilitate interpretations of em.

IS 115— Civilization II (5-0-5)

Offered each quarter. Prerequisite: Eligibility r college credit English, i.e. English 101 or )ove.

A survey of the main currents of political, so- al, religious, and intellectual activity from 1715 the present. Throughout the course the major /ilized traditions are considered and compar- ve methods used to facilitate interpretations them. A continuation of HIS 114.

S 191— Honors Civilization I (5-0-5)

Prerequisites: B's or better in High School His- i7 and an SAT verbal score of at least 550. j This course replaces HIS 1 1 4 for selected stu- i'nts. While the subject matter will be the same

for HIS 1 1 4, the treatment of it will vary greatly.

;ewise, instruction will go beyond the usual

:ture method, allowing students to read widely ^d carry out their own research under the di-

:tion of the professor

S 192— Honors Civilization II (5-0-5)

Prerequisite: HIS 191 or a grade of "A" in HIS

This course replaces HIS 1 1 5 for selected stu- nts. While the subject matter will be the same for HIS 1 1 5, the treatment of it will vary greatly.

Likewise, instruction will go beyond the usual lecture method, allowing students to read widely and carry out their own research under the di- rection of the professor.

HIS 300— Historical Method (3-4-5)

Fall and Spring (evening). Required of all His- tory majors and of Preservation Studies minors.

An introduction to the nature and method of historical research, treating problems of inves- tigation, organization, and writing through dis- cussion and actual research experience in local history.

HIS 395— Internship (V-V-(1-5))

Open to transient students only with permis- sion of the Dean of Faculty at Armstrong and the college from which the student comes. Pre- requisites: 3.0 in all history courses; 20 hours of upper level history including HIS 300.

Application and credit arrangements must be made through the department in advance, nor- mally by mid-quarter preceding the quarter of internship.

The student will pursue an individually de- signed course project involving off-campus study and research in a government or private agency. Projects are normally designed to re- quire the full eleven week quarter for completion, during which time the student will be under the joint supervision of the sponsoring agency and his faculty advisor. May be repeated for credit.

This internship, graded on an S or U basis, will be credited among electives, not as a part of the minimum 40 hours of traditional work re- quired for the major.

HIS 399— Fieldwork in History (V-V-[1-5]) Summer, 1990.

Offered only by special arrangement with the Department, made in advance, this course is designed to provide credit for field-trip based courses or extended site visits, whether abroad or in the U.S. Research, reading, and written assignments will be tailored to the specific na- ture of each study tour or site visitation. (Specific area of study will be indicated on the transcript.) The course may be repeated for credit as topics vary, but no more than five hours may be counted among the 40 hours required for a ma- jor in History.

124

ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE

United States History Courses

HIS 251— American History to 1865 (5-0-5)

Offered each quarter. Prerequisite: Eligibility forENG101.

A survey of the political, economic, and social history of the United States to end of the Civil War.

HIS 252— American Since 1865 (5-0-5)

Offered each quarter. Prerequisite: Eligibility for ENG 101.

A survey of the political, economic, and social history of the United States from 1865 to the present.

HIS 292— Honors American History (5-0-5)

Prerequisites: Completion of HIS 115 or HIS 192 with a grade of A, or recommendation by the professor.

Organized on a thematic or problematic basis so as to encompass the scope of American his- tory. Students will be expected to read more extensively and write more critically than for HIS 251 or 252. This course meets the requirement in American history set by the State of Georgia. For History majors, this course satisfies 5 hours of the American history survey requirement (HIS 251 and 252): 5 additional hours of advanced American history are required to complete it.

HIS 351— Popular Culture in the United States to 1914 (5-0-5)

Winter, 1991.

An examination of the major trends in the news media, popular literature, entertainment,, and recreational activities to 1914.

HIS 352— Popular Culture in the United States Since 1914 (5-0-5)

Summer, 1991.

An examination of the major trends in news media, popular literature, entertainment, and recreational activities since 1914.

HIS 354 — Studies in American Diplomacy to WW I (5-0-5)

Summer, 1990.

Considers American objectives and policies in foreign affairs from colonial times to World War I.

HIS 355 — Studies in American Diplomacy since WW I (5-0-5)

Fall, 1990 (evening).

Considers American objectives and policies in foreign affairs from World War I to the present.

HIS 357— American Military History (5-0-5)

Spring. Prerequisite: Sophomore standing.' A study of the history of warfare and militai

technique in their social, economic, and politic.

contexts, with special emphasis on the Amef

can military tradition.

HIS 361— The Old South (5-0-5)

Economic, cultural, and political history of tl" antebellum South with emphasis on those fa< tors that made the South a unique section of 1 nation.

HIS 363— Economic History of the United States (5-0-5)

Prerequisite: ECO 201.

This course surveys the growth and deve opment of economic institutions in the Unite States from the colonial period to the preser with emphasis on the period since 1860. D< velopments in agriculture, industry, labor, tran portation, and finance will be studied an analyzed. (Identical with ECO 363.)

HIS 371 — Colonial and Revolutionary America (5-0-5)

Winter, 1992.

A study of the discoveries of the New Wor and the settlement and growth of the Engli: colonies of North America; triumph over Fran< in the New World, the drastic change in Briti colonial policy and the rise of American opp sition to it, the achievement of independent and the establishment of the United States unc the Constitution.

HIS 374 — Women in American History (5-0-5)

Women in American History: An examinati i of the changing political, social, and econorr: roles of the American woman from colonial timi to the present. Emphasis will be given to I pre-Civil War feminist reform movements, wo • an's broader social and economic role after I war, her awakening awareness of the need political power, and the mid-20th century rev lution.

HIS 375 — Civil War and Reconstruction (5-0-5)

Winter, 1991.

The causes and significance of the America Civil War, with minor consideration of the milit<| campaign; political, economic and social <1 pects of reconstruction. HIS 376 — Victorian America (5-0-5)

Winter, 1991.

HISTORY

125

Presentation of the major subjects of the late 9th century, including the emergence of a na- onal economy, its theory and policies; partisan nd reform politics; the moral and Constitutional imensions of Reconstruction; American society nd social thought; and territorial aggrandise- lent.

IIS 377— Recent America (5-0-5)

Spring, 1991.

An analysis of the institutions and forces which lolded American life from the late 19th century I890) through World War II, including political, conomic, social and intellectual issues.

IIS 379— Contemporary America (5-0-5)

Winter, 1992.

Ah examination of the society of the United tates since World War II, with special emphasis iven to the major social and cultural trends.

IS 400 — Seminar in American History i-0-5)

Permission of instructor required for admis- on.

Designed to permit a group of advanced stu- 9nts to pursue intensive research on a special pic in the field to be defined by the instructor.

IS 403 — American Material Cultural -2-5)

Winter, 1992.

An introduction to the study of the non-literary mains of our society, past and present. Ver- icular and polite architecture, ceramics, mor- i ary art, community and settlement patterns, ess, diet, and diseases are among the topics at will be discussed. (Identical with AC 403, PS 403 and ANT 403).

S 421— Architectural History (4-2-5)

•Winter, 1991.

i A study of various styles of American archi-

< :ture, Georgian, Federal, Neoclassical, Eclec-

:ism and modern; slides from Historic merican Building Survey; landscape architec- je. Visiting speakers and field trips will be

ed.

S 422— Historical Archaeology (5-0-5)

Fall, 1991. Prerequisite: MPS 207, or permis- )n of the instructor.

An introduction to the archaeology of North

'nenca since the arrival of European man in

19 New World. Some attention will be paid to

:itish and Continental Post medieval Archae-

)gy as well as to the special areas of industrial

d Nautical Archaeology. Special stress will be

given to archaeological method and theory both as perspective for the writing of history and as a component of Historic Preservation. (Identical with MPS 422.)

HIS 425 — American Vernacular Architecture (4-2-5)

Spring, 1991 (evening). Prerequisite: MPS 421 or permission of instructor.

An interdisciplinary study of the historic built environment with emphasis on traditional and popular architecture. Recording techniques, re- search strategies, and theoretical approaches, past and present, will be examined. (Also listed as MPS 425.)

HIS 451 — Reform Movements in American History (5-0-5)

Fall, 1990.

A study of the reform movements in America since the Revolution.

HIS 470 — History of Savannah and Georgia (5-0-5)

Winter, 1991 (evening).

Begins with a history of Indians, emphasis on the founding of the colony at Savannah and on the colonial, Revolutionary, antebellum and Post-Civil War periods. Political, economic, so- cial, religious and artistic trends are discussed and placed in context of Georgia and U.S. his- tory.

The course will involve considerable research in primary sources available locally.

HIS 485-486— Independent Study in United States History (V-V-(1 -5))

Available each quarter. Prerequisites: HIS 300 and at least 1 5 additional hours in upper division History courses (with a minimum GPA of 3.0), an overall GPA of 2.5 (after completion of 120 hours), and an approved application. Open to transient students only with the permission of the Dean of Faculty of Armstrong and the college from which the student comes.

Designed to permit superior students to pur- sue individual research and reading in the cho- sen field under the supervision of a member of the History faculty. An application must be filed with the department, in advance, normally by mid-quarter preceding the independent study. A full description of the requirements and an application may be obtained in the departmental office.

126

ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE

HIS 496 — American Historiography (5-0-5)

Winter, 1992 (evening).

See major program outlines, part B.1, for the historiography requirement.

A study of the writing of American history from colonial times to the present with emphasis on the historical philosophies and interpretations of the major schools of thoughts as well as indi- vidual historians. Recommended especially to students contemplating graduate work in His- tory.

European History Courses

HIS 333 — Modern Germany, 1789-1933 (5-0-5)

A study of Germany from the pluralism of the Holy Roman Empire through the German con- federation to the unified Reich. Attention will be given to the political, social, and cultural devel- opments in Austria, Prussia, and the "Third Ger- many."

HIS 336— Modern East Central Europe (5-0-5)

Fall, 1991.

A survey of the history of the nations between Germany and Russia in the 19th and 20th cen- turies. Topics to be covered include the rise of nationalism, the gaining of independence, prob- lems in establishing democracy, experience during World War II, and the establishment of communist control.

HIS 340— English History, 1485-1660 (5-0-5)

Fall, 1991.

An analysis of political, constitutional, eco- nomic, and religious issues under the Tudors and early Stuarts, including the English Civil War.

HIS 341— English History, 1660-1815 (5-0-5)

Spring, 1992.

An investigation of the Restoration monar- chies, the constitutional revolution of 1688, the rise of ministerial responsibility in the early 18th century, the American colonial revolt, and Eng- land's relationship to the French Revolution.

HIS 342— Ancient History (5-0-5)

A study of the early civilizations of the Middle East, the Greek city states, the Roman republic and empire, with special emphasis on the social,

political and cultural^ contributions of these c cient peoples.

HIS 343— Early Middle Ages, A.D. 333- c.1 000 (5-0-5)

Winter, 1991.

The history of Europe from the fall of the F man Empire through the Carolingian period w special emphasis on the institutional develc ments which led to the emergence of stat kingdoms out of the chaos of the barbarian vasions.

HIS 344— The High Middle Ages, C.1000 t< c.1 300 (5-0-5)

Spring, 1991.

The history of Europe from c. 1000 to 13 with emphasis on the struggle between chur and state, the Crusade movement, and the 1| century intellectual renaissance, all of whi profoundly influenced the development of t various medieval kingdoms.

HIS 345— The Late Middle Ages and Renaissance (5-0-5)

Summer, 1991.

The history of Europe from c. 1300 to -11 with emphasis on the political, cultural, and tellectual developments which transformed rr dieval and Renaissance society.

HIS 346 — Reformation Era (5-0-5)

Winter, 1992.

A study of the controversial era emphasiz its' major issues and movements, and their ( velopment through the Thirty Years War. Po cal, social, and economic, as well as religic facets of the upheaval will be considered.

HIS 347— Europe in the Eighteenth Centu (5-0-5)

Fall, 1990.

This course covers the period from the re of Louis XIV to the French Revolution, cons ering the major political, social, and intellect trends on the Continent. Particular emphasi: placed on France.

HIS 348— Europe in the Nineteenth Centu (5-0-5)

Winter, 1992.

A study of the most important social, politic and intellectual directions of European hisljj from the Congress of Vienna to the end of i nineteenth century.

HISTORY

127

HIS 350— Europe in the Twentieth Century (5-0-5)

Spring, 1992.

A study of the major developments in Europe since 1900.

HIS 410 — Seminar in European History (5-0-5)

Permission of instructor required for admis- sion.

A detailed analysis of a specific problem in European history by examination of primary ma- erials.

HIS 411— Seminar on the Crusades ;5-0-5)

Summer, 1990 (evening).

An examination of the 12th and 13th century 3rusade movement through the study of the available primary source material.

HIS 445 — Seminar in Medieval History 5-0-5)

A treatment of selected topics in medieval his- ory working from primary source materials. May De repeated for credit as topics vary.

HIS 447— The French Revolution and Napoleon (5-0-5)

Spring, 1991.

This course examines the background and events of the French Revolution and the career )f Napoleon. Different interpretations are con- sidered.

HIS 483-484 — Independent Study in European History (V-V-(1-5))

Available each quarter. Prerequisites: HIS 300 and at least 1 5 additional hours in upper division History courses (with a minimum GPA of 3.0), in overall GPA of 2.5 (after completion of 120 lours), and an approved application. Open to ransient students only with the permission of the Dean of Faculty at Armstrong and the college rom which the student comes.

Designed to permit superior students to pur- sue individual research and reading in the cho- sen field under the supervision of a member of he History faculty. An application must be filed vith the department, in advance, normally by nid-quarter preceding the independent study. \ full description of the requirements and an application may be obtained in the departmental )ffice

HIS 495 — European Historiography (5-0-5)

Winter, 1991 (evening). See major program outlines, part B.1 , for the historiography require- ment.

A study of the writers of history in the Western cultural tradition, with an emphasis on the his- torical philosophies, interpretations, and prob- lems raised by the major modern European historians. Recommended especially to stu- dents contemplating graduate work in History.

Russian, Asian, African and Latin American History Courses

HIS 310— Latin America (5-0-5)

An introductory course in Latin-American his- tory with consideration given to institutions of the areas as well as events and personalities.

HIS 311— The Caribbean (5-0-5)

Spring, 1992.

A study of the historical development of the Caribbean from European conquest and colo- nization to twentieth-century nationalism. Em- phasis will be given to understand present-day Caribbean Cultures. (Also listed as ANT 31 1 .)

HIS 312— History of Africa (5-0-5)

A survey of African civilizations from ancient times, with major emphasis on development of the continent since 1800.

HIS 320— Traditional China (5-0-5)

Fall, 1990 (evening).

The history of Chinese civilization from ancient times to the early nineteenth century, with em- phasis on its characteristic political, social, eco- nomic, and cultural developments.

HIS 321— Modern China (5-0-5)

Spring. 1991.

The history of China from the nineteenth cen- tury to the present, with emphasis on political, social, economic, and intellectual develop- ments.

HIS 322— History of Japan (5-0-5)

Fall. 1991.

A survey of the history of Japan from the ear- liest times to the present, with primary emphasis on its emergence as a world power since the late nineteenth century.

128

ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE

HIS 323— History of the Middle East (5-0-5)

Spring, 1992.

A survey of Middle Eastern history from Mu- hammad to the present, and of Islamic culture and civilization. Emphasis will be placed on the background of current issues and conflicts in the region.

HIS 329— Medieval Russia (5-0-5)

Fall, 1991.

A survey of the economic, social, and political development of the Russian state from its foun- dation in the 9th century through its moderni- zation by Peter the Great in the early 18th century.

HIS 330— Modern Russia (5-0-5)

Fall, 1990.

A survey of Russian history from Peter the Great to the present. The major political, cultural, economic, and social developments of Russia in both the Imperial and Soviet periods will be covered.

HIS 428— Russia and the West (5-0-5)

Winter, 1992.

A detailed study of the impact of Western in- fluence on the Muscovite state in the sixteenth and seventeenth centuries.

HIS 431— The Russian Revolution (5-0-5)

Winter, 1991. Prerequisite: Permission of the instructor.

An examination of the Russian revolutionary tradition, the causes for the collapse of Tsarism, the Bolshevik Revolution, and victory in the Rus- sian Civil War.

HIS 435 — History of Soviet Foreign Policy (5-0-5)

Spring, 1992.

This course reviews historically the develop- ment of soviet foreign policy toward Western Eu- ropean states, notably Germany, and also with the non-European world through 1917-1940, World War II, and cold War phases. Special at- tention will be given in this last phase to U.S.- Soviet rivalry. Soviet relations with other com- munist states in Eastern Europe, China, and the Third World, and to the recent moves toward detente.

HIS 481-482— Independent Study in Russian/Asian/African/Latin-American History (V-V-(1-5)).

Available each quarter. Prerequisites: HIS 300 and at least 1 5 additional hours in upper division

History courses (with a minimum GPA of 3.0^ an overall GPA of 2.5 (after completion of 12 hours), and an approved application. Open t transient students only with the permission of th Dean of Faculty at Armstrong and the colleg from which the student comes.

Designed to permit superior students to pui sue individual research and reading in the chc sen field under the supervision of a member c the History faculty. An application must be file with the department, in advance, normally b mid-quarter preceding the independent stud; A full description of the requirements and a application may be obtained in the department? office.

Museum and Preservation Studies Courses

MPS 207 — Introduction to Archaeology (5-0-5)

Spring.

The introductory archaeology course consist of a history of the field, basic techniques, the oretical underpi-nhings, and examples of fiei work from all types of excavation. It covers th range from early man to industrial and urba archeology in a general fashion. Analysis is ir troduced along with survey techniques, pre: ervation reporting and other skills. (Identical wr ANT 207.)

MPS 401— Fieldwork in Historical Archaeology (0-20-10)

Summer. Prerequisite: MPS 207 or permissic of instructor or director.

An introduction to and first application of a chaeological methods to a specific field projec Excavation techniques, surveying and ma making, data collecting and recording, archa< ological photography, the identification an analysis of art facts, and the interpretation < archaeological data will be presented in fie and laboratory work as well as in lectures ar readings. (Identical with ANT 401). (Under ce tain circumstances this course may be subs" tuted in the Preservation Studies minor for MF 498). Course may be repeated for credit.

MPS 402 — Practicum in Archaeological Analysis (2-6-5)

Offered on demand. Prerequisite: permissic of instructor.

The application of archaeological interpret; tive techniques to a specific site or analytic

HISTORY

129

Droblem. Individual research projects in the nterpretation of archaeological data and the conservation of artifactual finds with special at- ention to the care and storage of collections, display in the museum setting, and the pres- sntation of archaeologically-derived informa- ion. (Identical with ANT 402). (Under certain circumstances this course may be substituted n the Museum Studies minor for MPS 495)

MPS 403— American Material Culture 4-2-5)

Winter, 1992.

An introduction to the study of the non-literary emains of our society, past and present. Ver- lacular and polite architecture, ceramics, mor- uary art, community and settlement patterns, iress, diet, and disease are among the topics hat will be discussed (Identical to HIS 403 and \NT 403).

dPS 410— Curatorship (5-0-5)

Prerequisite: HIS 300 or permission of instruc- Dr

Deals with the historical background and pur- jose of curatorship, conservation, restoration achnology, research including authentication, :ataloging and organizing collections.

dPS 420— Historic Preservation (5-0-5)

Fall, 1990.

Students may find HIS 300 to be useful prep- iration for this course.

An examination of the field including values, principles, practices, development of planning md organization for preservation; preservation aw, economics and politics.

APS 421 — American Architectual History

4-2-5)

Winter, 1991.

A study of various styles of American archi- 3Cture, Georgian, Federal, Neoclassical, Eclec- icism and modern; slides from Historic vmencan Building Survey; landscape architec- jre. Visiting speakers and field trips will be lised.

APS 422— Historical Archaeology (5-0-5)

I Fall, 1991. Prerequisite: MPS 207 or permis- ion of the instructor.

An introduction to the archaeology of North America since the arrival of European man in pe New World. Some attention will be paid to British and Continental Post Medieval Archae- ology as well as to the special areas of industrial ■ind Nautical Archaeology. Special stress will be

given to archaeological method and theory both as a perspective for the writing of history and as a component of Historic Preservation. (Iden- tical with HIS 422).

MPS 425 — American Vernacular Architecture (4-2-5)

Spring, 1991 (evening). Prerequisite: MPS 421 or permission of instructor.

An interdisciplinary study of the historic built environment with emphasis on traditional and popular architecture. Recording techniques, re- search strategies, and theoretical approaches, past and present, will be examined. (Also listed as HIS 425.)

MPS 430— Administration (5-0-5)

Prerequisite: MPS 420.

A study of organizational techniques and pol- icy, public relations and marketing, member- ship, budgeting, personnel relations, security, insurance, and such other topics as are perti- nent.

MPS 480 — Special Topics in Archaeology (V-V-[1-5])

Prerequisites: ANT/MPS 207, ANT/MPS 401 The course is designed to offer a wide variety of experience to advanced, upper level students in archaeological techniques. Subject matter will center on such topics as archaeological graph- ics, faunal analysis (zooarchaeology), conser- vation, or involve some off-campus archaeological experience.

MPS 495 — Internship in Museum Studies (V-V-5)

Prerequisites: MPS 410, 411, and 430 with a "C" or better in each course.

The student will pursue an individually de- signed course project involving off-campus study and research in a government or private agency involved in museum work Projects are normally designed to require the full eleven week quarter to completion, during which time the student will be under the joint supervision of the sponsoring agency and his faculty sponsor.

MPS 498 — Internship in Preservation Studies (V-V-5)

Prerequisites: MPS 420, 421 and 430 with a "C" or better in each course.

The student will pursue an individually de- signed course project involving off-campus study and research in an appropriate preser- vation agency. Projects are normally designed to require the full eleven week quarter for com-

130

ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE

pletion, during which time the student will be under the joint supervision of the sponsoring agency and his faculty sponsor.

Graduate Program and Courses

Coordinator: Dr. Olavi Arens

The college offers a variety of master's degree programs. Effective July 1, 1990, all graduate programs offered on the Armstrong State Col- lege campus will be administered in affiliation with Georgia Southern University. See specific program department head for further informa- tion.

M.Ed.

For details regarding the M.Ed, and Ed.S. pro- grams, please refer to the Department of Sec- ondary Education portion of the Catalog.

M.A. in History

The Master of Arts in History degree program may be pursued in three areas of concentration. Historic Preservation American History European History

Objectives

The program offers students an opportunity to achieve a graduate liberal arts degree that can support a broad range of personal, profes- sional, and educational objectives. Obtaining an M.A. in History can lead to employment oppor- tunities for students as archivists, local history society directors, historic site directors, local museum directors, and professionals in the field of cultural resource preservation. The research skills, experience in analytical thinking, and abil- ity to express oneself orally and in writing will be of benefit to a student in seeking employment in governmental and military service and teach- ing at private schools, as well as preparing a student for further graduate study. The M.A. de- gree may also lead to job advancement or more effective performance, as well as to great per- sonal satisfaction and intellectual enrichment.

Advisement

On admission to graduate studies students should take immediate steps to contact the Graduate Coordinator in the Department of His tory. At this time the student's status with respec to language requirements prerequisite course work, any transfer credits, etc., can be clarified Also, an advisor will be assigned so that actua planning of the program of study can begin.

Transfer of Credits

Students may transfer coursework from an other accredited institution providing (1) nc more than 5 hours be applied toward either the concentration field or to "history outside the con centration," and (2) that the work offered fo transfer be deemed appropriate to the prograrr of study by the Department. Under no circum stances may credit transferred exceed 1 5 hours

Language Requirements

The language requirement must be met b> satisfactorily passing the reading comprehen sion section of an appropriate national stand ardized test administered by the ASC Department of Languages, Literature, and Dra matic Arts in one of the following: French, Ger man, Latin, Russian, or Spanish. This i equivalent to passing the appropriate 103-leve language course. See the Graduate Coordinate for other options.

Comprehensive Examinations

Satisfactorily performance on both written an oral comprehensive exams is required of all car didates for the M.A. in History. As coursewor nears completion specific details on the exam should be worked out in coordination with th faculty advisor and the Graduate Coordinator.

Thesis/Internship Requirement

All three concentration fields require either thesis or an internship. Topics and other a rangements for these projects must be planne in consultation between the student, the facult advisor, and the Graduate Coordinator.

PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF MASTEF OF ARTS IN HISTORY

Hour

A. Concentration in American or in Eu- ropean History:

GRADUATE HISTORY

131

Prerequisite: History 500 (ASC) or un- dergraduate history methodology course.

1. In field of concentration (Amer- ican or European) including historiography: 25

2. History outside concentration... 15

3. Electives in history or approved related field courses 10

4. Thesis 10

TOTAL 60

B. The concentration in Historic Preser- vation involves two prerequisites: HIS 300 (ASC) or undergraduate history methodology course, and MPS 207 (ASC) or introductory course in ar- chaeology.

1. Historic Preservation

concentration 25

MPS 620 (Historic Preservation) MPS 621 (American Architec- tural History)

MPS 622 (Historical Archaeol- ogy) or

MPS 602 (Practicum in Ar- chaeological Analysis) MPS 625 (American Vernacular Architecture)

MPS 730 (Topics in Preserva- tion Studies)

2. Approved history courses (to in- clude History 670) 25

3. Internship (MPS 701 -702 an op- tion) and a research paper or Thesis 10

TOTAL 60

N.B. courses taken at the undergraduate level

nay not be repeated for graduate credit. At least

50% of the credit towawrd the M.A. must be

aken at the 700-level or above.

*N.B. Students who cannot schedule the ap- Dropriate historiography course will satisfy this equirement by means of a reading list and an jxamination with a grade of B or better. No credit oward the degree is awarded for this exami- lation.

3ENERAL PREREQUISITE

In addition to any specifically noted course

^prerequisites, there is the general requirement

hat students must have 35 hours of undergrad-

jate work in history to qualify for regular admis-

sion to the M.A. program, or 25 hours to qualify > for provisional admission.

History Courses

HIS 500— Historical Method (3-4-5)

Fall and Spring (evening).

Required of all students pursuing an M.A. in history unless an equivalent course has been taken previously.

(See HIS 300 for course description.)

HIS 730 — Topics in Preservations Studies (3-4-5)

Summer, 1990. Prerequisite: Permission of in- structor.

A project oriented seminar designed to take advantage of local or regional preservation re- sources. Based upon previous study, students will investigate a current issue or concern. (Also listed as MPS 730.)

HIS 791— Independent Study (V-V-5)

Available each quarter. Prerequisites: at least 15 graduate hours in History, graduate GPA of 3.5 and approval by a departmental committee. Designed to permit students to pursue individual research and a paper in the chosen field under the supervision of a member of the history fac- ulty.

An application may be obtained in the de- partmental office and should be submitted, with the signature of the faculty member who will su- pervise the independent study, during preregis- tration period the quarter before the independent study will be taken. Only one in- dependent study may be credited toward the history concentration requirement.

HIS 792— Directed Readings in History (V-V-5)

Prerequisites: 15 hours of graduate history, graduate GPA of 3.5. and approval by a de- partmental committee.

A student whose program of study shows a need for an additional graduate course in His- tory that cannot be met by the projected sched- ule of courses may petition the Graduate Committee to register for a course in Directed Readings, under the supervision of a consenting faculty member. A plan for reading and assess- ment must be submitted to the Graduate Com- mittee for approval. A student may register for this course only once.

132

ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE

HIS 800-801— Thesis (O-V-5)

Prerequisite: Satisfactory performance on the comprehensive examinations.

Planned research and writing directed by the student's thesis advisor. Normally, a student will register for 5 hours credit per quarter, using one quarter for research and one quarter for writing.

United States History Courses

HIS 554 — Studies in American Diplomacy to WW I (5-0-5)

Summer, 1990.

Prerequisite: HIS 251 or equivalent.

(See HIS 354 for course description.)

HIS 555— Studies in American Diplomacy Since WW I (5-0-5)

Fall, 1990 (evening).

(See HIS 355 for course description.)

HIS 557— American Military History (5-0-5)

Spring.

Prerequisite: Sophomore standing.

A study of the history of warfare and military technique in their social, economic, and political contexts, with special emphasis on the Ameri- can military tradition.

HIS 576— Victorian American (5-0-5)

Winter, 1991.

(See HIS 376 for course description.)

HIS 620— Historic Preservation (4-2-5)

Fall, 1990. Students may find HIS 300 to be useful preparation for this course.

An examination of the field including values, principles, practices, development of planning and organization for preservation: preservation law, economics, and politics. (Also listed as MPS 620.)

HIS 621— American Architectural History (4-2-5)

Winter, 1991.

(See HIS 421 for course description.)

HIS 625 — American Vernacular Architecture (4-2-5)

Spring, 1991 (evening). Prerequisite: MPS 421 or permission of instructor.

An interdisciplinary study of the historic built environment with emphasis on traditional and popular architecture. Recording techniques, re- search strategies, and theoretical approaches, past and present, will be examined. (Also listed as MPS 625.)

HIS 651 — Reform Movements in American History (5-0-5)

Fall, 1990.

(See HIS 451 for course description.)

HIS 670 — Topics in Savannah and Georgia History (5-0-5)

Winter, 1991 (evening).

(See HIS 470 for course description.)

HIS 696 — American Historiography (5-0-5)

Winter, 1992 (evening).

See program outline, Part A.1, for the histo riography requirement.

(See HIS 496 for course description.)

Students who cannot schedule the appropri ate historiography course will satisfy this re quirement by means of a reading list and ar examination with a grade of B or better. No credi toward the degree is awarded for this exami nation.

HIS 770— Topics in U.S. History (5-0-5)

Winter, 1991.

Topics and instructors vary over an approxi mate four-year cycle; hence the course may b< repeated for credit. Information about the spe cific topic and instructor for a given quarter i: available in the departmental office. A complete list of topics that have been taught is also avail able on request.

European History Courses

HIS 536— Modern East Central Europe (5-0-5)

Fall, 1991.

(See HIS 336 for course description.)

HIS 540— English History, 1495-1660 (5-0-5)

Fall, 1991.

(See HIS 340 for course description.)

HIS 541— English History, 1660-1815 (5-0-5)

Spring, 1992.

(See HIS 341 for course description.)

HIS 546— The Reformation Era (5-0-5)

Winter, 1992.

(See HIS 346 for course description.)

HIS 547— Europe in the Eighteenth Century (5-0-5)

Fall, 1990.

(See HIS 347 for course description.)

GRADUATE HISTORY

133

HIS 548 — Europe in the Nineteenth Century (5-0-5)

Winter, 1992.

(See HIS 348 for course description.)

HIS 550 — Europe in the Twentieth Century (5-0-5)

Spring. 1992.

(See HIS 350 for course description.)

HIS 611— Seminar on the Crusades (5-0-5)

Summer, 1990 (evening).

(See HIS 41 1 for course description.)

HIS 628— Russia and the West (5-0-5)

Winter, 1990.

A detailed study of the impact of Western in- fluence on the Muscovite state in the sixteenth and seventeenth centuries.

HIS 631— The Russian Revolution (5-0-5)

Winter, 1991. Prerequisite: Permission of in- structor.

An examination of the Russian revolutionary tradition, the causes for the collapse of Tsarism, the Bolshevik Revolution, and victory in the Rus- sian Civil War.

HIS 635 — History of Soviet Foreign Policy (5-0-5)

Fall, 1989.

This course reviews historically the develop- ment of Soviet foreign policy toward Western Europe states, notably German, and also with the non-European world through 1917-1940. World War II, and Cold War phases. Special attention will be given in the last phase to U.S.- Soviet rivalry. Soviet relations with other com- munist states in Eastern Europe, China, and the Third World, and to the recent moves toward detente.

HIS 645 — Seminar in Medieval History (5-0-5)

(See HIS 445 for course description.)

HIS 647— The French Revolution and Napoleon (5-0-5)

Spring, 1991.

(See HIS 447 for course description.)

HIS 695 — European Historiography (5-0-5)

Winter, 1991 (evening).

See program outline, part A.1, for the histo- riography requirement

(See HIS 495 for course description.)

Students who cannot schedule the appropri- ate historiography course will satisfy this re- quirement by means of a reading list and an

examination with a grade of B or better. No credit ' toward the degree is awarded for this exami- nation.

HIS 760 — Topics in European History (5-0-5)

Fall, 1990; Spring, 1991.

Topics and instructors vary over an approxi- mate four-year cycle; hence the course may be repeated for credit. Information about the spe- cific topic and instructor for a given quarter is available in the departmental office. A complete list of topics that have been taught is also avail- able on request.

Non-Western History Courses*

HIS 510— Latin America (5-0-5)

(See HIS 310 for course description.)

HIS 511— The Caribbean (5-0-5)

Spring, 1992.

A study of the historical development of the Caribbean from European conquest and colo- nization to twentieth-century nationalism. Em- phasis will be given to understanding present- day Caribbean cultures. (Also listed as ANT 511.)

HIS 512— African History (5-0-5)

(See HIS 312 for course description.)

HIS 521— Modern China (5-0-5)

Spring, 1991.

(See HIS 321 for course description.)

HIS 721 — Topics in Modern East Asia (5-0-5)

Summer, 1991. Prerequisite: Permission of in- structor.

Selected topics in the nineteenth and twen- tieth century international, political, economic, social, intellectual, or contemporary develop- ments in East Asia. May be repeated as topics and instructors vary. (Identical with POS 721.)

*ln the M.Ed, program, courses in Russian history are also considered to be non-Western.

Museum and Preservation Studies Courses

MPS 601— Fieldwork in Historical Archaeology (0-20-10)

Summer. Prerequisite: MPS 207 or permission of instructor or director (See MPS 401 for course description )

134

ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE

MPS 602 — Practicum in Archaeological Analysis (2-6-5)

Offered on demand. Prerequisite: permission of instructor or director. (See MPS 402 for course description.)

MPS 603 — American Material Culture (4-2-5)

Winter, 1992.

(See MPS 403 for course description.)

MPS 620— Historic Preservation (4-2-5)

Fall, 1990. Students may find HIS 300 to be useful preparation for this course.

An examination of the field including values, principles, practices, development of planning and organization for preservation: preservation law, economics, and politics. (Also listed as HIS 620.)

MPS 621 — American Architectural History (4-2-5)

Winter, 1991.

(See MPS 421 for course description.)

MPS 622— Historical Archaeology (5-0-5)

Fall, 1991.

Prerequisite: MPS 207 or permission of in- structor. (See MPS 422 for course description.)

MPS 625 — American Vernacular Architecture (4-2-5)

Spring, 1991 (evening). Prerequisite: MPS 421 or permission of instructor.

An interdisciplinary study of the historic built environment with emphasis on traditional and popular architecture. Recording techniques, re- search strategies, and theoretical approaches, past and present, will be examined. (Also listed as HIS 625.)

MPS 630— Administration (5-0-5)

Prerequisite: MPS 420 or equivalent. (See MPS 430 for course description.)

MPS 701— Advanced Fieldwork in Historical Archaeology (0-10-5)

Summer. Prerequisites: MPS 401 or 601, or permission of instructor.

An advanced course in historical archaeology methodology within the framework of a field- school. Students in this course will serve as crew chiefs, team leaders, and laboratory techni- cians, assuming an active role in the direction of excavation, recording, and preliminary anal- ysis of cultural material. Some specialization within the field is required as a guide to devel- opment of excavation research goals and car- rying out the aims of the fieldwork. The course

may be repeated, but not for credit toward the degree.

MPS 702 — Advanced Archaeological Analysis (0-10-5)

Prerequisite: Completion of MPS 701 .

Work performed for this course will be utilizec for writing a major report for the degree require- ment or for a thesis. The course will centei around individually designed research topics relating to materials recovered from archaeo- logical sites and their interpretation. It maybe repeated but not for credit toward the degree.

MPS 730 — Topics in Preservation Studies (3-4-5)

Summer, 1990. Prerequisite: Permission of in structor.

A project oriented seminar designed to take advantage of local or regional preservation re sources. Based upon previous study, students will investigate a current issue or concern. (Alsc listed as HIS 730.)

MPS 791-792— Independent Study (V-V-5)

Available each quarter. Prerequisites: Stu dents must have achieved either provisional o regular status in the graduate program and. be in good standing. (3.0 GPA), and completed HIS 500, or equivalent.

Designed to substitute for required MPS courses that a student has already taken as ar undergraduate or to. provide an opportunity fo a student to pursue individual research anc readings in a chosen field under the supervisioi of a member of the faculty. Application shoulc be filed during the early enrollment period of th» quarter before the independent study will i taken. Unanimous approval by the gradual committee, or a majority vote of the departmer required.

MPS 795-796 — Internship in Preservation (O-V-5)

Prerequisites: Regular admission status in th< M.A. program; 15 hours of MPS coursework .£ the graduate level; HIS 500, and either HIS 67< or HIS 671.

The student will pursue an individually de signed project involving off-campus study an< research in an appropriate preservation agenc\ Projects are designed to require at least twi quarter for completion, during which time thi student will be under the joint supervision of thij sponsoring agency and the faculty sponsoi Upon completion of the project, the student wi present to a graduate committee a formal repor

LANGUAGES, LITERATURE, AND DRAMATIC ARTS

135

which must be approved in order to satisfy the Internship requirement for the M.A. degree.

MPS 800-801— Thesis (O-V-5)

Prerequisite: Satisfactory performance on the comprehensive examinations.

Planned research and writing directed by the student's thesis advisor. Normally, a student will register for 5 hours credit per quarter, using one quarter for research and one quarter for writing.

Languages, Literature, and Dramatic Arts

Faculty

Strozier, Robert, Department Head

Andrews, Carol

Brown, Hugh

Clancy, Frank

Cooksey, Thomas

Echegoyen, Regina

Jenkins, Marvin

Martin, William

Noble, David

Nordquist, Richard

Raymond, Richard

Roth, Lorie

Suchower, John

Welsh, John

White Virginia

Graduate Faculty

English Composition

Entering students should begin the required English core sequence in their initial quarter of attendance. Students must not delay beginning this sequence beyond their second quarter of attendance. Students must enroll in the appro- priate course in the core sequence and do so each quarter until they complete the sequence : and/or pass the Regents' Test. ENG 101, 102, and 201 courses may not be dropped without permission from Dr. Strozier, Department Head. Students who do drop these courses without Department Head approval will receive a failing grade in the class.

Transfer students who have not completed the required English composition courses pre- scribed by Armstrong degree programs will be expected to take an English Placement Test (EPT) to place the students in the appropriate English course. The exceptions to this require-

ment are: students with an SAT verbal of 450 or above and a TSWE score of 40 or above, and University System students who have credit for ENG 101 and ENG 102.

The transferred English composition credits will show the number and title of the sending institution so that the composition courses taken at Armstrong will not necessarily be shown as repeats. These transferred courses may then be used as elective credit to complete degree re- quirements.

Exemptions from Core English

Students who wish credit exemption for Eng- lish 101 must take the CLEP College Compo- sition and Essay examination and make a score of 53 (Grade equivalent of a "B") and make a "C" or above in English 102. Students who wish a credit exemption for English 102 must take the CLEP Analysis and Interpretation of Literature and Essay Examination and make a score of 55 (Grade equivalent of "B") and make a "C" or above in English 201 . Students who make these scores in English 101 and 1 02 exams must make a "C" or above in English 201 to receive credit exemption for those courses.

Students who score "3" or above on the AP exam also will receive credit exemption for Eng- lish 101, providing that they make "C" or better in English 102.

Foreign Languages

Students who, while enrolled at Armstrong State College, take their foreign language courses on another campus must pass an ap- propriate national standardized test with a score not lower than the 60 percentile on each part to receive credit for 103 and/or 201. Students transferring to Armstrong State College, after having completed the required foreign lan- guage sequence at another college, with "C's" or above, are not required to complete the pro- ficiency examinations at Armstrong.

Exemptions from Foreign Languages

Students who wish a credit exemption for the French or Spanish requirement must make a score of 45 (Grade equivalent of a "B") on the CLEP exam, and make a "C" or better in the appropriate 201 class. Students who wish a credit exemption for German must make a score of 44 (Grade equivalent of a "B" and make a "C" or higher in German 201. For further infor-

136

ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE

mation students should contact the Head of the Department of Languages, Literature, and Dra- matic Arts, or Ms. Benson in Counseling and Placement.

Students majoring in English or in Drama- Speech should satisfy the college core require- ments for the Bachelor of Arts degree during the freshman and sophomore years. Students must earn a grade of "C" or better in each 300 or 400 level course included in any major or minor area.

7. One course in literature in

English 5

C. Related Field Requirements 25

Courses numbered 300 or above in the School of Arts, Sci- ences, & Education 25

D. Electives 20

E. Regents' Examination 0

TOTAL 191

PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF BACHELOR OF ARTS WITH A MAJOR IN ENGLISH

Hours

A. General Requirements 101

Area 1 20

1. ENG 101, 102 or 192, 201 or

292 15

2. One course from: ART 200, 271, 272, 273; ENG 222; MUS 200; PHI 201 5

Area II 20

1. Two from: MAT 101, 103, 290.. 10

2. Laboratory science sequence.. 10 Area III 20

1. HIS114or191,115or192;POS

■ 113 15

2. One from: ANT 201; ECO 201, 202; PSY 101; SOC 201 5

ArealV 30

1. Foreign language sequence through 201 20

2. CS 115, and one of the follow- ing:

ART 200, 271, 272, 273; DRS

227, 228; MUS 200; PHI 201 .... 10

AreaV 6

1. PE 103 or 108 and 117 3

2. Three activity courses 3

State Requirement 5

HIS 251 or 252

B. Courses in the Major Field 45

1. ENG 301, 345 or 346 10

2. One from ENG 341, 347, 350, 356, 357 5

3. One from ENG 352, 353, 354... 5

4. One from ENG 333, 334, 335... 5

5. ENG 311 and 312 10

6. One from ENG 370, 371, 372, 380, 382 5

PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF BACHELOR OF ARTS WITH A MAJOR IN ENGLISH (with teacher certification)

Hours

A. General Requirements 101

Area I 20

1. ENG 101, 102 or 192, 201 or

292 15

2. One from ART 200, 271, 272, 273; ENG 222; MUS 200 5

Areall 20

1. MAT 101 and 103 or 220 or

290 10

2. Laboratory science sequence.. '10 Area III 20

1. HIS 114or 191, 115or192;POS 113 15

2. PSY 101 : t

ArealV ' 3C

1. Foreign language sequence through 201 2C

2. DRS 228 or 341 t

3. One from ANT 201; ECO 201, 202; SOC 201 E

AreaV ... 6

1. PE 103 or 108 and 117 o

2. Three activity courses G

State Requirement t

HIS 251 or 252 £

B. Courses in the Major Field 4C

1. ENG 301 I

2. ENG 311 and 312 1C

3. One from ENG 333, 334, 335... t

4. ENG 313 or 314 t

5. ENG 345 or 346 t

6. ENG 380 or 382 E

7. ENG 370

C. Related Field Requirements

1. DRS/FLM 350 or 351, and ap- proved elective 1C

2. PHI 400 or approved elective...

LANGUAGES, LITERATURE, AND DRAMATIC ARTS

137

D. Professional Sequences 45

1. EDN 200; EXC 310, EDN 335, 422, 439, 481, 482, 483 40

2. PSY301 or EDN 302 5

E. Regents' Examination 0

TOTAL 201

PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF BACHELOR OF ARTS WITH A MAJOR IN DRAMA-SPEECH

Hours

A. General Requirements 101

Area 1 20

1. ENG 101, 102 or 192, 201 or

292 15

2. One course from: ART 200, 271, 272, 273; ENG 222; MUS 200;

PHI 201 5

Areall 20

1. MAT 101, 290 10

2. Laboratory science sequence.. 10 Area III 20

1. HIS 114 or 191. 115or192;POS 113 15

2. One from: ANT 201; ECO 201; PSY 101; SOC201 5

ArealV 30

1. Foreign language sequence through 201 20

2. DRS227, 228 10

AreaV 6

1 PE 103 or 108 and 117 3

2. Three activity courses 3

State Requirement 5

HIS 251 or 252 5

B. Courses in the Major Field 45

1. DRS 341, 342, 345, 346; ENG

301 25

2. Two from: DRS 450, 451, 452.. 10

3. One from: DRS 340, 347, 350,

351 5

4. One from: DRS 400; ENG 400, 401, 402 5

C. Related Field Requirements 30

1. ENG 345, 346, 356, 357, 360,

365 20

2. One from: ART 200. 271, 272, 273; MUS 200; PHI 201 5

3. One course from: LIN 380, 382 5

D. Electives 15

E. Regents' Examination 0

TOTAL 191

PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF BACHELOR OF ARTS WITH A MAJOR IN ENGLISH (Communications Concentration)

Hours

A. General Requirements 101

Area 1 20

1. ENG 101, 102 or 192, 201 or

292 15

2. One course from: ART 200, 271, 272, 273; ENG 222; MUS 200;

PHI 200, 201 5

Area II 20

1 . Two from:

MAT 101, 103, 290 10

2. Laboratory science sequence.. 10 Area III 20

1. HIS 1 14 or 191 , 115or192;POS 113 15

2. One from: ANT 201; ECO 201, 202; PSY 101; SOC 201 5

ArealV 30

1. Foreign language sequence through 201 20

2. CS 115 and one of the following: ART 200, 271, 272, 273; DRS 227; MUS 200; PHI 201

AreaV 6

1. PE 103 or 108 and 117 3

2. Three activity courses 3

State Requirement 5

HIS 251 or 252 5

B. Courses in the Major Field 45

1 . Two from ENG 370, 372, JRN

343 10

2. DRS 228 and 341 10

3. ENG 311 and 312 10

4. ENG 313 and 314 10

5. One from ENG 333, 334, 335... 5

C. Related Field Requirements 25

1. One from: FLM 340. FLM 350. FLM351 5

2. One from: DRS 347, ART 204,

211 5

3. One from: HIS 351, HIS 352. SOC333 5

4. One course selected from: ENG 400, DRS 400, PHI 400, JRN 400 5

5. One upper division course from Arts, Sciences, and Education 5

D Electives 20

1. ENG499 5

138 ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE

Electives 15

TOTAL 191

Minor Concentrations

The following minor concentrations available from the Department of Languages, Literature, and Dramatic Arts. For completion of each of the minors, the student must earn a "C" or better in each course offered for the minor.

The minors and their requirements are:

Hours

Communications 25

1 . ENG 370, JRN 343, ENG 372 .. 5

2. DRS/FLM/JRN 350, DRS/FLM 351, ART 211, 204, 314, 315.... 5

3. ENG 499, ENG 400, DRS 400, FLM 401, JRN 400 5

4. DRS 228 or 341 5

5. One 300-400 course in Lan- guages, Literature, and Dra- matic Arts 5

English 20

English electives at the 300- 400 level (only 5 hours of

499) 20

Film 20

1.. DRS/FLM 340, 351 10

2. DRS/FLM 350, DRS/FLM 401 ... 10

Foreign Language 25

20 hours in one language at

the 300-400 level 20

Linguistics 20

Courses selected from ENG/

LIN 325, 380, 382; LIN 400.. 20

Philosophy 20

Philosophy electives at the

300-400 level 20

Drama-Speech Offerings

Successful completion of ENG 101 is prereq- uisite to all DRS courses with the exception of DRS 227.

DRS 227— Theatre Laboratory (0-3-1)

Offered every quarter.

Practical experience in theatre. The student will work on the Masquers' production of the quarter. Only one hour of credit may be earned per quarter. The maximum total credit allowed in Theatre Laboratory is five quarter hours.

In the summer students may take up to five hours credit in DRS 227 by working part time in summer theatre workshop (DRS 450).

DRS 228— Speech Communication (5-0-5)

Offered every quarter.

Practice and theory of oral communication. Each student makes several major speeches. The physiology of the speech mechanisms is covered, and articulation is studied within the framework of the international Phonetic Alpha- bet.

DRS/FLM 340— Development of the Cinema (5-0-5)

Same as FLM 340.

A study of the history and development of the cinema with special emphasis on the American dominance of the medium.

DRS 341— Oral Interpretation (5-0-5)

Fall.

The oral interpretation of poetry and prose. The techniques of literary analysis and the vocal techniques needed to communicate an author's mood and meaning are stressed.

DRS 342 — Dynamics of Performing (5-0-5)

Alternates with DRS 345, Winter. Prerequi- sites: ENG 101 plus at least two credit hours in DRS 227.

Intensive study of characterization and styles of acting from several points; historical, critical practical, theoretical, and experimental. Empha- sis on development of performance skills.

DRS 345— History of the Theatre (5-0-5)

Alternates with DRS 342, Winter.

A survey of theatrical art from its beginning tc the present day emphasizing the developmen' of the physical theatre.

DRS 346— Play Production (5-0-5)

Alternating Spring quarters.

The theory and practice of acting and direct- ing with special attention to image-making or stage. Individuals under supervision prepare and execute the production of scenes and shod plays.

DRS/JRN 347— Basic TV Production (2-9-5)

Alternates with DRS 400, Spring, Fall.

The theory and practice of television produc tion styles, forms, and concepts, with specia emphasis on the critical appreciation of elec tronic communication techniques.

LANGUAGES, LITERATURE, AND DRAMATIC ARTS

139

)RS/FLM/JRN 350— Film as an Art (5-0-5)

Spring. Same as FLM 350 and JRN 350. Study of film with emphasis on critical appre- jiation of film as an art form.

)RS/FLM 351— Film and Literature (5-0-5)

Summer. Same as FLM 351. Prerequisite: )RS/FI_M 350.

Studies in the translation of literature to film vith emphasis on the differences of the media n form, content and perception.

)RS 400— Special Topics in

Communications (1-5)-0-(1-5)

Alternates with DRS 347, Spring, Fall. Prereq- lisite: ENG 101.

The special subject matter in this course is innounced when the course is offered.

)RS/FLM 401— Topics in Film (5-0-5)

Prerequisite: Film 350 or 351.

The special subject matter of this course will ie announced when the course is offered. Top- :s include: Film Genres, Auteurs, and Critical heory.

>RS 450-451-452— Drama Workshop 3-15-5)

Summer only.

Summer stock theatre for credit. Students are irected and instructed by a member of the fac- Ity who is a professional in the theatre. All as- ects of production will be studied.

•RS 490— Independent Study (1-5)-0-(1-5)

Offered on demand. Prerequisites: Senior sta- js plus ENG 101 plus at least one 300 level •RS course. Open to transient students only ith the permission of Dean of Faculty at Arm- trong and the college from which the student omes.

nglish Offerings

NG 025— Composition Review (5-0-5)

Institutional Credit.

Designed to correct deficiencies in writing re- saled by the Regents' Test. Prerequisite: Com- letion of the English core requirements of the udent's program.

NG 101— Composition I (5-0-5)

Offered each quarter

Each student should attain at least one of the •Mowing prior to enrolling: (a) a combination of 50 SAT Verbal/40 TSWE (Test of Standard Writ-

ten English) scores, or (b) the prescribed level of performance on the English Placement Test (EPT), or (c) a grade of "P" in English 099.

For the student having demonstrable ability in reading, writing, and organizing. The student will sharpen his skills by writing themes of varying length and complexity utilizing techniques learned from intensive study of essays in four rhetorical modes (description, narration, expo- sition, and argumentation). The course also aims to increase the student's awareness of language itself. Readings in addition to the essay may be used.

ENG 102— Composition II (5-0-5)

Offered each quarter. Prerequisite: Satisfac- tory completion of ENG 101 or ENG 191.

Gives the student guided practice in reading and compositional skills. The course introduces literary forms and language— fiction, poetry, drama — using readings in and study of those forms to stimulate the writing of interpretive and critical papers.

ENG 192 — Honors Composition and Introduction to Literature (5-0-5)

Winter. Prerequisite: Minimum grade of "B" in English 101 and the recommendation of the English 101 instructor and approval of the De- partment Head.

The student will read and write in greater depth than in English 102.

ENG 201— Selections in World Literature (5-0-5)

Offered each quarter. Prerequisite: ENG 102 or ENG 192.

Completes the Core I sequence. Organized around literary and extra-literary materials, the course facilitates student investigation of en- during issues and ideas found in world literature. Research techniques are introduced. The spe- cific content in each section of this course is announced quarterly.

ENG 222 — Topics in the Humanities (5-0-5)

Prerequisite: ENG 201.

A thematic approach to major works in the humanities designed to awaken and heighten the student's awareness of traditional and con- temporary issues. Topics will be announced.

ENG 292 — Honors Composition and Literature (5-0-5)

Spring. Prerequisite Minimum grade of "C in English 192 or minimum grade of "B" in English

140

ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE

102 and the recommendation of the English 102 instructor.

The student will read and write in greater depth than in English 201.

Please Note: ENG 201 is prerequisite to all ENG 300-400 courses. ENG 311 and 312 are pre- requisite for all English courses 330 through 499, except ENG 370 through 382.

ENG 301 — Introduction to Literary Studies (5-0-5)

Fall or Spring.

Familiarizes the English major with the vocab- ulary and approaches of modern literary criti- cism, advances abilities in the reading and interpretation of literary texts, and promotes un- derstanding of the tools of literary research and writing.

ENG 311— Survey of English Literature I (5-0-5)

Alternate quarters.

A survey of the major works of English liter- ature from its beginnings at the end of the 18th century. Includes the Beowulf poet, Chaucer, Spencer and Milton.

ENG 312— Survey of English Literature II (5-0-5)

Alternate quarters.

A survey of major works from the beginning of the 19th century to the contemporary period. Includes the Romantics, the Victorians and the Moderns.

ENG 313— World Literature I (5-0-5)

Winter. Alternate years. A study of major works and movements in world literature through the Renaissance.

ENG 314— World Literature II (5-0-5)

Spring. Alternate years. A study of major works and movements in modern world literature.

ENG 333— American I: Beginnings through 1830. (5-0-5)

Fall, Alternate years.

A survey of significant American poetry and prose from the Atlantic migration to the Jack- sonian Age, the course emphasizes develop- ment of a literature with a uniquely American character.

ENG 334 — American II: Emerson through Twain. (5-0-5)

Winter, Alternate years. A critical examination of the art and ideas of the major writers of the American Renais-

sance— Emerson, Poe, Hawthorne, Melville Thoreau, Whitman, and Dickinson. Traces th evolution of Transcendental Romanticism int the Realism of Twain.

ENG 335 — American III: Rise of Naturalism to the Present. (5-0-5)

Spring, Alternate years.

The cultural and ideological bases and eve lution of American Realism and Naturalism ar probed in the works of James, Crane, Norri: and Dreiser as well as contemporary writers an modernists such as Eliot, Stevens, Faulkne Frost, Robinson, Fitzgerald, and Cummings,

ENG 341— Early English Literature, Beginnings through 1603. (5-0-5)

Alternates with ENG 302. Fall.

Surveys major English literature from to eighth century to the death of Elizabeth I. En phasis is on the development of a literature th, reflects the diversified England of this 800-ye; period. Writers include: the Beowulf poet ar other Old English authors, early Middle Englis lyrics and the major figures of the 14th centu (the Pearl Poet, Chaucer, Langland, Gower).

ENG 345— Shakespeare I (5-0-5)

Fall or Spring.

A comprehensive study of the tragedies, cor edies, and history plays drawn from Taming the Shrew, Merchant of Venice, Merry Wives Windsor, Much Ado About Nothing, As You Li, It, Troilus and Cressida, Measure for Measui Richard II, Henry IV Parts 1 and 2, Henry V, Tit Andronicus, Julius Caesar, King Lear, Macbe, Antony and Cleopatra, and Coriolanus.

ENG 346— Shakespeare II (5-0-5)

Spring or Fall.

A second comprehensive study of the ti gedies, comedies and history plays drawn frc A Comedy of Errors, Love's Labor's Lost, Rom and Juliet, Midsummer Night's Dream, Twel Night, Hamlet, Othello, A Winter's Tale, The Te pest, Pericles, Cymbeline, All's Well That En Well, Two Gentlemen of Verona, King John, mon of Athens, Richard III, Henry VI, and Her VIII.

ENG 347— 17th Century British Poetry an< Prose: 1603-1689. (5-0-5)

A survey of the major nondramatic literati $ from the death of Elizabeth I to the reign of V- liam and Mary, this course places its major e- phasis upon the metaphysical and classkl traditions in English poetry. Authors incluS

LANGUAGES, LITERATURE, AND DRAMATIC ARTS

141

)onne, Jonson, Herbert, Herrick: Crashaw, /aughan, Marvell, Milton. Bacon, Brown, Bun- tan, Dryden, and Rochester.

ENG 350— 18th Century British Poetry and >rose. (5-0-5)

Spring.

A survey of British poetry and prose from 1 690

0 1 784, this course acquaints students with the )hilosophic and aesthetic concerns of the age is reflected chiefly but not exclusively in the Yorks of Swift, Pope, Johnson, and Fielding.

:NG 352 — 19th Century I: British Romantic >oetry and Prose (5-0-5)

Winter or Spring.

An examination of the works of the major Ro- nantic writers including Blake, Wordsworth, /Oleridge, Byron, Shelley, and Keats.

:NG 353— 19th Century II: British Victorian •oetry and Prose. (5-0-5)

Alternates with ENG 343, Spring.

An examination of the responses of novelists, oets, and prose writers to the issues troubling ictonan England: the conflict between science nd religion, the faith in "progress," the growth f industrialism, the rights of the individual and f the society, and the role of the artist.

NG 354— 20th Century British Poetry and rose. (5-0-5)

Alternates with ENG 342. Spring.

A study of major figures^James, Conrad, awrence, Yeats, Hardy, Auden, Thomas— ithin the context of continental developments Symbolism, Proust, Rilke), Eliot, and the con- ept of "modernism."

NG 356 — British Drama I: Beginnings to ,630.(5-0-5)

\ Alternates with ENG 365. Winter or Spring.

1 Medieval and Renaissance Non-Shakespear- ian drama; stresses the plays of Marlowe, Jon- pn, Beaumont and Fletcher, Middleton and (/ebster; and grounds the student in the con- tentions and traditions of Medieval and early

jdor drama.

NG 357— British Drama II. 1630-1800. i-0-5)

Alternates with English 356 and 365 Winter or ■ipring. Restoration and Eighteenth Century

rama; begins with Pre-Restoration, late Caro- • ne drama; and stresses the plays of Ford, Shir-

i'y, Dryden, Lee, Otway, Etherege, Wycherley, . longreve, Goldsmith, and Sheridan.

ENG 360 — Ancient Epic and Drama (5-0-5)

Spring. Alternate years.

A study of major works of antiquity. Authors include Homer, Aeschylus, Sophocles, Euri- pides, and other significant figures.

ENG 365 — British, American, and Continental Drama: Ibsen to the Present. (5-0-5)

Alternates with ENG 356, Winter.

A survey of 19th and 20th century British, American and European plays. Movements in- clude Realism, the Irish Renaissance. Expres- sionism. Impressionism, and Theater of the Absurd. Ibsen, Shaw, Yeats, O'Casey, Wilde, Stnndberg, O'Neill, and Williams are among the dramatists studied.

ENG 370 — Advanced Composition (5-0-5)

Alternates with ENG 371. Fall. The study of expository and argumentative techniques.

ENG 371— Creative Writing (5-0-5)

Students submit manuscripts— stories, poems, plays — which they then critique by writ- ten statement and by class discussion under the guidance of the instructor.

ENG 372 — Technical and Business Communication (5-0-5)

Offered each quarter.

Students learn to report technical information clearly and persuasively. Assignments include technical descriptions and instructions, memo- randa, business letters, reports, and research articles. Emphasizes writing and includes oral presentations using visual aids.

ENG/LIN 380— Advanced Grammar (5-0-5)

Alternates with ENG 410, Spring.

A study of current approaches to grammar (including generative transformational); phon- ology, morphology and syntax are studied.

ENG/LIN 382— History of English Language (5-0-5)

A study of the English language from its be- ginnings in the fifth and sixth centuries to its world-wide expansion in the 20th. Traces the language chronologically from Old to Middle to Modern English. Emphasis is on the phonetic, syntactic, and lexical changes with weight given both to internal and external influences

142

ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE

ENG 400— Special Topic (5-0-5)

Subject is announced when the course is of- fered. Subjects include: Modernism: 1880-1940; Apartheid in Perspective; World-wide English Literature, Decadence, Women in Literature.

ENG 401— Special Genre (5-0-5)

Subject is announced when the course is of- fered. Genres include: New England Poets; Vic- torian Novel, Eighteeneth Century Novel, Russian Novel, Southern Fiction, British Drama, American Novel.

ENG 402— Special Author (5-0-5)

Subject is announced when the course is of- fered. Authors include: Faulkner, Dickens, Twain, Hardy, Fielding, Chaucer, Milton, Dante, Frost, Dickinson, and Austen.

ENG 490— Independent Study (1 -5)-0-(1 -5)

Prerequisites: Senior status. Available to tran- sient students under the following conditions: approval of the Dean of the faculty and Dean of the college from which the student comes.

ENG 491— Independent Study (1-5)-0-(1-5)

Prerequisites: Senior status. Available to tran- sient students under the following conditions; approval of the Dean of the Faculty and Dean of the college from which the student comes.

ENG 499— Internship (Up to 15 hrs)

Offered by Special arrangement. Prerequisite: Junior status, a 2.5 GPA, a supervisory staff member, recommendation of the departmental internship Committee, and approval of the De- partment head. May be repeated to a maximum of 15 credit hours.

The student pursues an individually designed project involving off-campus work, study, and/ or research. Projects are under the joint super- vision of the sponsoring institution and the staff member. Fifteen hours credit requires forty hours a week at the sponsoring institution. Ten hours credit requires twenty-five hours a week; five hours credit requires fifteen hours a week.

Film Offerings

FLM/DRS 340— Development of the Cinema (5-0-5)

Winter.

A study of the history and development of the cinema with special emphasis on the American dominance of the medium.

FLM/DRS 350— Film as an Art (5-0-5)

Same as JRN 350.'

Study of film with emphasis on critical appre ciation of film as an art form.

FLM/DRS 351— Film and Literature (5-0-5)

Prerequisite: FLM/DRS 350.

Studies in the translation of literature to fill with emphasis on the differences of the medi in form, content, and perception.

FLM/DRS 401— Topics in Film (5-0-5)

Prerequisite: FLM 350 or 351 .

Special subject matter is announced when th course is offered. Topics: film genres, auteur; and critical theory.

Foreign Language Offerings

FRE 101-102-103— Elementary French One, Two, Three (5-0-5)

Offered each year.

Provides the student with the elements < French reading, composition, and conversatioi The approach is primarily oral; daily practic with tape recordings is required.

FRE 201— Intermediate French (5-0-5)

Prerequisite: Three quarters of college Frenc or three years of high school French. Continue emphasis on the reading of text as well as c oral and composition skills.

FRE 300— Special Topics in the French Language (5-0-5)

Prerequisite: FRE 201 .

Advanced analysis and examination of I structure and grammar of the French languac stressing oral usage.

FRE 305— Special Topics in French Literature (5-0-5)

Prerequisite: FRE 201.

Subject matter is announced when the cour: is offered. Includes: surveys of Nineteenth ar Twentieth-Century literature.

FRE 351-352-353— Study Abroad in France (V-V-15)

Prerequisite: FRE 103.

A summer quarter's residence and study France in conjunction with the Studies Abroc Program of the University System of Georgi The program lasts for a period of 8-9 weeks. J\ student receives intensive instruction in la guage and culture and participates in Unive sity-sponsored activities.

LANGUAGES, LITERATURE, AND DRAMATIC ARTS

143

RE 401— Special Genre (5-0-5)

Prerequisite: FRE 305 or permission of instruc-

x.

Subject matter is announced when the course

offered. Subjects include: Seventeenth, Eight-

enth, and Nineteenth-Century Theatre; Nine-

3enth and Twentieth-Century Fiction.

RE 402— Special Author (5-0-5)

Prerequisite: FRE 305 or permission of instruc- )r.

Subject matter is announced when the course offered. Authors include: Flaubert, Hugo, Zola,

lalraux.

RE 490— Independent Study (1-5)-0-(1-5)

Prerequisites: FRE 305 or approval of instruc- V.

Transient students may take this course only ith permission of the Dean of Faculty at Arm- rong and the college from which the student iries.

ER 101-102-103— Elementary German •ne, Two, Three (5-0-5)

Offered each year.

Elements of reading and writing; basic vo- abulary; simple conversation; essentials of

'ammar.

ER 201— Intermediate German (5-0-5)

Prerequisite: Three quarters of college Ger- man or three years of high school German. Con- iued emphasis on reading of text as well as i oral and composition skills.

ER 300 — Special Topics in the German language (5-0-5)

I Prerequisite: GER 201.

Readings in the various uses of German, from J e popular to the literary, throughout the history

the language.

ER 305 — Special Topics in German iterature (5-0-5)

: Prerequisite: GER 201. Subject matter is announced when the course offered. Topics include: surveys of Eighteenth, meteenth, and Twentieth Century German lit- ature.

ER 351-352-353— Study Abroad in ermany (V-V15)

i Prerequisite: GER 103.

! A summer quarter's residence and study in ermany in conjunction with the Studies Abroad rogram of the University System of Georgia. ie program lasts for 8-9 weeks. The student

receives intensive instruction in language and culture and participates in University sponsored activities.

GER 401— Special Genre (5-0-5)

Prerequisite: GER 305 or permission of in- structor.

Subject is announced when the course is of- fered. Subjects include: Mediaeval Poetry; Prose, Poetry, and Drama in the 17th and 18th Century; the Novella in the 19th Century; 20th Century Prose.

GER 402— Special Author (5-0-5)

Prerequisite: GER 305 or permission of in- structor.

Subject is announced when the course is of- fered. Authors include: Grimmelshausen, Goethe, Schiller, Thomas Mann, Kafka, Grass.

GER 490— Independent Study (1-5)-0-(1-5)

Prerequisite: Approval of instructor or GER 201. Transient students may take this course only with permission of the Dean of Faculty at Armstrong and the college from which the stu- dent comes.

LAT 101-102-103— Elementary Latin One, Two, Three (5-0-5)

Three courses offered each year. Essentials of grammar; readings from se- lected Latin authors.

LAT 201— Intermediate Latin (5-0-5)

Prerequisite: Three quarters of college Latin or three years of high school Latin.

Further readings in Latin literature with special emphasis on Vergil and Ovid.

LAT 300 — Readings in Latin (5-0-5)

Prerequisite: LAT 201.

Readings from the 2,000 years of Latinity from Plautus to the recent encyclicals.

LAT/CLA 351-352-353— Study Abroad in Rome and Athens (V-V-15)

Prerequisite: LAT 103.

A summer quarter's residence and study in Rome and Athens in conjunction with the Studies Abroad Program of the University System of Georgia. Taught in English. Through visits to monuments, museums, and classical ruins, and on excursions to Crete, Delphi, Ostia, Tivoli, Tar- quinia, and Fanscati the student experiences first hand the reality of life in the ancient world.

144

ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE

LAT 396— Latin Language and Culture in Rome (15-0-15)

Summer. Prerequisite: LAT 201 or the equiv- alent.

Classes meet in Rome for 3 hours a day, 6 days a week, for 7 weeks, to speak, read, and hear Latin. Students practice composition out- side of class and travel to places of cultural sig- nificance.

SPA 101-102-103— Elementary Spanish One-Two-Three (5-0-5)

Offered each year.

Provide the student with the elements of Span- ish reading, composition, and conversation.

SPA 201— Intermediate Spanish (5-0-5)

Prerequisite: Three quarters of college Span- ish or three years of high school Spanish. Con- tinued emphasis on reading of texts as well as oral and composition skills.

SPA 300— Special Topics in the Spanish Language (5-0-5)

Prerequisite: SPA 201 .

Advanced analysis and examination of the structure and grammar of the Spanish language stressing oral usage.

SPA 305 — Special Topics in Spanish Literature (5-0-5)

Prerequisite: SPA 201 .

Subject is announced when the course is of- fered. Topics include: surveys of Nineteenth and Twentieth-Century literature selected to en- lighten student awareness of the heritage and development of Spanish letters.

SPA 309 — Conversational Spanish (5-0-5)

Prerequisite: SPA 201 or permission of in- structor.

This course focuses on the practicality of the Spanish language in true-to-life conversation and situations. Emphasis is given to communi- cative activities that provide a cultural back- ground of Spain and Latin American countries. The course is directed towards oral proficiency.

SPA 351-352-353— Study Abroad in Spain (V-V-15)

Prerequisite: SPA 103.

A summer quarter's residence and study in Spain in conjunction with the Studies Abroad Program of the University System of Georgia. Lasts for 8-9 weeks. Students receive intensive instruction in language and culture comple- mented by a number of excursions.

SPA 401— Special Genre (5-0-5)

Prerequisite: SPA *305 or permission of ir structor.

Subject is announced when the course is oj fered. Genres include: Nineteenth and Twer tieth Century Spanish and Latin America novels, short stories, and poetry.

SPA 402— Special Author (5-0-5)

Prerequisite: SPA 305 or permission of ir structor.

Subject is announced when the course is o fered. Authors include: Carlos Fuentes, Garci Marquez, Alejo Carpentier, Frederico Garci Lorca, Miguel de Unamuno.

SPA 490— Independent Study (1-5)-0-(1-5)

Prerequisites: Approval of instructor and SP, 201. Transient students may take this cours only with the permission of the Dean of Facull at Armstrong and the college from which th student comes.

Journalism Offerings

JRN 343 — Journalistic Writing and Editing (5-0-5)

Winter. Prerequisite: ENG 201.

Investigation of and intensive practice in th techniques of modern journalism with emphas on writing and editing for newspapers and ma< azines.

JRN 347— Basic TV Production (2-9-5)

Alternates with DRS 400, Spring, Fall. Sarr as DRS 347.

A study of the theory and practice of televisic production styles, forms, and concepts, wi special emphasis on the critical appreciation electronic communication techniques.

JRN 350— Film as an Art (5-0-5)

Spring. Same as FLM/DRS 350. Study of film with emphasis on critical appr ciation of film as an art form.

JRN 400 — Topics in Journalism (5-0-5)

Fall. Prerequisite: JRN 340 or 343 or permi sion of instructor.

A seminar on the impact of the media on tr world today. Topics include rights and respo sibilities of journalists, censorship, media coj trol, propaganda, and other current issues.

LANGUAGES, LITERATURE, AND DRAMATIC ARTS

145

.inguistics Offerings

.IN 370 — Advanced Composition (5-0-5)

Alternates with ENG 371, Fall. Prerequisite: :NG 201 or consent of instructor. Same as ENG 10.

A study of expository and report techniques.

.IN 380 — Advanced Grammar (5-0-5)

Alternates with ENG 382, Spring. Same as NG/LIN 380.

A study of current approaches to grammar ncluding generative transformational); phon- logy, morphology, and syntax will be studied.

IN 382— History of the English Language 5-0-5)

Alternates with ENG 380. Spring. Same as NG/LIN 382.

IN 400— Topics in Linguistics (3-0-3)

Prerequisite: ENG— LIN 380 or 382 or per- lission of the instructor.

A seminar in subjects of interest in both the- retical and applied linguistics. Topics are an- Dunced. The course may be taken more than ice for credit as topics change.

hilosophy Offerings

Please Note: ENG 101 is prerequisite: to all llowing PHI courses.

HI 201— Introduction to Philosophy i .-0-5)

The fundamentals of philosophy, the meaning hd function of philosophy, and the vocabulary "id problems of philosophy. Includes a survey

the basic issued and major types of philos-

}hy and shows the sources in experience, his-

ry, and representative thinkers.

HI 301— Ancient and Medieval 1ilosophy(5-0-5)

An historical introduction to philosophy, trac- g the development of European philosophy

pm the early Greeks through the Middle Ages, th emphasis on selected works of major phi-

isophers.

HI 302— 16th, 17th, 18th Century

lilosophy

-0-5)

European philosophy from the Renaissance rough Kant, emphasizing selected works of ajor philosophers.

PHI 303— 19th and 20th Century Philosophy (5-0-5)

A study of the major philosophers in philo- sophical movements of the 19th and 20th cen- turies.

PHI 400— Special Topics (1-5)-0-(1-5)

Offered on demand. Prerequisite: One 200 or 300 philosophy course.

Subject is announced when the course is of- fered. Current courses: Aesthetics, Philosophy of Religion, Ethics, Nietzsche.

PHI 490— Independent Study (1-5)-0-(1-5)

Offered on demand. Prerequisite: Senior sta- tus and one 300-philosophy course.

The student, with the advice and consent of this supervising professor and of the department head, selects the topic for supervised inde- pendent study and submits a prospectus for de- partment approval before the quarter in which the course is to be taken. Transient students may take this course only with permission of the Dean of Faculty at Armstrong and the college from which the student comes.

Graduate Program and Courses

Coordinator: Dr. Robert Strozier

The college offers a variety of master's degree programs. Effective July 1, 1990, all graduate programs offered on the Armstrong State Col- lege campus will be administered in affiliation with Georgia Southern University. See specific program department head for further informa- tion.

Objectives

The Department of Languages, Literature, and Dramatic Arts offers graduate courses as a support service for several graduate degree programs, English teachers, elementary, and middle school teachers, and teachers seeking certificate renewal. These courses also offer op- portunity for professional growth and cultural en- richment for individuals who hold a Bachelor's degree but do not wish to pursue a graduate degree.

146

ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE

OFFERINGS

All courses are open to undergraduate and graduate students.

Drama/Speech and Drama/Speech — Film Offerings

DRS/FLM 351/551— Film and Literature (5-0-5)

Studies in the translation of literature to film with emphasis on the differences of the media in form, content, and perception.

DRS 450-451 -452/650-651 -652— Summer Theater (5-15-5)

English Offerings

ENG 333/533 — American Literature I to 1830 (5-0-5)

ENG 334/534— American Literature II: Emerson through Twain (5-0-5)

ENG 335/535— American Literature III: Naturalism to the Present (5-0-5)

ENG 341/541— Early English Literature, Beginnings Through 1603 (5-0-5)

ENG 345/545— Shakespeare I (5-0-5)

ENG 346/546— Shakespeare II (5-0-5)

ENG 347/547— 17th Century British Poetry & Prose 1603-1689 (5-0-5)

ENG 350/550— 18th Century British Poetry & Prose (5-0-5)

ENG 352/552— 19th Century I: British Romantic Poetry and Prose (5-0-5)

ENG 353/553— 19th Century II: British Victorian Poetry and Prose (5-0-5)

ENG 354/554— 20th Century: British Poetry and Prose (5-0-5)

ENG 400/600— Special Topics (5-0-5)

ENG 401/601— Special Genre (5-0-5)

ENG 402/602— Special Author (5-0-5)

Mathematics and Computer Science

Faculty

"Wheeler, Ed, Department Head

Barnard Jane

Findeis, John "Hansen, John "Hudson, Anne

Hudson, Sigmund "Kilhefner, Dale

Matthews, Robert

Munson, Richard

Norwich, Vicki

Shipley, Charles

White, Laurie

^Graduate Faculty

The Mathematics and Computer Science D( partment offers a wide range of services to th ASC student. Several introductory courses ai available both to satisfy the general educatic needs of the student and to satisfy prerequisite in the major program. A minor program in eith< mathematics or computer science can be d< signed to complement the rest of a student program. A major in the mathematical science allows the student to choose from among, fo options; a flexible computer science maj< meets the needs of students with a number different interests.

The Mathematical Sciences Major: Option of this major is entitled "Mathematics" and pr pares students intending to pursue gradue studies in mathematics. Option 3 is entitle "Mathematics Education" and prepares si dents to teach in public and private seconda schools/This option is an approved program 1 the Georgia Teacher's Professional Four Ye Certificate (T-4). Option 4 is entitled "Compulj Science" and is available for students who c sire a dual concentration in mathematics ai computer science.

The most flexible of the four options is Opti' 2 entitled "Applied Mathematics." This option a good choice for students preparing for ai riety of careers in business and industry, tending to attend graduate school in quantitative area such as biostatistics, econoi ics, or operations research, or wishing to part ipate in a Dual-Degree Program in engineerir

The Computer Science Major: In rece years this major has. equipped many studer to step into a broad spectrum of jobs in t computer industry. The degree features a cc of courses designed to provide a solid foi

MATHEMATICS AND COMPUTER SCIENCE

147

tion in theoretical computer science as well practical programming experience. Degree tions beyond the core include a sequence rmitting specialization in data management stems and software engineering and a se- ence in computer systems. Additional ?adth is available through electives in Data tmmunication and Networks, Compiler The- I C Programming under UNIX (tm), Computer aphics and a topics course that is constantly anged to keep students on the forefront of Dwledge. A variety of internships and coop- itive education placements provide students h opportunities for practical experience in the ;cipline.

3o-ops and Internships: Students in the ithematical sciences and computer science $ able to compete for cooperative education sitions and internships at major Savannah iployers such as Gulf Stream, Savannah Dds, SEPCO and Union Camp. Such positions )vide students invaluable opportunities to ac- re practical experience that complements ir classroom experience. "he Dual Degree Program: Under arrange- nts with Georgia Tech students may in five irs of study earn simultaneously the BS de- e in the mathematical sciences from Arm- )ng and the Bachelor's degree in any one of umber of fields of engineering from Georgia :h. Armstrong participates in similar pro- ms with other major universities. Students isidering this option should contact an ad- )r in the Mathematics and Computer Science Dartment as soon as possible. j Minors: Students in any major program jitever (either two year or four year) can aug- (it their major with a minor in mathematics or Ijiinor in computer science, he minor in mathematics requires MAT 206,

S, 208, and ten additional quarter hours cho- from MAT 216, MAT 260 and 300-400 level \ hematics courses (excluding MAT 391 and *F393).

pe minor in computer science consists of the

iirses CS 142, CS 231, CS 242, CS 301 and

::308.

pecial Academic Regulations:

' To earn the BS degree in the mathematical

sciences or computer science, a student

' must successfully complete with a grade of

C or better all mathematics and computer

science courses in area IV of the core and

all courses in Section B, Courses in the Ma- jor Field. 2. To fulfill the prerequisites for any mathe- matics or computer science course one must obtain a grade of "C" (or above) in each prerequisite course except Mathe- matics 101.

PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF BACHELOR OF SCIENCE WITH A MAJOR IN MATHEMATICAL SCIENCES

Hours

A. General Requirements 96

Area 1 20

1. ENG 101, 102 or 192, 201 or

292 15

2. One course selected from: ART 200, 271, 272, 273; ENG 222; MUS200; PHI 201 5

Areall 20

1. MAT 103, 206 10

2. One of the sequences: BIO 101, 102; CHE 128, 129 (required for dual degree students); PHY 217, 218 10

Area III 20

1. HIS 114 or 191, 115 or 192 10

2. POS 113 and one course se- lected from: PSY 101 (required for math education option); SOC 201; ECO 201, 202; ANT 201... 10

ArealV 30

1. CS 142 5

2. MAT 207, 208, 216, 260 20

3. HIS 251 or 252 5

AreaV 6

1. PE 117 and 103 or 108 3

2. Three activity courses 3

B. Major Field Requirements 30

Option One— Mathematics:

1. MAT 309, 311, 401

2. One of MAT 317, 402, or 416

3. Additional approved electives in mathematics

Option Two — Applied Mathematics

1. MAT 321, 341

2. One of CS 231, 246, 242

3. Oneof MAT 31 1.31 7. 401.416 4 Additional courses from: MAT

309, 317, 322, 342, 346, 353, 401, 406, 490

148

ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE

Option Three — Mathematics Education

1. MAT 311, 321, 336

2. MAT 41 6 or 470

3. Additional approved mathemat- ics electives

Option Four — Computer Science

1 . MAT 321

2. Two of MAT 322, 341 , 342, 346, 353

3. OS 242, 301, 305

C. Courses Related to Major 25

Option One — Mathematics

1. Language or approved com- puter science 10

2. Approved electives from math- ematics or related field 15

Option Two — Applied Mathematics

One of the following sequences:

1. PHY 217, 218, 219 with additional approved electives in chemistry, physics, or engineering

2. ACC 211, 212 and ECO 201, 202, 330

3. Approved computer science courses

4. Approved biology courses in- cluding BIO 370 or 480

5. Approved chemistry courses Option Three — Mathematics Education

1 . PSY 301 or EDU 302

2. EDN 200, 441, EXC 410, EDU 335

Option Four — Computer Science

1. CS 312, 360 and approved electives in computer science

D. Electives 40

Students in Options 1, 2, and 4 may choose any electives. Stu- dents in option 3 must use these hours to complete student teaching and special area re- quirements.*

E. Regents' and Exit Examinations

TOTAL 191 * Mathematics education students must select one elective from each of the following blocks of courses:

A. ART 200, 271 , 272, 273; MUS 200; DRS 228

B. ANT 201, ECO 201, SOC 201

PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF BACHELOR OF SCIENCE WITH A MAJOF IN COMPUTER SCIENCE

Ho

A. General Requirements

Area I

1. ENG 101, 102 or 192, 201 or 292

2. One course selected from: ART 200, 271, 272, 273; ENG 222; MUS 200; PHI 201

AREA II ..

1. MAT 103, 206

2. One of the sequences: BIO 101, 102; CHE 128, 129; PHY 217, 218

Area III

1. HIS 114 or 191; 115or292

2. POS 113 and one of the courses: PSY 101; SOC 201; ECO 201, 202; ANT 201

Area IV

1 . MAT 207, 265

2. CS 142, 231, 242

3. HIS 251 or 252

AreaV

1. PE 117 and 103 or 108 ....

2. Three activity courses

B. Major Field Requirements

1. CS301, 305, 308, 312, 342

2. One of the following sequences:

a. CS 331, 431 and one of CS 434 or 401

b. CS 360, 401 and one of 402 or 445

3. Five quarter hours of approved computer science electives

C. Related Field Requirements

1. ENG 372

2. MAT 321

3. One course from MAT 208, 216, 322, 346, 353

4. Two additional approved elec-I fives from quantitative and sci- entific disciplines

D. Electives I

E. Regents' and Exit Examinations

MATHEMATICS AND COMPUTER SCIENCE

149

TERINGS ithematics Offerings

XT 101— College Algebra (5-0-5)

=all, Winter, Spring, Summer. Real number arithmetic; polynomial and ra- nal expressions; linear and quadratic equa- ns; functions and graphs; inequalities; solute value; sequences and summation no- ion; matrices, and systems of equations; the lomial theorem; techniques of counting and ■mentary probability.

Placement recommendation: MAT 101 is the teway course to the college level curriculum mathematics. Before enrolling in MAT 101 ne 'students should reinforce their diathe- tics skills by completing a course in the de- opmental studies curriculum (DSM 99). acifically, if a student falls into any one the owing categories, the student should con- er enrolling in DSM 99.

a. The student did not complete two years of algebra and one year of geometry in high school.

b. The student made below 420 on the mathematics portion of the SAT examination.

c. Five or more years have elapsed since the student com- pleted a mathematics course.

T 103— Pre-Calculus Mathematics il-5)

all, Winter, Spring, Summer. Prerequisite: i T 101, a score of at least 550 on the math- i itics portion of the SAT, or permission of the J >artment head.

jnctions: polynomial, rational, exponential, I irithmic, trigonometric, and inverse trigono- f ric; trigonometric identities; law of sines and ) mes; complex numbers.

H T 195 — Applied Finite Mathematics

5-5)

'erequisite: MAT 101.

survey of finite mathematics, including r hematics of finance, probability, linear pro- } nmmg, and an introduction to games and * isions; applications are stressed throughout.

AT 206— Calculus I (5-0-5)

ill, Winter, Spring, Summer. Prerequisite: I' 103, a score of at least 600 on the math- ■itics portion of the SAT, or permission of the hartment head.

Functions; the derivative and its applications, antidifferentiation; the definite integral.

MAT 207— Calculus II (5-0-5)

Fall, Winter, Spring, Summer. Prerequisite: MAT 206.

Techniques and applications of integration; conic sections and polar coordinates.

MAT 208— Calculus of Several Variables I (5-0-5)

Fall, Winter, Spring. Prerequisite: MAT 207.

Parametric curves and vectors in the plane; indeterminate forms. Taylor's formula, and im- proper integrals; infinite series; vectors, curves, and surfaces in space; partial differentiation.

MAT 216— Linear Algebra (5-0-5)

Prerequisite: MAT 207.

Linear systems and matrices; vector spaces; linear independence, rank of a matrix; linear transformations; determinants; introduction to eigenvalues and eigenvectors; diagonalization; applications.

MAT 220— Elementary Statistics (5-0-5)

Fall, Winter, Spring, Summer. Prerequisite: MAT 101.

Measures of central tendency and dispersion; probability distributions; inferences concerning means; analysis of variance; correlation; linear regression.

MAT 260 — Introduction to Mathematical Proof (5-0-5)

Winter. Prerequisites: MAT 207.

Elementary logic, sets, functions and rela- tions, methods of proof including induction, and selected topics from abstract algebra.

MAT 265 — Discrete Mathematics for Computer Science

Prerequisites: MAT 103 and CS 142.

Elementary logic; naive set theory; relations and functions; graphs; finite automata; Turing machines; formal languages and grammars.

MAT 290— The Spirit and Structure of Mathematics (5-0-5)

Fall, Winter, Spring. Prerequisite: MAT 101.

A terminal course of selected topics designed to portray the history, philosophy, and aesthetics of mathematics, and to develop an appreciation of the role of mathematics in western thought and contemporary culture.

150

ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE

MAT 309— Calculus of Several Variables II (5-0-5)

Fall, Spring. Prerequisite: MAT 208.

Multiple integrals and their applications; vec- tor fields; line and surface integrals; Green's theorem; the Divergence theorem; Stokes theo- rem; differential equations.

MAT 311— Abstract Algebra (5-0-5)

Prerequisites: MAT 208, 260.

Elementary properties of integers; groups, rings, and fields; mappings, homomorphisms, kernels, and quotient structures.

MAT 317— Advanced Linear Algebra (5-0-5)

Prerequisites: MAT 216, MAT 260.

Abstract vector spaces, linear tranformations, eigenvectors and eigenvalues, diagonalization, inner product spaces, real quadratic forms.

MAT 321— Probability & Mathematical Statistics (5-0-5)

Prerequisites: MAT 207. MAT 260 or MAT 265.

Data collection, organization, and description; probability; random variables; discrete and con- tinuous probability distributions; Central Limit Theorem; point and interval estimation; tests of hypotheses; simple linear regression and cor- relation.

MAT 322— Probability & Mathematical Statistics II (5-0-5)

Prerequisite: MAT 321 .

Analysis of variance; nonlinear and multiple regression; chi-square tests for categorical data; nonparametric methods; Bayesian infer- ence. This course uses statistical packages to analyze data sets.

MAT 336— Modern Geometry (5-0-5)

Fall (odd years). Prerequisites: MAT 208, 260. A survey of topics from Euclidean geometry.

MAT 341-342— Differential Equations I, II (5-0-5)

341 -Winter; 342-Spring. Prerequisite: MAT 208.

Ordinary differential equations; series solu- tions; systems of first order differential equa- tions, the Laplace transform; introduction to Fourier series; partial differential equations; Sturm-Liouville theory; applied problems; nu- merical solutions with emphasis on computer aided solution.

MAT 346 — Mathematical Modeling and Optimization (5-0-5)

Prerequisites: MAT 321.

Design, solution, and interpretation of ma: ematical models of problems in the social li and management sciences. Topics chosen frc linear programming, dynamic programmir scheduling theory, Markov chains, game theo queuing theory, inventory theory, and compu based simulation. Various projects are assign which require computer software packages solution.

MAT 353 — Numerical Analysis (4-3-5)

Prerequisites: MAT 207 and CS 120 or 14;

Numerical error; polynomial interpolation; s\ terns of linear equations; numerical integrati and numerical solution of differential equatioi matrix inversion; evaluation of determinants; c culation of eigenvalues and eigenvecto boundary value problems.

MAT 360— Mathematical Logic (5-0-5)

Prerequisites: MAT 207, 260.

The elementary statement and predicate c cuius; formal systems; applications of logic mathematics.

MAT 391 — Mathematics for the Elementar School Teacher (4-3-5)

Prerequisite: MAT 101 and admission Teacher Education.

A study of the mathematics in the element curriculum, with emphasis on appropriate me ods of teaching for understanding through tive involvement of the learner. Frequent us( wide range of concrete manipulatives to ( body concepts in arithmetic of whole numb and fractions and in geometry and measi ment. Directed field experience and requi laboratory. (Credit will not apply toward a gree in the mathematical sciences.)

MAT 393— Teaching of Middle School/ General Mathematics (5-0-5)

Prerequisite: Ten quarter hours of colli mathematics numbered 101 or above and I mission to Teacher Education.

Problems of teaching traditional topics, s \ as fractions, decimals, percentage, measJ ment (especially in the metric system), anc* formal geometry. Emphasis on incorporal drill and practice in necessary skills with fr<r topics like probability and statistics, and appropriate games and laboratory activi (Credit will not apply toward a degree in mathematical sciences.)

MATHEMATICS AND COMPUTER SCIENCE

151

VT 400— Putnam Seminar (0-2-1)

-all. Prerequisites: MAT 208, 260.

\ variety of mathematical problems, consid-

>d with the aim of developing problem solving

:hniques.

\J 401-402— Advanced Calculus I, II 0-5)

Drerequisites: MAT 208, 260. rhe real number system; sequences; limits of ictions; the Bolzano-Weierstrass theorem; Tipactness; uniform continuity; the derivative; i Riemann integral; Euclidean n-space; se- ences of functions; the Weierstrass approxi- ition theorem; series; elementary functions.

\J 406 — Functions of a Complex Variable 0-5)

Prerequisites: MAT 208, 260. Complex numbers; elementary functions and isformations; the Cauchy theory; conformal pping; Riemann's mapping theorem.

T 416— Theory of Numbers (5-0-5)

'rerequisites: MAT 208, 260. ^visibility and congruence; diophantine jations; distribution of prime numbers; fa- us unsolved problems; number-theoretic :tions and their applications; Theorems of Tiat and Euler; quadratic reciprocity; se- i ed topics from algebraic and analytic num- I theory.

\— Topology (3-0-3)

Prerequisite: MAT 401.

Opological spaces and homeomorphisms;

Iarability; compactness; connectedness; lpleteness; metrizability; introduction to lotopy theory.

t r 470— History of Mathematics (5-0-5)

erequisites: MAT 208, and six quarter hours rfiathematics courses with course numbers Ji iter than 309.

survey of the development of mathematics I its empirical beginnings to its present state.

I" 490— Special Topics (1-5)-0-(1-5)

J:fered by special arrangement. Prerequi- !•: Consent of the instructor and permission fe department head.

ipividual readings and research under the lotion of a member of the mathematics fac- ia 496-497-49S— Internship in Inematics ((0-1)-(12-15)-5) ^ered by special arrangement. Prerequisite: emission of the department head.

Experience, in a variety of mathematical ap- plications suited to the educational and profes- sional aspirations of the student, under the direction of the faculty and appropriate off-cam- pus supervisory personnel. (Open to transient students only with permission of the Dean of Faculty at Armstrong and that of the appropriate official of the college from which the student comes.)

Computer Science Offerings

CS 115 — Introduction to Computer Concepts and Applications (4-3-5)

Fall, Winter, Spring, Summer. Prerequisite: MAT 101.

The study of hardware and software compo- nents of computers, elementary programming, and the impact of the computer on society. Dis- cussion of the capabilities and the limitations of computers, and the kinds of problems that are best solved by computers. Experience with de- veloping and modifying algorithms to solve such problems. Emphasis on the major uses of com- puters. This course is designed for the non-com- puter science major. It may not be applied as part of a language sequence. Credit will be granted for only one of CS 1 1 5, CS 1 1 6, and CS 296.

CS 116 — Honors Computer Concepts and Applications (4-3-5)

Prerequisite or Corequisite: MAT 103.

This course replaces CS 1 15 for selected stu- dents. While the subject matter will be similar to the subject matter in CS 115, the treatment will have greater depth due to the higher mathe- matical experience of the students. Mathemat- ical software packages will be included in the laboratory component. Credit will be granted for only one of CS 1 15, CS 1 16, and CS 296.

CS 120— Introduction to BASIC Programming (4-3-5)

Prerequisite: MAT 101.

BASIC programming and program structure; elementary logic and Boolean algebra; algo- rithms; flow charts; debugging; computer solu- tions of numeric and non-numeric problems; characteristics and applications of computers in modern society. (Credit will not apply toward a degree in computer science.)

152

ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE

CS 136 — RPG Programming (4-3-5)

Prerequisite: CS 120 or 142.

Introduction to the language and program- ming applications for small computer systems using RPG.

CS 142 — Introduction to Programming Principles with Pascal (4-3-5)

Fall, Winter, Spring, Summer. Prerequisite: MAT 101.

Structured programming; the Pascal pro- gramming language; basic syntax, input/output, debugging, functions and procedures, funda- mental data types.

CS 225 — Statistical Programming for the Social Sciences (3-4-5)

Winter (odd years). Prerequisites: MAT 220 or 321 and CS 120 or 142.

Uses of computers in statistical analysis, in- cluding the study of statistical methods, the pro- gramming of statistical analyses, and data analysis using packaged systems.

CS 231 — Programming Principles with COBOL (4-3-5)

Fall, Spring. Prerequisite: CS 142.

The COBOL programming language: basic syntax, input-output, debugging, table-han- dling, sorting, searching, sequential and ran- dom file manipulation, structured programming for COBOL; JCL for COBOL programs.

CS 242— Advanced Programming Principles with Pascal (4-3-5)

Fall, Winter, Spring. Prerequisites: MAT 103 and CS 142.

Advanced programming concepts in Pascal recursion, variant records, record-oriented in- put/output and dynamic structures associated with pointers such as linked lists, queues, stacks and trees.

CS 246 — Fortran Programming (2-3-3)

Prerequisites: MAT 103 and CS 120 or CS 142.

Algorithmic processes of computer problem solving in a scientific context; FORTRAN pro- gramming language: syntax, arrays, input/out- put, subroutines, functions.

CS 296 — Computer Literacy for Educators (2-3-3)

Winter. Prerequisites: MAT 101.

The study of hardware and software compo- nents of computers, elementary programming, and the impact of computers on curriculum. Dis- cussion of the capabilities and limitations of

computers, and the kinds of problems that best solved by computers. Experience with i veloping and modifying algorithms to solve si problems. Emphasis on instructional uses of crocomputers. This course is designed for non-computer science major. It may not be plied as part of a language sequence. Cr< will be granted for only one of CS 1 1 5, CS 1 and CS 296.

CS 301 — Computer Organization and Programming (4-3-5)

Fall, Spring. Prerequisites: CS 231 or CS 2 Introduction to systems programming via depth coverage of assembler programming; erating systems; addressing techniqu internal storage structure; machine-level rep sentation of instructions and data; subroutir I/O; linkers and loaders; macro-facilities; m data storage facilities.

CS 305— Computer Systems (5-0-5)

Prerequisite: CS 301 .

Hardware and software components of die computing systems, with emphasis on sysl software and details of hardware organizat' Topics include system structure, data repres tation, processors, control, storage, input/oul interrupts and microprogramming.

CS 308 — Introduction to File Processing (5-0-5)

Fall, Spring. Prerequisites: CS 231 and 242.

. An introduction to the concepts and t< niques of structuring data on bulk storage vices; foundation for applications of c structures and file processing techniques.

CS 309 — File Processing with COBOL (4-3-5)

Prerequisite: CS 308.

COBOL programming techniques for p essing sequential, indexed (ISAM and VS/' direct and relative files; control language i for the execution of file processing progre utility programs for effective file processing

CS 312— Algorithms and Data Structures (4-3-5)

Prerequisites: CS 242, 301 and MAT 26£ Internal representation for arrays, que trees, stacks, graphs, and lists; algorithm; the manipulation of data structures; compl« analysis of algorithms; concepts related tc interaction between data structures and sto; structures or the generating, developing

MATHEMATICS AND COMPUTER SCIENCE

153

)cessmg of data; algorithms for memory man- ement.

I 331— Systems Analysis and Design 4-5)

A/inter. Prerequisite: CS 308 and ENG 372 Principles and methodology of structured sys- ns analysis and design, including personnel d machine requirements, system specifica- ns, analysis and design tools and techniques, ;tem life cycle management. A student proj- { which implements these techniques will be quired.

; 342— Comparative Languages (4-3-5)

Prerequisites: CS 242, 301 and MAT 265. Comparative study of programming Ian- ages including facilities for recursion, pro- cures, storage allocation techniques, string •ce-ssing, and passing of parameters.

346— C Programming under UNIX (tm) )-5)

'rerequisite: CS 342.

he 'C programming language: basic syntax, 96, operators and expressions, statements, dular programming, arrays, structures, Mis and pointers. UNIX (tm) system program- g techniques: I/O forking, pipes, signals, in- upts. Software tools: macros, conditional ipilation, passing values to the compiler, lint, lbolic debugging, source code control, li- 'ies.

353— Numerical Analysis (4-3-5)

rerequisites: MAT 207 and CS 142. umerical error; polynomial interpolation; sys- is of linear equations; numerical integration numerical solution of differential equations; rix inversion; evaluation of determinants; cal- ition of eigenvalues and eigenvectors; ndary value problems.

5360 — Computer Logic Design (5-0-5)

I rerequisites: CS 305 and MAT 265.

leory and design of digital logic systems at hgate level. A variety of techniques for the e.iction of digital circuits will be studied.

*;W0 — Programming Seminar (0-2-1)

, ill Prerequisite: CS 242.

i i variety of programming problems, consid-

■I with the aim of developing problem solving

'Iniques

CS 401 — Operating System Concepts I (5-0-5)

Winter. Prerequisite: CS 312, CS 305.

Design and analysis of operating systems; process management; memory management; processor management; auxiliary storage man- agement.

CS 402— Operating System Concepts II (5-0-5)

Prerequisites: CS 401 and an elementary knowledge of C.

Case studies of UNIX and/or similar operating systems.

CS 411 — Data Communications and Computer Networks (5-0-5)

Prerequisite: CS 305.

Communications media; codes; data trans- mission, multiplexing; protocols; layered net- works.

CS 414— Computer Graphics (4-3-5)

Prerequisite: CS 312.

Introduction to computer graphics: hardware and software. Algorithms for computer graphics programming. Windows, clipping, two and three dimensional transformations, hidden line and hidden surface removal. Graphics standards for hardware and software systems.

CS 431— Data Base Systems (5-0-5)

Fall. Prerequisites: ENG 372, CS 308. 312.

Information analysis and logical design of in- formation systems and data bases; considera- tion of hardware, access methods, management, and control functions, communi- cating with the data base, and integrated sys- tems.

CS 434 — Introduction to Software Engineering (3-4-5)

Spring. Prerequisite: CS 31 2, CS 331 , CS 342 Principles and techniques of designing and developing engineered software, including pro- gram structures, design specifications, re- source limitations, reliability, correctness, debugging, testing, modular program construc- tion and user interfaces. A student project which implements these techniques will be required.

CS 445— Compiler Theory (4-3-5)

Prerequisites: CS 312, 342.

Study of programming language translation and basic compiler implementation techniques. Formal grammars and languages: specification of syntax and semantics; lexical analysis; pars- ing; semantic processing.

154

ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE

CS 490 — Special Topics in Computer Science ((0-5)-(0-15)-(1-5))

Prerequisites: Consent of the instructor and permission of the department head.

Selected topics in some area of current inter- est in computer science; possible areas include system simulation, graphics, and microcompu- ters.

CS 496-497-498 — Internship in Computer Science ((0-1 )-(1 2-1 5)-5)

Offered by special arrangement. Prerequisite: Permission of the department head. May not be taken concurrently.

Experience, in a variety of computing envi- ronments suited to the educational and profes- sional aspirations of the student, under the direction of a member of the faculty and appro- priate off-campus supervisory personnel.

Graduate Program and Courses

Coordinator: Dr. Dale Kilhefner

The college offers a variety of master's degree programs. Effective July 1, 1990, all graduate programs offered on the Armstrong State Col- lege campus will be administered in affiliation with Georgia Southern University. See specific program department head for further informa- tion.

Objectives

The Department of Mathematics and Com- puter Science, in cooperation with the School of Education, offers a program of study leading to the degree of Master of Education. The objec- tives of this program are:

1 . To enhance the academic and profes- sional competence of mathematics teachers in secondary schools.

2. To develop the skills, confidence, en- thusiasm, and understanding that such teachers need in order to meet the present scientific and technologi- cal challenges of modern society.

3. To acquaint secondary mathematics teachers with the various major

branches of mathematics which are relevant to modern secondary math- ematics curricula.

Advisement

Shortly after being admitted to the MEd i gree program in mathematics, each student be assigned an advisor. Upon notification of t assignment, the student should arrange fo conference and begin planning a degree p gram. Failure by the student to consult reguU may greatly lengthen the time necessary to cc plete the program.

Transfer of Courses

Students who wish to transfer graduate ere for courses taken at other institutions sho note the general limitations and procedures this graduate catalog. Such transfer of credi handled on an individual basis and requires written approval of the student's advisor, the partment head, and the appropriate dean.

Comprehensive Examinations

During their final quarter, students are quired to pass an oral comprehensive exa nation, covering the areas in which they if had course work. Students exempting the I cuius or geometry course will be expectec demonstrate proficiency in these areas on comprehensive examiantions. Students she notify their advisor and the department head later than midterm of their next-to-final' qua! of their intention to take the comprehensive amination during the following quarter. .

The committee administering this comprer sive examination will consist of three memk of the graduate faculty of the Departmen Mathematics and Computer Science choser the department head, and one member of graduate faculty of the School of Education c sen by the Department of Secondary Educa1 The department head will notify the studerl the proposed time, date, and place of the) amination, and the composition of the com! tee.

Students who fail the oral comprehensive* amination may request to take a written en prehensive examination one time during.'! same quarter. Passing the written examine! will satisfy the comprehensive examination quirement. Students who fail should cortf their advisor to plan remedial action. All cl prehensive examinations beyond the first w 2 written examinations. Student may not take I

MATHEMATICS AND COMPUTER SCIENCE

155

comprehensive examinations twice in con- :utive quarters.

OGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF MASTER EDUCATION WITH A MAJOR IN rTHEMATICS (with T-5 certification)

Hours

Mathematics Courses (not to include MAT592) 35

1. MAT703 5

2. MAT 536 or 630 (536 is required if student has not taken Euclid- ean geometry 5

3. One course from: MAT 593. 796, 797 5

4. Electives (with advisor consultation) 20

Professional Education Courses 20

1. EDN 722, 731, 771 15

2. EDN 741 5

Approved Electives (graduate science encouraged) 5

TOTAL 60

jcial Note: The requirement for exceptional dren (EXC 622) must be met either at the duate or undergraduate level. Meeting this iny special need will require additional hours ond the basic sixty.

^ERINGS

II graduate MAT courses, with the exception t 50, 592, and 593 require at least twenty-five Prs of college mathematics at or beyond the \\ of calculus, including at least one course I hich writing of deductive proofs is required, llitional prerequisites for some courses ap- Ir with the course description.

A r 521— Probability & Mathematics

> istics (5-0-5)

ee MAT 321 for course description.)

A r 536— Modern Geometry (5-0-5)

survey of topics from Euclidean geometry.

*' 546 — Mathematical Modeling and

> mization (4-0-4)

ee. MAT 346 for course description.)

I' 550— Principles of Computer Science

'erequisite: Ten hours of college mathemat-

BASIC syntax, algorithms, flow diagrams, de- bugging. Internal representation of data and in- structions, elementary circuits. Programming problems and applications for the mathematics teacher.

MAT 553— Numerical Analysis (4-3-5)

Prerequisite: CS 120 or 142 or MAT 550. (See MAT 353 for course description.)

MAT 592 — Modern Mathematics for Elementary Teachers (5-0-5)

A study of the mathematics content to be taught in the elementary school, with emphasis on current methods using concrete materials for teaching concepts, skills, and problem solving (This course may not be counted as part of the 35 hour mathematics requirements.)

MAT 593 — Teaching of Middle School/ General Mathematics (5-0-5)

Problems of teaching traditional topics such as fractions, decimals, percentage, measure- ment (especially in the metric system), and in- formal geometry. Emphasis on incorporating drill and practice in necessary skills with fresh topics like probability and statistics, and with appropriate games and laboratory activities. Students will become familiar with relevant lit- erature by helping to construct a resource list.

MAT 606 — Functions of a Complex Variable (5-0-5)

(See MAT 406 for course description.)

MAT 616— Theory of Numbers (5-0-5)

(See MAT 416 for course description.)

MAT 63fJ — Transformation Geometry Via the Complex Numbers (5-0-5)

Algebraic operations on the complex num- bers and their corresponding geometric inter- pretations: a characterization of isometnes of the complex plane as translations, rotations, reflec- tions and guide reflections; a study of isometnes as groups: similarities; some classic theorems.

MAT 670— History of Mathematics (5-0-5)

(See MAT 470 for course description.)

MAT 695 — Special Topics in Mathematics Education (5-0-5)

Selected topics in an area of mathematics ed- ucation.

MAT 703 — Analysis: Calculus in the first Three Dimensions (5-0-5)

A survey of the basic notions of differential and integreal calculus for functions in dimen- sions one, two, and three. Development of the

156

ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE

derivative as a linear operator. Special empha- sis on application and mathematical modeling. Some knowledge of linear algebra is expected.

MAT 720— Applied Probability (5-0-5)

Review of elementary probability. Stochastic processes, Markov chains, game theory and simulation. Several applications are developed throughout the course. Some knowledge of el- ementary probability is expected.

MAT 796— Problem Solving (5-0-5)

Sharpening of problem solving skills; tech- niques for teaching problem solving; wide va- riety of problem solving strategies illustrated by problems, primarily using high school mathe- matics content.

MAT 797 — Teaching of Algebra and Geometry (5-0-5)

Prerequisite: A college geometry course (un- dergraduate or graduate).

Major topics in algebra and geometry (such as functions, graphs, inequalities, proofs, con- structions) and the problems in teaching them. Students will be expected to show mastery of the content and will make brief classroom pres- entations.

CS 596 — Computer Literacy for Educators (4-3-5)

Prerequisite: College Algebra.

A study of the use of computers, with empha- sis on instructional use. Hardware components of computers, programming, software evalua- tion and the impact of computers on the curric- ulum. Hands-on experience with the use of commercial packages and the creation of in- structional software. This course may not be counted toward the M.Ed, in Mathematics.

Psychology

Faculty

'Martin, Grace, Department Head Adams, Joseph Douglass, Keith John, Beverly "Lane, Joseph Palefsky, Elliot Worthington, C. Stewart

'Graduate Faculty

Students are advised to complete as many the general degree requirements as possil before entering their junior year. Psychology n jors should take PSY 101 and 220 before .1 end of their sophomore years. Suggest course distributions and annual schedules < available in the department office. All stude are urged to seek advisement with regard degree requirements and scheduling.

PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF BACHELOR OF ARTS WITH A MAJOR IN PSYCHOLOGY

Hoi

A. General Requirements

Area I

1. ENG 101, 102 or 192, 201 or 292

2. One course selected from: PHI 201, 202

Area II

1. MAT 101 and 220

2. One of the sequences: CHE 121, 122, or PHS 121, 122 "..

Area III

1. HIS114or191.115or192.POS 113

2. ECO 201 orSOC201 ....:

Area IV

1. BIO 101, 102

2. CS 115

3. HIS 251 or 252

4. PSY 101, ANT 201

AreaV

1. PE 117 and 103 or 108

2. Three activity courses

B. Degree Requirements

1 . PSY 220, 408, 31 2, 41 0 and 41 1 , 412or413

2. Recommended selection of psychology courses ;

3. Foreign language or computer science sequence

C. Elective Courses I1

1. An appropriate minor or se- lected upper division courses .1

D. Unspecified i

E. Regents' and Exit Examinations ,

TOTAL 191

PSYCHOLOGY

157

inor Concentrations

The Department of Psychology offers minors the following five areas:

A. Psychology — which requires 20 credit )urs of upper division work.

B. Mental Health— which requires PSY 210, )2, 315, 405, 406.

C. Organizational Psychology — which re- jires five of the following: PSY 302, 315, 320, >1. 322, 406.

D. Anthropology — which requires 20 hours of )per division anthropology credits.

E. Sociology — which requires SOC 201 and ) credit hours of upper division work.

All minor concentrations require a grade of t or better in each course taken.

ithropology Offerings

^T 201— Humankind & Culture (5-0-5)

Each quarter.

The nature, causes and prospects of being man. A study of the biocultural nature of hu- ins and the development of societies from the ?iiteraure beginnings through the rise of com- ;x organization. Eligibility for ENG 101 is ongly recommended.

IT/MPS 207— Introduction to Archaeology hO-5)

"he introductory archaeology course consists l a history of the field, basic techniques, the- l tical underpinnings, and examples of field \ rk from all types of excavation. It covers the r ge from early man to industrial and urban t haeology in a general fashion. Analysis is ii oduced along with survey techniques, pres- 6 ation, reporting and other skills. (Identical n MPS 207.)

* T 302— Human Evolution (5-0-5)

)ffered on demand.

his course examines the biological and cul- Hil adaptations of the human species and its a 3cedents in a chronological fashion. Empha- 3 is placed on developing morphology and :c mology.

M" 305 — Americans Called Indians *-5)

ffered on demand. Prerequisite: ANT 201. n investigation of the aboriginal cultures of * h America from the Arctic to the Rio Grande

Study will include origins, distribution, ecology and interrelationships, past through present.

ANT 310 — Anthropology of Sex and Gender (5-0-5)

Offered on demand. Prerequisite: ANT 201;

An examination of the cultural determinants of sex roles in selected world societies, past and present. The foci will be three anthropological analyses; economics and status; art and ritual; the structure of women's worlds.

ANT 400 — Sorcery, Demons and Gods (5-0-5)

Offered on demand.

Anthropological analysis of religion as a uni- versal category of culture. The supernatural will be considered: Mother goddesses myth, sor- cery, shamanism, sacrifice and tolemism. Belief systems in their sociocultural contexts will be emphasized.

ANT/MPS 401— Fieldwork in Historical Archaeology (0-20-10)

Summer. Prerequisite: MPS 207 or permission of instructor or director.

An introduction to and first application of ar- chaeological methods to a specific field project. Excavation techniques, surveying and map making, data collecting and recording, archae- ological photography, the identification and analysis of artifacts, and the interpretation of ar- chaeological data will be presented in field and laboratory work as well as in lectures and read- ings. (Identical with MPS 401.) (Under certain circumstances this course may be substituted in the Preservation Studies minor for MPS 498.) Course may be repeated for credit.

ANT/MPS 402 — Practicum in Archaeological Analysis (2-6-5)

Fall. Prerequisite: permission of instructor or director.

The application of archaeological interpreta- tive techniques to a specific site or analytical problem. Individual research projects in the interpretation of archaeological data and the conservation of artifactual finds with special at- tention to the care and storage of collections, display in the museum setting, and the pres- entation of archaeologically-denved informa- tion. (Identical with MPS 402.)

ANT/MPS 403— American Material Culture (4-2-5)

An introduction to the study of the non-literary remains of our society, past and present. Ver-

158

ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE

nacular and polite architecture, ceramics, mor- tuary art, community and settlement patterns, diet, dress and disease are among the topics that will be discussed.

ANT/MPS 480— Special Topics in Archaeology (V-V-[1 -5])

Prerequisites: ANT/MPS 207, ANT/MPS 401 The course is designed to offer a wide variety of experience to advanced, upper level students in archaeological techniques. Subject matter will center on such topics as archaeological graph- ics, faunal analysis (zooarchaeology), conser- vation, or involve some off-campus archaeological experience.

Psychology Offerings

PSY 101— General Psychology (5-0-5)

Offered each quarter.

An introduction to the vocabulary, concepts, and methods of the science of behavior. Dis- cussion and demonstrations assist in surveying all the areas of psychology. Psychology 101 is prerequisite to all other courses in the depart- ment. Eligibility for ENG 101 is strongly recom- mended.

PSY 191— Honors General Psychology (2-3-5)

Prerequisites: SAT verbal of at least 550.

This course may be substituted for PSY 101 by qualified students. Course content is similar to PSY 101, but emphasis is on psychology as a laboratory science. Students will conduct a variety of experiments and demonstrations and will write research reports on these topics.

PSY 201— Human Growth and Development (5-0-5)

Prerequisite: PSY 101

A survey of lifespan development that focuses on physical, emotional, cognitive and social de- velopment. Understandings of growth and de- velopment are applied to classroom teaching and learning. Not recommended for Psychology majors.

PSY 210— Introduction to Clinical Psychology (5-0-5)

Prerequisite: PSY 101

A survey of behavioral problems, treatment modes, and theories.

PSY 220— Introduction to Psychological Research (4-2-5)

Prerequisite: PSY 101.

An introduction to scientific methodology i its application to behavior analysis. Vari techniques of data collection and the statist analysisof such data are emphasized.

PSY 295 — Developmental Psychology (5-0-5)

Prerequisite: PSY 101.

A study of the origin and development of [ chological processes from the life span | spective. The effects of genetic/maturatk and socio-cultural/environmental factors on development of behavior throughout the span are included.

PSY 300— The Psychology of Aging (5-0-5)

Prerequisite: PSY 101.

An analysis of the aging process as phys and biosocial change. Important adaptive pects from health to economics will be con ered with an emphasis on maintaining optimal quality of life.

PSY 301— Educational Psychology (5-0-5

Prerequisite: PSY 101. Offered each qua The application of behavioral science to

problem of learning in the classroom. Prim:

for teacher preparation.

PSY 302— Psychological Testing (5-0-5)

Prerequisite: PSY 101 ■ Survey of individual and group tests in chological, educational, and clinical setti Course focuses on the theoretical and statis principles that underlie psychological andi ucational measurement. Standardized psy; logical instruments are critically analyj Ethical issues in psychological testing are I sidered.

PSY 303— Social Psychology (5-0-5)

Prerequisite: PSY 101.

The study of the behavior of others as dS minants of the behavior of the individual.! cultural milieu and group pressures will' bJ amined in terms of their effect on behavio

PSY 304 — Fundamentals of Counseling * Psychotherapy (5-0-5)

Prerequisite: PSY 101

A survey of personality theories and thJ havior changing techniques arising from Ifl The emphasis will be on learning theory environmental influences.

PSYCHOLOGY

159

5Y 305— Behavior Disorders (5-0-5)

Prerequisite: PSY 101.

A study of the scientific and cultural bases of irious conceptions of undesirable behavior. Dplication of principles derived from basic re- jarch will be emphasized.

3Y 307— Perception (4-2-5)

Prerequisites: PSY 101, 220. An experimental-theoretical approach to the iture of perception. Special attention is given the psychological method.

>Y 309 — Physiological Psychology 2-5)

Prerequisites: PSY 101, BIO 101-102. Introduction to the biological bases of behav- . The structure and function of the nervous stem are studied and related to the behavior humans and other organisms.

;Y 310 — Psychology of Human Sexuality 0-5)

Drerequisite: PSY 101.

<\n examination of the developmental, phys- Dgical, clinical and social aspects of human <uality. The emphasis of the course will be on s various components of human sexuality from fevelopmental perspective.

Y 311 — Theories of Personality (5-0-5)

Prerequisite: PSY 101.

A study of selected personality theories with bphasis on normal behavior. Attention will be I en to both experimental and clinical data. The y:erminants of personality structure and the jyelopment of personality will be examined Inn divergent points of view.

k Y 312— Measurement (5-0-5)

Prerequisite: PSY 220.

:i \n examination of the theory of measurement. Liability and validity techniques are dis- ( ised, using current psychological tests as ex- < pies.

I Y 315— Psychology of Conflict and J ess (5-0-5)

Prerequisite: PSY 101.

Is study of the interactions between physio- hiical and psychological processes in the de- VDpment and maintenance of stress related c orders. Emphasis is on environmental factors mi stress management techniques.

FY 319— Animal Behavior (4-2-5)

prerequisite: PSY 101.

v study of the adaptations and behaviors with v ch living organisms cope effectively with

their environment. The laboratory will provide an introduction to animal care, training, and ex- perimentation.

PSY 320— Industrial/Organizational Psychology (5-0-5)

Prerequisite: PSY 101.

A survey of applications of psychological prin- ciples to business and professional settings. In- cluded are work motivation, goal setting, power politics, leadership and communication.

PSY 321— Psychology of Work Behavior (5-0-5)

Prerequisite: PSY 101

A psychological analysis of issues related to the individual worker in industry and organiza- tions. Included are employee selection, training strategies, performance evaluation and job sat- isfaction.

PSY 322— Psychology of Organizational Development (5-0-5)

Prerequisite: PSY 101.

Psychological principles applied to interper- sonal and intergroup relations, organizational leadership, management of organizational change relating to the social environment and communication systems.

PSY 350— Cognitive Psychology (5-0-5)

Prerequisite: PSY 101.

A study of the issues related to the various models of human information processing with an emphasis on perceptual and linguistic de- velopment. Principles and applications derived from basic research will be included.

PSY 406— Behavior Modification (5-0-5)

Prerequisite: PSY 101.

A study of proven methods of generating be- havioral change, their empirical foundations and their applications in clinical, educational and so- cial settings.

PSY 408— Learning and Motivation (4-2-5)

Prerequisites: PSY 101, 220.

An examination of the methodology and the- ory associated with the various forms of learning and their motivational concomitants.

PSY 410— History and Systems of Psychology (5-0-5)

Open only to psychology majors or by invi- tation of the professor.

A study of the basic ideas in psychology from early animism to modern behavionstics Special attention is given to the philosophical basis at various times in the history of psychology.

160

ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE

PSY 411— Senior Seminar (5-0-5)

Open only to senior psychology majors or by invitation of the professor.

A reading and discussion group which will concentrate on selected contemporary issues in psychology. Specific content will vary from year to year.

PSY 412— Senior Project (V-V-5)

Prerequisite: Senior status.

Each student will work with a faculty member qualified in the student's area of interest. Work is to begin in the first quarter of the senior year (register for the quarter of expected comple- tion). The student will produce a scholarly paper which must be acceptable to the departmental faculty.

PSY 413— Senior Internship (V-V-5)

Prerequisite: Senior status.

Students may petition the faculty to receive academic credit for an individually designed work experience in an applied setting. The spon- soring organization must provide a qualified su- pervisor. A faculty advisor will establish performance criteria and evaluate accordingly.

Sociology Offerings

SOC 201— Introductory Sociology (5-0-5)

Offered each quarter.

An introduction to the concept and methods of the science of human group behavior. In- cludes the study of socialization, the role of the individual in society, and the major institutions and processes. It is designed to provide a better understanding of American culture and the wide range of social phenomena. Eligibility for ENG 101 is strongly recommended.

SOC 315 — The Family and Alternative Lifestyles (5-0-5)

Prerequisite: SOC 201.

A study of the role of the family in the devel- opment of the individual, the family unit and so- cietal institutions. Consideration will be given to various structures and functions of the family as it exists or is emerging in America.

SOC 320— Ethnic Minorities (5-0-5)

Prerequisite: SOC 201 .

This course focuses on the present factual situation in America. The course examines the problems faced by minorities in America, Es- pecially where skin color and language pose

social and economic barriers. It looks at dor nant public institutions and patterns of respor by minorities such as Black Americans, Chic nos, Puerto Ricans, Native Americans, and ott sizeable ethnic groups.

SOC 333— Exploring Popular Culture (4-2-5)

Prerequisite: SOC 201.

An examination of popular culture using n sic, radio, television, texts, magazines, movii technology and language to explore a given e Comparisons will be made of lifestyles, s roles, racial attitudes and the national regio mood of times examined.

SOC 340— Methods of Social Research (5-0-5)

Prerequisite: SOC 201 .

This course will explore several methods applied social research including case studi record research, experimental designs, s veys, observation and systems interaction they apply to social data. The student must de onstrate a working knowledge of each meth in the context of social work practice.

SOC 350— Social Problems (5-0-5)

Prerequisite: SOC 201.

An examination of behavioral deviancy, r mative strain, and differences between so< ideals and social realities in the context of ciological theory. ■

SOC 430— Alcohol and Drug Studies

(5r0-5)

Prerequisite: SOC 201.

A course focusing on the various forms of cohol and drug abuse with emphasis on stages of harmful dependence and addict! there will be an examination of the legal < social implications of addiction as well as proaches to treatment and rehabilitation.

SOC 450— Independent Study (1-5)-0-(1-5

By invitation of the professor. Offered on mand. Open to transient students only with p mission of the Dean of Arts, Sciences i Education at Armstrong.

Graduate Course Offerings

PSY 500— The Psychology of Aging (5-0-

Prerequisite: PSY 101 An analysis of the aging process as phys i and biosocial change. Important adaptive *

TEACHER EDUCATION PROGRAM

161

ects from health to economics will be consid- red with an emphasis on maintaining an ptimal quality of life.

SY 515 — Psychology of Conflict and tress (5-0-5)

Prerequisite: PSY 101

A study of the interactions between physio- gical and psychological processes in the de- slopment and maintenance of stress related sorders. Emphasis is on environmental factors id stress management techniques.

SY 520 — Industrial/Organizational sychology (5-0-5)

Prerequisite: PSY 101

A survey of applications of psychological prin- ples to business and professional settings. In- jded are work motivation, goal setting, power )litLCS, leadership and communication.

5Y 521 — Psychology of Work Behavior -0-5)

Prerequisite: PSY 101

A psychological analysis of issues related to

3 individual worker in industry and organiza-

>ns. Included are employee selection, training

•ategies, performance evaluation and job sat-

action.

EACHER EDUCATION

ROGRAMS

| Stipulations affecting the undergraduate ^acher education programs at Armstrong State i allege are contained in this section and in the il lowing section devoted to the Department of liucation. Stipulations regarding graduate pro- ams in education are contained in the grad- ate section of this catalog. jThe teacher education programs at Arm- ( ong State College are accredited by the Na- mal Council for Accreditation of Teacher iucation and are approved by the Georgia ate Department of Education. Upon verifica- ' n by the College that a student has success- ly completed an approved program, the Jdent applies to the State Department of Ed- lation for the appropriate teaching certificate. The stipulations for teacher education pro- iams apply to all students in all teacher edu- ction programs at Armstrong State College.

Program Objectives

To provide prospective teachers with profi- ciency in the content of their selected teaching field.

To provide the prospective teacher with the appropriate learning theory and methodology necessary to successful implementation of classroom plans and procedures.

To provide prospective teachers with the abil- ities and skills which will enable them to offer appropriate educational opportunities to stu- dents representing a variety of cultural and eco- nomic backgrounds.

To provide perspective teachers with the abil- ities and skills that will enable them to meet the special needs of exceptional children.

To provide a teacher education program that will offer the professional and educational at- mosphere conducive to the development of teachers who possess the highest qualities of character, commitment, and professional com- petence.

Academic Advisement

Students desiring to pursue a teacher edu- cation program should seek academic advise- ment in the Department of Education during their first quarter of residence. These students should follow without deviation the approved programs of study when these programs are established for them by their advisors. Upon admission to the teacher education program, a student will be assigned an advisor in the Department of Education.

Advisors will assist the students in processing the specific form establishing the programs of study for the appropriate majors. These forms with the completed programs of study will be filed with the advisors and copies given to the students.

Admission to Teacher Education

A student wishing to pursue a teacher edu- cation program leading to teacher certification must apply for admission to the teacher edu- cation program. This application will be filed nor- mally during the second quarter of the sophomore year or, for transfer students, in the first quarter of the junior year Application forms may be secured from the Department of Edu- cation

The following criteria apply for admission to the teacher education program

1 . Completion of at least 60 quarter hours

162

ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE

of college credit with a minimum 2.5 (unrounded) GPA.

2. Completion of EDN 200 and ENG 1 01 , 102, and 201 or their equivalents, with a "C" or better in each course.

3. Competence in oral and written expression.

4. Indication of desirable attitude, char- acter, and teaching potential.

5. Statement of good health signed by a licensed physician.

6. Satisfactory completion of the Re- gents' Test. Students already holding baccalaureate degrees from an ac- credited institution are exempted from the Regents' Test.

7. Submission of four letters of recom- mendation; such letters may be se- cured from colleges or universities where applicants may have been pre- viously enrolled.

8. Submission of an up-to-date copy of the program of study planning sheet.

A student who does not meet requirement 1 above may seek to be admitted on the basis of at least 75 quarter hours of credit specifically included in the student's program of study, with a GPA of at least 2.75 on that work.

Recommendation for Certificate

To be recommended for a teaching certifi- cate, a student must complete the degree re- quirements for an approved teacher certification program of Armstrong State College and must complete at Armstrong State College a majority of the courses in each of the following areas: the professional sequence, the teaching field, and the related field.

Liability Insurance Requirement

All students who participate in courses for which field experiences (i.e., laboratory practi- cum) are required must provide evidence of li- ability insurance (i.e., SGAE membership or must sign a waiver of insurance coverage). Stu- dents should consult advisors regarding this re- quirement.

September Practicum

The purpose of the September Practicum is to provide an opportunity for future teachers (1 ) to learn what teachers do at the beginning of a new school term, (2) to participate in experi- ences that will assist the prospective teacher with future decisions concerning teaching as a

career, and (3) to become acquainted with th organization and curriculum of a particula school.

The September Practicum occurs during th first two weeks of the public school term (usual! in late August and early September) and shoul be scheduled during the student's junior or ser ior year. No credit is given for the Septembe Practicum, but it is a requirement in all of th teaching fields in the Armstrong State Colleg Teacher Education Program.

Application for the September Practicur should be made during the first week of th Spring Quarter for a September Practicum in th forthcoming September. The student shoul contact the Director of Professional Laboratoi Experiences.

Student Teaching

Student teaching, the culminating activity < the professional sequence, is provided in s( lected off-campus school centers. The fi quarter of student teaching is arranged coof eratively by the college, the participatin schools, and supervising teachers. Complete applications for admission to student teachir must be submitted to the Director of Profession Laboratory Experiences during the first week the quarter preceding student teaching. Whi student teaching, the student is required to a here to established policies and procedures the cooperating school system in addition those policies and procedures established I the'college.

A student is admitted to student teaching the time assignment is made. While student pre erences and other personal circumstances a- considered, the college reserves the right to 1 ercise its discretion in placement. The stude- will receive a letter of assignment. Orientation student teaching will be held during the first se eral days of the quarter in which student teac ing is scheduled. The following requiremen must be met before a student can enroll in st dent teaching:

1. Completion of the core curriculum.

2. Admission to Teacher Education.

3. Completion of all teaching field courses.

4. Satisfactory completion of the Septemb Practicum and the Regents' Exam.

5. Satisfactory completion of the Media Cor petency Exam or EDN 240.

6. Have at least senior status.

TEACHER EDUCATION PROGRAM

163

7. Have a 2.5 average on all courses at- tempted, and "C" or better in all courses acceptable toward the teching field, profe- sional sequence, concentration, and re- lated electives.

8. Be endorsed by four aproved full time members of the faculty, one of whom must be the student's advisor.

Students who are completing requirements for certification as outlined in a State De- partment of Education Letter and are re- questing a student teaching assignment must have a minimum 2.5 GPA and be in good academic standing. A student will not be permitted to take addi- onal courses during student teaching. Student sachers are not permitted to teach in a school ] which their children are enrolled.

•rogram Completion

A student must complete the college's ap- roved program for certification within the four ears following admission to the Teacher Edu- ation program. In the event that the student oes not complete the program in four years, le individual must meet the requirements of the rogram in effect at that time.

For acceptable completion, each course in ie teaching field, professional education se- uence concentration, and related fields must e passed with a "C" or better grade.

runswick Center Programs

The Bachelor of Science in Education with Dncentrations in Early Childhood and Middle chool Education is offered by Armstrong State ollege at Brunswick College through the runswick Center. The program, which is pri- marily an evening program, allows students who <ave an associate degree to complete their bac- Ulaureate degree in Brunswick. Interested stu- dents should contact Dr. Gene Barber at the 1 runswick Center or Dr. Lloyd Newberry at Arm- rong State College.

ooperative Program

Savannah State College cooperates with Arm- rong State College in offering a major in Busi- es Education. Coursework in the major field

study for this program is offered by Savannah tate. Students interested in this program lould contact the head of the Department of ducation at Armstrong State College.

Minor Concentration

A minor in teacher education is available for students who do not wish to earn teacher cer- tification. The minor incorporates courses which address leading concepts and problems in the field of education. Students majoring in general studies, psychology, health science, and other fields may find this minor a valuable adjunct to their programs of study. For the minor to be of- ficially recognized, all courses in the minor must be passed with a grade of "C" or better.

EDN 200 - Orientation to Teaching 5

EXC 310 - Introduction to Exceptional

Children 5

EDN 201 - or PSY 201 - Human Growth and

Development 5

EDN 240 - Educational Media 2

CS 296 - Computer Literacy for

Educators 3

One additional upper

divisional education course 5

(Illustrative courses include library media courses, EDN courses and EXC courses.) Total 25

Department of Education

Faculty

'Newberry, Lloyd, Department Head *Agyekum, Stephen

Anderson Donald

Ball, A. Patricia 'Battiste, Bettye Anne 'Burgess, Clifford

Cochran, John *Cosgrove, Maryellen 'Dandy, Evelyn "Galloway, Herbert 'Harwood, Pamela 'Turnipseed, Patricia 'Stokes, William

White, Susan

'Graduate Faculty

164

ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE

Bachelor Programs

PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN EDUCATION IN EARLY ELEMENTARY EDUCATION

Hours

A. General Requirements 101

Area 1 20

1. ENG 101, 102, or 192, 201 or

292 15

2. One course from: ART 200, 271, 272, 273; ENG 222; MUS 200; PHI 201 5

Areall 20

1. MAT 101 and 103 or 195 or 220 or290 10

2. Approved laboratory science sequence 10

Area ill 20

1. HIS114or191,115or192;POS 113 15

2. One course from: ANT 201; ECO 201, 202; SOC 201 5

ArealV 30

1. EDN 200, 201 or PSY 201 10

2. DRS228, PSY 101 10

3. HIS 251 or 252 and GEO 21 1 or 212 10

AreaV 8

1. EDN 240 and EDN 202 5

2. CS296 3

AreaVI 8

1. PE 103 or 108, 117, 166 5

2. Activity courses 3

B. Specialized Content Courses 48

1. ART 320, MAT 391; MUS 320.. 15

2. PE320 3

3. EDN 324, 336, 342, 422, 424, 434

C. Professional Sequence 35

1. EXC 310, EDN 304, 432, 436,

471, 472, 473 35

D. Electives 2-5

E. Regents' and Exit Examinations 0

TOTAL 191-194

PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN EDUCATION IN MIDDLE SCHOOL EDUCATION

Hour;

A. General Requirements 9C

Areal 2(

1. ENG 101, 102 or 192, 201or

292 M

2. One course from: ART 200, 271, 272, 273; ENG 222; MUS 200; PHI 201 [

Areall 2(

1. MAT101 and 103 or 195 or 220 or290 1(

2. Approved laboratory science sequence 1(

Area III 2(

1. HIS 114or 191, 115or192;POS 113 1!

2. One course from: ANT 201, ECO 201, 202; SOC 201 !

ArealV 3(

1. GE0211 or 212 and HIS 251 or 252 1(

2. DRS228, PSY 101, EDN 200... .. 1!

3. EDN 201 or PSY 201 .- !

AreaV I

1. PE 103 or 108; 117

2. Three activity courses.....

B. Concentration I. Courses 2

Language arts, mathematics, science, or social sciences

C. Concentration II Courses 2

Health and physical education, language arts, mathematics, music, science, social sci- ences, or art

D. Specialized Courses 3

CONTENT COURSES REQUIRED AND/OR APPROPRIATE FOR CON- CENTRATION CHOICES: 20 hours minimum; 30 hours maximum 20-3

1. EDN 336, 342, 422, 428, 434... 2

2. MAT 391 or 393

E. Professional Sequence '4

1. EXC 310; EDN 304, 438, 450, 471, 472, 473 3

2. EDN 240 and CS 296

F. Regents' and Exit Examinations _

TOTAL 19

TEACHER EDUCATION PROGRAM

165

PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN EDUCATION WITH A MAJOR IN SPEECH CORRECTION

PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN EDUCATION IN ART EDUCATION

E

Hours

General Requirements 96

Area 1 20

1. ENG 101, 102 or 192, 201 or

292 15

2. One course from: ART 200, 271, 272, 273; ENG 222; MUS 200;

PHI 201 5

Area II 20

1. MAT 101 and 290 10

2. Approved laboratory science sequence 10

Area III 20

1. HIS 114or 191, 115or192;POS 113 15

2. ANT 201 or ECO 201 or SOC

201 5

ArealV 30

1. EDN 200; PSY 101, 202 15

2. EDN 201 or PSY 201 5

3. HIS 251 or 252 5

4. One course from: ART 200, 271, 272, 273; MUS 200 5

AreaV 6

1. PE 103 or 108, 117 3

2. Three activity courses 3

Teaching Concentration 55

1. EXC 220, 225, 230, 315, 335... 25

2. EXC 410, 411, 412, 413, 415,

420 30

Courses Related to Concentration 15

PSY405 5

EDN 304 or PSY 295 5

Approved elective 5

Professional Sequence 30

1. EXC310 5

2. EDN 335, 422, 471. 472, 473... 25 Regents' and Exit Examinations 0

TOTAL 196

Hours

A. General Requirements 101

Area 1 20

1. ENG 101, 102 or 192, 201 or

292 15

2 One course from: ART 200, 271, 272, 273; ENG 222; MUS 200;

PHI 201 5

Areall 20

1. MAT 101, 290 10

2. Approved laboratory science sequence 10

Area III 20

1. HIS 1 14or 191 , 115or192;POS 113 15

2. One course from: ANT 201; ECO 201, 202; SOC 201 5

ArealV 30

1. EDN 200, PSY 101 10

2. EDN 201 or PSY 201 5

3. ART 111, 112, 213 15

AreaV 6

1. PE 103 or 108, 117 3

2. Three activity courses 3

State Requirement 5

HIS 251 or 252 5

B. Teaching Concentration 63-68

1. ART 201, 202, 204 15

2. ART 271, 272, 273** 10-15

3. ART 313, 314, 330, 340, 350, 351, 370, 400 38

4. Elective 5

C. Professional Sequence 25

1. EXC 310, EDN 335, 471, 472,

473 25

D. Electives 0-5

E. Regents' and Exit Examinations 0

TOTAL 194-199 **May not be duplicated in Area I.

166

ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE

PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN EDUCATION IN BIOLOGY EDUCATION

PROGRAM FOR THE.DEGREE OF BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN EDUCATION IN BUSINESS EDUCATION

Hours

A. General Requirements 101

Area 1 20

1. ENG 101, 102 or 192, 201 or

292 15

2. One course from: ART 200, 271, 272, 273; ENG 222; MUS 200; PHI 201 5

Areall ' 20

1. MAT 101 and 103 or 206 or

220 10

2. BIO 101, 102 10

Area III 20

1. HIS 114 or 191, 115or192;POS 113 15

2. One course from: ANT 201, ECO 201, 202; SOC 201 5

ArealV 30

1 . EDN 200; PSY 1 01 , EDN 201 or PSY201 15

2. CHE 128, BOT203 10

3. One course from: ART 200, 271, 272, 273; DRS 228; MUS 200 .. 5

AreaV 6

1. PE 103 or 108, 117 3

2. . Three activity courses 3

Required Additional Courses 13

HIS 251 or 252 5

ZOO 204 5

CS296 3

B. Teaching Concentration 45

1. BIO 370, 480 and BOT 410 or ZOO 410 15

2. BOT or ZOO courses numbered 300+ 10

3. CHE 129, 341, 342, 343, 344, 345, 346 20

C. Courses Related to Concentration 15

Three of the following: AST 201 , GEL 201, MET 201, and OCE

301 or 430 15

D. Professional Sequence 30

1. EXC 310, EDN 335, 447, 471,

472,473 30

E. Regents' and Exit Examinations 0

TOTAL 199

Hours

A. General Requirements 106

Area 1 20

1. ENG 101, 102, 201 15

2. One course from: ART 200, 271, 272,273; MUS 200; PHI 201; or ENG 222 5

Areall 20

1. MAT 101, 195 10

2. Approved laboratory science sequence 10

Area III 20

1. HIS 114, 115, POS 113, ECO

201 20

ArealV 30

1. EDN 200, PSY 101, DRS 228... 15

2. EDN 201 or PSY 201 , MAT 220, HIS 251 or 252 15

AreaV 6

1. PE 103 or 108, 117 3

2. Three activity courses 3

B. Teaching Concentration 74

1. BAD 201, ACC211, ACC 212.. 15

2. BAD 225, ECO 202 10

3. ADS 202, ADS 340, ADS 405, ADS420 19

4. BAD 302,. BAD 317, BAD 320, BAD 340, BAD 360, BAD 462 ., 30

C. Professional Sequence 32

•1. EDN 240 2

2. EXC 310, EDN 335, BED 350... 15

3. EDN 471, 472, 473 15

E. Regents' and Exit Exams 0

Total 202

F. Secretarial Concentration 214

1. ADS 203, ADS 312, ADS 313... 12

Total 214

Special Note: ACC (Accounting), OAD (Office Administration), BAD (Business Administration), and BE (Business Education) courses taught at SSC only.

Courses taken in Area I may not be duplicated in Area IV.

Prerequisites for admission to ADS 202 and ADS 312 - Skill in typewriting and shorthand at ele- mentary level.

TEACHER EDUCATION PROGRAM

167

PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN EDUCATION IN CHEMISTRY EDUCATION

Hours

A. General Requirements 101

Area 1 20

1. ENG 101, 102 or 192, 201 or

292 15

2. One course from: ART 200, 271, 272, 273; ENG 222; MUS 200;

PHI 201 5

Areall 20

1. MAT 101, 103 10

2. CHE 128, 129 10

Area III 20

1. HIS 1 14 or 191 . 115or192;POS 113 15

2. One course from: ANT 201: ECO 201, 202; SOC 201 5

ArealV 30

1. EDN 200, PSY 101 10

2. EDN 201 or PSY 201 5

3. BIO 101, 102 10

4. One course from: ART 200, 271, 272, 273; DRS 228; MUS 200 .. 5

AreaV 6

1. PE 103 or 108, 117 3

2. Three activity courses 3

Required Courses 8

HIS 251 or 252 and CS 296 8

B. Teaching Concentration 40

1. CHE 211, 341, 342, 343. 344, 345, 346, 380, 491 30

2. CHE 300 or above 10

C. Courses Related to Concentration 25

1. PHS211. 212, 213or217. 218, 219 15

2. BOT203, MAT 206 10

D. Professional Sequence 30

1. EXC 310, EDN 335, 447. 471.

472, 473 30

IE. Regents' and Exit Examinations 0

TOTAL 199

PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN EDUCATION IN ENGLISH EDUCATION

Hours

A. General Requirements 101

Area 1 20

1. ENG 101, 102, 201 15

2. One course from: ART 200, 271, 272. 273; ENG 222; MUS 200;

PHI 201 5

Areall 20

1. MAT 101 and 103 or 220 or

290 10

2. Approved laboratory science sequence 10

Area III 20

1. HIS 114, 115, POS 113 15

2. One course from: ANT 201. ECO 201, 202; SOC 201 5

ArealV 30

1 . EDN 200, EDN 201 or PSY 201 , PSY 101 15

2. Foreign language sequence through 103 15

AreaV 6

1. PE 103 or 108. 117 3

2. Three activity courses 3

Required Courses 10

HIS 251 or 252 and DRS 228... 10

B. Teaching Concentration 40

1. ENG 301, 311, 312 15

2. ENG 333 or 334 or 335 5

3. ENG 313 or 314 5

4. ENG 345 or 346 5

5. ENG 380 or 382 5

6. ENG 370 5

C. Courses Related to Concentration 15

1. PHI 400 or approved elective... 5

2. DRS 350 or 351 5

3. EDN 423 5

D. Professional Sequence 35

1. EXC 310, EDN 335. 428 or 445 15

2. EDN 439, 471. 472, 473 20

E. Regents' and Exit Examinations 0

TOTAL 196

168

ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE

PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN EDUCATION WITH A MAJOR IN HEALTH AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION

NOTE: This program is listed in the School of Health Professions. See Department of Health Science, Physical Education, and Recreation section for program requirements.

PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN EDUCATION IN MATHEMATICS EDUCATION

Hours

A. General Requirements 101

Area 1 20

1. ENG 101, 102, 201 15

2. One course from: ART 200, 271, 272, 273; ENG 222; MUS 200;

PHI 201 5

Areall 20

1. MAT 101, 103 10

2. Approved laboratory science sequence 10

Area III 20

1. HIS114or191,115or192;POS

113 15

2.. One course from: ANT 201;

ECO 201, 202; SOC 201 5

ArealV 30

1. EDN 200, PSY 101 10

2. EDN 201 or PSY 201 5

3. MAT 206, 207, 208 15

AreaV 6

1. PE 103 or 108, 117 3

2. Three activity courses 3

Required Courses 10

1. HIS 251 or 252 5

2. One course selected from: ART 200, 271, 272, 273; DRS 228; MUS200 5

B Teaching Concentration 40

1. CS 142, MAT 216, 260, 311,

321, 336 30

2. MAT416or470 5

3. Choice of MAT 341, 346, 322, 353, 309, 416 or 470 5

C. Professional Sequence 30

1. EXC 310, EDN 335, 441 15

2. EDN 471, 472, 473 15

D. Electives 15

E. Regents' and Exit'Examinations C

TOTAL 191

PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN EDUCATION II MUSIC EDUCATION

Hour;

A. General Requirements 10"

Area I 2(

1. ENG 101, 102 or 191, 201 or

292 1!

2. One course from: ART 200, 271, 272, 273; ENG 222; MUS 200; PHI 201 I

Area II 2(

1. MAT 101, 290 1(

2. Approved laboratory science sequence 1(

Area III -. 2(

1. HIS114or191,115or192;POS 113 1!

2. One course from: ANT 201; ECO 201, 202; SOC 201 !

ArealV 3(

1. EDN 200, PSY 101 11

2. EDN 201 or PSY 201 !

3. MUS 111, 112, 113, 140 1!

AreaV I

1. PE 103 or 108, 117

2. Three activity courses

State Requirement

HIS 251 or 252

B. Teaching Concentration 5

1. MUS 211, 212, 213, 236, 237, 238, 239 1

2. MUS 240, a, b, c; 340, a, b, &

c;

312, 330, 331, 281

361, 371, 372, 373, 412 4

One of the following emphases: 11

a. Choral— MUS 353, 313, 423,

480 and 314 or 315

b. Instrumental —

MUS 227, 352, 416, 424,

481

c. Keyboard— MUS 227, 425, 420 or 421, 423 or 424, 353

or 352

MUS 480 or 481

C. Professional Sequence 2

1. EXC 310, EDN 335, 471, 472, 473

TEACHER EDUCATION PROGRAM

169

D. Recital Requirement (one-half of a

senior recital) 0

TOTAL 196-199

PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN EDUCATION IN SOCIAL SCIENCES EDUCATION (HISTORY)

Hours

A. General Requirements 96

Area 1 20

1. ENG 101, 102 or 192, 201 or

292 15

2. One course from: ART 200, 271, 272, 273; ENG 222; MUS 200;

PHI 201 5

Areall 20

1. MAT 101, 220 10

2. Approved laboratory science sequence 10

Area III 20

1. HIS 114or 191, 115or192;POS 113 15

2. PSY 101 5

ArealV 30

1. EDN 200 and EDN 201 or PSY 201 10

2. One course from; ART 200, 271, 272, 273; DRS 228; MUS 200 .. 5

3. Approved language

sequence through 103 15

AreaV 6

1. PE 103 or 108, 117 3

2. Three activity courses 3

3. Required Elective:

One course from ANT 201 , ECO

201, SOC201 5

B. Teaching Concentration 35

1. HIS 251 or 252; HIS 371 or

377 10

2. HIS 300 5

3. Approved Non-Western HIS course(s) 5-10

4. Approved 300+ US HIS

course 5

5. Approved European HIS course(s) 5-10

C Courses Related to Concentration 30

1. ECO 201, 202, 363 10-15

2. GEO 211, 212, elective 10-15

3. POS305 5

4. POS317, 318 5-10

D Professional Sequence 30

1. EXC 310, EDN 335, 449 15

2. EDN 471, 472, 473 15

E. Regents' and Exit Examinations 0

PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN EDUCATION IN SOCIAL SCIENCES EDUCATION (POLITICAL SCIENCE)

Hours

A. General Requirements 96

Area 1 20

1. ENG 101, 102 or 192, 201 or

292 15

2. One course from: ART 200, 271, 272, 273; ENG 222; MUS 200;

PHI 201 5

Area II 20

1. MAT 101, 220 10

2. Approved laboratory science sequence 10

Area III 20

1. HIS 1 14 or 191, 115or192;POS 113 15

2. PSY 101 5

ArealV 30

1. EDN 200 and EDN 201 or PSY

201 10

2. One course from: ANT 201; ECO 201 , 202; any GEO course; SOC201 5

3. Approved language

sequence through 103 15

AreaV 6

1. PE 103 or 108, 117 3

2. Three activity courses 3

3. Required elective;

One course from ART 200, 271 ,

272, 273; DRS 228; MUS 200 .. 5

B. Teaching Concentration 30

1. POS 305 and 317 or 318 10

2. POS 333 or 334 5

3. POS 320, 321, 325, 326, 329, 424, 426, or 429 5

4. POS 345, 346, 348, 349, 445 or 447 5

5. POS Upper Level Elective 5

C. Courses Related to Concentration 35

1. HIS 251 or 252 5

2. Courses from three of the follow- ing:

a. GEO 211, 212, elective 10-15

b. ECO 201, 202, 363 10-15

c. 300+ HIS electives 10-15

d ANT, PSY, SOC electives ...10-15

D. Professional sequence 30

1. EXC 310 5

2. EDN 335, 449, 471, 472, 473. 25

E. Regents' and Exit Examinations 0

TOTAL 196

TOTAL

196

170

ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE

Library Science/Media

The Library Science/Media program has three emphases: (1) basic library skills courses and specialized skill courses designed to help stu- dents in specific subject areas develop re- search skills; (2) career courses for pros ective media specialists and persons interested in public and special libraries; and (3) basic re- search courses which may be elected by majors in other areas.

Certification Program

Certification in Library Media may be obtained by completing 40 quarter hours in media and related courses with grades of "C" or better. This program must be incorporated into an existing teaching major. The following courses are re- quired for certification as a media specialist:

Hours

A. LM 300, 310, 320, 410, 420,

425 25

B. EDN240, 451; CS 296 10

C. One course from: EDN 324, 418; EDN423 5

Non-Certification Program

A student may choose any field of concentra- tion which allows a double major. The major in Library Media is comprised of the following:

Hours

A. LM 300, 310, 320, 410, 420,

425 25

EDN 240, 451; CS 296

or 115 10-12

B. Onecoursefrom:EDN324,418; EDN 423; DRS/JRN 347 5

TOTAL 40-42

Library Media Minor

A student choosing to minor in Library Media is required to complete the following courses with grades of "C" or better in each:

Hours

A. LM300, 310, 320 12

B. LM 410, 420, 425 13

TOTAL 25

Learning Disabilities Add-On

Learning Disabilities (grades K-12) may be added to certification in elementary or middfc school education by successful completion o the following courses:

EXC 312 - Introduction to Learning

Disabilities EXC 430 - Teaching Children with

Disabilities EXC 340 - Behavior Management EDN 320 - Tests and Measurements EXC 315 - Language Development Secondary education students and students in terested in an endorsement in Learning Disa bilities need to see a Special Education adviso in the Office of Secondary Education and Spe cial Education in order to identify the appropriat( courses.

The above "add-on" in LD would consist of < non-renewable provisional certificate at the T| level in Learning Disabilities. In order for the stu dent to obtain a non-provisional certificate, othe requirements, outlined by the State Departmer of Education would have to be satisfied.

SPECIAL NOTE: 1 . Liability insurance or waiver is required fc all courses with field experiences. Pleas consult course outline or professor regarc ■ ing this requirement.

Course Offerings

EDN Offerings

EDN 200— Orientation to Teaching (5-0-5)

The study of the status of education and teaching as a profession. The student engage in directed self-study and plans for the achiev* ment of professional goals. Directed field e: periences.

EDN 201— Human Growth and Developmer (5-0-5)

A survey of lifespan development that focuse on physical, emotional, cognitive, and social d<l velopment. Understnadings of growth and d<

TEACHER EDUCATION PROGRAM

171

elopment are applied to classroom teaching nd learning.

!DN 202— Health and the Young Child 3-0-3)

Study of factors impacting upon the physical ocial and emotion I health of young children, icluding food and nutrition, safety, disease and

■auma.

[DN 240— Education Media (1-2-2)

Workshop experience in the selection, utili- ation, evaluation, and preparation of various inds of media. Emphasis is placed on utilization I media in teaching.

!DN 304 — Human Growth and Learning 1-6-5)

Prerequisite: EDN 200

Focus on total growth and development of in- ividuals with emphasis upon interrelationships f the development process and teaching-learn- ig. Laboratory Component includes use of ampus, school and community resources for bserving-participating, testing, and synthesiz- ig course theory. Directed field experiences.

DN 320— Test and Measurements (5-0-5)

A beginning course in measurement which Dvers statistical methods, research designs id research problems. Students are provided <periences in the administration and evaluation

psychological tests.

DN 324— Literature for Children (5-0-5)

Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Educa-

)n.

A study of children's books and selections

Dm bocks. Designed to assist future teachers I the selection of the best that has been written • the realm of children's literature for each pe- ■ )d of the child's life.

DN 335 — Secondary School Curriculum id Methods, General (3-6-5)

Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Educa-

)n; PSY 301 or EDN 302. I The study of secondary school curriculum and lethods. Detailed study is given to techniques \ systematic observation, preparation of be- -ivioral objectives, analysis of critical incidents,

oduction of media materials, practices of I assroom control, and examination of instruc-

>n models. Directed practicum

DN 336 — Elementary School Language 1s (5-5-5)

Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Educa-

>n.

Designed to offer the student the opportunity to explore methods, content, and materials used in teaching the skills of communicative arts to children. Directed field experiences.

EDN 342— Elementary School Social Studies (5-0-5)

Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Educa- tion.

Focus upon fundamental social studies skills and processes needed by children. Directed field experiences.

EDN 410— Independent Study (1-8-5)

Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Educa- tion.

Students conduct an in-depth, closely super- vised instructor-approved study of a topic in ed- ucation. The student is required to evidence skills in independent research and study.

EDN 415 — Adolescent Psychology (5-0-5)

Focus on the phenomenon of modern ado- lescence. Emphasis upon the intellectual, cul- tural and personal transitions of the adolescent period.

EDN 418— Literature for the Middle School Learner (5-0-5)

Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Educa- tion.

Provides opportunity for prospective and in- service teachers to explore multimedia offerings of literary value and of significance to age level of learners found in the middle school. Relates literature to all areas of the middle school cur- riculum.

EDN 422 — The Teaching of Reading (5-0-5)

Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Educa- tion.

Study of the developmental reading program. Emphasis will be placed on reading skills, ap- proaches, techniques, materials and evaluation for classroom use.

EDN 423— Adolescent Literature (5-0-5)

Offered on demand. Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Education.

A study of significant literature appropriate for adolescents.

EDN 424 — Practicum in Individual Reading Instruction (2-8-5)

Prerequisite: EDN 422.

Designed to provide prospective teachers with directed practice in the teaching of reading Special em hasis will be placed upon diagnosis

172

ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE

and teaching of needed reading skills. Students will be required to tutor at least one remedial reader. Directed field experiences.

EDN 428— Reading in the Middle School (5-0-5)

Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Educa- tion.

Primary focus upon reading as a tool for ex- tending learning in the content areas of the mid- dle school.

EDN 430 — Diagnosing and Prescribing for Learning Problems (5-0-5)

Prerequisite: EDN 422 or 428.

Diagnostic and prescriptive process princi- ples underlying assessment and correction of learning problems. Designed to help the class- room teacher (1) determine performance levels and needs of pupils and (2) provide effective learning assistance.

EDN 432— Methods and Materials for K-4 (5-0-5)

Prerequisites: Admission to Teacher Educa- tion.

Examination of teaching resources, teaching strategies and the range of interpersonal rela- tionships involved in teaching young children. Directed field experiences.

EDN 434 — Methods and Curriculum of Elementary Science (5-0-5)

Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Educa- tion.

Interpretation of science for elementary school teaching: exploration of processes for translating meaning into classroom practice, emphasis upon inquiry, the discovery process and other science teaching strategies.

EDN 436— Curriculum and Teaching K-4 (5-2-5)

Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Educa- tion.

This course is the study of early elementary curricula, existing administrative and instruc- tional organizations, evaluation procedures, and experiences in curriculum at the primary level (K-4). It includes study and development of teaching materials. Directed field experience.

EDN 438 — Curriculum and Teaching (4-8) (5-2-5)

Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Educa- tion.

This course is the study of Middle School cur- ricula, existing administrative and instructional

organizations, evaluation procedures, and e: periences *in curriculum at the middle scho- level (4-8). It includes study and developmei of teaching materials. Directed field expei ences.

EDN 439— Secondary School Curriculum and Methods, English (5-0-5)

Offered on demand. Prerequisite: PSY 301 < EDN 302 and admission to Teacher Educatioi

The study of secondary school English cu riculum with emphasis upon materials and metl ods of teaching English. Directed observatior

EDN 441— Secondary School Curriculum and Methods, Mathematics (5-0-5)

Offered on demand. Prerequisite: MAT 260

The study of secondary school mathematic

curriculum with emphasis upon materials ar

methods of teaching mathematics. Directed ol

servations.

EDN 445 — Reading in the Secondary School (5-0-5)

This course is designed to provide studen with the rationale for teaching reading as the teach their content areas in the seconda school.

EDN 447 — Secondary School Curriculum and Methods, Science (5-0-5)

Offered on demand. Prerequisites: Admissk to Teacher Education, PSY 301 or EDN 302, ai EDN 335.

The study of secondary school science ci riculum with emphasis upon materials and me1 ods of teaching science. Directed observatior

EDN 449 — Secondary School Curriculum and Methods, Social Science (5-0-5)

Prerequisites: Admission to Teacher Educ tion; PSY 301 or EDN 302 and EDN 335.

The study of secondary school social scien ■ curriculum with emphasis upon materials al methods of teaching social science. Direct! observations. . I

EDN 450— The Middle School (5-0-5)

An overview of the history and purpose of tjj middle school; characteristics of the midJ school learner, emphasis upon the nature a | role of the middle school teacher and upon cs propriate programs for the needs of mid<? school learners.

EDN 451— Teaching Media (2-6-5)

Prerequisite: EDN 240 or permission of structor.

TEACHER EDUCATION PROGRAM

173

Laboratory course in designing and produc- g instructional media: transparencies, slides, pes and other media for teaching.

DN 460— Multi-Cultural Education -0-5)

Designed to study the educational implica- >ns of cultural diversity. Examination of the :hool programs designed to meet the needs id interests of children from different ethnic ackgrounds.

DN 471 — Student Teaching — Knowledge of ontent (O-V-5)

DN 472 — Student Teaching — Instructional ethods and Materials (O-V-5)

DN 473 — Student Teaching — Professional/ terpersonal Skills (O-V-5)

Prerequisite: See 'General Requirements: >acher Education Programs." Students are aced in selected schools for one quarter as ll-time student staff members. No additional edit hours may be earned while student teach- g. Classroom experiences and other staff re- >onsibilities are jointly supervised by the 'liege staff, supervising teachers and princi- ils in the selected schools. Open to transient jdents only with permission of the Dean of lucation at Armstrong and of the college from lich the student comes.

i ceptional Children Offerings

X 220 — Introduction to Communicative , sorders (5-0-5)

An introduction to the types, etiologies, and .mediation sources and techniques of various immunicative dysfunctions in children and lults in the areas of language, articulation,

ce and stuttering. Emphasis is on the rec-

nition and awareness of these disorders, ap- ,)priate classroom strategies, and treatment

erral.

C 225— Phonetics for Speech rrectionists (3-4-5)

Oeals with the use of the International Pho- bic Alphabet (IPA) in speech correction, IPA I iscnption of normal and defective articulation Id the important characteristics of regional di- I cts are stressed.

EXC 230 — Anatomy and Physiology of the Speech and Hearing Mechanism (4-2-5)

Anatomy and physiology of the head, neck, and thorax from a speech and hearing stand- point. Special emphasis is placed on functional considerations of the respiratory system, larynx, oral and nasal structures, and ear.

EXC 310 — Introduction to Exceptional Children (5-0-5)

Prerequisite: EDN 200 and PSY 301 or EDN 302.

An orientation to exceptional children with em- phasis on educational implications and rehabil- itation requirements. Includes classroom discussion of and visitations to facilities for train- ing.

EXC 312 — Introduction to Learning Disabilities (4-2-5)

Prerequisites: EXC 310.

An introduction to the area of specific learning disabilities, with an emphasis on identification, terminology, and prevalence.

EXC 315 — Normal Speech and Language Development (4-2-5)

The study of normal language development with emphasis on oral language. This course traces developmental scales of speech and lan- guage growth across various age levels and in- cludes the relationship between speech and language. Observations.

EXC 335— Speech Science (4-2-5)

Speech communication from a psychophysi- cal standpoint. Study focuses on acoustics, physics of speech, transmission media, and physical analysis of speech.

EXC 340 — Behavior Management for the Exceptional Child (5-0-5)

A study of the application of behavioral prin- ciples for the management and growth of ex- ceptional learners. Consultation in using the principles with other teachers and with parents will also be emphasized.

EXC 410 — Introduction to Audiology (3-4-5)

Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Educa- tion.

An introduction to the methods of hearing as- sessment through pure tone and speech audi- ometry, with a focus on rehabilitation of the hearing impaired. Supervised clinical practice

174

ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE

EXC 411— Stuttering (4-2-5)

Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Educa- tion.

An introduction to the problem of stuttering, its possible causes and the management train- ing of cases. Supervised clinical practicum.

EXC 412— Language Disorders (4-2-5)

Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Educa- tion.

An introduction to language disorders of chil- dren and adults. Etiologies, evaluation proce- dures, and therapeutic approaches are studied. Major emphasis will be given to delayed lan- guage development. Supervised clinical prac- ticum.

EXC 413— Organically Based Communication Problems (4-2-5)

Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Educa- tion.

The course includes a study of the commu- nication problems related to disorders of voice, cleft palate, and cerebral palsy. Supervised clin- ical practicum.

EXC 415— Articulation Disorders (3-4-5)

Prerequisites: EXC 225, admission to Teacher Education.

A study of the etiology, rationale, evaluation, and methods of therapy for disorders of artic- ulation. The course includes the development of a therapeutic program, lesson plans, and su- pervised clinical practicum.

EXC 420— Public School Program Administration (2-6-5)

Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Educa- tion.

Administration and implementation of public school speech therapy programs including identification, case load selection, scheduling, inservice, and relationship of speech therapy to the total school program. Supervised clinical practicum.

EXC 422— Manual Language for the Deaf (4-2-5)

Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Educa- tion. Offered on demand.

A study of the practices, procedures and methods in teaching manual language to the deaf, with a review of the historical philosophies and current trends and literature. At the conclu- sion of the course the student will have a working ability to communicate with a manual deaf in-

dividual as well as the ability to teach deaf cr dren the process of manual language.

EXC 430— Teaching Children with Learnin< Disabilities (3-4-5)

Prerequisites: EXC 213, Introduction to Lear ing Disabilities and EDN 422, The Teaching Reading;admission to Teacher Education.

Teaching strategies for children with speci! learning disabilities. A focus on approache techniques, and materials with directed apr: cation.

Library Media/Science Offerings

LM 300 — Introduction to Media Profession (2-0-2)

An introductory course in which students e amine the role, functions and services of diff( ent types of libraries and information centei Emphasizes the role and responsibilities of brarians/media specialists. Includes also the s cial role of libraries and library networks. Tl student is given an opportunity to be involv< in public, school, and special libraries durii field experience.

LM 310— Reference Sources (5-0-5)

Study of basic reference sources, includi searching strategies. The course has | phases: (1) study and evaluation of major typ of references and information sources; (2) sti of specific sources of information in element, and secondary schools as well as spec sources for a subject field.

LM 320 — Cataloging and Classification (5-0-5)

Introduction to the basic principles of Cc loging and classification of multimedia materi combined with practical experience. Dev, Decimal and Library of Congress Classificati Sears and Library of Congress Subject he. ings; purchasing of printed library cards, si their adaptation and arrangement in the c : catalog. Problems peculiar to the media s I cialist are considered. Practical experience* also offered.

LM 410— Media Selection (3-0-3)

Winter.

Selection of various types of media, basecr fundamental principles and objectives. 1 course has three phases: (1) selection critel source lists and their use in media select I

TEACHER EDUCATION PROGRAM

175

publishing, and order processing; (2) selection and evaluation of media for children considering curricular considerations and understanding of the media specialist's responsibilities toward guidance in media; and (3) selection and eval- uation of media for young adults considering curricular correlations and enrichment; recrea- tional and developmental needs; young adult services and programs. Includes field experi- ences.

LM 420 — Administration of Information Centers (5-0-5)

Spring. Prerequisites: LM 300, 310, 320, 410.

Study of organization and administration of all types of information centers including adminis- tering the budget, purchase of materials, per- sonnel, circulation, equipment, routines and schedules, maintenance of the collection, pre- ventive maintenance and minor repairs of equip- ment, and relations with administration and jsers will be considered. Students will examine tie role of the media specialist in the curriculum Drocess and media center instruction and ori- entation. School library media philosophies and educational objectives will also be examined. Concurrent enrollment in Media Internship is ecommended.

.M 425— Media Internship (0-12-5)

Offered on demand. Prerequisites: LM 300, no. 320, 410, with a grade of "C" or higher and concurrent enrollment in LM 420.

Supervised experience in library media cen- er, or other appropriate setting. Students must complete 120 clock hours of work. Offered on i pass/fail basis. Application for the Internship inust be made at least one quarter in advance.

i.S 110 — Introduction to Library Research nd Materials (1-0-1)

i An orientation to the library, library terminol-

I »gy, search strategy formation, and major library

rids such as the card catalog, classification and

1 ubject heading guides, periodical indexes and

I bstracts, encyclopedias, dictionaries, alma-

tacs, handbooks and yearbooks, reviews, and

nticisms, and biographical sources. This

ourse will provide students with opportunities

) learn how to access information in a variety

f formats so that they can continue life-long

earning.

i (The following library science courses are ad- ministered by the Director of Library Services ,nd are taught by professional library faculty.)

LS 311 — Principles of Library Research and Materials (1-0-1)

Study of two separate but complementary as- pects of library research, research methodology and research tools. The methodology section addresses the way in which a research paper is written, from the selection of a topic to the paper's final bibliography. The study of tools fo- cuses on various print, non-print and on-line re- sources and services available to the student preparing a scholarly paper. Nursing and allied health resources are emphasized.

LS 312 — Information Resources in the Humanities (1-0-1)

Extensive study of basic and advanced ref- erence materials and search techniques in the humanities.

LS 313 — Information Resources in the Social Sciences (1-0-1)

Extensive study of basic and advanced ref- erence materials and search techniques in the social sciences.

LS 314 — Information Resources in the Sciences (1-0-1)

Extensive study of basic and advanced ref- erence materials and search techniques in the sciences.

SSC Business Education Offerings

Special Note: The following courses are require- ments of varied Bachelor of Science in Educa- tion degree programs offered cooperatively with Savannah State College. The courses are listed in alphabetical order by course description pre- fix. The prefix codes are spelled out in the de- gree programs themselves

ACC 211-212 — Principles of Accounting I and II (5-0-5)

Fall, Winter. Prerequisites: A grade of "C" or better in Math 101 and 220.

An introduction to the principles and proce- dures of accounting. Detailed study of the tech- nique and formation of balance sheets, income statements, ledger accounts, and journals

ACC 301-302— Intermediate Accounting I and II (5-0-5)

Prerequisites: ACC 211-212.

Theory and problems application of account- ing. Includes analysis, interpretation, and ap- plications of statements, investments, funds, and evaluations of fixed assets and liability ac- counts.

176

ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE

ACC 325-326— Federal Income Tax Procedures I and II (5-0-5)

Prerequisite: ACC 212.

An analysis of the Federal Income Tax Law and its application to individuals and partner- ships. Extensive practical problems; prepara- tion of returns. Part II emphasizes federal taxation on corporations and fiduciary returns, gift taxes and estate taxes.

ACC 440— Business Information Systems (5-0-5)

Prerequisite: ACC 302 or consent of instruc- tor.

Basic computer concepts applied to systems and methods design, data flow analysis, and the development of an understanding of a need for control procedures in a business information system.

BAD 201 — Introduction to Business Data Processing (5-0-5)

A concepts course on methods of processing data as related to business, includes the use of terminals and microcomputer systems as facil- itating units for the recording and reporting of data. Included in the course of study are the telecommunication terminal systems and the languages necessary to communicate with a computing system.

BAD 317— Business Law I (5-0-5)

A study of legal rights, social forces and gov- ernment regulations affecting business; an in depth study of the law of contracts; the law of personal property and bailments.

BAD 225 — Business Communications (5-0-5)

Spring, Summer. Prerequisite: ENG 101.

The application of basic principles of English grammar, basic report writing, and research techniques to presentations and written com- munications in relation to new media enters into the consideration given to communication the- ory.

BAD 320— Business Finance (5-0-5)

Prerequisite: BAD 331 .

Principles, problems, and practices associ- ated with the financial management of business institutions; nature and types of equity financing, major types of short-term and long-term debt; capitalization; financial statements, working capital requirements, reorganization; bank-

ruptcy; methods of jnter-corporate financing Prerequisite: BAD 331.

BAD 340— Principles of Marketing (5-0-5)

Prerequisite: ECO 201

The distribution of goods and services frorr producer to consumers, market methods em ployed in, assembling, transporting, storage sales and risk taking; analysis of the commodity brands, sales methods and management; ad vertising plans and media.

BAD 350— Materials of Teaching Business Subjects (5-0-5)

Winter. Prerequisite: appropriate backgrounc in Business and Office Administration.

An analysis of specialized methods used ii teaching business subjects on t secondary leve from which the student involves personal phi losophy to determine teaching procedures. In eludes basic principles and curriculum structun of general and vocational business education.

BAD 360— Business Organization and Management (5-0-5)

Fall.

A comprehensive study of principles of busi ness organization and management. Emphasi is placed upon reports by students in which the collect data and make analyses necessary fc organizing a business of their own choosing,

BAD 400— Personal Finance (5-0-5)

Devoted to family financial matters includin budgeting, expenditures, taxes, credit, saving: investments and insurance, mutual funds, estat planning, trusts, wills, estate and gift taxes.

BAD 425 — Managerial Accounting (5-0-5)

Prerequisites: ACC 212, BAD 331 and BA 360.

The study, interpretation and analysis of 1 nancial statements as tools of the managemei decision-making process. Some knowledge statistical procedures as well as basic accoun ing procedures are needed for studying th course.

BAD 465 — Business Policy (5-0-5)

The integration of knowledge of the varioi fields of business, with emphasis on decisic making. Case study approach.

ECO 201— Principles of Macro-Economics (5-0-5)

Basic economic concepts, with emphasis c the role of government; national income an products; business cycles; money and bankin<

TEACHER EDUCATION PROGRAM

177

fiscal and monetary policy and international trade.

ECO 202 — Principles of Micro-Economics (5-0-5)

Basic economic concepts continued from 201 . Factors of production; supply and demand; determination of prices and of income; mono- Dolies; the problem of economic growth; and :omparative economic systems.

DAD 201. Beginning Typewriting/

keyboard ing (1-4-3)

Current typing techniques and the application )f skills in typing letters, manuscripts, and sim- )le tables. Minimum standard for passing: 30 vords per minute on time writings.

)AD 202. Intermediate Typewriting 1-4-3) (See special note.)

Introduction to production typewriting. Skill ievelopment in the typing of business letters, Drms, tabulation, and formal reports. Minimum >assing speed: 40 words per minute.

)AD 203— Advanced Typewriting (1-4-3)

Production typewriting of office correspon- lence, business letters, forms, tabulations, re- torts, legal and medical documents, 'rerequisite: OAD 202. Minimum passing speed 0 words per minute.

)AD 300— Office Machines (1-8-5) (Same as

IAD 300) Acquaintanceship level of development on

ve basic classes of machines: adding and cal- juiating; copy preparation, duplication; key-

unchmg; and word processing units. 1 rerequisite: Typing proficiency.

>AD 301— Office Procedures (5-0-5)

I The study of secretarial and/or clerical pro- cures and duties commonly encountered in

usiness offices. Emphasis is also placed on the , evelopment of desirable personal traits. Typing

roficiency required.

>AD 311— Beginners Shorthand (1-4-3)

i The acquisition of shorthand fundamentals. ,1inimum standard for passing: 60 words per

linute for three minutes with 95 percent accu-

icy.

•AD 312— Intermediate Shorthand i-4-3)**(See special note)

Continued development of theory, reading nd writing shills, introduction to new matter dic- ition, and transcription of mailable letters. Min-

imum standard for passing: 80 words per minute for three minutes with 95 percent accuracy Pre- requisites: OAD 202 and OAD 31 1 .

OAD 313— Advanced Shorthand (1-4-3)

Continuation of 312 with added emphasis on dictation and transcription of simple letters and documents. Minimum standard for passing at the end of the course: 100 words per minute with 95 percent accuracy. Prerequisite: OAD 312.

OAD 340 — Word Processing Concepts and Techniques (2-6-5)

The development of basic concepts and op- erational techniques on selected Word Proc- essing units. Prerequisite: OAD 301 . Typewriting proficiency required.

OAD 425 — Administrative Management (5-0-5)

A systems approach that provides the frame- work for understanding the role of the admin- istrative manager in today's modern enterprise. In-depth treatment and analysis of the tools, techniques, and concepts which make the ef- forts of the administrator more effective.

SPECIAL NOTE

"OAD 202 — INTERMEDIATE TYPEWRITING AND OAD 31 2 — INTERMEDIATE SHORTHAND are designed for Office Administration majors who have demonstrated proficiency in typewrit- ing and/or shorthand.

A student who cannot perform effectively on the typing theory test and who cannot type at a minimum rate of 30 words per minute should take OAD 201 — Beginners Typewriting prior to enrolling for the intermediate course.

A student who cannot perform effectively on the shorthand theory and who cannot take short- hand at a minimum of 60 words per minute should take OAD 311 — Beginners Shorthand prior to enrolling for the intermediate course.

Advisement and/or placement tests for these courses are given prior to beginning of each quarter.

Graduate Programs and Courses in Education

The college offers a variety of master's degree programs. Effective July 1, 1990, all graduate

178

ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE

programs offered on the Armstrong State Col- lege campus will be administered in affiliation with Georgia Southern University. See specific program department head for further informa- tion.

Objectives

The Master of Education degree is designed to provide T-5 certification according to levels and specific areas as stipulated by the Georgia State Department of Education.

By offering advanced preparation to those who professionally serve in schools, the de- partment hopes to aid in the development of teachers who possess the highest qualities of character, commitment, and professional com- petence.

The objectives of graduate preparation are:

To provide the student with the skills and knowledge necessary to do scholarly study and research in advanced professional and spec- ialized subject matter.

To provide the student with the most recent research findings in child growth and develop- ment and the lastest trends in curriculum.

To provide up-to-date and in-depth informa- tion in selected content teaching fields appro- priate to students' professional assignments.

To provide coursework designed to strengthen students' educational foundations as an important basis for nurturing their attitude and commitment to the profession.

Advisement

Shortly after admission each student is as- signed an education advisor. As soon as the student is notified of this assignment a confer- ence should be scheduled to determine any conditions and specific requirements the stu- dent must meet in order to complete the degree and certification objectives.

Transfer of Courses

Provisions for transfer of credits are deline- ated in the Graduate Academic Regulations section of this catalog. Information on CATES courses transfer is published in the same sec- tion.

Comprehensive Examination

An appropriate committee of the faculty of the graduate program will administer an oral ex- amination to all candidates for the Master's de- gree. The chair of the examining committee will be the student's advisor. The student and the

advisor will select the other two members of thi examining committee. This committee will havi at least one representative from one of the con tent areas on the student's degree plan.

The chair will select, in consultation with th< student, the date, time, and place for the e> aminationand will report this information and \h results of the examination to the appropriate de partment head.

The department head shall notify the Gradi ate Office concerning the proposed place, dat and time of the examination, the composition c the Committee, and the result of the examine tion.

Early Elementary Education

PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF MASTEF OF EDUCATION IN EARLY ELEMENTARY EDUCATION

Hour

A. Courses Appropriate to the Major 4

1 . Content courses to cover three areas ....• '. 2

2. Major area requirements 1

a. EEE727

b. EEE7 7 or 757

c. Elementary Ed. course elective

B. Professional Education Courses 2

1. EDN722

2. EDN 731, 771 and EDN 741 .... 1

TOTAL e

Special Note: The requirement for exception children (EXC 622) must be met either at t graduate or undergraduate level. Meeting th or any special need will require additional hou beyond the basic sixty.

Reading Certification Program (T-5 Reading Endorsement)

Selected appropriate hours with adviseme from the following courses: EDN 641 , EDU 64 EDN 743, 744, 753, 754.

TEACHER EDUCATION PROGRAM

179

liddle School Education

*OGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF MASTER F EDUCATION IN MIDDLE SCHOOL 3UCATION

Several specialization programs are offered ider the aegis of the MEd degree in teacher lucation. These specialized programs of study ovide, in addition to the graduate major in mid- 3 school education which leads to T-5 certi- ation, opportunity for students to qualify for irtain other kinds of certification. Graduate students majoring in middle school lucation must complete a minimum of sixty >urs of approved courses in the following three 9as: Professional Education Sequence, Spec- ized Courses, and Approved Electives. One course in reading must be taken if not <en previously as well as an appropriate urse in exceptional children if not taken pre- tusly.

The specialized content courses may be cho- 1 from the following areas: art; music; foreign iguages; health and physical education; Ian- age arts, including reading, literature, aech, linguistics; mathematics and science; j the social studies. Educational background, MS of teaching experience, specific needs, prests and the goals of students will be the i ermmants for staff advisement in student se- ition of content areas. Upon the basis of the \ agoing factors, students must choose spec- i zed courses from at least three (including lan- \ 3ge arts) content areas.

Hours

Courses Appropriate to the Major and Specialization 40

1. Major field (content) courses in middle or elementary

education 25-30

2. Approved electives 10-15

Elective courses are to be se- lected with advisement. For stu- dents not previously having a course in middle school edu- cation, EDN 650— The Middle School is required Certification Options:

Compatible with Education pro- grams are certification options in the specialized areas which

follow. Students desiring certi- fication in either option may take the required courses as they pursue the master's degree in their respective teaching fields.

a. Supervising Teacher Services.. 15 Specific electives include: EDN 681, 682, 683

b. Reading 25

Reading Certification Pro- gram (T-5 Reading Endorse- ment)

Selected appropriate hours with advisement from the following courses: EDN 641, EDN 654, EDN 743, 744, 753, 754. B. Professional Education Courses 20

1. EDN 721 or EDN 722 5

2. EDN 731, 771, EDN 741 _J5

TOTAL 60

Secondary Education

Degree Programs

Master of Education degree programs in Busi- ness Education, Social Studies Education and Science Education are offered in cooperation with Savannah State College and with selected departments at Armstrong State College. M.Ed, degrees i English and Mathematics are de- scribed in those departmental sections.

Objectives

The MEd degree is designed to provide T-5 certification according to levels and specific areas as stipulated by the Georgia State De- partment of Education. Degree programs for most secondary areas of certification such as English, history, science, etc. are described in this area of the catalog and are administered by the Department of Education in cooperation with the respective departments. The program for the M.Ed, in mathematics is described in the math- ematics section of the catalog. The Education Department also offers several complete pro- grams leading to certification such as Special Education, Behavior Disorders, Reading Spe- cialist, etc. The education department head can provide guidance for meeting the certification requirements.

180

ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE

By offering advanced preparation to those who professionally serve in schools, the de- partments hope to aid in the development of teachers who possess the highest qualities of character, commitment, and professional com- petence. This aim will be facilitated by (1) en- couraging the student to do scholarly study in advanced professional, specialized and general education subject matter; (2) helping the stu- dent become acquainted with the most recent research developments in child growth and de- velopment and the latest trends in curriculum; (3) deepening the student's appreciation for performance in scientific investigation and re- search; and (4) promoting personal and profes- sional maturity of the student that will be reflected in the student's relationships at work in the community and in the field of education.

Advisement

Shortly after admission each student is as- signed an education advisor. As soon as the student is notified of this assignment, a confer- ence should be scheduled to determine any conditions and specific requirements the stu- dent must meet in order to complete the degree and certification objectives.

Transfer of Courses

Provisions for transfer of credits are deline- ated in the Graduate Academic Regulations section of this catalog. Information on CATES course transfer is published in the same section.

Comprehensive Examination

An appropriate committee of the faculty of the graduate program will administer an oral ex- amination to all candidates for the Master's de- gree. The chair of the examining committee will be the student's advisor. The student and the advisor will select the other two members of the examining committee. This committee will have at least one representative from one of the con- tent areas on the student's degree plan.

The chair will select, in consultation with the student, the date, time, and place for the ex- amination and will report this information and the results of the examination to the appropriate de- partment head.

The department head shall notify the Gradu- ate Office concerning the proposed place, date and time of the examination, the composition of the Committee, and the result of the examina- tion.

Business Education

Advisement

Upon admission to this program each stuc is assigned an advisor who approves a progi of study. As soon as the student is notifiec this arrangement a conference should scheduled by the student.

Comprehensive Examination

During the final quarter of residence a c didate must pass a final comprehensive amination in the field. The Business Educa Coordinator shall notify the student, the Dea the School of Arts, Sciences, and Education | the appropriate official at Savannah State ( lege ten days prior to examination concerr the proposed place, date and time of ex£ nation and the composition of the commit The Examining Committee's decision on candidate's performance on the Compreh sive Examination will be reported as "pass "fail" to the Dean of the Schooi of Arts, Scienc and Education within three days after the amination.

Students interested in enrolling in the M in Business Education should contact the H of the Education Department at Armstrong S College, or Drs. Harven or Lamb of the Sc' of Business at Savannah State College. Business Education Program is a cooper? program between Savannah State College Armstrong State College. Course descript for courses appropriate to this program found in the Graduate Catalog of Armsti State College and the Graduate Catalog ol vannah State College under the areas of I cation and Business, respectively.

Because of the cooperative nature of the E ness Education program, students are enc aged to stay in close contact with their advi?

Transfer of Courses

I

Students who have earned graduate cni at an accredited institution may transfer a linj number of credits to be applied toward n M.Ed, degree in Business Education. Trarfl of credit is handled on an individual basis. h

TEACHER EDUCATION PROGRAM

181

IOGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF MASTER : EDUCATION IN BUSINESS EDUCATION

Science Education

Hours

Business Education Courses 35

1 . Core Courses 25

BAD 603, BED 601, 621, 622,

623 25

2. Option Co rses 10

Select two courses from BAD 602, 604, 613, 621, 622 10

Professional Education Courses 20

1. EDN 722, 731, 771 15

2. EDN 741 5

Elective 5

Five hours from business administration, business edu- cation, or education to comple- ment the student's program. An appropriate course in excep- tional children (EXC 622) must be taken, if not previously taken.

TOTAL 60

he following courses are available at Savan- i State College as a part of the cooperative iiness Education Program.

iD 601 — Current Problems in Business i jcation (5-0-5)

L study of the historical perspective or foun- l ons of business education; current issues, Jblems, trends, curriculum development.

! D 621— Communicative Skills (5-0-5)

rends, methods, and procedures in the iphing of shorthand and typewriting.

*D 622— Office Information Systems (5-0- i

rerequisite: OAD 340: Word Processing ^icepts or equivalent background, ^e impact of concepts, practices, and trends r ord processing and reprographics in a com- ) pensive business education program.

3 ) 623 — Accounting and Basic Business i-5)

'erequisite: Eligibility for T-4 certification in 3 mess Education, sues and instructional strategies.

Advisement

Upon admission to this program each student is assigned an advisor who approves a program of study. As soon as the student is notified of this assignment a conference should be sched- uled by the student.

Comprehensive Examination

To receive the MEd degree with a concentra- tion in science education, each student is re- quired to pass a comprehensive examination covering the areas in which he has had course work. The examination may be oral or written. Oral examinations will last approximately one and one-half hours; written examinations will last approximately three hours. This examination will be completed no later than mid-term of the quarter preceding that in which graduation is anticipated. If the student should fail the ex- amination, he may be reexamined orally or in writing, at the discretion of the departments in areas of specific weakness only. The Coordi- nator shall notify the student and the Dean of the School of Arts, Sciences, and Education ten days prior to the examination concerning the proposed place, date, and time of the exami- nation. The results of the examination are to be reported to the Dean of the School of Arts, Sci- ences, and Education within three days after the examination.

Transfer of Courses

Students who have earned graduate credits at an accredited institution may transfer a limited number of credits to be applied toward the MEd degree in Science Education. Transfer of credit is handled on an individual basis.

PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF MASTER OF EDUCATION IN SCIENCE EDUCATION

Hours

A. Science Courses 35

1. EDN 798 5

2. Other courses are selected, in consultation with the student's advisor, from the graduate courses in biology, chemistry, earth science, mathematics and

182

ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE

physics. Each student will be re- quired to take at least 30 hours of science content courses to in- clude at least ten hours from each of two separate disciplines 30

B. Professional Education Courses 20

1. EDN 722, 731, 771 15

2. EDN 741 5

C. Elective 5

Electives are to be chosen through advisement and ac- cording to individual needs and may include courses in science, education, or a suitable third field with the prior approval of the student's advisor. An appro- priate course in exceptional children (EXC 622) must be taken, if not previously.

TOTAL 60

Social Studies Education

Objectives

The purpose of the graduate program in So- cial Studies is, first and foremost, to increase the academic and professional skills, competence, and enthusiasm of secondary teachers in their special fields and in the social studies generally.

In the broadest sense, the goal is to provide continuing intellectual enrichment to mature adults of diverse interests, whose desire for learning has not ceased and for whom any de- gree marks but a stage in a continuing process of personal growth.

Advisement

Shortly after admission to the program in So- cial Studies, each student should contact the coordinator to secure an advisor. As soon as notified of the assigned advisor, the student should arrange for a conference and begin plan- ning a degree program. Failure by the student to consult regularly with the advisor may greatly lengthen the time necessary to complete the program.

Transfer of Courses

Students who have earned graduate credits at one or more accredited institutions may, un-

der certain circumstances, transfer a limil number of quarter hours of such credits to applied toward the MEd degree program in ! cial Studies. Such transfer of credits is hand on an individual basis and requires the writ approval of the student's advisor and t e [ partment Head. In any case, no more than hours credit will be considered for transfer i the major field.

Comprehensive Examination

Satisfactory performance on comprehens examinations, both written and oral, will be quired of all degree candidates. (The oral cc prehensive examination required of ' candidates for the Master's degree", will be { isfied by taking the oral comprehensive exa nation required in this section.) Candida should notify their advisor of their readiness be examined at the time they apply for the gree — i.e., no later than mid-term of their r to final quarter. The Departments of Governrr and History have detailed guidelines on cc prehensive exaination procedures, a cop^ which will be given to each candidate at the t application for comprehensive examination made.

PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF MAST OF EDUCATION IN SECONDARY EDUCATION— MAJOR IN SOCIAL STUDI

Teachers with baccalaureate degrees who are certified in history, political science other social science disciplines earn T-5 c fication within the context of a balanced sc science curriculum. Of the 60 hours (1 2 cour: required to complete the degree, 40 will be lected from history, political science and ( nomics. These, in addition to 20 hour:) professional education, courses in the Sc| Sciences are required as follows:

Hci

A. History |

Including one course each in American, European, some area of Non-Western History and in Historiography.

B. Political Science \

C. Economics I

D. Elective

TEACHER EDUCATION PROGRAM

183

Selected with the advisor's con- sent from Economics, History, or Political Science.

TOTAL

773, 775, 788, 790, 791 , 792; CJ 501

TOTAL

60

40

hose with appropriate undergraduate prep- ion but who do not possess a teaching cer- ate may also pursue this degree. Additional rsework establishes qualifications for T-5 jfication.

lose supervision and individual advisement ire that the program will be tailored to the ds of each student enrolled in it and will pro- ? an adequate foundation for teaching a va- ^ of subjects in the Secondary Social Studies iculum.

ecial Education

-mstrong State College offers Master in Ed- ion degrees in the areas of Learning Disa- les, Behavior Disorders, and Speech/ ?uage Pathology. Courses are also avail- to post-baccalaureate students who are fied in another area and wish to add certi- on in Learning Disabilities or Behavior Dis- ;rs. Such a program must be planned rding to the requirements of the Certifica- Dffice of the State Board of Education.

GRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF MASTER DUCATION IN SPECIAL EDUCATION— AVIOR DISORDERS

ecial Note: The prerequisite for this degree am includes Introduction to Exceptional ren (EXC 622).

Hours

3rofessional Education Courses 20

1. EDN 722, 731, 771 15

, 2. EDN 741 5

• specialization Courses 30

,: 1. EXC 723, 754, 780, 781 20

2.' EXC 785, 786 10

lelated Field Courses 10

Two courses selected from: EDN 632, 641, 645, 753; EXC 625, 626, 721, 755, 760, 770,

Special Note: Students are required to com- plete a minimum of ten hours practicum (cf. spe- cialization courses) in one of the following ways: A EXC 785 and EXC 786 may be completed over a two quarter period by those students who are working full time with Behavior Dis- ordered students, or B. Students who are not employed full time may complete EXC 785 and 786 by working two different quarters in two different set- tings (such as Georgia Regional Hospital, Psychoeducational Center, Behavior Dis- orders classes) for a minimum of 10 hours per week for the quarter.

PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF MASTER OF EDUCATION IN SPECIAL EDUCATION- LEARNING DISABILITIES

Special Note: Prerequisites for this degree program include Introduction to Exceptional Children (EXC 622), a T-4 Certificate, and one year of teaching experience.

Hours

A. Professional Education Courses 20

1. EDN 722, 731, 771 15

2. EDN 741 5

B. Specialization Courses 30

1. EXC 723, 741, 755 15

2. EXC 770, 775, 788 15

C. Related Field Courses 10

Two courses selected from: EDN 632, 721, 744; EXC 625, 754, 760, 773, 793

TOTAL 60

PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF MASTER OF EDUCATION IN SPECIAL EDUCATION— SPEECH/LANGUAGE PATHOLOGY

Special Note: Prerequisites for this degree program include Introduction to Exceptional Children (EXC 622) and a T-4 Certificate in Speech Pathology or its equivalent.

Hours

A. Professional Education Courses 15

1. EDN 722, 731 10

184

ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE

2. EDN771 5

B. Specialization Courses 40

1. EXC 730, 732, 734, 736 20

2. EXC 737, 738, 739, 740 20

C. Related Field Courses 5

One course selected with ad- visement from the following: EXC 723, 754, 755, 770, 775, 760, 790, 791, 792; EDN 632, 641

TOTAL 60

Graduate Course Offerings

EDN Offerings

EDN 600— Internship (O-V-V)

Students who hold teaching positions in school and/or clinic settings will be supervised by college staff members for one academic year. Supervisors will observe and hold confer- ences with each candidate. Students must com- plete one academic year to receive credit.

EDN 602 — Practicum in Early Elementary Education (O-V-5)

(Grade awarded, S or U only)

Supervised experience with middle school children, level dependent upon prior experi- ences of student. Seminars, projects, and re- search planned according to student needs.

EDN 604 — Practicum in Middle School Education (O-V-5)

(Grade awarded, S or U only).

Supervised experience with middle grades children, level dependent upon prior experi- ences of student. Seminars, projects and re- search planned according to students' needs.

EDN 618 — Literature for the Middle School Learner (5-0-5)

(See EDN 418 for course description.)

EDN 620— Adolescent Literature (5-0-5)

An examination of the values to be found in folk tales, classical myths and legends, as well as the body of contemporary writing, especially created to satisfy interests and needs of ado- lescents.

EDN 621— Tests and Measurements (5-0-5)

Principles and procedures in evaluating pupil growth.

EDN 628— Reading in the Middle School (5-0-5)

Primary focus upon reading as a tool foi tending learning in the content areas in the die school. Emphasis is placed upon strate that students can use to learn vocabulary, c prehend written materials, study and abs information from content materials.

EDN 632— Multicultural Education (5-0-5

Educational study as it relates to the Amer multi-ethnic society. Particular emphasis on nic minorities.

EDN 640 — Teaching Language Arts in Elementary School (5-0-5)

Exploration in the four broad areas of the guage arts. Investigation of pertinent rese of the past decade; opportunities for enric experiences with media.

EDN 641 — Methods of Teaching Readinc (5-0-5)

Basic principles and methods underlying school reading program.

EDN 642— Reading and Literature for Children (5-0-5)

Designed to acquaint elementary teac with the stimulating language environment c world of literature for children. The literatun proach of language learning seeks to assi: teacher in guiding children to become a> sensitive learners who explore, inquire, am cover.

EDN 645 — Reading in the Secondary School (5-0-5)

This course is designed to provide si with the rationale for teaching reading as teach their content areas.

EDN 650— The Middle School (5-0-5)

(See EDN 450 for course description.

EDN 651— Newer Teaching Media I (2-6

Prerequisite: Undergraduate media U mission of instructor.

Course in multi-sensory learning and trl lization and preparation of audio-visual I rials. Includes the areas of programme j struction, instructional design, and compui education.

EDN 665— Introduction to Adult EducaJ (5-0-5)

Prerequisite: Baccalaureate degree in m ing field or permission of Department He •

TEACHER EDUCATION PROGRAM

185

(Kn overview of the historical, philosophical ces affecting adult education in the United ites. Attention will be given to purposes of and actices in the field.

>N 666 — Psychology of Adult Learning: iw Adults Learn (5-0-5)

Prerequisite: EDN 665.

Designed to provide the student of adult ed- ation with an opportunity to become ac- ainted with psychological factors which luence the adult's learning behavior. Specif- illy, the course will enable the student of adult ucation to acquire and/or to develop a basic derstanding of the research and theoretical mulations regarding adults as learners. Emphasis will be placed upon conditions that ect the adult learner in terms of his ability, tential, motivation, self-perception, role iden- :ation status and cultural background.

N 668 — Adult Education-Strategies and sources (5-0-5)

'rerequisite: EDN 666.

itudy and evaluation of methods and mate- 's employed in teaching ad Its. Utilization of -chology of teaching the adult learner with ohasis upon current teaching strategies for educated and under-educated adult.

N 681— Directed and Evaluating Student iching (5-0-5)

iiformation, skills and understanding required effective supervision of student teachers. Se- ed teachers.

i \J 682— Internship for Supervising I chers (5-0-5)

parade awarded, S or U only.)

cooperative field experience involving public

I. do! teachers, student teachers, college per- iel.

: I 683 — Seminar in Supervision (5-0-5)

"i opportunity for experienced supervising $ hers to evaluate criteria and to develop 1 s for increasing skills in guiding student I hers.

:.l I 690 — Teachers, Environment, and Free kprise Institute (6-7-10)

f lis course is designed to assist teachers in I >asmg their understanding of the relation- ts of our physical and social environments the free enterprise system. Emphasis will laced upon the incorporation of this knowl- 3 into classroom subject-matter teaching. course will utilize consultants from govern-

ment, public utilities, industry, and education and will be supplemented by field trips.

EDN 691 — Science for Elementary Teachers (5-0-5)

Opportunities for acquiring scientific knowl- edge and methodology appropriate for the el- ementary grades.

EDN 702— Seminar in Education for Staff Development (V-V-V)

Offered on demand. Prerequisites: Students must be enrolled in an approved staff devel- opment activity sponsored by a local school sys- tem. Admission to the course must be approved by the student's advisor and by the department head.

This course is designed to provide a frame- work through which teachers and local school systems, in conjunction with the college, may offer graduate credit for approved staff devel- opment activities. Credit for this course may be approved for either content or elective work. With a change in content, this course may be repeated for additional credit.

EDN 711 — Philosophy and History of Education (5-0-5)

Traditional and modern philosophical systems and their impact on educational theory and practice.

EDN 721 — Advanced Studies in Human Growth and Development (5-0-5)

A comprehensive view of human growth and development with emphasis upon the recent lit- erature in these fields.

EDN 722— The Nature and Conditions of Human Learning (5-0-5)

An advanced study of the various theories of learning with emphasis upon the latest ideas in this field.

EDN 725 — Contemporary Problems in Educational Psychology (5-0-5)

Prerequisites: Two or more courses in psy- chology or sociology or a combination of the two.

A seminar to explore contemporary problems of a psycho-social nature affecting education.

EDN 731— Social Foundations of Education (5-0-5)

Basic graduate course in the contribution of the social sciences to education, focused on the significant issues and problems of education.

186

ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE

EDN 741— Curriculum Planning (5-0-5)

Treatment of curricular trends and issues. Em- phasis upon criteria needed for curriculum plan- ning and development.

EDN 743— Problems in Reading (5-0-5)

Prerequisite: EDN 641.

Content based upon problems met in the teaching of reading and fundamental principles and methodology of the reading process.

EDN 744 — Diagnosing and Prescribing in the Reading Process (5-0-5)

Prerequisite: EDN 641.

Designed to evaluate primary issues in dif- ferentiated instruction. Examination of tech- niques employed in diagnosing and prescribing for reading difficulties.

EDN 750— Practicum in Health Education (1-8-5)

Supervised, educational activity in a variety of settings including, but not limited to public health agencies, private health facilities and/or public schools. The course will be devoted to the design and implementation of health curric- ulum and includes a weekly one hour seminar on campus.

EDN 751 — Newer Teaching Media II (2-6-5)

Prerequisite: EDN 651 or permission of in- structor.

An advanced course emphasizing design and production of instructional materials in a lab- oratory setting. Student will design, produce, and try out individual projects using a variety of media.

EDN 753 — Remedial Reading Practicum (2-8-5)

Prerequisite: EDN 744.

A study of the various methods and materials utilized to test and teach remedial readers. The student will be required to tutor one poor reader.

EDN 754 — Organization and Supervision of the Reading Program (5-0-5)

Prerequisite: EDN 641 . Designed to provide an in-depth study of the roles of the reading specialist.

EDN 761 — Principles and Practices of Guidance and Counseling (5-0-5)

Guidance and counseling philosophy, proc- ess and techniques with application to individual and group training and therapy.

EDN 762— Guidance in Elementary Schoc (5-0-5)

Application of the guidance point of view c guidance techniques to the elementary sen classroom. Emphasis is upon the teacher's r in cooperating with professional guidance wc ers.

EDN 771— Education Research (5-0-5)

Methodology of educational research anc application to instruction and guidance.

EDN 772— Field-Based Research (V-V-5)

Research theory and an "on-the-job" search project dealing with improvement in student's specific situation.

EDN 773— Individual Research (O-V-5)

Prerequisite: EDN 771.

Under the direction of a graduate faculty visor, students conduct research relating to tl professional interests and responsibilities.

EDN 775 — Individual Study in Education V-(1-5))

Prerequisite: EDN 771.

Opportunities provided for supervised search and independent study in selec areas. Research and reading in educatior meet the needs of students involved. Desig for students with a knowledge of research work offered on an individual basis with the proval of department chairman, advisor, anc structor concerned.

EDN 791— Environmental Science (5-0-5)

Exploration of science principles thro problem-solving. Designed to make envi mental science situations meaningful.

EDN/ZOO 792— Zoology for Elementary Teachers (5-0-5)

Modern approaches to teaching the bio | cal sciences. Emphasis on understanding o processes in the animal kingdom.

EDN/BOT 793 — Botany for Elementary Teachers (5-0-5)

Lecture-laboratory course dealing with | ciples involved in classifying and identif' plant life.

EDN/CHE 794— Chemistry for Elementar Teachers (5-0-5)

A study of the more important metallic ' non-metallic elements with emphasis on p tical application at the elementary school Id

TEACHER EDUCATION PROGRAM

187

)N/PHS 795— Earth Science for ementary Teachers (5-0-5)

Study of the composition of earth, classifica- n and identification of rocks and minerals in ormat appropriate for teachers of elementary- ie children.

)N 796 — Geography for Elementary ochers (5-0-5)

A critical examination of instructional proce- ires and techniques in teaching geogr phy in jmentary grades. Selection, organization and esentation of structured facts of human envi- lment, both cultural and physical. Emphasis /en to the conceptual approach in the analysis space and regional interaction.

)N 797 — Social Studies for Elementary achers (5-0-5)

nvestigation of newer approaches to social idies teaching. Emphasis on related skills as ip and graph reading. Analysis of behavioral jectives for social studies teaching.

N 798 — Problems in Science Teaching 9-5)

Content is based upon problems met in the chmg of science with emphasis on the sci- ific method using the inquiry approach.

>nomic Education Offerings

I D 600 — Dynamics of the American

E momy (5-0-5)

I nis course is designed for teachers and con-

I ? of a comprehensive overview of the Amer-

c i economic system, with particular emphasis

I n critical economic issues that influence so-

t /. Teaching methodology, applications, and

srials development are presented as an in-

al part of the course.

> 610— Personal Finance (5-0-5)

lis course is designed for teachers and cov- the basic elements of personal finance ted by individuals and family units in making decisions in today's society. Concepts cov- i include: assessment of individual re- ces, selective spending, credit, taxes, ance, savings, investments, and budget- The course includes learning activities, cur- jm development, and skills acquisition An Auction to the use of computers in personal ce is integrated into the course

Early Elementary Education (EEE) Offerings

EEE 557 — Movement Exploration and Motor Learning in Children (5-0-5)

Emphasis on understandings, skills, and teaching techniques in movement education needed in the teaching of young children and pre-adolescents.

EEE 558 — Creative Activities in Art, Music, Dance and Drama (5-0-5)

Focus on activities in the four designated areas, utilization of interdisciplinary approach.

EEE 602 — Practicum in Early Elementary Education (O-V-5)

(Grade awarded, S or U only.)

Supervised experience with young children, level dependent upon prior experiences of stu- dent. Seminars, projects and research planned according to students' needs.

EEE 727— Child Growth and Development (5-0-5)

Lecture and laboratory. Basic concepts and problems of child development; observation, behavior patterns, child study.

EEE 737 — Foundations of Early Childhood Education (5-0-5)

Historical developments, philosophy and ob- jectives of nursery schools, kindergartens, and day care centers; exploration of teacher-child and teacher-family interactions, diagnosis and evaluation of children.

EEE 738— The Young Child and His Family, School, Community (5-0-5)

Interaction with community for services and resources. Family study from many different an- gles, utilizing data from various fields, devel- oping skills in procedures and techniques for working with parents.

EEE 747 — Early Elementary Education Curriculum (5-0-5)

Content, approaches, methods and materials appropriate for young children as presented in interdisciplinary or experience approach em- phasizing how language arts, science, mathe- matics, social studies, and the creative arts are adapted to skills and needs of children

EEE 757 — Early Elementary Instructional Strategies/Methods (5-0-5)

Review of research and programs; teaching strategies for children under ten. Implications for

188

ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE

program development. Developing skills in- volved in translating concepts into classroom practice.

Education of Exceptional Children (EXC) Offerings

EXC 622— Introduction to Exceptional Children (5-0-5)

An introductory study of the identification, di- agnosis, and education of the atypical child.

EXC 625 — Mental Hygiene in Teaching (5-0-5)

A consideration of the forces and influences on what constitutes normal behavior in personal and social relationships within the school set- ting. Student behavior, teacher behavior, and student-teacher interaction dynamics will re- ceive major attention. Open to qualified under- graduate students, graduate students, and teachers seeking renewal of certificates.

EXC 626— Psychology of Abnormal Behavior (5-0-5)

The study of the various forms of abnormal behavior of children; etiology, symptoms, and treatment.

EXC 723 — Assessment and Measurement of the Exceptional Child (5-0-5)

This course will emphasize the means and interpretations of psychological, psychiatric, ed- ucational, and other evaluations. It will attempt to help the teacher understand and make rele- vant the test specialists' report.

EXC 730— Diagnosis and Appraisal of Communication Disorders (5-0-5)

Instruments and procedures in diagnosing speech and language disorders.

EXC 732— Voice Disorders (5-0-5)

A study of the vocal mechanism and related disorders; therapeutic procedures for varying kinds of voice disorders are included.

EXC 734 — Language Disorders in Children (5-0-5)

Methods of differential diagnosis and reme- diation of the major language disorders of chil- dren.

EXC 736 — Language Disorders in Adults (5- 0-5)

A study of speech and language disorders in adults, with emphasis on the pathology, evalu- ation, and treatment of aphasia.

EXC 737— Advanced Articulation (5-0-5)

A study of both functional and organica based disorders of articulation, including et ogy, diagnosis, and therapeutic procedures

EXC 738— Aural Rehabilitation (5-0-5)

Rehabilitation principles and procedures volved in management of the hearing-impai person, including speech reading, audit training, management of hearing aids and ot amplification systems.

EXC 739— Practicum I in Speech/ Lang uac Pathology (Residence) (0-15-5)

Supervised experience with a variety of cc munication disorders in the public school c on-campus clinic setting. The course indue the development of therapeutic programs, v ing lesson plans, and conducting therapy \ direct supervision.

EXC 740— Practicum II in Speech/Langua

Pathology (Nonresidence)

(0-15-5)

Supervised experience with a variety of c< munication disorders in off-campus, nonpu school settings. Approved settings may incli hospitals, nursing homes, special day scho and institutions.

EXC 741— Remedial Reading for the Exceptional Child (3-4-5)

First half of course consists of classroorr struction in procedures for teaching read Second half of course consists of tutoring exceptional child in reading under the inst tor's supervision.

EXC 754 — Behavioral Intervention Procedures for Children (5-0-5)

To acquaint students with historical b ground, developments, concepts, definiti terminology and techniques of behavioral it vention as well as application of such pr dures.

EXC 755 — Advanced Research and Readings in Special Education (5-0-5)

The students will be directed in research" readings in special education to deepen I knowledge of exceptional children and to (I conclusions from research to apply to spef situations. Historical perspectives and cu> trends in special education will be emphas »

EXC 760— Consultation with Parents an Professionals (5-0-5)

This course is designed to broaden the 1 of the teacher of the exceptional child b)t\

TEACHER EDUCATION PROGRAM

189

iroving communication with regular classroom 5achers and parents of exceptional children.

•XC 770 — Characteristics of the Learning )isabled (5-0-5)

Prerequisite: EXC 622 or EXC 310.

The emphasis in this course will be on inci- lence, etiologies, prevailing characteristics, md family interactions of learning disabled chil- Iren.

■XC 773 — Independent Research (5-0-5)

Prerequisite: EDN 771.

Under the direction of a graduate faculty ad- isor, students conduct research relating to their irofessional interests and responsibilities.

■XC 775 — Methods of Teaching the .earning Disabled (5-0-5)

Prerequisite: EXC 770.

The student will survey the various methods lat have been developed to work with the learn- lg disabled student, learn how the methods are pplied, and design teaching strategies for in- ividual learners based on the theoretical lodels.

XC 780— Introduction to Behaviorally isordered/Emotionally Disturbed (5-0-5)

Prerequisite: EXC 622 or EXC 310. A study of the etiology, prognosis, and treat- lent of behavior disorders in children. An ex- nsive examination of the social milieu will wactenze the course.

XC 781— Education of the Emotionally isturbed (5-0-5)

Prerequisite: EXC 780.

The student will survey the various types of i ograms and approaches historically and cur- Intly in operation for the emotionally disturbed .jiiid. Emphasis will be placed on those pro- -ams within the public school setting.

ttC 785 — Practicum I in Special Education •10-5)

Five hours to be taken among the first twenty- j; hours of the student's program. During this „ ,ie, the student will be required to interact with . ihavior disordered children a minimum of ten . (>ck hours per week in programs designed to ;. meliorate the disability.

1 C 786 — Practicum II in Special Education ♦ 10-5)

Prerequisite: EXC 785.

ive quarter hours of individual study under | direction of the student's supervisor, or ad- ^r's designate. The student will be required

to work with behavior disordered students for one quarter as a full-time student/staff. The pro- gram will be designed so that the student de- velops profiency in a minimum of one treatment mode for behavior disordered students. The stu- dent in practicum will be expected to demon- strate expertise in planning, implementing, and continuously reevaluating his/her treatment ap- proaches.

EXC 787— Practicum III in Special Education (0-10-5)

Prerequisite: EXC 786.

Five hours taken during the final quarter of the student's program. The student will be required to serve a minimum of ten clock hours per week in facilities designed for behavior disordered and/or multiple handicapped children. The stu- dent will be expected to have direct involvement in teaching exceptional children. A portion of this five quarter hours must be served in a residential facility.

EXC 788 — Practicum in Learning Disabilities (0-10-5)

Prerequisite: EXC 770 and EXC 775.

The student will be required to serve a mini- mum of ten clock hours per week in classes designed to teach identified learning disabled students. The student will be expected to have direct involvement in planning for and teaching learning disabled children individually and in small groups.

EXC 790 — Seminar in Characteristics of the Mildly Handicapped (5-0-5)

The seminar will cover the causes and char- acteristics of the mildly handicapping conditions of behavior disorder, learning disability, and mental retardation.

EXC 791 — Seminar in Methods for Working with Mildly Handicapped (5-0-5)

This methods course will prepare the teacher to plan effective remediation strategies for in- dividuals and groups of children with mild be- havior disorders, learning disabilities, and mental retardation.

EXC 792— Practicum in Working with the Mildly Handicapped (0-10-5)

The student will spend a minimum of ten hours per week planning for and teaching groups of children who are placed in interrelated class- rooms, i.e., children with behavior disorders, learning disabilities, and mental retardation.

190

ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE

EXC 793 — Special Education Administration (5-0-5)

A study of the role of leadership personnel within general and special education in planning and implementing comprehensive educational programs for exceptional students.

V x

192

ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE

School of

Health Professions

Repella, James, Dean

Goals and Objectives

The faculty of the School of Health Professions believes that the development of the student as an individual is a primary objective of a college education. The central role and function of the School of Health Professions is to provide an appropriate academic, intellectual, and profes- sional milieu to develop the skills required for a high level of professional competence. This in- cludes the development of intellectual and phys- ical competencies; personal values and beliefs; leadership abilities; a sense of integrity, self- worth, and self-reliance; and a sense of respon- sibility toward the community and society. To achieve these objectives, the goals of the School are:

To prepare graduates who possess, at the ap- propriate level, the competencies required in their professional endeavors, and whose practice is compatible with the ethics of democratic humanistic philosophy; To prepare an educational environment which will motivate the student to develop a life- long commitment to learning and services; stimulate creativity, flexibility, and inde- pendence of thought and judgement within acceptable professional and humanistic constraints; and foster appreciation for scholarship and critical reasoning; To develop the leadership abilities of students so they may function effectively as leaders both in their professions and in their com- munities; To anticipate and to identify problems and needs and to encourage change and open- mindedness in finding solutions through appropriate research. To develop the School as a planning and re- source center for professional growth and community service; To complement other Schools of the College by providing programs of a uniquely profes- sional character which enhance the edu- cational opportunities of Armstrong State College.

Organization and Degrees

The School of Health Professions includes th Departments of Associate Degree Nursing; Bac calaureate Degree Nursing; Dental Hygiene Health and Physical Education, Respirator Therapy; and the degree programs in Heait Science, Medical Technology and Radiologi Technologies.

The following degree programs are offere within the School: Associate in Science in: Dental Hygiene Nursing

Radiologic Technologies Respiratory Therapy Bachelor of Health Science Bachelor of Science in: Dental Hygiene Education Medical Technology Nursing

Bachelor of Science in Education in Healt and Physical Education Additional degree programs, those at th masters level, are delineated in the graduat section of this catalog.

Associate Degree Nursing

Faculty

Cross, Deanna, Department Head

Bell, Dorothy

Caldwell, Eva

Connor, Sara

Dutko, Kathleen

Miller, Mary

Pruden, Ethel

Williamson, Jane

The Associate Degree Nursing Program pr< vides the student with the opportunity to obta a general education and to study nursing at tr college level. The program is approved by tr Georgia Board of Nursing and the Nation League for Nursing (NLN). Graduates are e gible to take the National Council of Sta Boards of Nursing Licensure Examinatic (NCLEX-RN) for licensure to practice as Re istered Nurses. Graduates must meet all leg requirements for licensure as established by tr State Board of Nursing. Student nurses partic pate in nursing clinical experiences at local ho

ASSOCIATE DEGREE NURSING

193

pitals and other community agencies and are responsible for providing their own transporta-

:ion.

Progression Requirements

For progression through the Associate De- gree Nursing Program, the following must be naintained:

1. Natural science courses (CHE 201; ZOO 208, ZOO 209, BIO 210)

a. A grade of C or above is required for ZOO 208 and 209.

b. A grade of D or above is required for CHE 201 and BIO 210. Only one D will be allowed.

2. . Nursing courses:

a. A grade of C or above is required in each nursing course.

b. A student may repeat a given nursing course only one time.

c. A student may repeat two different nursing courses.

d. A student who must repeat a course will be subject to availability of space in the subsequent course.

e. Students who must repeat any one nursing course more than one time will be dismissed from the program.

f. Students who must repeat more than two nursing courses will be dismissed from the program. 3. Grade Point Average: The maintenance of a 2.0 adjusted GPA is esirable throughout the nursing program. Stu- ents who fall below 2.0 are subject to academic |:atus classification delineated in the Academic |egulations section of this catalog. Students llaced on academic warning who do not raise Mir GPA's to the stipulated GPA by the sub- isquent quarter will be suspended from the pro- -am unitl the requirements are met. Courses ^sed to raise the GPA must have Department \ead approval. U. Regents' Exam

I All students must have passed the Regents' l<am before entering their last nursing course. ,3. CPR Certification

l All students are required to be certified in [asic Life Support (adult and child) prior to en- ding NUR 210.

surance

To meet contractual obligations with the co- )erating clinical agencies, the Department re- jires students to submit a completed health

history form and evidence of nursing liability and hospitalization insurance prior to participation in clinical practicums.

Advanced Placement

The first two nursing courses, Nursing 1 10 and 111, may be exempted by one examination with credit awarded. Medical corpsmen and li- censed practical nurses who have graduated and/or practiced in a clinical setting within the past two years are eligible to sit for this exami- nation. Proof of the above is required. The ex- amination may be taken only once. Students who successfully challenge Nursing 110 and 1 1 1 are eligible to enter NUR 1 12. They will also be required to take NUR 113, and complete all prerequisite courses. Successful completion of the examination does not guarantee admission into the program.

PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF ASSOCIATE IN SCIENCE IN NURSING

Hours

A. General Requirements 53

Area 1 10

1. ENG 101, 102 10

Area II 25

1. ZOO 208, 209 10

2. BIO 210, CHE 201 10

3. MAT 101 5

Area III 15

1. HIS 251 or 252 5

2. POS 113 5

3. PSY 101 5

Area IV 3

1. PE 117 or 166 and one activity course or three activity

courses 3

B. Courses in the Major Field 55

1. NUR 110. 111, 112, 113. (for ad- vanced placement students

only) 210, 211. 212. 213 55

C. Regents' and National Standardized Nursing Examinations 0

TOTAL 108

194

ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE

Curriculum Design This course introduces the conceptual frame

prereaujSites work °^ the nursin9 program with emphasis o

basic human needs, growth and developmen

ZOO 208 5 biopsychosocial man, teaching/learning an

CHE 201 5 roles of the nurse. The nursing process is use

MAT 101 „_5 to promote adaptation with problems related t

15 hygiene, .activity/exercise, safety, eliminatior

A . ~ . oxygenation, nutrition and sexuality. Principle

1st Quarter '- ... . J , r

of pharmacology and administration of non-pa

NUR 110 6 enteral medications are presented. Concurrei

ZOO 209 5 clinical learning experiences are provided in e;

ENG 101 „_5 tended care facilities and acute care hospital:

16 NUR 1 1 1— Nursing to Meet Basic Needs II 2nd Quarter (3-12-7)

Fall, Winter Spring. Prerequisites: NUR 11<

r,7> 91n r Z0° 209- Corequisite: Bl° 21°-

FNC 102 5 A continuation of NUR 1 10- This course intrc

- — duces fluid/electrolytes, rest/comfort, emotion

17 safety, love/belonging and self-esteem. Th 3rd Quarter nursing process is used for patients undergoin

surgery with emphasis upon nursina skills, p<

,Nun ' Xd- ° tient teaching and interpersonal relationship

PSY 101 5 Concurrent clinical learning experiences ai

PE 117 or 166 2 provided in acute care hospitals.

*NUR 113 _{2]

1(./17v NUR 112— Concepts of Adult Nursing I

1iH1/; (5-9-8)

4th Quarter Fall, Winter, Spring. Prerequisites: NUR 11

NUR 210 8 Bl° 21°- c°requisite: PSY 101.

HIS 251 or 252 5 Basic human needs are evolved into the co

PE ACTIVITY 1 cepts of oxygenation and metabolism in the ca

~~ of the ill adult. These concepts focus on cor

mon health problems in which there is a mal

5th or 6th Quarter daptive response of the body's ability to me

mudo-m ii its oxygen, nutritional, fluid or elimination neec

POS113 5 Physical assessment skills are included. Co

- — current clinical learning experiences are pr

16 vided in acute care hospitals. 5th or 6th Quarter NUR n3_Transition to Associate Degree

NUR 212 9 Nursing (2-0-2)

NUR 213 6 Offered on Demand. Prerequisites: Succes

7^ ful Exemption of NUR 1 10 and 1 1 1, BIO 21 Corequisites: Nur 112, PSY 101.

Tor Advanced Placement Students Only This course js designed for the advance

placement student. Content includes review

dosage calculation and introduction to the co

ceptual framework with emphasis on nursir process, roles of the AD nurse, growth and d velopm.ent, communication and teaching/lear ing.

NUR 210— Concepts of Adult Nursing II (5-9-8)

Fall, Winter, Spring. Prerequisite: NUR 11 BIO 210. Corequisite: HIS 251/252.

OFFERINGS

NUR 110— Nursing to Meet Basic Needs I (3-9-6)

Fall, Winter, Spring. Prerequisites: Admission to the nursing program, ZOO 208, CHE 201, MAT 101, eligibility for ENG 101. Corequisite: ZOO 209.

BACCALAUREATE DEGREE NURSING

195

The second quarter of study of the physically i adult. Basic human needs are evolved into the oncepts of inflammation/immunity and percep- on/coordination. These concepts focus on ommon health problems in which there is a naladaptive response of the body's ability to irotect itself from physiological harm or meet ctivity and sensory needs. Rehabilitative as- ects of care expand the provider and teacher 3les. Concurrent clinical learning experiences re provided in acute care hospitals.

!UR 211 — Concepts of Advanced Nursing M8-11)

Fall, Spring, Summer. Prerequisite: NUR 210 Corequisite: POS 113.

The third quarter of study of the physically ill jult. The concepts of oxygenation, metabo- ;m, inflammation/immunity and perception/co- 'dmation provide the basis for study of the itical care aspects of nursing. The student de- ?lops beginning skills as coordinator of care r patients with multiple needs. Transition from e role of student to practitioner, leadership ;ills and trends/issues are emphasized. Con- jrrent clinical learning experiences are pro- ved in acute care hospitals.

JR 212— Nursing in the Maternal-Child Dntinuum (6-9-9)

'Fall. Winter, Spring. Prerequisite: NUR 210. I requisite: NUR 213.

' This course concentrates on the experience * the childbearing family/developing child as hy impact upon the health care system. Em- oasized is the use of the nursing process to 'omoie adaptation during the stages of child- faring and into the life cycle from birth through lolescence. The teaching/learning interaction «d developmental appropriateness of care are Iditional foci. Concurrent clinical learning ex- periences are provided on maternity and pedia- : units in acute care hospitals.

JR 213— Mental Health-Psychiatric jrsing (3-9-6)

'Fall. Winter. Spring Prerequisite: NUR 210 requisite: NUR 213.

•This course focuses on the development of if-awareness and on the therapeutic use of if in assisting man to achieve mental health. e nursing process is used for the patient with Dbiems of psychosocial adaptation. Examined

[3 therapeutic communication skills, teaching/ irning. developmental level and the roles of psychiatric nurse. Concurrent clinical learn-

ing experiences are provided in a variety of community/mental health facilities.

Baccalaureate Degree Nursing

Faculty

'Buck, Marilyn, Department Head 'Bell, Eunice Conway. Marian Hart, Marcella Keller, Carola Levett, Nettie Massey. Carole 'Repella, James 'Roesel, Rosalyn Silcox, Elaine

'Graduate Faculty

The Armstrong State College Department of Baccalaureate Nursing offers entering fresh- men, transfer students, and Registered Nurses the opportunity to earn a Bachelor of Science in Nursing Degree. The American Nurses Asso- ciation (ANA) and the National League for Nurs- ing (NLN) have adopted a position statement calling for the baccalaureate degree in nursing as the academic preparation for professional nursing practice. Graduates are prepared to provide comprehensive nursing care for people in a variety of settings. The BSN degree also provides the foundation for graduate education in nursing. In addition to the on-campus pro- gram, courses are also offered at the Brunswick Center to meet the needs of registered nurses in that area.

The program is approved by the Georgia Board of Nursing and is fully accredited by the National League for Nursing (NLN). Graduates who are not already RNs are eligible to apply to take the National Council Licensure Examination (NCLEX-RN) for licensure as a Registered Nurse (RN)

Progression Requirements

For the generic Bachelor of Science program: 1. A "C" or better must be earned in each

science course 2 A "C" or better must be earned in each nursing course. No more than one nursing course may be repeated and a "C" or better

196

ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE

must be earned at the time to remain in the program.

3. Any nursing course which the student does not satisfactorily complete may be re- peated at its next offering. The course may be taken concurrently with a non-sequential course.

4. An overall grade-point average (GPA) of 2.0 is required to remain in the nursing pro- gram.

5. Students must submit a completed health history prior to the first clinical experience and maintain a current health history record throughout the program.

6. Students must submit proof of liability and health insurance prior to the first clinical experience. This insurance must be main- tained while in the program.

7. Students must obtain CPR certification prior to the first clinical experience. It must be maintained throughout the program.

8. The Registered Nurse may challenge BSN 310, 334, 335, 350, 422, 423 through writ- ten examinations. No more than one-fourth of the degree requirements may be taken by correspondence, extension, or exami- nation. All required science courses must be completed before enrollment in BSN 433 and/or BSN 436. (For further information see BSN Department)

9. All students must have passed the Regents Exam before entering their last quarter.

10. If a student does not matriculate each quarter, excluding Summer Quarter, the student must apply for readmission to the College and to the Department, (see Read- mission page 28)

1. HIS 114 or 191, 115 or 192 1

2. POS 113 and HIS 251 or 252... 1

3. PSY101 •

Area IV G

1. BIO 210; PSY 295; SOC 201;

ZOO 208, 209, 215 •

AreaV

1. PE 117 or 166 and 103 or 108

2. Three activity courses

B. Courses in the Major Field I

1. BSN 231, 310, 320, 334, 335, 336, 340, 350, 422, 423, 432, 433,436 i

C. Courses in Allied Fields

1. LS311

2. Electives ! '

D. Regents' and Exit Examination

Total 1<

'Students who have already completed Ch 201 with a "C" or better- may challenge CHE 1 and take CHE 1 22 or complete an approved 1 science sequence of Core Area It. Students wl have already completed an approved Area li l< science sequence may take CHE 201 to me the prerequisite for ZOO 209.

Curriculum Design

— Freshman Year- Fall

ENG 101

CHE 121

MAT101

PE

PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN NURSING

Hours

A. General Requirements 101

Area 1 20

1. ENG 101, 102 or 192, 201 or

292 15

2. One course selected from: ART 200, 271, 272, 273; MUS 200; PHI 201; ENG 222 5

Areall 20

1. CHE 121, 122* 10

2. MAT 101, 220 10

Area ill 25

Winter

ENG 102 or 192 ?

CHE122

HIS 114 or 191

PE 103 or 108

I

Spring

ENG 201 or 292

HIS 115 or 192 ;.

ZOO 208

PE 117 or 166

BACCALAUREATE DEGREE NURSING

197

— Sophomore Year —

Fall

»SY 101 5

:OO209 5

krea I Elective 5

»E 1

16

Winter

IO 210 5

1AT220 5

OC201 5

S311 1

16

Spring

SY295 5

SN231 5

DO 215 5

1

16

— Junior Year —

Fall

3N310 7

3N320 5

'ol. Sci /Am. His 5

17

Winter

3SN334 6

SN340 5

■active, or 5

3SN335 6

16or 17

Spring

;N336or BSN 339 3

3SN 350 or BSN 423 6

3SN335, or 6

active 5

14 or 15

— Senior Year —

Fall

**BSN 350 or BSN 423 6

"BSN 422 6

BSN 432 or Elective 5

17

Winter

BSN 433 or BSN 436 10 or 12

Elective or BSN 432 5

Spring BSN 433 or BSN 436

15or 17

10or 12

10 or 12

*By State law, each student who receives a di- ploma or certificate from a school supported by the State of Georgia must demonstrate profi- ciency in United States History and Government and Georgia History and Government. Students at Armstrong State College may demonstrate such proficiency by successfully completing ex- aminations for which credit will be awarded for Political Science 113 and History 251 or 252. If students elect to take courses instead of chal- lenging them, students will be responsible for arranging their schedules to complete both of the courses before graduation. "Although clinical laboratory hours are com- puted on the basis of 6 hours per week; actual clinical laboratory hours are 1 2 hours every other week.

OFFERINGS

BSN 231— A Conceptual Framework for Professional Nursing (5-0-5)

On demand. Prerequisite: LS 311. PSY 101. SOC 201

This course is designed for beginning stu- dents of professional nursing. The conceptual framework of the baccalaureate curriculum is examined. Major emphasis is placed on an in- troduction to the concepts of Man, Health, and Nursing.

BSN 310 — Concepts of Nursing Practice (4-9-7)

Prerequisites: BSN 231 . PSY 295. all required science courses.

198

ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE

This introductory course provides the foun- dational knowledge for clinical nursing. Empha- sis is placed on concepts for professional nursing practice that will assist individuals to meet health needs. The student assumes the role of professional nurse by implementing var- ious cognitive, psychomotor, and interpersonal skills to promote positive adaptation.

BSN 320— Health Appraisal of the Individual (4-3-5)

Prerequisites: ZOO 215, BSN 231 or permis- sion of department head.

This is a beginning course in physical as- sessment which provides knowledge and ex- perience for the nursing student and interested health professional, with a focus on appraisal of the individual throughout the lifecycle. Emphasis is placed upon understanding of physical as- sessment skills appropriate for nursing. Course didactic and laboratory components focus on normal findings of the physical appraisal and common deviations from normal are addressed as necessary.

BSN 334— Health Restoration of Adults I** (4-6-6)

Prerequisite: BSN 310, 320.

This course provides students with the op- portunity to assist adult individuals cope with alterations in the ability to meet human needs related to the concepts of oxygenation, fluid and electrolytes, perception and coordination, and metabolism. Clinical experiences are provided in secondary health care settings.

BSN 335 — Promotion of Psychosocial Adaptation** (4-6-6)

Prerequisites: BSN 310, 320.

This course is designed to assist students to promote positive adaptive behavior of individ- uals and families with psychosocial problems through the use of the nursing process. Trends in mental health, legal issues and the role of the nurse in the psychiatric setting are examined. Clinical experiences are provided in secondary health care settings and community mental health facilities.

BSN 336 — Leadership in Nursing Care Management (3-0-3)

Prerequisite: BSN 310.

Management and leadership principles are introduced and applied to nursing. The focus of this course is on the leadership role of the professional nurse in the management of health care.

BSN 339 — Topics in Professional Nursing (3-0-3)

Prerequisites: BSN 231 and RN licensure

This course builds upon BSN 231. Major er

phasis is placed on the discussion and app

cation of selected concepts and theories th

underlie the practice of professional nursing.

BSN 340— Nursing and Family Health (5-0-5)

Prerequisite: BSN 310 or permission of d partment head.

This course is designed to explore the fam as a biopsychosocial unit of a multi-cultural s ciety. Internal and external variables affectir the health and adaptation of the family syste are considered. The nursing process is utilize as a framework to assess structural and fun tional needs, plan nursing interventions, and d velop outcome criteria.

BSN 350— Nursing and the Childbearing Family** (4-6-6)

Prerequisites: BSN 334, 340.

Using the developmental approach, th course focuses on health promotion and .rest ration of the childbearing family. The nursir process is utilized to assess health needs ar promote positive adaptation. Clinical learnir experiences are provided in a variety of setting

BSN 360 — Issues in Gerontological Nursir (3-0-3)

Prerequisites: PSY 101, SOC 201, BSN 31 or permission of department.

Application of the nursing process to the olc adult population is the focus of this course. 1 emphasis is on promotion of health among t population in order to foster successful agii through positive adaptation. The student will e plore nursing strategies which promote tl health of older adults.

BSN 422— Health Restoration of Adults IP (4-6-6)

Prerequisites: BSN 334, 335, 336, 340.

This course provides students with the o portunity to assume a beginning leadership re in the management of nursing care of adult i dividuals and their families who are experien ing maladaptive responses related to compl- alterations in the ability to meet basic hum; needs. Clinical experiences are provided in se ondary health care settings.

BACCALAUREATE DEGREE NURSING

199

BSN 423— Health Restoration of the Child" (4-6-6)

Prerequisites: BSN 340, 334.

The student uses the nursing process as a Droblem solving approach in the care of children experiencing alterations in their ability to meet luman needs from infancy to adolescence. Clin- cal experiences are provided in secondary care and community settings.

3SN 432— Nursing Research (5-0-5)

Prerequisites: Three clinical Nursing courses and MAT 220.

This course focuses on the research process rom problem identification to communication of esults. The evolution of nursing research is ex- amined. The role that clinical nursing research )lays in the improvement of the quality of care 3 emphasized.

5SN 433 — Nursing and Community Health 5-15-10)

Prerequisites: BSN 320, 340, 350, 422, 423.

This course is designed to provide students vith the knowledge and opportunity to utilize the lursing process to assist clients to attain their naximum level of wellness through the promo- on and maintenance of health and the preven- on of disease. The student functions as a )egmnmg member of the interdisciplinary health are team to plan and provide comprehensive iursing care in selected community settings.

USN 436 — Professional Nursing Practicum 4-24-12)

1 Prerequisites: BSN 320, 340, 350, 422, 423

This course provides the opportunity for stu- dents to synthesize knowledge from the liberal 1 irts. sciences, and nursing as a basis for profes- 1 ional nursing practice. Students practice the hadership role of the professional nurse in as- 1 essmg, planning, implementing and evaluating Cursing care in a selected clinical setting. Sem-

iar sessions are provided for students to share experiences and to discuss trends and issues

vhich influence change in professional nursing

>ractice.

JSN 450— Health Restoration of Individuals md Families Experiencing Critical Illness 2-3-3)

Prerequisite: BSN 422 or permission of de- partment head.

This course provides the opportunity for stu- ients to synthesize knowledge from the liberal trts, sciences, and nursing to assist in the pro- notion of positive adaptation of individuals and

families experiencing multisystem failure Criti- cal thinking and problem solving opportunities from a nursing perspective are provided in se- lected critical care settings.

BSN 460— Independent Study (V-V-[1-3])

Offered on demand.

Prerequisite: Senior status or permission of BSN department.

The student, in consultation with the profes- sor, will select the topic for supervised inde- pendent study. The student will submit an independent study proposal prior to the quarter in which the course is to be taken.

M.S.N. Program and Courses

Coordinator: Dr. Marilyn M. Buck

The college offers a variety of master's degree programs. Effective July 1, 1990, all graduate programs offered on the Armstrong State Col- lege campus will be administered in affiliation with Georgia Southern University. See specific program department head for further informa- tion.

The Master of Science in Nursing program reflects the College's philosophy of learning in that it builds upon a core curriculum in the hu- manities, natural and social sciences. Cognitive, affective, and psychomotor domains are refined within the nursing courses to foster the devel- opment of a professional who can participate in advanced nursing practice with individuals, families, groups and the community through the development of a chosen functional role in either clinical specialty or nursing administration.

The Master of Science Degree in Nursing may be pursued in two areas of concentration: Clin- ical Specialty, and Nursing Administration.

Administration Criteria

1. Graduation from an NLN accredited bac- calaureate nursing program, or one ap- proved by MSN faculty.

2. Minimum Grade Point Average:

A. Regular Admission Status: G.P.A. of 2 5 and G.R.E. score of 850

B. Probationary Admission Status: G.P.A. x 100 + G.R.E. = 1050 or more, but minimum G.P.A. must be 2.0 and min- imum G.R.E. must be 800.

200

ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE

1 . Students in probationary admission status may take three courses while in that status, and must achieve a grade of B or better in each course.

2. Students who achieve a grade of B or better in each course are eligible for regular admission status (pend- ing approval by Admissions Com- mittee).

3. Students who achieve a grade-ofC or less in any of the three courses must repeat that course until a grade of B or better is achieved.

4. Students must achieve regular ad- mission status upon completing 15 hours of course work, or will be ter- minated from the program.

3. Prerequisite courses or approved equiva- lents:

A. Elementary Statistics (Math 220)

B. Health Appraisal of the Individual for clinical specialty major.

4. Basic knowledge of computer operations.

5. Current Georgia license to practice as a registered nurse.

6. One year professional nursing practice.

transfer credits will be clarified. Also, an adviso will be assigned so that actual planning of tN program of study can begin.

Transfer of Credits

Students may transfer no more than 30 hour: into the MSN program. All nursing major course: must be completed in residence.

Students wishing to transfer credit for nursinc core courses must have course work evaluatec by nursing faculty.

Comprehensive Examinations

Satisfactory performance on the comprehen sive examination is required of all candidates As coursework nears completion, the studer should be in contact with the appropriate ad visor to schedule the examination.

Thesis Requirement

Each student must complete a thesis. Thi preparation of the thesis is an integral part c the research courses and practicum taken in tn final stages of the program.

Progression Requirements

1. An overall grade point average (G.P.A.) of 3.0 is required to graduate.

2. Students must complete the requirements for the degree in 5 calendar years after either probationary or regular admission to the MSN program.

3. Students must submit a completed health history prior to the first clinical experience and maintain a current health record throughout the program.

4. Students must submit proof of liability and health insurance prior to the first clinical experience. These insurances must be maintained while in the program.

5. Students must obtain CPR certification prior to the first clinical experience. This certifi- cation must be maintained throughout the program.

Advisement

On admission to graduate studies, students should take immediate steps to contact the Graduate Coordinator in the School of Health Professions. At this time, the student's status with respect to prerequisite coursework and

PROGRAM FOR THE MASTER OF SCIENCE DEGREE IN NURSING WITH A CLINICAL SPECIALTY

HOUR!

COURSES RELATED TO THE MAJOR I

HOUR!

MSN 715 5

Elective 5

ZOO 715 _5_

Total 15

Elective may be chosen in the areas of business administration, education, health science or nursing depending on area of desired concentration.

Nursing Core Courses 18

MSN 520 3

MSN 530 5

MSN 600 5

MSN 610 : _5_

Total 18

Nursing Major Courses 2<

BACCALAUREATE DEGREE NURSING

201

THESE COURSES MUST BE TAKEN IN RESIDENCE

MSN 710 3

MSN 725 5

MSN 735 5

MSN 745 6

MSN 755 5

MSN 760 _3_

Total 27

PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE MASTER OF SCIENCE IN NURSING ADMINISTRATION

HOURS

bourses related to the major 15

HOURS

BAD 501 5

MSN 700 5

BAD 540 _5_

Total 1 5

Cursing Core Courses 18

MSN 520 3

MSN 530 5

MSN 600 5

MSN 610 _5_

Total 18

slursing Major 26

THESE COURSES MUST BE TAKEN IN RESIDENCE

MSN 710 3

MSN 720 5

MSN 730 5

MSN 740 6

MSN 750 5

MSN 760 _3_

TOTAL 27

OFFERINGS

vISN 520 — Theoretical Basis of Nursing Practice (3-0-3)

Prerequisite: None

this course provides the student with an un- derstanding of the conceptual framework of ad- /anced nursing practice. The nature of nursing heory development is discussed in terms of lursing as a discipline and a science. Relevant

theories germane to nursing science are dis- cussed and current literature evaluated. Nursing theories/theorists are explored, analyzed, and applied in a practice setting.

MSN 530 — Contemporary Health Problems (4-2-5)

Prerequisite: MSN 520

This course is designed to analyze contem- porary health problems which affect the adap- tation of individuals and families. Emphasis is placed on use of the nursing process, theory and research to develop strategies for the pro- motion and maintenance of health with individ- uals, families, and aggregates. Current and future implications of advanced nursing practice roles are also investigated.

MSN 600— Contemporary Issues in Health Care Delivery (4-2-5)

Prerequisites: MSN 530

This course is designed to analyze current issues and trends which affect the qualify, avail- ability and accessibility of the nursing care de- livery system. Emphasis is placed upon the investigation and testing of organizational and nursing theory and research to validate their applicability towards resolving current issues which have an impact on nursing and health care.

MSN 610— Nursing Research (5-0-5)

Prerequisite: MSN 520

This course explores the scientific basis for nursing practice. The student is introduced to science as a way of knowing and the research process as a tool of science. Building on MSN 520, emphasis is placed on nursing research utilizing current nursing conceptual models: qualitative versus quantitative research in the nursing discipline, and protection of human rights and ethical issues associated with nursing research. The steps of conducting scientific in- vestigations are explored.

MSN 660: Selected Topics in Professional Nursing (V-V-1-5)

Prerequisites: Approval of graduate nursing faculty.

The student, in consultation with graduate nursing faculty, will select a topic for supervised study in the area of nursing specialty. The stu- dent will submit a proposal for the study by mid- term preceding the quarter in which the study will begin.

202

ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE

MSN 700 — Administrative/Organization Theories (5-0-5)

Prerequisite: MSN 600

This course examines organizational and ad- ministrative theories related to the health care delivery system. Organizational concepts and behaviors will be analyzed as they interface with the mission of nursing administration. Adminis- trative and organizational goals will be evalu- ated within the framework of clinical nursing goals.

MSN 710 — Nursing Research Seminar (3-0-3)

Prerequisites: MSN 610, 730, 735 This seminar guides the student in the prep- aration of a nursing research proposal. Empha- sis is placed on the development of the proposal to include problem identification, literature re- view, and methodology. Each seminar is coor- dinated by a faculty member, and students are assigned according to their research interest.

MSN 715— Nursing and Family Health (4-2-5)

Prerequisite: MSN 520

This course is designed to provide the student with a knowledge of family theories. Students will apply selected family theories in nursing practice with individuals, families, groups and communities throughout the wellness/illness continuum.

MSN 720— Information Systems in Health Care (4-2-5)

Prerequisites: MSN 700

This course examines the development and utilization of information systems in the admin- istration of health care agencies and institutions. The course focuses on information acquisition, processing, analysis, and reporting pertinent to nurse managers. The learning format includes both didactic and experiential modes.

MSN 725— Clinical Nursing I (3-4-5)

Prerequisites: ZOO 715, MSN 600, 610, 715

Winter Quarter

This course is designed to provide students with the opportunity to utilize key concepts and theories relevant to the expert nursing manage- ment of clients with actual or potential health problems. Selected roles of the clinical nurse specialist are explored.

MSN 730 — Financial Management of Health Care Systems (5-0-5)

Prerequisites: MSN 600, 610, 720; BAD 501, 540

This course provides an overview of the prir ciples and process of financial managemen Emphasis is placed on the assimilation of finar cial concepts and their application in health car agencies/institutions.

MSN 735— Clinical Nursing II (3-4-5)

Prerequisite: MSN 725

This course is designed to provide gradual students with the opportunity to increase orgar izational behaviors to function effectively in tttj care of the client. Particular attention is given | improving the delivery of health care to cor sumers through consultation, teaching researci and clinical practice.

MSN 740— Administrative Role Development (3-6-6)

Prerequisite: MSN 730

This course focuses on the roles used by th< nurse administrator in advanced nursing prac tice. Utilizing the scope of knowledge regardini nursing models, the student will analyze the ir teraction between nursing theories-concep tional models and nursing administratior Theories to be examined and applied include role, change, leadership, organization, and ac ministrative policy. Within the clinical setting, tl student will analyze the role and function of th nurse administrator and the relationship of th nursing administration system to other systrem of the institution, the profession, and society.

MSN 745— Clinical Specialist Role Development (3-6-6)

Prerequisite: MSN 735

This course provides students with the op portunity to implement the role of clinical spe cialist with individuals and families experiencini selected health problems. Students will conduc an in-depth study of epidemiology, preventioi and control, research, health care and clinics practice role in the specialty area of their choice

MSN 750 — Nursing Administration Practicum (1-8-5)

Prerequisite: MSN 710, 740

This course is designed to assist the studen in synthesizing the knowledge and experienc< obtained from previous courses in order to im plement a chosen role in nursing administration Students conduct research in their area of in terest in nursing.

DENTAL HYGIENE

203

MSN 755 — Clinical Specialty Practicum (1-8-5)

Prerequisite: MSN 710, 745

This course is designed to assist students to synthesize knowledge and experiences from previous courses to implement a chosen role in the clinical setting. Students conduct research in their area of interest in nursing.

MSN 760— Thesis (1-V-1-3)

Corequisites: MSN 750 or MSN 755 Students will complete preparation of a thesis in their area of interest in nursing. If the thesis is not completed in three quarter hours students must register for one quarter hour in any quarter in which faculty advisement is needed and in the quarter in which the student graduates.

Dental Hygiene

Faculty

Simon, Emma, Department Head Coslick, Caroline 3oursey, Teresa Edenfield, Suzanne fanenbaum. Barbara

graduate Faculty

The student must complete a curriculum of 120 quarter hours in professional dental hygiene courses for the two-year program leading to the Associate in Science Degree in Dental Hygiene. ; Dental hygienists provide dental health services |n private dental offices, civil service positions, ! ndustry, and in various public health fields. They bractjice under the supervision of a dentist and lnust pass a national and a state board exami- nation for licensure. The curriculum is fully ap- proved by the Commission on Accreditation of Dental and Dental Auxiliary Educational Pro- grams of the American Dental Association.

A passing grade in all related natural science courses is a prerequisite to the 200 level Dental Hygiene courses; therefore, CHE 201 , ZOO 208- 209, and BIO 210 must be satisfactorily com- pleted before the student will be admitted into second-year status in the Dental Hygiene Pro- gram.

The student must earn a "C" or better in each Dental Hygiene course before registering for subsequent dental hygiene courses; therefore.

a grade of "C" or better in the previous course(s) , is a prerequisite for each dental hygiene course for which the student registers after the first quarter of the first year. An overall GPA of 2 0 is required for graduation from the program.

Challenge examinations for specific dental hygiene subject areas are available in the de- partment. Contact the department head for in- formation.

Audited and/or repeated coursework may af- fect a student's academic progress in relation to requirements for financial aid. In addition, fed- eral assistance and VA educational benefits will not be paid for audited and/or repeated course- work.

The Bachelor of Science in Dental Hygiene Education program is comprised of preparatory courses that will enable the student to be em- ployed in areas such as dental hygiene and den- tal assisting instruction, dental health education in public school systems, and public health. The student will work directly with the dental hygiene faculty and participate in the student teaching practicums in various associate degree classes, clinics, laboratories, and extra-mural clinics.

PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF ASSOCIATE IN SCIENCE IN DENTAL HYGIENE

Hours

A. General Requirements 48

Area 1 15

1. ENG 101, 102, or 192 10

2. DRS228 5

Area II 5

1. MAT 101 5

Area III 20

1. PSY 101 5

2. SOC201 5

3. HIS 251 or 252 5

4. POS 113 5

Area IV 5

1. CHE 201 5

AreaV 3

1. PE 117 or 166 2

2. One activity course 1

B Courses in the Major Field 57

1. DH 111. 112. 113. 118. 120. 123. 124. 211, 212. 213, 214, 216. 219. 220, 221. 223, 224,

227 57

C Courses in Related Fields 15

1. BIO210 5

204

ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE

2. ZOO 208, 209

Regents' and Exit Examinations ...

TOTAL

10 0

120

PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN DENTAL HYGIENE EDUCATION

Hours

A. General Requirements 91

Area I 20

1. ENG 101, 102 or 192, 201 or

292 15

2. PHI 201 5

Areall 10

1. MAT 101, 220 10

Area III 25

1. SOC201 5

2. HIS 251 or 252 and 114 or 191, 115 or 192 15

3. POS113 5

ArealV 30

1. BIO 101, 102 10

2. CHE 121, 122 10

3. DRS228 5

4. PSy 101 5

AreaV 6

1. PE 103 or 108 and 117 or 166 3

2: Three activity courses 3

B. Courses in the Major Field 77

1. DH 111, 112, 113, 118, 120, 123, 124, 211, 212, 213, 214, 216, 219, 220, 221, 223, 224,

225, 226, 227 57

2 DH 401, 402, 403, 404 20

C. Courses in Related Fields 35

1. BIO210 5

2. PSY 301, or EDU 302, PSY

295 10

3. EDN200, EDU 335 10

4. ZOO 208, 209 10

D. Regents' and Exit Examinations 0

TOTAL 203

OFFERINGS

DH 111— Clinical Dental Hygiene I (2-6-4)

Fall.

This course is designed to introduce the stu- dent to the dental hygiene profession. The sub- ject matter includes fundamental knowledge of

clinical procedures and techniques of removing deposits from the teeth. Clinical procedures are introduced on the the manikins and the studen is required to practice these techniques unti proficiency is achieved.

DH 112-113— Clinical Dental Hygiene II and III (2-6-4) (1-9-4)

Winter and Spring respectively. Prerequisite DH 111.

Students perform oral prophylactic tech niques on patients in the clinic under supervi sion. The subject matter includes procedures which the hygienist will use in the performance of clinical duties. The student must apply ac quired knowledge in all clinical situations.

DH 118— Periodontics (2-0-2)

Spring.

This course is designed to give the student jj basic understanding of periodontics. Emphasis is placed on periodontal health and disease ir relation to the health of the total patient. Perio dontal knowledge is applied in clinical situa tions.

DH 120— Dental Roentgenology (2-3-3)

Winter.

This course will include a series of lectures demonstrations, and directed experience in th< fundamentals of dental roentgenology.. Intraorg techniques for the taking and processing of ra diographs are taught and laboratory time will b< devoted to demonstration and directed experi ence. Clinical time in subsequent quarters wi afford the application of the principles of clinics situations.

DH 123 — Dental Anatomy and Oral Histology (3-2-3)

Fall.

This course is designed to familiarize the den tal hygiene student with the nomenclature, mor phology, eruption sequence of the primary anc secondary dentition and oral histology and em bryology of the oral cavity.

DH 124— Dental Materials (2-3-3)

Spring.

This course is designed to provide a genera understanding of the chemical, physical anc mechanical properties of dental materials. The indications and limitations of materials will be stressed as well as proper manipulation of those materials used by dental hygienists.

DENTAL HYGIENE

205

DH 211-212-213— Clinical Dental Hygiene IV, V, VI (1-12-5) (1-15-6) (1-15-6)

Fall, Winter and Spring respectively. Prereq- uisites: DH 111, 112, 113.

These courses are a continuation of the pre- ceding clinical courses. Emphasis centers on improved proficiency in all areas of a working clinic. Lecture time is devoted mainly to the dis- cussion of experiences encountered in clinical situations. Pertinent material related to the den- tal hygiene profession is included in these courses.

DH 214 — Anesthesiology and Pharmacology (2-0-2)

Winter.

This course is a study of drugs and anes- thetics with special consideration given to those used in dentistry. It is designed to acquaint the student with the principles of drug action in the human patient.

DH 216— Dental Public Health (3-0-3)

Winter.

This course introduces the student to the var- ious aspects of public health with reference to the dental needs of the community. Special em- phasis is given to terminology, epidemiology, and interpretation of data related to community dental health programs. Directed field experi- ence is a course requirement.

DH 219— Total Patient Care (0-3-1)

Fall.

This laboratory experience acquaints the stu- dent with the subject and practice of the various dentai specialties in relation to the patient's total Health. This course is also designed to acquaint the student with the expanding dental services orovided by dental auxiliary personnel.

DH 220— Directed Field Experience (0-4-1)

Winter.

The student is provided with a holistic ap- proach to dentistry by externing with private dental practitioners and public and military agencies.

DH 221— Scopes of Dental Hygiene Practice (1-0-1)

Spring.

This course is designed to acquaint students with various scopes of dental hygiene practice, :he jurisprudence governing the practice of den- tal hygiene, and the structure and function of orofessional associations.

DH 223— Applied Nutrition (2-0-2)

Fall.

This course presents the aspects of nutrition as applied to the practice of dentistry. Students are instructed in diet history and dietetic coun- seling.

DH 224— Head and Neck Anatomy (2-0-2)

Fall.

This course is designed to familiarize the den- tal hygiene student with gross anatomical rela- tionships in the had and neck. Special emphasis is given to the anatomy of the oral cavity and its clinical application.

DH 225 — Preventive Dental Health Education I (2-0-2)

Fall.

The principles of prevention of oral diseases are presented. Many facets of prevention are included with emphasis on the utilization of oral physiotherapy aids and on education and mo- tivation of patients in proper oral hygiene. Knowl- edge from this course and preceding clinical courses will be utilized in a paper to be pre- sented to the class and clinical faculty. Clinical time in subsequent quarters will afford the ap- plication of these principles to clinical situations.

DH 226— Preventive Dental Health Education II (1-0-1)

Winter.

This course is a continuation of the preventive dentistry concepts. The student is familiarized with the practical application of modern meth- ods of dental health education. Course content includes developing teaching materials for den- tal health education, demonstrations, and pres- entation of materials. Directed field experience will be provided to allow the student practical application of techniques learned in the class- room.

DH 227— General and Oral Pathology (2-0-2)

Fall.

This course is designed to familiarize dental hygiene students with the principles of general pathology in relation to the common diseases of oral regions. Emphasis is placed on clinical manifestations and the importance of early rec- ognition of abnormal conditions.

DH 401 — Practicum in Dental Hygiene Education I (3-6-5)

Fall. Prerequisite: Admission into the Dental Hygiene Education Program.

206

ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE

This course is an introductory field experience in the college dental hygiene clinic, community agencies, and patient care facilities with em- phasis on observation, individual and small group teaching, and teacher aide work. The first professional course for majors in Dental Hygiene Education.

DH 402 — Practicum in Dental Hygiene Education II (3-6-5)

Winter. Prerequisite: DH 401.

This course is a continuation of Dental Hy- giene 401 . Problems common to beginning den- tal hygiene teachers, practices and procedures designed to accomplish program objectives, establishment and organization of content, methods of evaluation and supervision in the dental hygiene clinic are included.

DH 403— Practicum in Dental Hygiene Education III (3-6-5)

Spring. Prerequisite: DH 402.

This course is an advanced field experience designed to assist the student in the develop- ment of learning activities, teaching procedures, and the presentation of materials pertinent to dental hygiene education. The student will de- velop and teach selected units in the basic den- tal hygiene sequence at community agencies, and patient care facilities.

DH 404— Directed and Individual Study (3-6-5)

Prerequisite: Permission of instructor.

This course is a directed individual study in an area of major interest with emphasis relevant to dental hygiene and future career objectives. Scientific research and evaluation methods will be reviewed and used in the student's individual project.

Health Science, Physical Education and Recreation

Faculty

'Sims, Roy, Department Head and Coordinator,

M.Ed., P.E. 'Simon, Emma, Coordinator, Health Science

Aenchbacher, Edward

Ford, Betty

Knorr, Virginia

Lariscy, Michael 'Repella, James

Roberts, Lynn 'Streater, James

Tapp, Lawrence "Graduate Faculty

Health Science

Coordinator:

Dr. Emma Simon

The overall goal of the Bachelor of Health Sci- ence program is to make available an educa- tional opportunity for persons interested ir entering a health field and an academic pro gram for experienced health professionals whc wish to further their career opportunities. More specifically, the objectives of the program are:

1 . To teach individuals that behavioral change can occur through education;

2. To foster health, health promotion, and dis- ease prevention;

3. To prepare competent, knowledgeable health educators; and,

4. To provide health practitioners the oppor tunity to gain expertise in the health relatec areas of education, health educairon administration, nursing and aliied healtt professions, computer science, or healtf and fitness management.

The emphasis of the curriculum is. to viev« "health" as different 'from "illness" and to teacl new students and practicing health profession als of this difference. The curriculum will permi the student to earn a baccalaureate degree tha reflects expertise in health science while focus ing on an applied health related area. Upor graduation, these health professionals will im plement the concepts they have learned anc direct the efforts of the American public in the promotion, enhancement, and maintenance o health and in the prevention of health problems

PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF BACHELOR OF HEALTH SCIENCE

Hours

A. General Requirements 96

Areal 2C

1. ENG 101, 102 or 192, 201 or

292 1

2. One course selected from: ART 200, 271, 272, 273; MUS 200; ENG 222; PHI 201 t

HEALTH SCIENCE, PHYSICAL EDUCATION, AND RECREATION

207

Areall 20

1. One of the following laboratory science sequences:

BIO 101 or 1 1 1 , 102or112;CHE 121, 122; CHE 128, 129; PHY 211, 212 10

2. MAT 101 and 220 10

Area III 20

1. HIS 114 or 191, 115 or 192 10

2. POS 113 5

3. One course selected from:

ANT 201 , ECO 201 , SOC 201 .. 5 ArealV 30

1. HS 100, HS230 10

2. HIS 251 or 252; DRS 228 10

3. PSY 101 5

4. PEM252 5

AreaV 6

1. PE 166, 101 and 103 or 108... 4

2. Two activity courses 2

Electives 10

Courses in the Major Field 60

1. HS 350 - Health in the Community 5

2. HS 200, - Health and Human Development 1 5

3. HS 201 - Health and Human De- velopment II 5

4. HS 440/640 - Health Planning and Evaluation 5

5 HS 445 - Seminar in Health

Science 5

6. HS 300 - Health Problems in a Changing Society 5

7. CS 115 - Introduction to Com- puter Concepts and Application 5

8 PSY 406 - Behavior Modification 5

9 PEM 352 - Physiology of Exercise 5

10. HS 420/620 - Nutrition 5

11. PSY 220 - Introduction to Psy- chological Research 5

12 HS 450 - Health Science

Practicum 5

Courses in the Emphasis Area 30

Area I— Health Promotion and Health Education 30

1. HE 301 - Marketing Health 5

2. PSY 315/515- Conflict and

Stress 5

3 HE 261 - Health and Sex

Education 3

4. HE 262 - Health and Drug Education 2

5. EDN 302 or PSY 301 - Educa- tional Psychology 5

6. HE 420 - Health Education and Rehabilitation 5

7. HE 360 - School Health Education 3

8. EDN 240 - Educational Media.. 2 Area II— Computer Science 30

1. CS 142 5

2. CS231 5

3. CS242 5

4. CS308 5

5. CS331 5

6. CS431 5

Area III— Education 30

1. EDN460 5

2. EDN 335 5

3. EDN 200 5

4. EXC310 5

5. EDN 240 2

6. EDN 202 3

7. EDN 302 or PSY 301 5

Area IV— Education 30

1. BAD 225 5

2. PSY 321 5

3. Two courses selected from: PA/ POS 303 - POS 401, POS 403 and POS 418 10

4. BAD 362 5

5. HE 301 5

Area V— Nursing and Allied Health

Professions 30

Thirty (30) quarter hours of nursing or allied health major course work may

be utilized. The thirty hours utilized will be determined by the Health Science program director. Area VI — Health and Fitness

Management 30

1. PSY 315/515 5

2. HE 420 5

3. HE 301 5

4. HS451 5

5. PSY 320/520 5

6. BAD362 5

Regents' and Exit Examinations 0

196 total hours

Minor concentration 25

The minor in health science requires 25 quarter hours with grades of "C" or better The student will complete the following:

208

ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE

1. HS 100, 230

2. 15 quarter hours from: HE 301, HE 420, HS 350, HS 445, or HS 440.

NOTE: All BHS students must be cur- rently CPR certified prior to graduation.

Health Science Offerings

HS 100— Introduction to Health Science (5-0-5)

Exploration of the science of health. Based on the health (versus illness) model, this course will emphasize the enhancement of health as part of natural human development. The multifaceted health care delivery system will be introduced, and some ethical, philosophical, and socio-cul- tural issues of health care will be discussed.

HS 200— Health and Human Development I (5-0-5)

A presentation of human growth and devel- opment theory. Emphasis will be placed on the physical, cognitive and psychosocial develop- ment of man from pre-natal development to the Adolescent Stage of the human lifespan. This will be examined from the perspective of en- hancing health and concomitantly avoiding ill- ness.

HS 201 Health and Human Development II (5-0-5)

The continuation of the study of human de- velopment from young adulthood to the com- pletion of the life cycle. Special emphasis is placed on health concerns and lifestyle con- sequences of the adult years of the life span.

HS 230— Epidemiology (5-0-5)

The application of ecology to health and ill- ness. An investigation into the various factors and conditions that determine the occurence and distribution of health, disease, and death among groups of individuals.

HS 300— Health Problems in a Changing Society (5-0-5)

A review of health status as a function of so- cietal change. For example, the effects on health of sewage disposal, speed-limits, cold-war, technology, and such will be examined.

HS 350— Health in the Community (5-0-5)

Analysis of major community health problem their causes, the role of individuals, communi institutions, and government.

HS 420— Nutrition (5-0-5)

Prerequisite: Area II Lab Science sequence Nutrition, as a major component of lifestyle, related to enhancement of health and conti bution to illness. Basic concepts of nutrition an various "diets" are studied.

HS 440— Health Planning and Evaluation (f 0-5)

Planning and evaluation of health prograrr in a variety of settings.

HS 445 — Seminar in Health Science (5-0-5)

Corequisite/Prerequisite: HS 440.

Health Science concepts are analyzed ar synthesized. Emerging and emergent issue and trends are investigated.

HS 450 — Health Science Practicum (1-8-5)

Corequisite/Prerequisite: PSY 220, HS 44 440.

This course provides the health science st dent the opportunity to be an active participa in an area of the health care industry.

HE 452— Health/Fitness Practicum (1-8-5)

Practicum in health and fitness managemer

Health Education Offerings

HE 260— Contemporary Health Issues (5-0-5)

Study of major health topics along with the effects on modern society. Such topics as e vironmental pollution, medical ethics, hea! care costs, personal health, and health consur erism will be investigated.

HE 261— Health and Sex Education (3-0-3)

A study of the relationship between health ar sex education. Health promotion strategie dealing with sexual behavior, sexually transm ted diseases, pregnancy, pregnancy prevei tion, and parenthood are involved. Emphasis on interventions and curriculum material ava able for teachers and health educators.

HE 262— Health and Drug Education (2-0-2

A study of the effects of tobacco, alcohol, ar drug use and abuse on health. It includes c

HEALTH SCIENCE, PHYSICAL EDUCATION, AND RECREATION

209

analysis of the classification of drugs, the effects of drug usage, the legality of drug usage, and drug dependency. Emphasis is on interventions and curriculum material available for teachers and health educators.

HE 301— Marketing Health (5-0-5)

A survey of marketing strategies utilized in health settings. Basic principles of communi- cation integrated with various media modalities are explored. The methods and media will be designed for the biopsychosocial requirements of the client.

HE 360— School Health Education (3-0-3)

An investigation of the total school health en- vironment and health instruction.

HE 420 — Health Education in Rehabilitation (5-0-5)

This course is designed to provide the student with the information necessary to aid patients in achieving their highest rehabilitation potential. The main objective is to aid the client in coping and complying with the prescribed regimen.

HE 460— Health in the Curriculum (5-0-5)

Prerequisites: HE 260, 261, 262, 360.

The study of health education curriculum with emphasis upon materials and methods of teach- ing health education K-12. This course places special focus on the development of health ed- ucation curriculum, instructional units, writing objectives, lesson and unit planning, and the relationship of health education to the total ed- ucation program.

Physical Education

During the freshman year, all students should take PE 117 (Basic Health) or 166 (Safety and First Aid) and 103 or 108 (Swimming). During the sophomore year, students may elect any three Physical Education activity courses with the last two numbers being between 01 and 09. Students unable to participate in the regular pro- gram should plan an alternate program with the Head of the Department of Health Science, Physical Education, and Recreation.

Students should check their program of study for PE 117 and/or 166 requirements

Bachelor of Science in Education in Health and Physical Education

The Bachelor of Science Degree in Education with a Major in Health and Physical Education provides the student with an opportunity to re- ceive a degree leading to teacher certification K-12 in the areas of Health and Physical Edu- cation. The program is approved by the National Council for Accreditation of Teacher Education (NCATE) and the Georgia State Department of Education. Students selecting this major should seek advisement in the Department of Health Science, Physical Education and Recreation. Students pursuing this degree should refer to the Teacher Certification section of the catalog (page 163) to find those stipulations affecting all undergraduate education programs at Arm- strong State College.

Progression Requirements:

1. Successful completion of basic core re- quirements

a. General Requirements

b. Regents Exam

2. Application for Admission to Major Program

a. Departmental Advisor Assigned

b. Program of Study Established

3. Application for Admission to Teacher Ed- ucation (2.5 G.P.A. required)

a. Media Competency Completion

b. September practicum

c. Application for Student Teaching As- signment

4. Successful Completion of Departmental Requrements

a. PEM 451, 452, 453

b. All additional major courses

c. Proficiency tests

d. TCT

5. Application for Graduation

Minor Concentration

The minor in physical education requires 25 credit hours with grades of "C" or better. The student will select 25 hours from the following courses:

1. PE210, 216, 217, 219. 311, 321. 413.421, PEM 250, 251, 252, 351, 352

2. No more than two courses from: PE 212. 213, 214 or 215.

210

ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE

See course offerings for the description of courses.

PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN EDUCATION IN HEALTH AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION

Hours

A. General Requirements 103

Area 1 20

1. ENG 101, 102 or 192, 201 or

292 15

2. One course from: ART 200, 271, 272,273; ENG 222; MUS 200;

PHI 201 5

Areall 20

1. MAT 101 and 220 10

2. Approved laboratory science sequence 10

Area III 20

1. HIS 114 or 191, 115 or 192 10

2. POS113 5

3. One course from: ANT 201, ECO 201, 202; SOC 201 5

ArealV 30

1. EDN200, DRS228, PSY 101 ... 15

2. EDN201 or PSY 201 5

3. HIS 251 or HIS 252 5

4. CS 115orCS 120 5

AreaV 5

Five hours of activity courses ... 5

B. Courses in the Major Field 69

1. PE 103 or 108 or 311 1

2. PE166 2

3. PEM 250, 251, 252, 253, 254, 351, 352, 353, 354, 355 48

4. HE 260, 261 , 262, 360 and H.S. 300 18

C. Professional Sequence 33

1. EXC310; EDN335, 471, 472,

473 25

2. PEM 451, 452, 453 3

3. HE 460; 5

D. Electives 5

E. Regents' and Exit Examinations 0

TOTAL 197

Physical Education Offerings

SPECIAL NOTE:

Swimming is required of all students as part of their 6 hours of physical education. Students

with a valid Advanced Life Saving certificate c who have passed the Armstrong swimming tes may be exempted from the swimming require ment. Students able to swim in deep wate should register for P.E. 108. If in doubt as t proper course, consult one of the department' swimming instructors BEFORE REGISTERING All courses designated PEM are required of ma jors.

PE 100 — Beginning Weight Training (0-2-1)

Fall, Winter, Spring.

Emphasis on developing physical fitnes through a variety of fundamental weight trainin< exercises. Introduction of mechanical principle and techniques necessary for the understanc ing of weight training programs. Only one of PI 100 or PE 204 may count as an activity cours< toward the six hours of required physical edi cation.

PE 101— Lifetime Fitness (0-3-1)

Fall, Winter, Spring.

Basic fitness concepts and their applicatio to our everyday life. Students will select betwee two activity areas: jogging and flexibility/tone c lap swimming and aerobic dance.

PE 102— Team Sports (0-2-1)

Fall, Winter, Spring.

Consists of two of the following sports: baj ketball, volleyball and softball.

PE 103 — Basic Swimming Skills (0-3-1)

Fall, Winter, Spring, Summer. (PE 311 or 31 may be substituted for PE 103 or 108).

Skills and strokes for the student unfamiiic with or afraid of the water and who cannot swirr Satisfies Armstrong swimming requirement.

PE 104— Bowling (0-2-1)

Fall, Winter, Spring, Summer.

Basic skills in bowling. Minimum of two game required per class period at student's expense Must provide own transportation.

PE 105— Badminton (0-2-1)

Fall, Winter, Spring, Summer. Basic skills in badminton. Student must pre vide own racquet.

PE 106— Beginning Gymnastics (0-2-1)

Winter.

Fundamentals and practice in beginning turr bling and gymnastic apparatus. Required c Physical Education majors.

HEALTH SCIENCE, PHYSICAL EDUCATION, AND RECREATION

211

PE 107— Trampoline (0-2-1)

Fall, Winter, Spring.

The teaching of the proper care and use of the trampoline. Under strict supervision, the stu- dent learns to perform the following skills: seat drop, knee drop, front drop, pull over, cradle, turntable, swivel hips, and spotting.

PE 108 — Intermediate Swimming (0-2-1)

Fall, Winter, Spring, Summer (PE 311 or the American Red Cross WSI course may be sub- stituted for PE 103 or 108).

Four basic strokes, skills, endurance and knowledge pertaining to safety in, on, or about water. Satisfies swimming requirement.

PE 109 — Intermediate Gymnastics (0-2-1)

Winter. Prerequisite: PE 106 or permission of instructor.

Continuation of PE 106 with additional prac- tice of tumbling and gymnastic apparatus.

PE 115— Officiating of Football (2-2-2)

Fall.

Consists of a study of rules, rules interpreta- tion, and actual experience in officiating intra- dural games, approved community recreation games, and public school games. Students Tiust provide own equipment and transporta- :ion.

Students must provide own whistles, hats and ransportation to any offcampus assignment.

PE 116— Officiating of Basketball (2-2-2)

Winter

Consists of a study of rules, rules interpreta- tion, and actual experience in officiating in class 'games, intramural games, approved community ecreation games and public school games. Elective credit.

Student must provide own whistle and trans- portation to any off-campus assignment.

=>E 117— Basic Health (2-0-2)

Fall, Winter, Spring, Summer. A basic course in health education with em- phasis on personal health. Required of majors

3E 166— Safety and First Aid (3-0-2)

Fall, Winter, Spring, Summer.

the American Red Cross Advanced course n First Aid and adult CPR.

Required of majors. Contents of personal first iid kit must be provided by the student.

PE200— Archery (0-2-1)

Fall, Winter, Spring, Summer.

Basic skills in archery for recreational use. Students must provide own arm and finger- guards.

PE 201— Elementary Tennis (0-2-1)

Fall, Winter, Spring, Summer. Basic skills in tennis. Student must provide own racquet and one can of new tennis balls

PE 204 — Advanced Weight Training (0-2-1)

Fall, Winter, Spring. Prerequisite: PE 100 or permission of instructor.

Emphasis on continued development of phys- ical fitness through a variety of advanced weight training exercises. Improvement of maximal muscular strength and endurance in the main muscle groups of the body through progressive resistance exercises. Only one of PE 100 or PE 204 may count as an activity course toward the six hours of required physical education.

PE 205 — Folk Square, Social Dancing (0-2-1)

Fall.

Instruction and practice in all forms of folk, square, and social dancing.

PE 206— Beginning Modern Dance (0-2-1)

Fall.

Introduction to the art of modern dance. In- cludes technique, exercise, basic improvisation, dance positions, and locomotor movement.

PE208— Golf (0-2-1)

Fall, Winter, Spring, Summer.

Basic techniques and instruction for the be- ginning golfer. Minimum of 36 holes of golf must be played outside of class at student's expense Must provide six shag balls for class and trans- portation.

PE 209 — Intermediate Modern Dance (0-2-1)

Winter. Prerequisite: PE 206 or permission of the instructor.

A continuation of PE 206 with emphasis on dynamics, composition, and choreography.

PE 210 — Prevention and Treatment of Athletic Injuries (2-1-2)

Winter.

Theory and practice of caring for and pre- venting injuries relating to a variety of sports Students required to assist in laboratory expe- riences with treating and preventive training through the athletic, intramural or physical ed-

212

ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE

ucation programs. Student must provide own athletic tape.

PE 212— Coaching Football (3-0-2)

Fall.

Instruction and practice in fundamental skills and team play, coaching courses is required of majors. Minimum of two games must be scouted at student's expense.

PE 213— Coaching Basketball (3-0-2)

Winter.

Instruction and practice in fundamental skills and team play, emphasizing methods and drills used by leading coaches. One of the coaching courses is required of majors. Minimum of two games must be scouted at student's expense.

PE 214 — Coaching Baseball and Softball (3-0-2)

Spring.

Instruction and practice in fundamental skills and team play emphasizing methods and drills used by leading coaches. One of the coaching courses is required of majors. Minimum of two games must be scouted at student's expense.

PE 215 — Coaching Volleyball and Soccer (3-0-2)

Spring.

Introduction to the rules and fundamental skills of volleyball and soccer. Individual devel- opment and application of successful coaching methods. Coaching methods will include ac- quisition of sound organizational practices and understanding of various coaching types.

PE 216— Basic Games (2-0-1)

Spring.

Designed to acquaint student with the various categories of games, the appropriateness for each type of various age levels, proper pro- gressions, and the best ways to use games teach physical skills, emotional and social skills, and actual sports skills.

PE 217— Techniques of Dance (2-0-1)

Winter.

Overview of the art of dance and its various categories. Stresses similarities and differences in form, technique and history of the ballet mod- ern dance, jazz dance, ballroom dance, square dance, aerobic dance and folk dance with em- phasis on teaching and techniques.

PE 219 — Techniques of Safety in Gymnastics (0-2-1)

Winter. Prerequisite: PE 106.

Course designed to give majors thorough un derstanding of the basic principles of spotting in gymnastics to assure maximum safety fo learners as well as proper teaching progres sions and lead-up skills necessary at each leve of learning.

PEM 250— Introduction to Physical Education (5-0-5)

An introduction to the fields of physical edu cation. Study will include a survey of histories foundations, relationships between health an< physical education, professional skills, and ca reer opportunities.

PEM 251 — Intramurals and Recreation (3-0-3)

This course is designed to prepare the stu dent to organize and administer intramural an< recreational sports activities for elementary an< secondary schools, for the college level and fc the community. Activities range from canoein< to horseshoes. Students are required to partic ipate in field experiences and observations Transportation must be supplied by the studen

PEM 252 — Human Anatomy and Kinesiology in Physical Education (5-0-5)

A survey of selected systems of the body an the analysis of movement and application of me chanical principles in physical education acti\ ity.

PEM 253— Individual and Dual Sports (3-4-5)

Designed to acquaint student with the variou individual and dual sports. The student will anc lyze and gain practice in teaching activities sue as: archery, badminton, bicycling, bowline fencing, fitness, golf, hiking, backpacking, ra^ etball, tennis and weight training.

PEM 254 — Team Sports Curriculum (3-4-5)

Designed for the enhancement of sports skill and for the analysis and practice in teachin these skills. Team sports include: basketbal field hockey, flag/tag football, soccer, softbal speedball and volleyball.

PE 311— Advanced Life Saving Course in Swimming (1-2-2)

Fall. Prerequisite: 500 yard continuous swir using four basic strokes.

HEALTH SCIENCE, PHYSICAL EDUCATION, AND RECREATION

213

The American Red Cross Advanced Life Sav- ing Course. (May be substituted for PE 103 or 108).

PE 316— Water Safety Instructor (0-3-2)

Spring. Prerequisite: Current Advanced Life- saving certificate.

Course designed to teach proper methods, learning sequences, and skills for the purpose of certifying students as American Red Cross Water Safety instructors qualified to teach Be- ginning, Advanced Beginning, Intermediate Swimming and Advanced Lifesaving courses. Includes review of lifesaving skills and practice teaching. Required of majors: PE 207 or 316.

PE 320— Health and Physical Education for

the Elementary School Teacher

(3-0-3)

Winter. Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Education.

Theory and current practice in the teaching of health and physical education at the elemen- tary school level. Designed to meet the require- ment for elementary certification.

PEM 351 — Measurement and Evaluation in Health, Physical Education (5-0-5)

Prerequisite: Math 220.

Lectures, laboratory and field experience in [he development, evaluation and application of ! tests in health and physical education. Students Uill learn to utilize computer software for instruc- tional and administrative purposes.

PEM 352— Physiology of Exercise (4-2-5)

Prerequisite: PEM 252.

A study of body systems and their reactions o various types and levels of exercise. Study will include parts and functions of systems most nvolved in the exercise process. Students will nvestigate various components of physical fit- ness, weight control, and exercise prescription.

PEM 353— Elementary School Physical Education (4-2-5)

Theory and current practice in the teaching 3f elementary physical education including de- velopmental tumbling and gymnastics, basic movement patterns, fundamental and creative hythmic activities, activities related to health- itness and basic skill pattern development. Mul- icultural considerations in planning and imple- menting adequate elementary physical 3ducation programs to meet the needs and in- erests of all students will be explored. Directed ield experience included.

PEM 354— Middle School Physical Education (4-2-5)

Theory and current practice in the teaching of middle school physical education including stunts/tumbling/gymnastics, physical fitness concepts and activities, rhythmic and dance ac- tivities, individual/partner/group games, lead-up and modified individual/dual/team sports. Mul- ticultural considerations in planning and imple- menting adequate middle school physical education programs to meet the needs and in- terests of all students will be explored. Directed field experience included.

PEM 355 — Secondary School Physical Education (4-2-5)

The study of curricular methods, media and assessment of secondary physical education programs as they apply to the developmental levels of the secondary age student. Multicul- tural considerations in planning and imple- menting adequate secondary physical education programs to meet the needs and in- terests of all students will be explored. Directed field experience included.

PE 364 — Physical Education for the Exceptional Child (3-2-5)

Student is introduced to methods of identify- ing and programming for the exceptional child.

PEM 413 — Special Topics in Physical Education (5-0-5)

Fall. Prerequisite: PEM 351.

Research methods in health and physical ed- ucation. Allows students an opportunity for in- depth pursuit into areas of their interests. Open to majors only. Required of majors.

PE 421 — Organization and Administration of Physical Education and Athletics (5-0-5)

Winter. Prerequisite: Permission of instructor or Admission to Teacher Education.

Practice and policies in establishing, admin- istering, and evaluating physical education and athletic programs. Such experiences as curric- ulum planning and selection, care and mainte- nance of equipment are included in this course. Open to majors only.

PEM 451— Laboratory Experience I (0-2-1)

Prerequisites: PEM 253, 254

Laboratory experience in assisting and teach- ing activity courses in the basic physical edu- cation program. Students will assume instructor roles in class management, student assess-

214

ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE

ment, and methods of instruction, within learning environment.

PEM 452— Laboratory Experience II (0-2-1)

See PEM 451 for prerequisites and course description.

PEM 453— Laboratory Experience III (0-2-1)

See PEM 451 for prerequisites and course description.

Graduate Program and Courses

Health Science

Coordinator: Dr. Emma Simon

The college offers a variety of master's degree programs. Effective July 1, 1990, all graduate programs offered on the Armstrong State Col- lege campus will be administered in affiliation with Georgia Southern University. See specific program director for further information.

Objectives

The Master of Health Science Program is de- signed to enhance the concept of health on be- half of individuals and the general public. The curriculum will emphasize health promotion, wellness and prevention rather than the curing of illness. The primary format will be an inter- disciplinary approach which permits a more global view of health. More specific objectives are:

1 . To teach individuals that behavioral change can occur through education.

2. To foster health, health promotion, and dis- ease prevention;

3. To prepare competent, knowledgeable health educators; and,

4. To provide health practitioners the oppor- tunity to gain expertise in the individualized health related areas.

Advisement

Each student admitted to the MHS program will be assigned an advisor. As soon as the stu- dent is notified of this assignment, a conference between the advisor and advisee should be ar- ranged. An approved program of study will be determined for each student.

Comprehensive Examination

Satisfactory performance on the comprehen- sive examination is required of all candidates As coursework nears completion, the studen should contact the program coordinator tc schedule the examination two quarters prior tc graduation.

PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF MASTER OF HEALTH SCIENCE

Hours

A. Health Science Courses 2(

1. HS500 I

2. HS700 I

3. HE 750 t

4. HS 440/640 I

Five quarter hours from the emphasis courses will be approved for substitution if HS 440 ha* been completed.

B. Research Courses 2(

1. EDN 771

2. HS 780 (Corequisite/prerequisite EDN 771)

(Prerequisite - Math 220 or equivalent) I

3. Ten hours must be completed from:

4. HS795 ' S/U

(Corequisite/prerequisite HS 780)

HS796 S/U

or

5. HS790 S/U

(Corequisite/prerequisite HS 780)

HS791 S/U !

C. Emphasis Courses 2f

The emphasis area allows stu- dents, aiong with their advisors, to select courses specific to • their needs. The advisor must submit the emphasis course ap- proval form to the program di- rector for approval.

1. HS770

2. HE 770

3. HE 650

4. HS420/620

5. HS730

6. HS650

7. HS575

GRADUATE HEALTH SCIENCE 215

5

8. EDN621 5

9. EDN 750 5

10. EDN 722 5

11. EDN 731 5

12. EDN 651 5

13. PA/POS603 5

14. PA/POS 401/601 5

15. PA/POS 618 5

16. Psychology 300/500 5

17. Psychology 311/522 5

18. PSY 315/515 5

19. Psychology 320/520 5

20. PE740 5

21. PE 760 3

22. PE800 2

23. BAD 540 5

24. BAD662 5

lementary statistics (Math 220) or equivalent lust be completed prior to entering HS 780 - lealth Science - Research Seminar.

FFERINGS

ealth Education Offerings

E 650 — Effective Communication: Helping kills (5-0-5)

Coping mechanisms appropriate to recurring oblems in healthy living and developmental ises are elaborated. Using noninvasive coun- ting techniques, these mechanisms are of- red for incorporation into lifestyles.

E 700— Selected Topics in Health Jucation (5-0-5)

Psycho-social, political and economical bar- ts to health living are identified and attempts overcome them made. Topics are selected the basis of contemporaneity, persistence, d impact.

: 750— Marketing Health— An erdisciplinary Approach (5-0-5)

-rom the point of view of social scientists and siness and health professionals, the selling of laJth using educational techniques is under- i.en. The utilization of concepts of health into I style is addressed. The Human Development i>del is used.

1 770 — Health Promotion Through I ysical Activity (5-0-5)

\ study of the effects of physical activity on J" alth enhancement and maintenance. Physical € cessment methods, equipment and prescnp-

tion regimes will be included. A holistic ap- proach to health will be the basis theme of this course.

Health Science Offerings

HS 620— Nutrition (5-0-5)

Prerequisite: Area II lab science sequence.

Nutrition, as a major component of lifestyle, is related to enhancement of health and contri- bution to illness. Basic concepts of nutrition and various "diets" are studied.

HS 640 — Health Planning and Evaluation (5-0-5)

Planning and evaluation of health programs in a variety of settings.

HS 500— The Health-Illness Continua (5-0-5)

Health and Illness are viewed not as ends of one continuum, but as two discrete continua. The course will focus on enhancement of health and elimination of illness/injury — as a function of lifestyle, and be taught from the perspective of "Human Development."

HS 55fJ — Topics in Community Health (5-0-5)

Contemporary problems and issues regard- ing the enhancement of health and the elimi- nation of illness/injury. Lifestyles and socio- political factors relative to optional health per age and groupings will be emphasized.

HS 575 — Human Development and Health Issues (5-0-5)

A study of contemporary problems and issues regarding health enhancement and elimination of illness/injury through human life span devel- opment.

HS 650— Changing Health Practices (5-0-5)

Planning and implementation of interventions on health related behaviors.

HS 660— Selected Topics in Illness/Injury and Rehabilitation — An Interdisciplinary Approach (5-0-5)

Contemporary problems of Illness/Injury (e.g., hypertension, stroke, accidents, carcinoma, substance/nutrition abuse), their therapeutic in- terventions, and their rehabilitation regimens are scrutinized. The Human Development model will be utilized.

216

ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE

HS 700— Political Sociology of Health Care: The Consumer, The Provider, and State, Local, Federal Policies (5-0-5)

An examination of the economic/political/so- cial milieu in which health care exists. Con- straints and demands of directing mores and legislation and their influences on lifestyles are identified and discussed.

HS 730— Nutrition and Health (5-0-5)

Prerequisite: HS 420/620, ZOO 330, or per- mission of the instructor.

Health risk reduction through nutritional coun- seling and health education. Advanced con- cepts of nutrition are studied.

HS 770— Selected Topics in Health- Interdisciplinary Approach (5-0-5)

A study of selected issues in health.

HS 780— Health Science Research Seminar (5-0-5)

Prerequisite/corequisite Education 771.

(Prerequisite - Math 220 or equivalent).

Development and presentation of practicum and research proposals. Additional emphasis placed on writing skills in research and grant applications.

HS 790— Practicum I (1-8-5)

A two-quarter course giving the student op- portunity to specialize or to become knowl- edgeable in a health, therapeutic, rehabilitation setting, or combination thereof. A satisfactory/ unsatisfactory grade will be assigned.

HS 791— Practicum II (1-8-5)

Prerequisite: HS 790.

See HS 790 for course description.

HS 795— Thesis (O-V-5)

Prerequisite: Permission of Instructor.

The student will identify and develop a re- search study in an area of interest in health. A satisfactory/unsatisfactory grade will be as- signed.

HS 796— Thesis (O-V-5)

Prerequisite: HS 795.

The student will complete the research study initiated in HS 795. A satisfactory/unsatisfactory grade will be assigned.

Physical Education Graduate Courses

Coordinator: Dr. Roy Sims

PE 700 — Advanced Physiology of Exercise (3-4-5)

Prerequisite: PEM 352 or equivalent Physio ogy of Exercise.

A study of the neuromuscular, metabolic, ani cardiovascular-respiratory responses and ac aptations to exercise. Emphasis is placed on th biologic basis of human physical performanc and fitness. Laboratory experiences include e> posure to environmental, ergonometric, mete bolic, circulatory, respiratory, and bod composition measurement techniques.

PE 710— Psychology of Coaching (5-0-5)

A study of the principles of psychology a applied to the problems of coaching today's atr letes. A reading and research course designe to help students understand today's special si uations, individual and team personalities an ways to motivate and improve performance.

PE 720— Philosophy of Sports in Society (5-0-5)

A study of the significance of sports in society The course will focus on the definition and cla ification of sports and the sporting experienc in order to determine the place and meaning c sports in our lives.

PE 730 — Outdoor and Recreational Activities (5-0-5)

In-depth study into the formulation of the majc factors determining the philosophy of recre; tion, program planning and administration outdoor experiences and recreational activitie in all aspects of school, church and industr Emphasis upon the development of a specif recreational program and/or activity.

PE 740 — Social and Psychological Aspects of Physical Education (5-0-5)

A study of the research literature in socioloc and psychology as it relates to physical activit Emphasis is placed on application to physic education and athletics.

PE 750 — Administration and Supervision o Physical Education and Athletics (5-0-5)

Advanced study and research into the rel; tionship of athletics and physical education pr< grams in the educational community. Specif attention is given to personnel, eligibility nance, liability, safety, and policies in directir and supervising intramural and interscholast athletics.

MEDICAL TECHNOLOGY

217

>E 760 — Readings in Physical Education ind Athletics (3-0-3)

A comprehensive review of literature in phys- ical education, athletics, and related areas, with emphasis on learning to evaluate research nethods and findings.

>E 770— Motor Learning (4-2-5)

This course is designed to acquaint students i/ith research findings and empirical evidence egarding the physiological and psychological nplications of motor skills, learning theories and tner individual differences as they influence hysical activity.

E 780 — Mechanical Analysis (4-2-5)

Prerequisite: PEM 252 or equivalent Kinesiol-

gy-

A scientific analysis of basic human move- lent skills with emphasis on the laws of physics nd their application in physical education and Dort.

E 790— Methods and Materials (5-0-5)

Prerequisite: PEM 317 or equivalent Methods "id Curriculum in Health and Physical Educa- )tv

Selection of level of specialization for indepth jdy of research materials and current trends physical education teaching methods.

E 800 — Seminar on Current Issues -0-2)

Study of current issues and problems in phys- al education with emphasis on outstanding

| Jdies and research in the field. Emphasis is student participation to provide them the op-

jhrtunity to exchange and assimilate ideas and ncepts.

■ 810 — Research in Physical Education 0-5)

Prerequisite: PEM 351 or equivalent measure- ment and Education in Health, Physical Edu-

tion and Recreation. | iA study of methods of research in physical ucation. An analysis of selected research ar- es and designs will be emphasized.

ledical Technology

Iculty

I rdegree. Lester Jr., Program Director f er, James, Medical Director Fdgers. Anne

Medical technology is a career in clinical lab- oratory science. Medical technologists perform and/or supervise the testing of blood, urine, spinal fluid and other body specimens Applying the knowledge of chemistry, mathematics and biology, the medical technologist uses both manual and automated techniques to provide diagnostic data to physicians.

The B.S. in Medical Technology curriculum is a 4 year program. During the first two or three years students complete core curriculum courses in chemistry, biology, mathematics, hu- manities and social science. The professional medical technology courses are sequenced to begin each fall quarter. These courses cover the major laboratory areas (urinalysis, hematology, clinical chemistry, blood banking, microbiology, serology), and are taught on campus. The clin- ical practicum is provided in the clinical labo- ratories of Candler General Hospital, the South Atlantic Red Cross Blood Center, Memorial Medical Center and St. Joseph's Hospital, all located in Savannah. Upon completion of the program, graduates are eligible to take the cer- tification examination of the Board of Registry for Medical Technologists of the American So- ciety of Clinical Pathologists and the Clinical Laboratory Scientist examination of the National Certification Agency for Medical Laboratory Per- sonnel.

Post Acceptance Requirements

Students accepted into the program will be required to submit a complete Armstrong State College Health Professions Student Health Ap- praisal form. Prior to enrollment in the clinical practicum the student will be required to provide evidence of liability insurance and medical cov- erage. Students are responsible for their own transportation to and from the clinical sites.

Progression Requirements

1. The student must earn a "C" or better in each Medical Technology course

2. A student may repeat a single MT course only one time and at the next offering pro- vided space is available.

3. A student who must repeat a single MT course more than once or more than one MT course will be dismissed from the pro- gram with no option for readmission.

4. The student must maintain an overall ad- justed Grade Point Average of 2.0 or better. A student who falls below the 2.0 GPA will be placed on "Suspension" for one quarter.

218

ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE

Medical technology is a career in clinical lab- oratory science. Medical technologists perform and/or supervise the testing of blood, urine, spinal fluid and other body specimens. Applying the knowledge of chemistry, mathematics and biology, the medical technologist uses both manual and automated techniques to provide diagnostic data to physicians.

The B.S. in Medical Technology curriculum is a 4 year program. During the first two or three years students complete core curriculum courses in chemistry, biology, mathematics, hu- manities and social science. The professional medical technology courses are sequenced to begin each fall quarter. These courses cover the major laboratory areas (urinalysis, hematology, clinical chemistry, blood banking, microbiology, serology), and are taught on campus. The clin- ical practicum is provided in the clinical labo- ratories of Candler General Hospital, the South Atlantic Red Cross Blood Center, Memorial Medical Center and St. Joseph's Hospital, all located in Savannah. Upon completion of the program, graduates are eligible to take the cer- tification examination of the Board of Registry for Medical Technologists of the American So- ciety of Clinical Pathologists and the Clinical Laboratory Scientist examination of the National Certification Agency for Medical Laboratory Per- sonnel.

Post Acceptance Requirements

Students accepted into the program will be required to submit a complete Armstrong State College Health Professions Student Health Ap- praisal form. Prior to enrollment in the clinical practicum the student will be required to provide evidence of liability insurance and medical cov- erage. Students are responsible for their own transportation to and from the clinical sites.

Progression Requirements

1. The student must earn a "C" or better in each Medical Technology course.

2. A student may repeat a single MT course only one time and at the next offering pro- vided space is available.

3. A student who must repeat a single MT course more than once or more than one MT course will be dismissed from the pro- gram with no option for readmission.

4. The student must maintain an overall ad- justed Grade Point Average of 2.0 or better. A student who falls below the 2.0 GPA will be placed on "Suspension" for one quarter.

If the student's GPA is not raised by trr end of the next quarter, then the studer will be dismissed from the program. 5. The student must complete the Profes sional coursework within three (3) consec utive years from the date of their initic admission to the Medical Technology Pre gram.

PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN MEDICAL TECHNOLOGY

Hour

A. General Requirements 9

Area 1 2

1. ENG 101, 102 or 192, 201 or

292 1

2. One course selected from: ART

200, 271, 272, 273; ENG 222; MUS200; PHI 200

Areall 2

1. CHE 128, 129 1

2. MAT 101, 220 1

Area III " 2

1. HIS 114 or 191. 115 or 192 1

2. POS113

3. One course selected from : ANT

201, ECO 201, PSY 101, SOC 201 '.

ArealV I

■ 1. BIO 101 or 111

2. ZOO 208

3. Electives in BIO, CHE and/or

CS I

(Must contain at least 1 Biology or Zoology course which com- pletes a 10 hour sequence, and 1 Chemistry course.) AreaV

1. PE 103 or 108 and 117 or 166

2. Three activity courses

State Requirement

HIS 251 or 252

B. Courses in the Major Field

1. Upper Division Sequences

BIO 351, 353

CHE 341, 342

2. Professional Courses

MT 300, 310, 320, 330, 340, 350, 360, 370, 380, 390, 420, 430, 440, 450, 411, 421, 431, 441, 451, 461, 490

MEDICAL TECHNOLOGY

219

1 Regents' and Exit Examinations 0

TOTAL 197

FFERINGS

IT 300 — Professional Foundations in aboratory Science (2-0-2)

An introductory course to acquaint the student

ith the role of the Medical Technologist and

her laboratory personnel as a member of the

salth care team. Topics will include job re-

Donsibilities, accreditation, certification and li-

snsure standards, career opportunities,

-ofessional organizations, and professional

hies.

T 310 — Urinalysis and Body Fluids

-4-5)

Prerequisite: Admission to the MT program or

amission of program director.

A qualitative and quantitative study of the

lemical and microscopic constituents of urine

id other body fluids and the clinical signifi-

nce of the test results.

T 320— Clinical Microbiology I (4-6-7)

Prerequisite: BIO 351 or permission of pro- am director.

A study of the relationship of bacteria to dis- se. Major emphasis is placed on the isolation d identification of bacteria responsible for hu- w diseases. Also included is sensitivity test- I and mycobactenology.

" 330— Clinical Hematology I (4-6-7)

Prerequisite: Admission to the MT program or -rmission of program director.

\ qualitative and quantitative study of the I. Tied elements of the blood. To include the inplete blood count and specialized test pro- cures. This course will also include the basic Jnciples of hemostasis and blood coagulation.

I 340 — Clinical Immunohematology I (5-6)

prerequisite: Admission to the MT program or f, mission of program director.

\\ study of basic immunohematologic princi- fls and their application to the preparation and fijninistration of whole blood and blood com- pients. To include the selection and process- if of donors, cross matching procedures, and a .body identification.

* 350— Clinical Chemistry I (4-6-7)

'rerequisite. CHE 342, and MT 360 or per- fusion of program director.

A comprehensive study of the physiological principles, methodology and clinical signifi- cance of the biochemicals and elements found in the body fluids.

MT 360— Clinical Instrumentation (3-4-5)

Prerequisite: Admission to the MT program or permission of program director

A basic study of the principles and operation of laboratory instrumentation. Emphasis will be placed on the individual components and the inter-relationship of the components. Electronics will be included.

MT 370— Clinical Serology (2-2-3)

Prerequisite: Admission to the MT program or permission of program director.

A study of the principles and procedures used in the isolation, identification and quantitation of diagnostically significant antigens and antibod- ies.

MT 380— Clinical Parasitology (2-2-3)

Prerequisite: Admission to the MT program or permission of program director.

A study of the pathogenesis, life cycle, and laboratory identification of human parasites.

MT 390— Clinical Mycology (2-2-3)

Prerequisite: Admission to the MT program or permission of program director.

A study of the pathogenesis and laboratory isolation and identification of fungi that can in- vade humans.

MT 400— Directed Study (1-5)-0-(1-5)

Offered on demand with approval of program director.

A study of selected Medical Technology top- ics designed to meet the needs of the student. Credit will depend upon the work to be done May be repeated up to 10 quarter hours

MT 420— Clinical Microbiology II (2-0-2)

Prerequisite: Concurrent enrollment in clinical practicum and completion of MT 320

Advanced level lecture presentations of spe- cial topics in microbiology.

MT 430— Clinical Hematology II (2-0-2)

Prerequisite: Concurrent enrollment in clinical practicum and completion of MT 330.

Advanced level lecture presentations of spe- cial topics in hematology

MT 440 — Clinical Immunohematology II (2-0-2)

Prerequisite: Concurrent enrollment in clinical practicum and completion of MT 340

220

ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE

Advanced level lecture presentations of spe- cial topics in immunohematology.

MT 450— Clinical Chemistry II (2-0-2)

Prerequisite: Concurrent enrollment in clinical practicum and completion of MT 350.

Advanced level lecture presentations of spe- cial topics in clinical chemistry.

MT 411— Phlebotomy Practicum (0-4-1)

MT 421 — Clinical Microbiology Practicum (0-16-4)

MT 431 — Clinical Hematology Practicum (0-16-4)

MT 441 — Clinical Immunohematology Practicum (0-8-2)

MT 451 — Clinical Chemistry Practicum (0-20-5)

MT 461 — Clinical Urinalysis Practicum

(0-8-2)

Total (0-72-18)

Prerequisites: Completion of respective di- dactive MT courses.

A structured clinical laboratory experience where the students integrate theory and appli- cation under supervision in the identified content area. This will provide time and facilities to allow the students to develop speed, confidence, and organization and to analyze and solve technical problems.

MT 490— Management and Education (2-0-2)

Basic concepts of laboratory management, leadership and education.

Radiologic Technologies

Faculty

Gibson, Sharyn, Program Director Tilson, Elwin

'Graduate Faculty

Radiologic Technology is a comprehensive term that is applied to the science of administering ionizing radiation, radionuclides, and other forms of energy to provide technical information and assistance to the physician in the diagnosis and treatment of diseases and injuries. This field offers four specific career specialities; radiography, nuclear medicine

technology, radiation therapy technology ai diagnostic medical sonography. At present, t Radiologic Technologies Program offers \ Associate Degree in the specialty area radiography.

Program Goals

The specific goals of the Program are as f lows:

1. To educate superlative clinicians. In ad tion to mastering basic skills necessary perform routine radiographic examinatior the Program's graduate will possess sk necessary to perform non-routine and sp cial radiographic procedures.

2. To expose the student to an in-depth an ysis of the art and science of radiograpl The student will receive not only an inder. education to radiography but also in relat natural and social sciences.

3. To give the students a well rounded libe arts education. In addition to the prof* sional component of the curriculum, the s dent receives a well rounded liberal a education in so that the student will be al to effectively integrate into society. ..

Professional Insurance, Transportation

Local hospitals are affiliated with the colle for the Clinical Education courses. Student diographers are responsible for providing tr- own transportation.

Prior to matriculation through Clinical E( cation Courses, students are required to sub a completed health history form and evider of professional liability insurance and health surance. Specific information regarding the requirements will be distributed to students mitted to the Program.

Progression Requirements

For progression through the Program, the lowing must be maintained: 1 . Science courses (ZOO 208, 209, 21 5, C 201, CS 115).

a. A passing grade in each course (' or better).

b. A "C" or better in at least three of th< courses.

c. A student may repeat only one of thi courses.

d. Students who must repeat more one science course because of gr< of "F" will be suspended from the F gram.

RADIOLOGIC TECHNOLOGIES

221

2. Radiography courses

a. A "C" or better in each Radiography course.

a. A student may repeat only one Ra- diography course.

c. Students who must repeat more than one Radiography course will be dis- missed from the Program.

3. Conditionally accepted students must meet all admission criteria as outlined in their ad- mission letter. In the event the conditionally accepted student does not achieve the aforementioned requirements, he or she will be dismissed from the program.

ttendance and Advanced Standing

A student must matriculate each quarter, in- uding Summer Quarter, to remain in the Pro- 'am. If, because of illness or other extenuating rcumstances, a student must be away from :hool for a quarter, the student must seek for- al approval from the Program Director for such i absence. If such approval is not sought and anted, the student will be dropped from active atus and must reapply for admission before mtinuing in the Program. The Radiologic Technologies Program is j'mmitted to a philosophy of educational flexi- jity to meet the needs of the profession. Indi- jjuais who are graduates of Certificate ,DSpital) Programs and working in the profes- >n who are certified by the American Registry Radiologic Technologists may receive ad- 'jnced standing by a process of exemption ex- iiinations and CLEP examinations. These iiividuals may be awarded Credit-By-Exami- ition up to 71 quarter hours for previous ^fessionai education. Please contact the Pro- urn Director for details.

I OGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF

/ SOCIATE IN SCIENCE IN RADIOLOGIC

TCHNOLOGIES

Hours

General Requirements 33

Area 1 10

1. ENG 101, 102 or 192 10

Area II 5

MAT 101 5

Area III 10

HIS 251 or 252 5

POS 113 5

ArealV 5

CHE201 5

AreaV 3

Any three physical education

credits 3

B. Courses in the Major Field 71

RAD 104, 115, 116, 117, 118,

121, 122, 123 30

RAD 200, 201, 202, 203, 205,

221, 222, 223, 224, 225 42

C. Courses in Related Fields 20

CS 115 5

ZOO 208, 209, 215 15

D. Regents' and Exit Examinations 0

TOTAL 125 Radiologic Technologies Offerings

RAD 104 — Principles of Radiographic Exposure (4-3-5) ep Prerequisites: Formal ad- mission to the Program.

Factors influencing radiographic quality and conditions influencing exposures are presented. Attenuating devices, beam restricting devices, and accessory equipment are demonstrated. Technic charts and formation are vehicles for the application of the radiographic process.

RAD 115 — Radiographic Procedures and Radiation Protection (4-3-5)

Prerequisites: Formal admission to the pro- gram.

The theory and principles of radiographic ex- aminations of the chest and abdomen are stud- ied. Emphasis is placed on radiographic examination of the visceral organs requiring the use of contrast media, spatial relationships, pa- tient positioning, radiation protection method- ology, equipment manipulation, and quality evaluation of the study. Basic medical termi- nology will be included.

RAD 116— Radiographic Procedures II (4-3-5)

Prerequisites: Formal admission to the pro- gram and RAD 115.

The basic theory and principles of radi- ographic procedures of the extremities and shoulder girdle are studied. Emphasis is placed on osteo anatomy, spatial relationships, patient positioning, equipment manipulation, and qual- ity evaluation of the radiographic examinations. Basic medical terminology will be included.

222

ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE

RAD 117 — Radiographic Procedures III (4-3-5)

Prerequisites: Formal admission to the pro- gram and RAD 116.

The theory and principles of radiographic ex- aminations of the spines, bony thorax, and pel- vic girdle are studied. Emphasis is placed on the osteo anatomy, spatial relationships, patient positioning, equipment manipulation, and qual- ity evaluation of the radiographic examinations.

RAD 118— Radiographic Procedures IV (3.5-1.5-4)

Prerequisites: Formal admission to the pro- gram and RAD 117.

The theory and principles of facial bones, cranium, heart, breast, reproduction organs, and additional non-routine examinations are studied. Emphasis is placed on the osteo and soft-tissue anatomy, spatial relationships, pa- tient positioning, equipment manipulation, and quality evaluation of the radiographic exami- nations.

RAD 121— Clinical Education I (0-8-1)

Prerequisites: Formal admission to the Pro- gram, permission of the instructor, and CPR cer- tified.

Orientation to patient care, introduction to areas involving the field of radiology, and ori- entation to the clinical setting are presented. This is a supervised clinical practice in perform- ing radiographic procedures, radiation protec- tion, patient care, equipment orientation, radiographic technique, darkroom procedures, and film quality evaluation. Competency evalu- ation of routine radiographic examinations is in- cluded.

RAD 122— Clinical Education II (0-16-2)

Prerequisites: RAD 121 and permission of the instructor.

This is a supervised clinical practice in per- forming radiographic procedures with an em- phasis on the competency evaluation of routine radiographic examinations.

RAD 123— Clinical Education III (0-24-3)

Prerequisites: RAD 122 and permission of the instructor. RAD 1 04 and RAD 1 1 3 must be taken as a corequisite or prerequisite.

This course is a supervised clinical practice in performing radiographic procedures with an emphasis on the competency evaluation of rou- tine radiographic examinations.

RAD 200— Nursing Procedures (1.5-1.5-2)

Prerequisite: Formal admission to the Pre gram.

The student is introduced to basic nursin techniques as they relate to the patient in m Radiology Department. Topics included ai psychological needs of patients, meeting phy: ical requirements of patients, transporting an moving of patients, monitoring of patients, su< tioning, catherization, administration of inje< tions, I.V. maintenance, and dealing wil emergency medical situations.

RAD 201/202— Radiation Science I & II (4-2-5)

Prerequisite: MAT 101 or Permission of tr instructor.

This course deals with the application of ] diation physics as it relates to the productio propagation and detection of electromagnet and particulate radiation. Emphasis will be give to mechanisms describing the interaction of rays with matter, photographic and electron image detection, electronic circuitry, and tr physical function of associated radiograph equipment.

RAD 203— Radiobiology (3-0-3)

Prerequisite: RAD 202, ZOO 209 or permi sion of instructor

This course is designed to give the radio raphy student an understanding of the effec of radiation exposure, dose limits, and structui protection requirements. Topics included will I somatic and genetic effects of radiation exp sure, measurement and protection methoc plus NCRP and BRH standards.

RAD 205— Quality Assurance (2-2-3)

Prerequisite: Permission of instructor.

This course is a study of equipment testii and instrumentation, record keeping systerr and statistical analysis of equipment and supf usage. Emphasis will be given to testing p' cedures. QA program implementation, and fe eral government guidelines.

RAD 221— Clinical Education IV (0-24-3)

Prerequisites: RAD 123 and permission oft instructor.

This course is a supervised clinical practi in performing radiographic procedures with emphasis on the competency evaluation of diographic examinations.

RAD 222— Clinical Education V (0-24-3)

Prerequisites: RAD 221 and permission of structor.

RESPIRATORY THERAPY

223

This course is a supervised clinical practice in performing radiographic procedures with an emphasis on the competency evaluation of ra- diographic examinations.

RAD 223— Clinical Education VI (0-24-3)

Prerequisites: RAD 222 and permission of the instructor.

This course is a supervised clinical practice in performing radiographic procedures with an emphasis on the competency evaluation of ra- diographic examinations.

RAD 224— Clinical Education VII (0-24-3)

Prerequisites: RAD 223 and permission of in- structor.

This course is a supervised clinical practice ,n performing radiographic procedures with an |3mphasis on the competency evaluation of ra- diographic examinations.

RAD 225— Clinical Education VIII 6-32-12)

' Prerequisites: Successful completion of all re- quired Radiologic Technologies courses or per- mission of instructor This course is a supervised clinical practice

n performing radiographic procedures and an exposure to various specialized areas within the profession of Radiologic Technology. Emphasis |S placed on the competency evaluation of ra- diographic examinations and demonstration of radiographic examinations and demonstration pf basic skills in various specialized areas within i he profession. Course includes seminar in |vhich pertinent professional topics and the tran- sition from student to graduate technologist will

)e discussed.

HAD 290 Selected Topics in Advanced Medical Imaging (4-4-5)

Prerequisites: Permission of instructor.

This is an elective course that is offered upon demand. Topics such as neurovascular system Examinations, central nervous system exami- nation, abdominal and peripheral vascular stud- es, heart studies, computerized imaging systems, and magnetic resonance imaging may 3e included.

Respiratory Therapy

=aculty

3owers, Ross, Department Head

y Benedetto, Robert, Co-Medical Director

Mazzoli, Andrew, Director of Clinical

Education

Morris, Stephen, Co-Medical Director

Smith, William

For the two-year (seven consecutive quarters) program leading to the Associate in Science de- gree in Respiratory Therapy, the student must complete a curriculum of 59 quarter hours in academic courses and 62 quarter hours within the major. The AS. degree from an accredited Respiratory Therapy program qualifies the grad- uate for entry into the Registry credentialing sys- tem. The Registry is the highest professional creditial available in the field of respiratory ther- apy. The credentialing process is a two-step na- tionally administered examination. Step 1 is a comprehensive written exam to be taken shortly after graduation. The graduate who passes this exam will earn the entry level credential C.R.T.T. and will be eligible to enter the registry creden- tialing system. The registry exam consists of a written and a clinical simulation component. The candidate who passes both parts of the registry exam will earn the credential Registered Res- piratory Therapist.

PROGRESSION REQUIREMENTS

For progression through the Associate De- gree Program in Respiratory Therapy, the fol- lowing must be maintained: 1. Courses Related to the Major (CHE 201, 202, ZOO 208, 209, 21 1 , BIO 210 and HS 110)

a. A student may carry no more than one grade of less than "C '

b. A grade of "F" must be repeated the next quarter that the course is offered

c. A student must have success- fully completed the require- ments for Che 202 and ZOO 21 1 by the end of the summer quarter of the freshman year. Failure to comply with this re- quirement will result m suspen- sion from the program. A student suspended from the program will be eligible for read- mission

d. A student who must repeat more than one course because of a grade of "F" will be dismissed

224

ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE

from the program with no option for readmission

2. Courses in the Respiratory Therapy Major

a. A grade of "C" or better is re- quired for each course that is a prerequisite for a subsequent course. Failure to comply with this requirement will result in suspension from the program.

b. A student who earns a grade of less than "C" must repeat that course the next quarter it is of- fered.

c. A student may repeat a respi- ratory therapy course only once.

d. A student may repeat only one respiratory therapy course.

e. Students who must repeat a res- piratory therapy course more than one time will be dismissed from the program with no option for readmission.

f. Students who must repeat more than one respiratory therapy course will be dismissed from the program with no option for readmission.

3. Grade Point Average

The maintenance of a 2.0 GPA is desireable throughout the respiratory therapy pro- gram. Students who fall below 2.0 are sub- ject to the academic status classification identified in the Academic Regulations sec- tion of this catalogue. Students placed on academic Warning who do not raise their GPA to the minimum criteria for academic Good Standing the subsequent quarter will be suspended from the program until such time they return to Good Standing. Courses used to raise the GPA must be approved by their academic advisor.

4. Regents Exam

Successful completion of the Regent's Exam is a requirement for all students re- ceiving a degree from the University Sys- tem of Georgia. The School of Health Professions requires that a student must have passed both parts of the Regent's Exam prior to their last quarter in their ma- jor. Failure to comply with this requirement will result in suspension from the program until such time that the exam is successfully completed.

5. Exit Exam

The University System of Georgia requires that all students take a comprehensive Exit Exam in their major field. The department of respiratory therapy uses a nationally val- idated exam for this purpose. The exit exam is administered during the spring quarter of the sophomore year. All students are re- quired to earn a grade of 70% prior to the end of the spring quarter.

PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF ASSOCIATE IN SCIENCE IN RESPIRATORY THERAPY

HOURS

A. General Requirements 59

Area I: Humanities

1. ENG 101, 102 10

Area II: Mathematics and Natural Sci- ences

1. MATH 101 5

Area III: Social Sciences

1. HIS 251 or 252 5

2. POS 113 -5

3. PSY 101 or SOC 201 or ANT

201 5

Area IV: Courses Related to Major Field

1. CHE 201, 202 8

2. ZOO 208, 209, 211 13

3. BIO210 5

Area V: Physical Education

1. PE 117 or 166 2

2. PE Activity Course 1

B. Courses in the Major Field 62

1. RT 100, 110, 113,114,115, 116, 120, 121 31

2. RT211, 221, 212, 215,216,222, 217, 223 31

C. Regent's and National Standarized Self Assess Exams 0

TOTAL 121

OFFERINGS

RT 100— Medical Technology (3-0-3)

Offered: Fall and winter quarters.

A study of the language of medicine: word construction; definition; abbreviations and sym- bols; and use of terms related to all areas of

RESPIRATORY THERAPY

225

medical science, hospital service and the med- ical specialties. Open to non-majors.

RT 110 — Patient Assessment (4-2-5)

Prerequisite: ZOO 208, CHE 201

Offered: Winter Quarter

The primary goal of RT 110 is to teach the student the assessment skills required to eval- uate and develop a respiratory care plan. By the completion of RT 110 the student will be able to: review the medical record, conduct a patient interview, perform a physical examination of the chest, monitor and interpret vital signs, perform ventilatory monitoring procedures, interpret ar- terial blood gases and interpret the chest xray. The content of RT 110 is essential fo the stu- dent's progression to the clinical phase of the curriculum.

RT 113 — Respiratory Therapy Equipment (2-2-3)

Prerequisite: CHE 201, RT 110

Corequisite: CHE 202

Offered: Winter Quarter

A course designed to focus on the technology and equipment used in providing respiratory care. The student will be able to select and ob- tain equipment appropriate to the care plan, as- semble and check for proper function and identify and correct equipment malfunctions. ; Quality control and asepsis procedures will also be emphasized.

RT 114— General Patient Care (3-2-4)

Prerequisite: RT 110

Corequisite: RT 1 15, RT 1 13, 120

Offered: Spring Quarter

A course designed to focus on implementa- tion and evaluation of the respiratory care plan. . The student will develop the cognitive and tech- nical skills necessary to initiate and evaluate the patient's response to: 02 therapy, CPR, aerosol and humidity therapy, bronchial hygiene, IPPB therapy and airway care. A protocol for initia- ting a change in the care plan will also be em- phasized.

RT 120— Applied Patient Care (0-8-2)

Prerequisite: RT 110

Corequisite: RT 1 14, 1 13, 1 15

Offered: Spring Quarter

A clinical practicum designed to orient the student to the hospital environment. Basic as- sessment skills and 02 rounds will be empha- sized. Students will also participate in the cleaning, sterilization, assembly, and routine maintenance of equipment.

RT 115 — Pulmonary Pharmacology (5-0-5)

Prerequisites: ZOO 208, CHE 201, RT 110

Offered: Spring Quarter

This course is designed to give the student an in-depth look at drugs that directly affect the pulmonary system. During this course the stu- dent will study: route of drug administration, pharmacodynamics, drug interactions, mucok- inesis and mocokinetic drugs, bronchospasm and bronchodilators, cholinergic drugs cromo- lyn sodium, corticosteroids, antibiotics, antiti- berculan drugs, respiratory stimulants and depressants, anesthetics and neuromuscular blockers.

RT 121— Applied Respiratory Care I (0-16-4)

Prerequisites: RT 120.

Offered: Summer Quarter

The primary goal of RT 121 is to provide the student sufficient opportunities to apply the cog- nitive, affective and psychomotor skills devel- oped in RT 1 1 0 and RT 1 1 1 in the clinical setting. By the completion of this course the student will be able to: collect data necessary for devel- oping the care plan, implement the prescribed care plan, evaluate the patient's response to therapy and modify or recommend modification of the care plan based on patient response. By the completion of RT 1 21 the student will be able to demonstrate problem solving skills in the clin- ical setting. The clinical competencies devel- oped in RT 121 are a prerequisite for progression to the critical care component of the curriculum.

RT 116 — Diagnostic Procedures (4-2-5)

Prerequisites: ZOO 21 1 , RT 1 10, RT 1 15.

Offered: Summer Quarter

The primary goal of RT 116 is to teach the student the cognitive and psychomotor skills necessary to perform or assist the physician in performing diagnostic procedures in the blood gas, pulmonary function and cardiovascular labs. The student will also develop competen- cies in cardiovascular assessment. By the com- pletion of this course the student will be able to interpret diagnostic data and apply it to patient care.

RT 211— Adult Critical Care I (4-3-5)

Prerequisites: RT 116, RT 121

Offered: Fall Quarter

The primary goal of RT 211 is to teach the student the cognitive and psychomotor skills necessary to establish and maintain the patient- ventilator system. Emphasis will be on knowl-

226

ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE

edge of ventilatory support equipmentas well as techniques for initiation assessment modifica- tion and discontinuation of ventilatory support systems. The content of RT 21 1 is essential for progression to RT 212.

RT 221 — Applied Respiratory Care II (0-16-4)

Prerequisites: RT 116, RT 121

Offered: Fall Quarter

The primary goal of RT 221 is to provide the student sufficient opportunities to apply the cog- nitive, affective and psychomotor skills devel- oped in RT 1 1 6 and RT 21 1 in the clinical setting. Emphasis will be placed on developing clinical competencies in the ICU, diagnostic lab and operating room setting.

RT 212— Adult Critical Care II (3-0-3)

Prerequisites: RT 211, RT 221

Offered: Winter Quarter

The primary goal of RT 212 is to teach the student how to evaluate the effect of mechanical ventilation on other organs or body systems and to apply that knolwedge to the total care of the patient. The student will develop a broader base for understanding the total patient care plan. Emphasis will be placed on hemodynamic mon- itoring, critical care pharmacology, fluid bal- ance, shock and trauma.

RT 222-^-Applied Respiratory Care III (0-16-4)

Prerequisites: RT 211, RT 221

Offered: Winter Quarter

The primary goal of RT 222 is to provide the student with sufficient opportunities to apply the cognitive, affective and psychomotor skills de- veloped in RT 21 1 and RT 21 2 to the care of the critically ill patient. The emphasis will be placed on patient monitoring and evaluating the effect of therapeutic procedures on other organs or body systems. The student will begin an orien- tation rotation to the Pediatric and Neonatal ICUs during this course.

RT 215— Perinatal Care (4-2-5)

Prerequisites: RT 211, 221

Offered: Winter Quarter

The primary goal of RT 215 is to teach the student the cognitive, affective and psychom- otor skills necessary to care for the critically ill pediatric patient and neonate. Emphasis will be placed on knowledge of ventilatory support equipment as well as techniques for initiation assessment, modification and discontinuation of ventilatory support systems. The student will

also study embryology, assessment of the fetus in utero, complicated pregnancies and deliv- eries, resuscitation of the newborn and abnor- mal pathophysiologic states.

RT 216 — Cardiopulmonary Medicine (4-0-4)

Prerequisites: RT 211, 221

Offered: Winter quarter.

The primary goal is to focus on the patho- physiology associated with cardiopulmonary diseases or conditions commonly seen in the hospital setting. Emphasis will be placed on as- sessment, rapid recognition, intervention and management of potential life-threatening con- ditions. Emphasis will be placed on developing decision making and problem solving skills.

RT 223— Applied Respiratory Care IV (0-16-4)

Prerequisites: RT 212, RT 216, RT 215

Offered: Spring Quarter

The primary goal of RT 223 is to provide the student with sufficient opportunities to apply cognitive, affective and psychomotor skills in the care of the critically ill neonate and pediatric patient. Emphasis will be placed on care of pa- tients requiring ventilatory support. Students will continue to develop their skills in the adult crit- ical care unit. The student will also be oriented to the care of the chronically ill patient in the home or secondary care facility.

RT 217 — Seminar irt Respiratory Care (2-0-2)

Prerequisites: RT 212, RT 216, RT 215

Offered: Spring Quarter

The primary goal of RT 217 is to provide ar open forum for discussion of contemporary is- sues facing the profession and the health care delivery system. Topics to be discussed include credentialing, gerontology and the health care needs of the elderly, the shift in focus from pri- mary to secondary care facilities, care of ven- tilator dependent patients in the home and the impact of DRG's and the prospective paymen system on the traditional respiratory care serv- ice.

228

ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE

The Freshman Experience

Freshman Orientation Program — ASC 101

In order to assist freshman students in making the transition to college, the college encourages new students to enroll in ASC 101. In addition to the course content, enrolled students will re- ceive special advising and other services. The course is described as follows:

ASC 101— College: Strategies for Success (3-0-3)

This course aims to provide the student with the skills, information, and guidance useful for success in college. It will focus on the purposes of higher education, the roles of the student, and the resources available within the college for academic success and career choices.

Developmental Studies

Faculty

Geoffroy, Cynthia Harris, Karl Richardson, Ed Smith, Carolyn

The Department of Developmental Studies provides a program of compensatory education for students whose academic deficiencies may prevent successful completion of collegiate studies. Students may be placed in departmen- tal courses on the basis of the Collegiate Place- ment Examination, or Regents Test performances. Regularly admitted students may voluntarily enroll, subject to prerequisites, in any departmental courses. Conditionally admitted students must enroll in accordance with the stip- ulations of their admission (see the Conditional Admission section of this Catalog) and policies of the Developmental Studies program. (See next section.)

Those entitled to Veterans Administration ed- ucational benefits may be certified for no more than 45 credit hours in departmental courses, if these cousres are required for regular admis- sion. At most, 15 hours may be certified in each of the English, mathematics, and reading areas.

Policies of the Developmental Studies Program

Every time a Developmental Studies studen registers or preregisters until exiting the Devel opmental Studies Program, he/she must haw his/her class schedule approved by a Devel opmental Studies advisor or the Developmenta Studies Counselor.

The student is permitted four attempts to exi a Developmental Studies area. If a student fail; to exit an area after the fourth attempt, he/sh( will be subject to Developmental Studies sus pension.

A complete list of Developmental Studies Pro gram Policies is available in the Department o Developmental Studies.

OFFERINGS

DSE 098— Grammar Review (5-0-5)

Fall, Winter, Spring, Summer.

This course is for the student who needs I review grammar fundamentals, to improve sen tence writing skills, and to develop paragraphs The student works toward competence in ser tence construction, verb use, determination c subject-verb agreement, formation of possess ives, punctuation, and other basics. Along wit reviewing grammar; the student engages in e> tensive writing practice, including sentenc building, sentence combining, and paragrap writing.

DSE 099— Basic Composition (5-0-5)

Prerequisite: See Developmental Studies Po icies above.

Fall, Winter, Spring, Summer. This course is for the student who has alreac mastered the basic skills of composition but wh needs additional practice in developing the e; say. It will help the student construct more mc ture and sophisticated sentence patterns create coherent and well developed pare graphs, and organize paragraphs into essays

DSM 098— Introductory Algebra (5-0-5)

Fall, Winter, Spring, Summer.

This course offers a review of arithmetic ir tegrated into an introductory algebra course Topics include negative integers, simple poh nomials, integer exponents, equations, wor problems, factoring, some graphing, and simpl radicals.

MILITARY SCIENCE

229

DSM 099— Intermediate Algebra (5-0-5)

Fall, Winter, Spring, Summer.

Prerequisite: See Developmental Studies Pol- icies above.

Topics include rational expressions, factoring of polynomials, linear and quadratic equations, graphs of linear functions, rational exponents, and radicals.

DSR 098— Reading Skills (5-0-5)

Fall, Winter, Spring, Summer.

This course is appropriate for students ex- periencing difficulty in reading. Word attack skills, comprehension skills, and vocabulary building are stressed.

DSR 025 — Developing Reading Maturity (5-0-5)

Fall, Winter, Spring, Summer.

This course is appropriate for students pre- paring for the Regents. Examination, for stu- dents undergoing remediation due to unsuccessful performance on the reading por- tion of the Regents Examination, and for stu- dents experiencing moderate difficulty in reading. Comprehension skills, vocabulary en- richment, test-taking strategies, and reading fluency are stressed.

DSS 099— Effective Study Techniques (1-2-2)

Offered on demand.

The purpose of this course is development of systematic and efficient study habits for aca- demic success. Special emphasis will be placed on time management listening skills, memory techniques, reading flexibility, note-tak- ing systems, textbook mastery, and test-taking strategies.

Military Science

Faculty

McManus, William, Captain, Department Head

Johnson, Joseph, Captain

Williams, Michael, Captain

Staggs, Bryan, Sergeant First Class

The Army Department of Military Science is a Senior Division Reserve Officer Training Corps (ROTC), Instructor Group, staffed by active Army personnel The department provides a curriculum available to Armstrong State and Sa- vannah State students that qualifies the college

graduate for a commission as an officer in the ' United States Army, United States Army Re- serve, or the United States National Guard. Qualifying for a commission adds an extra di- mension to the student's employment capability in that, upon graduation from the college, the student has either military or civilian employment options.

The course of study offered in military science is designed not only to prepare both the student for service as a commissioned officer in the United States Army but also to provide knowl- edge and practical experience in leadership and management that will be useful in any facet of society. Male and female students are eligible for enrollment. Each student is provided with a working knowledge of the organization and functioning of the Department of Defense and the role of the U.S. Army in national security and world affairs.

The course of study pursued by students dur- ing their freshman and sophomore years is the basic military science course and/or related skill activities. The course of study normally pursued by students during their junior and senior years is the advanced military science course.

For selection and retention in the advanced course, a student must be physically qualified, should have maintained above average military and academic standing, and must demonstrate a potential for further leadership development.

Graduates of the advanced course are com- missioned second lieutenants in the United States Army Reserve in the branch of service most appropriate to their interests and aca- demic achievements, consistent with the needs of the Army. Regardless of the Branch selected, all officers will receive valuable experience in management, logistics and administration. Graduates may be granted a delay in reporting for duty for graduate study, if requested. A small number of outstanding students are designated Distinguished Military Graduates and are of- fered commissions in the Regular Army each year.

Basic Military Science

Basic military science courses involve six quarters during the freshman and sophomore years. The student learns leadership and man- agement and acquires essential background knowledge of customs and traditions, weapons, map reading, tactics and survival. Equally im- portant, these courses have the objective of de-

232

ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE

basic self-defense strategy and practical exer- cises utilizing all of the techniques taught in the course. Acceptable as P.E. requirement.

MIL 301— Leadership and Management I (3-1-3)

Prerequisites: Basic Course or equivalent and approval of Department Head. Participating and alien students who qualify must have the ap- proval of the Department Head and the U.S. Army ROTC Cadet Command.

A study of the psychology of leadership, tech- niques of management, and methods of instruc- tion to include practical application.

MIL 302— Fundamentals and Dynamics of the Military Team I (3-1-3)

Prerequisites: Basic Course or equivalent and approval of Department Head. Participating and alien students who qualify must have the ap- proval of the Department Head and the U.S. Army ROTC Cadet Command.

A study of tactics applied at the platoon and company level to include a study of the modern battlefield and current military tactical doctrine.

MIL 303— Leadership Seminar (3-1-3)

Prerequisite: MIL 301, 302.

A series of seminars, laboratories and expe- riences to prepare the student for Advanced Summer Camp.

MIL 304— Military Skills Practicum (V-V 5)

Summer. Prerequisite: Military 303 and per- mission of Department.

The study and practical application of military skills and leadership ability during a six week encampment experience. Grading for this course will be done on a satisfactory, unsatis- factory basis. Instruction and evaluation is jointly accomplished by college staff and selected ROTC personnel assigned to 3rd Region.

MIL 401 — Fundamentals and Dynamics of the Military Team II (3-1-3)

Prerequisite: MIL 301, 302.

A study of command and staff duties and re- sponsibilities of the professional officer to in- clude operations, intelligence, administration and logistics.

MIL 402 — Leadership and Management (3-1-3)

Prerequisite: MIL 301, 302. A study of the military justice system and serv- ice orientation.

MIL 403— The Transition from Cadet to Lieutenant (1-1-2)

Prerequisites: MIL 301, 302.

A study of the practical aspects of the infor- mation that a new officer needs to know when- reporting to his first duty assignment. This in- cludes administration, normal additional duties and includes a seminar with a current platoon leader and platoon sergeant and a field trip to a typical company.

Naval ROTC Program

Faculty

Cdr. Claven Williams, USN, Department Head

Cdr. Gordon C. Lannou, Jr., USN

LT Matthew W. Gill, USNR

LTJG Thelonious U. Vaults, USN

NCCS Archie L. Sanders, USN

YNC(SW) Jamel Ragin, USN

SKC Vic F. Victoria, USN

General

Naval Reserve Offecer's Training Corps (NROTC) prepares students for commissionec service as regular or reserve officers in the Nav\ or Marine Corps.

Students enrolled in NROTC are referred tc as Midshipmen (MIDN) or as Naval Science Stu- dents (NSS) and are classified based on Nava Science academic status as follows:

ASC Student NROTC Midshipmen

Senior 1/C (First Class)

Junior 2/C (Second Class)

Sophomore 3/C (Third Class)

Freshman 4/C (Fourth Class)

Naval Science Curriculum

Basic Program

ALL MIDSHIPMEN

Hours

A. Naval Science M

NSC 101-102, 104 8

NSC 203, 204 10

MILITARY SCIENCE

233

Advanced Program

B. Navy Option

Naval Science 26

NSC 301-302, 304-305-306 18

NSC 401 -402-403-404-405 8

C. Marine Corps Option

Naval Science 12

NSC 307-308-309 6

NSC 406-407 6

D. Additional Requirements

NSC 450 Naval Drill (0-2-0), required each academic term by all midshipmen. NSC 301, 302, and 450 satisfies 3 quarters (6 hours) of Physical Education requirements.

E. Navy Scholarship Midshipmen

(1) Requirements 53

Math 206-207-208 (to be completed by

end of Sophomore Year) 15

Physics 217-218-219 (to be completed

by the end of Junior Year) 18

Computer Science 136 or 142

or 246 or 120 5

Must complete 2 quarters from the

following list of courses: 10

HIS 357 and PSC 201 (SSC) Must complete one academic term in a ma- jor Indo-European or Asian Language prior to commissioning 5

(2) Navy Option in a non-technical curricula shall complete a sufficient number of technical electives from the below list to comprise 50 percent of all electives not required by the academic major or NROTC Program. Calculus and Physics courses count towards satisfying this re- quirement:

Business (SSC): BAD 331, 332, 416

Chemistry: any listed course

Math, Physics, Physical Science: any

listed courses except Math 290, 391,

and 393.

Computer Science: CS 120, 136, 142,

246

Engineering Courses: Any listed course

except EGR 100, 170, 171

Navy College Program Midshipmen (non- scholarship). Must complete 1 year of Math, college algebra or higher, by the end of the Jun- ior Year and 1 year Physical Science by the end of the Senior Year as a requisite for commis- sioning. The Physical Science requirement can be met by completing a one-year sequence, or two courses, in any area of physical science.

One Mathematics course may be selected from , the fields of computer science or statistics.

Marine Corps Option. All students shall take, during the Junior or Senior year, HIS 357 and PSC 201 (SSC). (Courses must be approved by the Marine Corps Officer Instructor and should not create an academic overload (increase time required for degree completion/commissioning and/or require student to carry more than 18 hours).

NROTC Uniforms, Books, and Instructional Materials

Will be issued at no cost to Naval Science students. Uniforms must be returned before commissioning or upon disenrollment from the NROTC Program; books and other instructional materials must be returned at the end of each academic term.

Scholarship Program

Two and three-and-a-half year scholarships that pay tuition, fees, books and laboratory ex- penses, in addition, scholarship midshipmen also receive a $100 per month tax free stipend during the academic year.

Financial Assistance

All midshipmen in the advanced NROTC Pro- gram (Junior and Senior Years) are paid a $100 per month tax free subsistance allowance (same as $100 per month stipend for scholarship mid- shipmen).

Summer Training Cruises

All scholarship idshipmen will go on Summer Training Cruises each year. While on summer training, midshipmen will be paid active duty Navy rates and will be provided travel, room and board at government expense.

4 and 2-Year NROTC Programs

4-year program students enroll in the program as Freshmen and participate until graduation

2-year program students enter the program after they complete approximately 90 hours (end of Sophomore year) and complete a six-week professional, academic, and physical training program conducted each summer by the Navy, normally in Newport, Rl and referred to as Naval Science Institute (NSI). Academic work at the Naval Science Institute is the equivalent of the NROTC basic course and 18 hours of credit will be given to students who successfully complete NSI.

234

ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE

Naval Science Offerings

NSC 101 — Introduction to Naval Science I (1-0-1)

Fall, Spring.

Introduce midshipmen to NROTC Program mission, organization, regulations, and broad warfare components of the Naval Service. In- cluded is an overview of officer and enlisted rank and rating structure, training and education, promotion and advancement, and retirement policies. The course also covers the basic te- nents of Naval courtesy and customs, and Naval Leadership.

NSC 102— Introduction to Naval Science II (2-0-2)

Winter.

A study of the organization of the Naval Serv- ice, career opportunities, and the duties of a Junior Officer in the Naval Service. Students are familiarized with the major challenges facing to- day's Naval Officer, especially in the areas of leadership and human resource management.

NSC 104— Naval Ships Systems I (Engineering) (5-0-5)

Spring.

A detailed study of ship characteristics and types including ship design, hydrodynamic forces, stability, compartmentation, propulsion, electrical and auxiliary systems, interior com- munications, ship control, and damage control. Included are basic concepts of the theory and design of steam, gas turbine, and nuclear pro- pulsion. Shipboard safety and firefighting are also covered.

NSC 203— Seapower and Maritime Affairs (5-0-5)

Fall.

A survey of American Naval and Maritime his- tory from the American Revolution to the present with emphasis on major developments. Atten- tion will be focused on Mahan's geopolitical the- ory; the economic and maritime forces; U.S. military and maritime strategy; and a compar- ative analysis of American and Soviet maritime strategies.

NSC 204— Naval Ship Systems II. Weapons (5-0-5)

Winter.

This course outlines the theory and employ- ment of weapons systems. Students explore the

processes of detection, evaluation, threat anal- ysis, weapon selection, delivery, guidance, and Naval ordinance. Fire control systems and major weapons types are discussed, including ca- pabilities and limitations. The facets of com- mand, control, and communications are explored as a means of weapons system inter- gration.

NSC 301— Basic Sailing I (Classroom) (1-1-1)

Fall, Winter. Student must be a certified third class swimmer. (PE Credit)

A basic foundation course that provides stu- dents with the fundamental knowledge and skills to be a competent crew member. The course covers the basic theory of sailing, nomenclature, seamanship, boat equipment and safety, and inland waters navigation rules for sailing craft. An "A" crew qualification can be issued upon completion.

NSC 302— Intermediate Sailing (On-water) (1-3-2)

Spring. Prerequisites: NSC 301. (PE Credit) Basic on-hands sail training leading to qual- ification as "B" skipper. Practical skills to be mastered consist of rigging and sailing from a pier; sail to weather; sail two figure eight courses with two tacks and two jibes; man overboard maneuver; a capsize; and return to dock anc secure.

NSC 304-305— Navigation I & II (5-0-5)

Fall, Winter sequences. NSC 304 is prereq- uisite for NSC 305.

An in-depth study of piloting and celestial nav- igation theory, principles, and procedures. Stu dents learn piloting navigation: the use of charts visual and electronic aids and the theory anc operation of magnetic gyro compasses. Celes- tial navigation is covered in-depth including the celestial coordinate system, and introduction tc spherical trigonometry, the theory and operatior of the sextant. Students develop practical skills in both piloting and celestial navigation. Othei topics discussed include tides, currents, effects of wind and weather, plotting, use of navigatior instruments, types and characteristics of elec- tronic navigation systems.

NSC 306 Naval Operations (5-0-5)

Spring. Prerequisites: NSC 304 and 305.

A study of the international and inland rules of the nautical road, relative-motion vector-anal- ysis theory, relative motion problems, formatior tactics, and ship employment. Also included is

MILITARY SCIENCE

235

an introduction to Naval Operations and aspects of ship handling, and afloat Naval communica- tions.

NSC 307-308— Evolution of Warfare I & II (3-0-3)

Fall, Winter.

This course historically traces the develop- ment of warfare from the dawn of recorded his- tory to the present, focusing on the impact of major military theorists, strategists, tacticians, and technological developments. Students ac- quire a basic sense of strategy, develop an un- derstanding of military alternatives, and become aware of the impact of historical precedent on military thought and actions.

NSC 309— Marine Corps Laboratory (0-3-0)

Spring.

A course for Marine Corps Option students which stresses the development of leadership, moral, and physical qualifications necessary for service as Marine Corps officers. Practical lab- oratory exercises in mission and organization of the Marine Corps, duties of interior guards, in- troduction to military tactics, troop leadership procedures, rifle squad weapons and theory of physical conditioning program. This course serves to prepare students for the Marine Corps Summer Training at Officer Candidate School (BULLDOG).

NSC 401-403— Naval Operations Laboratory I, II, 111(0-1-0)

Fall, Winter, and Spring sequence.

Practical laboratory exercises conducted in a dynamic, composite and time oriented fleet en- vironment to further develop and improve sur- face warfare skills for Navy Option midshipmen.

NSC 404 — Leadership and Management I (5-0-5)

Fall.

A comprehensive study of the principles and concepts of Institutional Management, Organi- zational and Human Behavior, and effective leadership. Students will develop additional

knowledge and practical skills in the areas of communication theory and practices; Human Resources Management; Stress Management; Counseling; Group Dynamics; and the nature and dynamics of individual and institutional change, human resistance to change and the strategy for implementing change. NSC 405 — Leadership and Management II (3-0-3)

A study of the Management responsibilities of a junior Naval Officer. The course covers coun- seling methods, military justice administration, Naval human resources management, direc- tives and correspondence, naval personnel, administration, material management and main- tenance, and supply systems. This course builds on and integrates the professional com- petencies developed in prior course work and professional training.

NSC 406-407— Amphibious Warfare I & II (3-0-3)

Fall, Winter.

A historical survey of the development of am- phibious doctrine and the conduct of amphibi- ous operations. Emphasis is placed on the evolution of amphibious warfare in the 20th cen- tury, especially during World War II. Present day potential and limitations on amphibious opera- tions, including the rapid deployment force con- cept. NSC 450. Naval Drill (0-2-0)

Introduces students to basic military forma- tions, movements, commands, courtesies and honors, and provides practice in Unit leadership and management. Physical conditioning and training are provided to ensure students meet Navy/Marine Corps physical fitness standards. Successful completion of three quarters of this course with PE 1 1 7 or PE 1 66 plus two physical education activity courses by NROTC students satisfies this College's six hour Physical Edu- cation requirement. NSC 450 is required each quarter for all NROTC students (450.1 for Fresh- man and Sophomore; 450.2 for Junior and Sen- iors).

236

ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE

^v

238

ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE

FACULTY ROSTERS

Permanent, Full-Time Members of the Teaching Corps or Administrative Staff

(This list includes only individuals who have faculty voting privileges. The number in paren- theses after the names represents the initial year of employment at Armstrong State College.)

*Adams, Joseph V. (1970)

Dean of Arts, Sciences and Education

Professor of Psychology

Ph.D., University of Alabama

M.A., Baylor University

B.A., Tennessee Temple College

Aenchbacher, Louis E., Ill (1980)

Assistant Professor of Physical Education M.Ed., University of Georgia B.S., Armstrong State College

*Agyekum, Stephen K. (1979)

Professor of Education

Ed.D., University of Georgia M.A., University of Georgia A.B., Johnson C. Smith University

Anderson, Donald D. (1966)

Registrar & Director of Admissions Associate Professor of Education

Ed.D., Auburn University

M.A., George Peabody College

B.S., Georgia Southern College

* Anderson, James N. (1985)

Head of Fine Arts Department Associate Professor of Music

Ph.D., University of Texas at Austin

M.M., University of Houston

B.M.E., Wichita State University

Andrews, Carol M. (1988)

Assistant Professor of English Ph.D., Vanderbilt University M.A., Vanderbilt University B.A., Furman Universtiy

*Arens, Olavi (1974)

Professor of History

Ph.D., Columbia University M.A., Columbia University A.B., Harvard University

*Babits, Lawrence E. (1981)

Associate Professor oTf History and Archaeology Ph.D., Brown University M.A., University of Maryland B.A., University of Maryland

Baker, Julia G. (1987)

Assistant Professor of Chemistry Ph.D., University of South Carolina B.S., Furman University

Ball, Ardella P. (1968)

Assistant Professor of Library Science M.S., Atlanta University A.B., Fisk University

Barnard, Jane T. (1980)

Assistant Professor of Mathematics and Computer Science M.S., Georgia Southern College B.S., Georgia Southern College

*Battiste, Bettye A. (1980)

Assistant Professor of Education Ed.D., University of Florida M.Ed., State University of New York B.S., Savannah State College

Bell, Dorothy G. (1969)

Assistant Professor of Nursing M.N., Emory University B.S.N. Ed., University of Georgia

*Bell, Eunice A. (1988)

Associate Professor of Nursing Ph.D., Michigan State University M.S.N., Vanderbilt, University B.S.N., Vanderbilt, University

*Beumer, Ronald J. (1975)

Professor of Biology

Ph.D., University of Arkansas B.S., University of Dayton

Bowers, Ross L., Ill (1979)

Head of Respiratory Therapy Department Assistant Professor of Respiratory Therapy

MHS, Armstrong State College

B.S., Georgia State College

Brewer, John G. (1968)

Director of Athletics Professor of Chemistry

Ph.D., University of Georgia

M.S., University of Georgia

B.S., University of Georgia

'GRADUATE FACULTY

FACULTY

239

Brower, Moonyean S. (1967)

Associate Professor of Biology

M.A., University of Massachusetts B.S., University of Massachusetts

Brown, George E. (1972)

Assistant Professor of Criminal Justice M.S.S.W., Atlanta University B.S.W., Armstrong State College A.B., Armstrong State College

Brown, Hugh R. (1968)

Professor of English

Ph.D., University of South Carolina MAT., St. Michael's College B.S., Xavier of Ohio

Brown, Sarah (1989)

Assistant Professor of History and Historic

Preservation

M.Phil., George Washington University M.A., George Washington University B.A., Arkansas College

Buck, Joseph A., 111(1968)

\/ice President for Student Affairs and Development

Ed.D., University of Georgia M.S., Florida State University B A., Auburn University

3uck, Marilyn M. (1974)

Head of Baccalaureate Nursing Department

Associate Professor of Nursing

Ed.D., University of South Carolina M.S.N. , Medical College of Georgia B.S.N. , Boston University

3urgess, Clifford V. (1979)

^ofessor of Education Ed.D., Auburn University M.A., George Peabody A.B., Mercer University

3urnett, Robert A. (1978)

^resident

^rofessor of History

Ph.D., University of North Carolina M.A., University of North Carolina B.A.. Wofford College

3utler, Frank A. (1985)

/ice President and Dean of Faculty Drofessor of Physics

Ph.D., Rensselaer Polytechnic

B S.E.S., University of Miami

3RADUATE FACULTY

Caldwell, Eva (1987)

Assistant Professor of Nursing M.S.N., Medical College of Georgia B.S.N. , Armstong State College

Campbell, Michael (1984)

Assistant Professor of Music DA., Ball State University M.A., Trenton State College B.S., Lebanon Valley College

Carpenter, Suzanne (1988)

Instructor of Chemistry

M.S., University of North Carolina

B.S., Auburn University

A. A., Lake-Sumter Junior College

Cochran, John H., Jr. (1979)

Associate Professor of Education Ed.D., University of Georgia M.A., Atlanta University B.A., Paine College

Comaskey, Bernard J. (1966)

Assistant Professor of History M.A., New York University B.A., Fordham College

Connor, Sara E. (1980)

Associate Professor of Nursing

Assistant to the Dean

Ed.D., University of Georgia M.S.N. , Medical College of Georgia B.S.N., Medical College of Georgia

Conway, Marian (1987)

Assistant Professor of Nursing M.S.N., Georgia College B.S.N. , Medical College of Georgia

Cooksey, Thomas L. (1987)

Assistant Professor of English and Philosophy Ph.D., University of Oregon M.A., California Polytechnic State University B.A., University of California

'Cosgrove, Maryellen S. (1989)

Assistant Professor of Education Ph.D.. University of Connecticut M.A., University of Connecticut B.S., University of Connecticut

Coslick, Caroline (1977)

Assistant Professor of Dental Hygiene M H.S.. Armstrong State College B.S.. Armstrong State College AS.. Midland Technical College

240

ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE

Coursey, Teresa (1971)

Assistant Professor of Dental Hygiene M.H.S., Armstrong State College B.S., West Liberty State College

Cross, Deanna S. (1989)

Head of Associate Degree Nursing Associate Professor of Nursing

Ph.D., Boston College

M.S.N., Boston College

B.S.N., University of Akron

*Dandy, Evelyn B. (1974)

Professor of Education

Ph.D., University of South Carolina M.Ed., Temple University B.S., Millersville State College

Dennis, Everett J. (1987)

Director of Library Services Assistant Professor of Library Science

M.S.L.S., The Catholic University of

America

M.A., The American University

B.A., The University of the South

Douglass, W. Keith (1970)

Professor of Psychology Ph.D., Syracuse University M.A., Syracuse University B.A., Franklin & Marshall College

'Duncan, John D. (1965)

Professor of History

Ph.D., Emory University

M.A., University of South Carolina

B.S., College of Charleston

Dutko, Kathleen (1978)

Assistant Professor of Nursing M.A., New York University B.S.N. , Niagara University

*Ealy, Steven D. (1982)

Associate Professor of Political Science Ph.D., University of Georgia M.A., Claremont Graduate School B.A., Furman University

Echegoyen, Regina N. (1988)

Assistant Professor of Spanish M. ., University of Wisconsin B.A., Universidad de Puerto Rico

Edenfield, Suzanne (1983)

Assistant Professor df Dental Hygiene M.H.S., Armstrong State College B.S., Armstrong State College

Findeis, John (1968)

Assistant Professor of Mathematics M.S., University of Illinois B.S., University of Illinois

Ford, Elizabeth J. (1976)

Assistant Professor of Physical Education M.Ed., Georgia Southern College B.S., Winthrop College

'Galloway, Herbert F. (1982)

Associate Professor of Education Ed.D., University of Georgia M.Ed., University of Georgia M.M., Florida State University B.M., Florida State University

Geoff roy, Cynthia D. (1978)

Assistant Professor of Mathematics M.S., University of South Carolina B.A., Westfield State College

Gibson, Sharyn (1983)

Director of Radiologic Technologies Program Assistant Professor of Radiologic Technologies

M.H.S., Armstrong State College

B.S., St. Joseph's College

A. A., Armstrong State College

*Gross, Jimmie (1967)

Professor of History

Ph.D., University of Georgia M.A., Auburn University B.D., Southern Theological B.A., Baylor University

Guillou, Laurent J., Jr. (1970)

Associate Professor of Biology Ph.D., Louisiana State University M.S., Louisiana State University B.S., Louisiana State University

'Hansen, John R. (1967)

Professor of Mathematics Ed.D., University of Georgia M.Ed., University of Georgia B.S., Troy State College

'GRADUATE FACULTY

FACULTY

241

Hardegree, Lester E., Jr. (1982)

Director of Medical Technology Program Assistant Professor of Medical Technology M.Ed., Georgia State University B.S., Medical College of Georgia B.S., University of Georgia

Harris, Henry E. (1966)

Head of Chemistry and Physics Department

3rofessor of Chemistry

Ph.D., Georgia Institute of Technology B.S.. Georgia Institute of Technology

Harris, Karl D. (1971)

\ssistant Professor of English M.A., University of Tennessee B.A., Carson-Newman College

tarris, Robert L. (1981)

\ssociate Professor of Music D.M.A., University of Washington MM., University of the Pacific B.M., University of the Pacific

fart, Marcella (1986) \ssistant Professor of Nursing

M.N., University of Washington

B.S.N. , St. John College

larwood, Pamela L. (1985)

assistant Professor of Education Ed.D., Auburn University M A., Appalachian State Univeisity B.S., Appalachian State University

izer, Todd J. (1989)

.ssistant Professor of Chemistry Ph.D., University of South Carolina B.S., Old Dominion University

lopkinson, Caroline (1989)

istructor of Library Science M.L.I.S., University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee B.A., University of Wisconsin-Madison

udson, Anne L. (1971)

rofessor of Mathematics and Computer Science

Ph.D., Tulane University M.S.. Tulane University B.A., Hollins College

udson, Sigmund (1985)

rofessor of Mathematics and Computer Science

PhD , Tulane University

M.S., Clarkson University

A.B., Dartmouth College

Jaynes, Michael L. (1976)

Assistant Professor of Physics

M.S., University of North Carolina B.A., Appalachian State University

Jenkins, Marvin V. (1968)

Assistant Professor of English M.A., University of Georgia B.S., University of Georgia

Jensen, John G. (1985)

Assistant Professor of Art

M.F.A., University of Arizona B.S., University of Wisconsin

Jensen, Linda G. (1985)

Assistant Professor of Art

M.F.A., Memphis State University M.A.T., Memphis State University B.A.E., University of Mississippi

John, Beverly M. (1988)

Assistant Professor of Sociology M.S.W., Atlanta University B.S., Benedict College

Jones, Gerald A. (1984)

Associate Professor of Engineering and Physics

Director of Engineering Studies Ph.D., Mississippi State University M.S., Mississippi State University B.S., Mississippi State University

Kearnes, John (1988)

Assistant Professor of Political Science Ph.D., University of Utah M.A., Andrews University B.A., Union College

Keller, Carola (1970)

Assistant Professor of Nursing

M.S.N., Medical College of Georgia B.S.N. , University of Virginia

'Kilhefner, Dale Z. (1973)

Professor of Mathematics and Computer Science

Ph.D., Pennsylvania State University M.S., Purdue University M.Ed., Washington State University B.S., Elizabethtown College

Knorr, Virginia W. (1973)

Assistant Professor of Physical Education M.S., University of Tennessee (Chattanooga)

B.S., University of Tennessee (Chattanooga)

GRADUATE FACULTY

242

ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE

*Lane, Joseph M., Jr. (1970)

Professor of Psychology

Ph.D., University of Georgia M.S., University of Georgia B.S., University of Georgia

Lanier, Osmos, Jr. (1965)

Professor of History.

Ph.D., University of Georgia M.A., Auburn University B.A., LaGrange College

Lariscy, Michael L. (1976)

Assistant Professor of Physical Education M.Ed., Georgia Southern College B.S., Armstrong State College

Lee, Byung Moo (1981)

Assistant Professor of Library Science M.L.S., University of Wisconsin B.A., University of Wisconsin B.A., Yon Sei University

Levett, Nettie M. (1975)

Assistant Professor of Nursing

M.S.N., Medical College of Georgia B.S.N. , Florida A & M University

Magnus, Robert E. (1972)

Director of Administrative Computing

Professor of Criminal Justice

Ed.D., Mississippi State University M.Ed., Mississippi State University B.G.E., University of Omaha

*Martin, Grace B. (1980)

Head of Psychology Department

Director of General Studies Program

Associate Professor of Psychology

Ph.D., Florida State University

M.S., Florida State University

B.A., Armstrong State College

Martin, William B. (1980)

Assistant Professor of English M.A., Duke University B.A., Armstrong State College

Massey, Carole M. (1976)

Assistant Professor of Nursing Ed.D., University of Georgia M.S.N., Medical College of Georgia B.S.N. , Medical College of Georgia

Matthews, Robert E. (1989)

Instructor of Computer Science M.S., Iowa State University B.A., Simpson College

Mazzoli, Andrew J. (1981)

Assistant Professor of Respiratory Therapy M.H.S., Medical University of South Carolina

B.S., State University of New York Medical Center

McManus, William C, Capt. (1987)

Head of Military Science Department Assistant Professor of Military Science B.B.A., Auburn University

*Megathlin, William L. (1971)

Dean of Academic and

Enrollment Services Professor of Criminal Justice

Ed.D., University of Georgia

M.Ed., University of Georgia

B.A., Presbyterian College

Miller, Mary (1970)

Assistant Professor of Nursing

M.S.N., Medical College of Georgia B.S.N. , Medical College of Virginia

*Moore, Richard H. (1988)

Associate Professor of Criminal Justice Ph.D., University of Nebraska B.A., University of Colorado

Munson, Richard E. (1972)

Professor of Mathematics and

Computer Science

Ph.D., Rutgers University

M.S., Rutgers University

B.A., Houghton College

'Murphy, Dennis D. (1981)

Head of Government Department Professor of Criminal Justice

J.D., University of Florida

Ph.D., University of Florida

M.Ed., University of Florida

B.A., University of Florida

*Newberry, S. Lloyd (1968)

Professor of Education

Ed.D., University of Georgia M.Ed., University of Georgia B.S.Ed., University of Georgia

Noble, David (1969)

Associate Professor of German and Latin Ph.D., McGill University A.M., Boston University A.B., Boston University Diploma Litterarium Latinarum, Pontificia Universitas Gregoriana

'GRADUATE FACULTY

FACULTY

243

Nordquist, Richard F. (1980)

^sslstant Professor of English M.A., University of Leicester B.A., State University of New York

Norsworthy, Gary (1980)

Dean, Coastal Georgia Center Ph.D., Florida State University M.A., Florida State University B.A., Florida State University

Norwich, Vickl H. (1980)

Assistant Professor of Mathematics and Computer Science M.Ed., Armstrong State College B.S., Middle Tennessee State University

'alefsky, Elliot H. (1971)

\ssociate Professor of Psychology Ed.D.. University of South Carolina Ed.S., Georgia Southern College Ed.M., Temple University B.S., University of Georgia

•almiotto, Michael J. (1987)

\ssociate Professor of Criminal Justice Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh M.P.A. City University of New York B.S., Mercy College

aton, Jennie C. (1989)

istructor of Library Science M.A., Univesity of South Carolina B.A., University of South Carolina

atterson, Robert L. (1966)

rofessor of History Ph.D., Vanderbilt University M.A., University of Kentucky B.A., Kentucky Wesleyan

ingel, Allen L. (1969)

rofessor of Biology Ph.D., University of South Carolina MAT., University of North Carolina B A., University of North Carolina

ruden, Ethel B. (1985)

ssistant Professor of Nursing M.N , University of South Carolina B.S.N., SUNY - Buffalo

' uden, George B., Jr., (1982)

ssociate Professor of History Ph.D., American University MA, American University M Ed., University of South Carolina BA , Wake Forest

RADUATE FACULTY

•Raymond, Richard (1983)

Professor of English

Ph.D., Miami University M.A., University of Wyoming B.A., University of Wyoming

'Repella, James F. (1976)

Dean of Health Professions

Professor of Nursing

Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh M.S.N., University of Pennsylvania B.S.Ed., Temple University

*Rhee, Steve Y. (1974)

Professor of Political Science Ph.D., University of Missouri MA., University of Oregon

BA., University of Oregon

Roberts, Lynn T. (1989)

Instructor of Physical Education M.S., Armstrong State College B.S., Armstrong State College

Rodgers, Anne T. (1985)

Associate Professor of Medical Technology Ph.D.. University of Florida M.A.T., University of Massachusetts B.A., Ohio Wesleyan University

*Roesel, Rosalyn L. (1984)

Associate Professor of Nursing

Ph.D.. North Texas State University M.S.N. , Medical College of Georgia B.S.N. , Medical College of Georgia

'Roth, Lorie(1983)

Associate Professor of English Ph.D., Kent State University M.A., Kent State University B.A., Kent State University

Saadatmand, Yassaman (1989)

Assistant Professor of Economics Ph.D., University of New Hampshire M.B.A.. James Madison University B.S., National Iranian Oil Company College of Finance

Schmidt, John C. (1979)

Associate Professor of Art M.F.A., Ohio University B.F.A., Carnegie-Mellon University

*Schultz, Lucinda D. (1986)

Assistant Professor of Music DMA, University of Colorado MM , Colorado State University B.S.. Dickinson State College

244

ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE

Seiler, Jessica (1989)

Instructor of Library Science

M.L.I.S., Louisiana State University B.A., Southern Illinois University

Shipley, Charles (1972)

Professor of Mathematics and Computer Science

Ph.D., University of Nebraska M.S., Georgia Institute of Technology M.A., University of Nebraska B.A., University of North Dakota

Silcox, Elaine (1972)

Assistant Professor of Nursing

M.S.N., Medical College of Georgia M.Ed., University of Florida B.S.N., University of Florida

'Simon, Emma T. (1974)

Head of Dental Hygiene Department

Coordinator, Health Science Program

Associate Professor of Dental Hygiene Ed.D., University of South Carolina M.H.E., Medical College of Georgia B.S., Armstrong State College

*Sims, Roy J. (1955)

Head of Health Science, Physical Education,

and Recreation Department Professor of Physical Education

Ed.D., Louisiana State University

M.S., University of Tennessee

B.S., David Lipscomb College

Smith, Carolyn G. (1977)

Assistant Professor of Mathematics M.Ed., Armstrong State College B.S., Armstrong State College

Smith, Pamela E. (1987)

Instructor of Biology

M.Ed., Armstrong State College B.S., Armstrong State College

Smith, William J., Jr. (1982)

Assistant Professor of Respiratory Therapy M.H.S., Armstrong State College B.S., Medical University of South Carolina

Stegall, John L. (1981)

Vice President for Business and Finance M.B.A, University of Georgia B.S., Indiana State University

*Stokes, William W. C1967)

Assistant Dean of Arts, Sciences, and

Education

Professor of Education

Ed.D., University of Florida

M.Ed., University of Florida

B.A., University of Florida

*Stone, Janet D. (1975)

Associate Professor of History Ph.D., Emory University M.A., Purdue University A.B., Randolph-Macon Women's College

Stratton, Cedric (1965)

Professor of Chemistry

Ph.D., University of London

*Streater, James, Jr. (1988)

Assistant Professor of Health Science Ed.D., University of South Carolina M.Ed., University of South Carolina B.A., University of South Carolina

*Strozier, Robert I. (1965)

Head of Languages, Literature, and Dramatic Arts Department Professor of English

Ph.D., Florida State University

M.A., Florida State University

A.B., University of Georgia

Suchower, John (1969)

Assistant Professor of Drama-Speech M.A., University of Detroit B.A., Fairfield University

Tahenbaum, Barbara G. (1972)

Associate Professor of Dental Hygiene Ed.D., University of Georgia M.Ed., Armstrong State College B.S., Medical College of Georgia

Tapp, Lawrence M. (1959)

Professor of Physical Education Ed.D., University of Tennessee M.S., University of Tennessee B.S., University of Tennessee

Thorne, Francis M. (1965)

Professor of Biology

Ph.D., University of Georgia B.S., Stetson University

*Tilson, Elwin R. (1982)

Associate Professor of Radiologic Technologies

Ed.D., University of Georgia M.S., San Francisco State University B.S., Arizona State University

'GRADUATE FACULTY

FACULTY

245

Turnipseed, Patricia H. (1986)

Assistant Professor of Education Ed.D., University of Alabama M.A., University of Alabama B.A., University of Alabama

Vogelsang, Kevin (1988)

Assistant Professor of Music MM., University of Cincinnati B.M., University of Cincinnati

l/Varlick, Roger K. (1970)

Head of History Department Professor of History

Ph.D., Boston University

B.A., Arizona State University

Welsh, John A., Ill (1967)

Assistant Professor of English M.A., Vanderbilt University B.A., Davidson College

/Vheeler, Ed R. (1987)

Head of Mathematics and Computer Science Department

Ph.D., University of Virginia

B.A., Samford University

Vhite, Susan S. (1972)

\ssistant Professor of Education M.Ed., University of South Carolina B.S., Winthrop College

Vhite, Virginia (1966)

\ssistant Professor of English Ed.D., University of Georgia MAT., Emory University A.B , Vanderbilt University

/hiten, Morris L. (1970)

rofessor of Physics Ph.D., University of Georgia B.S., University of Georgia

/illiams, Michael (Capt.) (1989)

ssistant Professor of Military Science B.B.A., Campbell University

/illiamson, Jane B. (1976)

ssistant Professor of Nursing MSN., Medical College of Georgia M.Ed., Georgia Southern College B.S.N. , University of Georgia

'orthington, Clarke S. (1967)

rofessor of Psychology Ph.D., Emory University MA., Northern Illinois University B.A., University of Arizona

Emeriti Faculty

Anchors, Lorraine (1954-1983)

Professor of English Emerita

Ashmore, Henry L. (1965-1982)

President Emeritus

Beecher, Orson (1942-1982)

Professor of History Emeritus

Boney, Madeline (1967-1982)

Professor of History Emerita

Coyle, William (1957-1987)

Professor of Political Science Emeritus

Davenport, Leslie B., Jr. (1958-1983)

Professor of Biology Emeritus

Davis, Lamar W.

Professor of Business Administration Emeritus

Gadsden, Ida (1956-1981)

Professor of Education Emerita

Harmond, Thelma (1963-1981)

Professor of Education Emerita

Lawson, Cornelia (1972-1987)

Professor of Education Emerita

Newman, John (1968-1987)

Professor of Political Science Emeritus

Pendexter, Hugh III (1965-1983)

Professor of English Emeritus

Robbins, Paul (1966-1986)

Professor of Chemistry Emeritus

Robinson, Aurelia (1972-1986)

Associate Professor of Education Emerita

Sartor, Herman (1964-1981)

Professor of Education Emeritus

Stanfield, Jule (1952-1981)

Vice President for Business and Finance Emerita

Winn, William (1957-1971)

Professor of Mathematics Emeritus

,:!ADUATE FACULTY

246 ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE

Officers of Board of Regents of the University System of Georgia

H. Dean Propst Chancell'

David S. Spence Executive Vice Chancelli

Henry G. Neal Executive Secreta

Jacob H. Wamsley Vice Chancellor Fiscal Affairs/Treasur

Frederick Branch Vice Chancellor Facilitic

Thomas E. Daniel . Vice Chancellor External Affai

Anne Flowers Vice Chancellor Academic Affai

Arthur Dunning Vice Chancellor Services and Minority Affai

James B. Mathews Vice Chancellor Information Technoloc

Thomas F. McDonald Vice Chancellor Student Servie*

Haskin R. Pounds Vice Chancellor Research and Plannir

Cathie Mayes Hudson Assistant Vice Chancellor/Plannir

T. Don Davis Asst. Vice Chancellor Fiscal Affairs/Personn

Richard Osburn Assistant Vice Chancellor Academic Affai

Mary Ann Hickman Asst. Vice Chancellor Affirmative Actk

H. Guy Jenkins, Jr Asst. Vice Chancellor Facility

Thomas E. Mann Asst. Vice Chancellor Facilitij

David M. Morgan Asst. Vice Chancellor Academic Affai

Roger Mosshart Asst. Vice Chancellor Fiscal Affairs/Budge

Ernest Murphrey Asst. Vice Chancellor Fiscal Affairs/Accounting Systems and Procedun

J. Pete Silver Asst. Vice Chancellor Academic Affai

Joseph H. Szutz Asst. Vice Chancellor Resear<

University System of Georgia

244 Washington St., S.W.

Atlanta, Georgia 30334

Officers of Administration

Robert A. Burnett Preside

Frank A. Butler Vice President and Dean, of Facu

John L. Stegall Vice President for Business and Finam

Joseph A. Buck Vice President for Student Affairs and Developme

William L. Megathlin Dean, Academic and Enrollment Servie

Joseph V. Adams Dean, School of Arts, Sciences, and Educate

James F. Repella Dean, School of Health Professio

Gary F. Norsworthy Dean, Coastal Georgia Center for Continuing Educatii

Donald D. Anderson Registrar and Director of Admissio

Lynn Benson Director, Counseling Servie

John Brewer Director, Athleti

Everett J. Dennis Director, Library Servie

Bob Fawcett Director, Academic Computing Servie

Daniel Harrell Director, Finani

Al Harris Director, Student Activiti

Michele Lee Director, College Communicatio

Terri Liles Director, Alumni Affa

Robert Magnus Director, Administrative Computing Servie

R. Wesson Moran Director, Career Planning and Placeme

Alfred Owens Director, Minority Affairs and Minority Recruitme

Len Rozier Director, Plant Operatio

Ellen Shawe Director, Student Financial Aid and Veterans Affa

Ellen Struck Director, Personr

Vacant Assistant Registrar/Assistant Director of Admissio

Joann Windeler Director, Business Servie

Virginia White Program Director, Coastal Georgia Center for Continuing Educati'

THE UNIVERSITY SYSTEM

247

Institutions of the University System of Georgia

Athens 30602

University of Georgia — h; B,J,M,S,D Atlanta 30332

Georgia Institute of Technology

Universities

Atlanta 30303

Georgia State University — A.B.J.M.S.D August 30912 h; B.M.D Medical College of Georgia — h; A.B.M.D

fcany 31705

Albany State College — h; B,M ^mericus 31709

Georgia Southwestern College Augusta 30910

Augusta College — A.B.M.S ^arrollton 30118

West Georgia College — h, A.B.M.S Columbus 31993

Columbus College — A.B.M.S )ahlonega 30597

North Georgia College — h; A.B.M ort Valley 31030

Fort Valley State College — h; A.B.M

Senior Colleges

Marietta 30061

Kennesaw College — A.B Marietta 30060 h; A.B.M.S Southern Technical Institute — h; A.B.M

Milledgeville 31061

Georgia College — h; A.B.M.S Morrow 30260

Clayton State College — A.B Savannah 31419

Armstrong State College — h; A.B.M Savannah 31404

Savannah State College — h; A.B.M Statesboro 30460

Georgia Southern College — h; A.B.M.S.cD Valdosta 31698

Valdosta State College — h; A.B.M.S.cD

Ibany 31707

Darton State College tlanta 30310

Atlanta Metropolitan College — , Uinbridge 31717 ' Bambndge College — A Urnesville 30204 : Gordon College — h; A 'unswick 31523 ' Brunswick College — A Tehran 31014

Middle Georgia College — h; A Ulton 30720 : Dalton College — A

Two- Year Colleges

Douglas 31533

South Georgia College — h; A Gainesville 30503

Gainesville College — A Macon 31297

Macon College — A Rome 30163

Floyd College — A Swainsboro 30401

East Georgia College — A Tifton 31793

Abraham Baldwin Agri. College — h; A Waycross 31501

Waycross College — A

h — On-Campus Student Housing Facilities Degrees Awarded A — Associate. B — Baccalaureate.

J — Juris Doctor M — Masters. S — Specialist m Education. D — Doctorate

cD — Doctorate offered m cooperation with a University System university, with degree awarded by the university

248

ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE

Board of Regents

Anderson, John, Jr Hawkinsville

Brown , James Dalton

Clark, John H Moultrie

Cousins, W. Lamar Marietta

Frier, Thomas Douglas

Gignilliat, Arthur '. Savannah

Greene, Joseph Augusta

McMillan, Elridge Atlanta

Phillips, Barry Atlant

Rhodes, Edgar Breme

Robinson, John, III Americi

Smith, Deen Day Atlanl

Turner, William B Columbi

Ward, Jackie Atlanl

Yancey, Carolyn Atlanl

Dalton

Rome

Dahlonega # Gainesville

• Marietta ^ # Decatur *• Atlanta

•• Morrow Carrollton

Barnesville

Locations of Universities and Colleges

Athens

Augusta 0 Milledgeville

Macon

Columbus

Fort Valley

Cochran

Americus

% Swainsboro

Statesboro#

Savannah

Albany

Bainbridge

Tifton

Douglas

Brunswick Waycross

Valdosta

INDEX

249

Index

Academic Computing Center 18

Academic Progress 42

Academic Regulations (Graduate) 69

Academic Standing 47

Accelerated Admission Program 27

Accreditations 11

Administrative Officers 246

Admissions 22

Accelerated Program 27

Conditional 23

Early 27

General Information 22

Graduate 65

International Students 28

Provisional 23

Readmission 26

Readmission (Graduate) 67

Regular 22

Special Catagones 27

Transfer Students 26

Transient Students 26

Transient Students (Graduate) 67

Veterans 28

Vocational Rehabilitation 28

dmission Requirements to Specific

rograms 29

Dental Hygiene 31

I Dentai Hygiene Education 32

II Fine Arts 29

Health Science 33

I Medical Technology 33

Nursing (Associate) 29

Nursing (Baccalaureate) 30

Radiologic Technologies 32

■ Respiratory Therapy 32

I Teacher Education 161

dults Back to College Program 18

jvisement 46

umm Activities 11

Dplication Fee 37

1s, Sciences and Education (School of) 76

,:»sociate Degree

General Requirements 59

nletics 17

tendance 47

Jditing 49

iccalaureate Degree General Requirements jlogy Department

59 79

Bookstore 19

Calendar (Academic) inside front cover

Career Planning 17

CATES Courses 72

Chemistry Department .86

Classification of Students 46

Coastal Georgia Center for

Continuing Education 13

College Preparatory Curriculum 22

Collegiate Placement Examination 24

Continuing Education 13

Cooporative Education Programs 13

Core Curriculum 53

Counseling 17

Course Offerings

Accounting (SSC) 176

Anthropology 157

Art 99

Astronomy 92

Biology 82

Botany 83

Business Administration (SSC) 176

Business Education (SSC) 175

Chemistry 89

Computer Science 151

Criminal Justice 108

Dental Hygiene 204

Developmental Studies 228

Drama/Speech 138

Economics 111

Education

Business 175

EDN 170

Exceptional Children 173

Library Media/Science 174

Engineering 91

English 139

Entomology 84

Film 142

French 142

Geography 122

Geology 92

German 143

Health Education 215

Health Science 215

History 123

Journalism 144

Latin 143

Library Media 174

Linguistics 145

250

ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE

Mathematics 149

Medical Technology 219

Meteorology 92

Military Science 231

Museum and Preservation Studies 128

Music 101

Naval ROTC : 234

Nursing

Associate Degree (NUR) 194

Baccalaureate Degree (BSN) 197

Masters Degree (MSN) 201

Oceanography 92

Office Administration (SSC) 177

Philosophy.... 145

Physical Education 210

Physical Science 92

Physics 93

Political Science 112

Psychology 1 58

Public Administration 112

Radiologic Technologies 221

Reading Skills 229

Respiratory Therapy 224

Sociology 160

Spanish 144

Study Techniques 229

Zoology 86

Courses

Auditing 49

Course Load 46

Dropping 48

Lettering System for 59

Numbering System for 59

Overload 46

Repeating 48

Withdrawing from College 48

Credit by Examination 24

Cross Enrollment 14

Dean's List 47

Degree Programs (Categories) 12

Cooperative 13

Dual-Degree 13

Four-Year 12

Pre-Professional 12

School of Arts, Sciences, & Education 61

School of Health Professions 62

Two-Year 12

Degree Programs (Requirements of) 52

Degree Requirements (Graduate) 72

Dental Hygiene Department 203

Development Activities 1 1

Developmental Studies Department 228

Dismissal (Academic)' A

Drop/Add A

Education Department 1€

Engineering Transfer Program 1

Evening Courses 1

Expenses(Student) I

Faculty Roster 22

Fees ,.2

Financial Aid 2

Financial Obligations 2

Fine Arts Department £

Food Service 1

Freshman Experience (Orientation) 22

General Studies 1

Government Benefits ^

Government Department 1C

Grade Reports ^

Graduate Admissions t

Graduate Admissions Requirements to

Specific Programs ....(

Criminal Justice (MS) (

Education (MEd) (

Business Education (MEd) .....i

Science Education (MEd) i

Health Science (MHS)

History (MA)

Mathematics (MEd)

Graduate Course Offerings

Astronomy

Biology

Botany

Chemistry

Criminal Justice

Computer Science 1

Drama/Speech 1

Economics .1

Education

Business Education .1

Economics Education .1

EDN Courses 1

Exceptional Children (EXC) |

Physical Education 2|

English 1

Film ' 1

Geology

Health Education 2

Health Science 2

INDEX

251

History.: 131

Mathematics 155

Meterology 95

Museum and Preservation Studies 133

Nursing 201

Oceanography 95

Physical Science 95

Physics 95

Political Science 118

Psychology 160

Public Administration 118

Zoology 86

iraduate Degree Coordinators 64

iraduate Deg rees 72

iraduate Programs

Criminal Justice 116

Education

Business Education 180

Early Elementary Education 178

'Middle School Education 179

Science Education 181

Secondary Education 179

Social Studies Education 182

Special Education 183

English 145

Health Science 214

History 130

Mathematics 154

Nursing 199

jalth Science Program 206

story Department 119

Government State Requirements 46

Dry of the College 10

or Code 49

ors 47

smg .37

Ith Professions (School of) 192

ational Students

28 .17

jages. Literature, and Dramatic

3 Department 135

mg System for Courses 59

y Media Program 170

y Services 18

ion

Mathematics and Computer Science

Department .... 146

Mathematics and English Placement

Tests 58

MEd Certification Program 73

Medical Technology Program 217

Medical Withdrawals 48

Military Science Program 229

Minority Advisement Program 18

Naval Science Program 232

Notice of Fee Change 36

Numbering System for Courses 59

Nursing Department (Associate) 192

Nursing Department (Baccalaureate) 195

Nursing, Master's Program 199

Off-Campus Courses 13

Orientation 16

Parking Regulations 19

Physical Education Program 209

Physical Education Requirements 58

Placement Services 17

Placement Tests (English and

Mathematics) 58

Political Science 106

Pre-Professional Programs 12

Probation (Academic) 47

Provisional Admission 23

Psychology Department 156

Purpose of the College 10

Purpose of the Graduate Program 64

Radiologic Technologies Program. 220

Readmission.. 26

Readmission (Graduate) 67

Refunds 38

Regents' Engineering Transfer

Program.. 12

Regents' Testing Program 57

Regional Criminal Justice

Training Center 14 Registration

Late Fee. 37

Repeating Courses .48

Residency Reclassification 37

Residency Requirements 36

Respiratory Therapy Department. 223

252

ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE

Satisfactory Academic Progress 42

Savannah 11

Scholarships 40

Student

Activities 16

Government 16

Organizations .' 16

Publications 17

Study Load 46

Suspension (Academic) 47

Teacher Education Programs 161

Testing

Collegiate Placement Examination 24

English and Mathematics

Placement Tests 58

Regents' Testing Program 57

Services 17

Transfer Students

Financial Aid

Requirements of Applicants Transient Students

Veterans

Admissions

Financial Aid

Vocational Rehabilitation

Withdrawals (Medical)

Withdrawing from College

Writing Center

MAP

253

Armstrong State College Campus Guide

**&*"

Abercorn Street (G*. 204)

•Downtown 1-16,1-9

Campus Map

•(ration Building

Victor Hall

Gamble Hall

Jenkins Hall

Lane Library

.Memorial Center Annex

Memorial College Center

HawcaHall

Solms Hall

, Information and Security Center

Fine Arts Center

Health Professions Building

.Health A Physical Education Building

Plant Operations

Athletic Fields/Tennis Courts

Student/Viator Parking

Residence Center

Academic A Enrollment Services

Academic Computing Center

Administrative Computer Services

Admissions

Alumni Affairs

Athlcb.cs Dept

Athletic Relds/Tennis Courts

Audio Visual Services

Biology DepL A L*b»

Bookstore

Business A Finance Office

Cafeteria

Career Planning

Cashier

Center for Economic Education

Central Stores A Receiving

Chemistry, Physics, and Engineering DepL A Labs .

Coastal Ga. Center for Continuing Education

Counseling

Criminal Justice Training Center

Dean, School of Arts. Science, and Education

Dean, Health Professions

Dental Hygiene DepL A Clinic

Development Office

Developmental Studies

Education DepL

Engineering Studies .

2

....12 ....12

1

6

2

.9

English DepL 1

Faculty Dining Room/Lounge 7

Financial Aid 1

Fine Arts Auditorium 1 1

Fine Arts DepL 1 1

Fine Arts Gallery 11

Georgia Learning Resources System (GLRS) 2

Government DepL 9

Graphics 5

Gymnasium/Weight Room 13

Health Professions Auditorium 12

Health Science DepL 12

History DepL 3

Housing 1

Intramurals 13

Jenkins Auditorium 4

Languages, Literature, and Dramatic Arts DepL 3

Library 5

Msilroom 14

Masquers Productions 4

Mathematics A Computer Science Dept 8

Medical Technology DepL 12

Military Science DepL 7

Minority Affairs 3

Numng DepL

Associate Degree 12

Baccalaureate Degree 12

Physical Education DepL 13

Plant Operations 14

Pool 13

President's Dining Room

President

Psychology DepL

Radiologic Technologies Dept. .

Registrar

Residence Center

Respiratory Therapy DepL

Security

7

1

12

1

12

10

Speech Clinic 2

Student Activities 7

Student Affairs 1

Student Govcmmen (/Organizations 7

Student Parking 16

Student Publications 7

Studio "A" 7

Veterans Affaus 1

Vice Preadent/Dcan of Faculty 1

Writing Center 3

Where to Write or Call

There is a central mail room on campus. Specific information may be obtained by writing to

the offices listed below and adding:

Armstrong State College

1 1 935 Abercorn Street ln Geor9ia

Savannah GA 31419-1997 (outside Chatham County) Call 1-800-633-2349

ADMISSION

Director of Admissions

927-5277

ALUMNI Alumni Affairs 927-5264

ATHLETICS Director of Athletics 927-5336

BUSINESS MATTERS

Vice President for Business & Finance

927-5255

CAREER PLANNING & PLACEMENT Director of Career Planning

and Placement 927-5269

CATALOG

"Director of Admissions

J27-5277

CONTINUING EDUCATION Coastal Georgia Center for

Continuing Education 927-5322

COUNSELING Director of Counseling 927-5269

FINANCIAL AID, GRANTS, LOANS,

WORK-STUDY ELIGIBILITY Director of Student Financial Aid 927-5272

GENERAL ACADEMIC AND

FACULTY MATTERS Vice President and Dean of Faculty 927-5261

GIFTS, GRANTS & BEQUESTS Vice President for Student

Affairs & Development 927-5271

3RADUATE STUDY Director of Admissions 527-5277

HOUSING Director of Housing 527-5269

OFFICE OF MINORITY AFFAIRS Director of Minority Recruitment 927-5252

PUBLIC INFORMATION

Director of College Communications

927-5211

SECURITY Campus Security 927-5236

TEACHER CERTIFICATION Certification Officer 927-5281

TESTING 927-5269

TRANSCRIPTS 927-5275

TUITION, PAYMENT OF BILLS, REFUNDS Vice President for Business & Finance 927-5255

Special Notice

The statements set forth in this Catalog are for information purposes only and should not be construed as the basis of a contract be- tween a student and this institution.

While the provisions of the Catalog will gen- erally be applied as stated, Armstrong State College reserves the right to change any pro- vision listed in this Catalog, including but not limited to academic requirements for grad- uation, without actual notice to individual stu- dents. Every effort will be made to keep students advised of any such changes. In- formation on changes will be available in the Offices of the Registrar, the Vice President of Student Affairs, and the academic deans. It is especially important that students note that it is their responsibility to keep them- selves apprised of current graduation re- quirements for their particular degree program.

Armstrong State College is an affirmative ac- tion equal opportunity education institution and does not discriminate on the basis of sex. race, age, religion, handicap, or national origin in employment, admissions, or activi- ties.

fi

fm \ Armstrong

STATE COLLEGE

11935 Abercorn Street -Savannah, Georgia 31419-1997

Nonprofit Org.

US Postage

PAID

Savannah. OA

Permit No. 380

A senior residential unit of the University System of Georgia

2%

—

IK

H fl